11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1502-NFPA 70-2015 [ Global Comment ]
Throughout Article 400 add the word "flexible" in front of "cable" where the term
"flexible cord and cable" appear. Do not make this change within a document title.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:44:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This change is based on the recommendation from the correlating committee
per the statement in PC#1740.
Public Comment No. 1740-NFPA 70-2015 [Part I.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
1/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4503-NFPA 70-2015 [ Global Comment ]
SEE ATTACHED FILE FOR REWRITE OF INFORMATIONAL NOTE NO 1.
THIS INFORMATIONAL NOTE NO.1 IS REPLACING EXISTING INFORMATIONAL
NOTE NO. 1 IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS:
800.24
820.24
830.24
Supplemental Information
File Name
Attachement_file_for_SR_4503.doc
Description
attach file for rewrite Info Note SR4503 Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:34:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) in its revision process corrected an
Statement: error in their numbering scheme. Hence the two new parts are ANSI/TIA-568.0-D
(generic) and ANSI/TIA-568.1-D (commercial buildings). Current editions of the
documents are also provided. Additional TIA standards are added for completeness.
The ANSI designation for TIA standards is retained as these standards utilize the
ANSI standards development process and should be so designated.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 192-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 800.24]
Public Comment No. 194-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 820.24]
Public Comment No. 195-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 830.24]
Public Comment No. 196-NFPA 70-2015 [Global Input]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
2/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 916-NFPA 70-2015 [ Global Comment ]
1) Change "ANSI C2-2007" to "ANSI/IEEE C2-2012" in the following places:
225.1 Informational Note
225.60(C) Informational Note
225.61(B) Informational Note
230.200 Informational Note
2) Change "NETA ATS-2007" to "ANSI/NETA ATS-2013" in 225.56(B) Informational Note.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:50:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision updates references to current editions in several places.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 125-NFPA 70-2015 [Article 225]
Public Comment No. 126-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.200]
Public Comment No. 40-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.61]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
3/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1005-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
Revise title of Part IV in Article 705:
Part IV. Intentionally Islanded and Stand-Alone Microgrid Systems
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 18:31:30 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revised title removes reference to Stand-Alone Systems, which are covered in
Statement: 710.
The term "Intentionally Islanded Systems" is changed to "Microgrid Systems," which
is the modern industry term for the systems addressed by this Part.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1521-NFPA 70-2015 [Part IV.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
4/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1218-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
Revise the title of Article 250, Part X:
Part X. Grounding of Systems and Circuits of over 1000 2000 Volts
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:29:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The title is aligned with the voltage level in the following subsections.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
5/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1228-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
Revise the title of 250.186:
250.186 Grounding Service-Supplied Alternating-Current Systems of over 1000 Volts
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 17:44:03 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text is revised to correct transcription errors in the First Revision and to
reflect the panel action in the First Revision meeting.
Public Comment No. 1785-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.186]
Public Comment No. 1672-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.186]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
6/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1506-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
See Attached Word Document [310.15(B)(3)_1506_CD]
Supplemental Information
File Name
310.15_B_3_1506_CD.docx
Description
Revised 310.15(B)(3)(a) Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:48:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: No instances of compromised safety were submitted to the panel to
Statement: support the prohibition against using the Exception in 310.15(A)(2). While the
language in 310.15(A)(2) Exception and 310.15(B)(3)(a) may conflict in a limited
number of cases, more information needs to be submitted to the panel.
The rewrite of 310.15(B)(3)(a)(4) exception to “4” makes it clear that the exception
applies to the same size, type and construction of cables, but that an adjustment
factor is necessary for a different installation condition than indicated in list item (d).
The exception language and placement is in accordance with the NEC Style Manual
2.6.1 and addresses the CC concerns. The committee agrees to delete the language in 310.15(B)(3)(a)(5) as recommended in
PI 3375 and PC 1041; those changes were not properly reflected in the First Draft.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1041-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 310.15(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1293-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 310.15(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1630-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 310.15(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1789-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 310.15(B)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
7/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1809-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
New item 11 as ballotable detail
336.10(11)
(11) In hazardous (classified) locations where specifically permitted by other articles
in this Code. For Class I, Division 1 and Zone 1 locations only, Type TC cable used
for other than flexible connections shall also comply with the following:
a. The cable jacket and construction shall be evaluated and listed for the
specific hazardous materials present in the location,
b.The hazardous material group(s) evaluated shall be marked on the cable,
c. The cable diameter shall be limited to 1” or smaller,
d. The cable shall be permitted only for voltages of 150 volts to ground or less
and currents of 30 amps or less, and
e.The cable shall be marked both “ -ER” and “ -HL”
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 14:03:17 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Revisions are being made in order to correlate the Uses Permitted for Type TC cable
Statement: with the permitted installations in Sections 501.10(A)(1)(f) and 505.15(B)(1)(i). Many
proposals were submitted during the 2014 and 2017 NEC revision cycles requesting
and opposing the use of Type TC cable for use in hazardous locations. This resulted
in First Revision 3940 expanding the use of tray cable into general wiring for Class I,
Division I locations and removing the size restriction for Class I, Zone 1 locations.
The Panel has evaluated both the proposals and information provided by
manufacturers of Type TC cable, and the added language to 336.10 will provide
guidance to users of Type TC for the allowed uses in hazardous locations for the
2017 NEC. Technical substantiation was submitted to the panel indicating that many
of the hazardous materials will have an adverse effect on commercially available
jacketing materials.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
8/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 321-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
DIRECTIONS: The change to the lead in paragraph of 210.8(B) and the deletion of (B)(1)
MUST BE VOTED AS ONE BALLOT.
(B) Other Than Dwelling Units. All 125 -volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles singlephase receptacles rated 150 volts to ground or less , 50 amperes or less and three-phase receptacles
rated 150 volts to ground or less, 100 amperes or less, installed in the locations specified in 210.8(B)(1)
through (8) (10) shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.
(1) Class A Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection (GFCI).
(a) All single-phase receptacles rated 150 volts to ground or less, 50 amperes or less,
shall have GFCI protection for personnel,
(b) All three-phase receptacles rated 150 volts to ground or less, 100 amperes or less,
shall have GFCI protection for personnel.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 20:27:13 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Receptacles of the higher voltage and current ratings in the locations identified in
Statement: 210.8(B) present the similar shock hazards as those of lower voltage and current
ratings. The numbering in
the introductory paragraph was changed to correlate with the revisions to the section.
Item (1)(a) and (1)(b) were incorporated into the opening paragraph.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 642-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 819-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.dit…
9/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4563-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
SEE ATTACHED FOR INFORMATIONAL NOTE CHANGES
Supplemental Information
File Name
Attach_file_for_SR4563_DETAIL_for_800_INFORMATIONAL_NOTE.pdf
Description
Informational Note for 800 SR-4563. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 13:28:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Superfluous text is removed and the caption for Informational Note Figure 800(b) is
Statement: revised to state: "Informational Note Figure 800(b). Illustration of a Grounding
Electrode Conductor in a Communications Installation.”
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 243-NFPA 70-2015 [Article 800 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
10/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5412-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
Change title to:
Article 555
Marinas, Boatyards and Commercial and Noncommercial Docking Facilities
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:48:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP 19 recognizes that including both commercial and non commercial docking
facilities adds clarity to the title.
Public Comment No. 1741-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 555.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
11/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 960-NFPA 70-2015 [ Detail ]
[Change the title of 690.31(G) to the following]
(G) Photovoltaic System Dc Circuits on or In a Building.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 17:54:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The title is revised for brevity.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
12/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 6-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Accessible, Readily
(Readily Accessible). ]
100,1
Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible).
Capable of being easily reached quickly for operation, service renewal , or inspection
inspections without requiring those to whom ready access is requisite to actions such as
the to use of tools (other than keys) , the need to climb over or under, the need to
remove obstacles, or the use of portable laddersor similar equipment. to resort to portable
ladders, and so forth.
Informational Note: Use of keys is a common practice under controlled or supervised
conditions and a common alternative to the ready access requirements under such
supervised conditions as provided elsewhere in the NEC.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:01:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel considered the relevant points made in Public Comments 1731, 1039, 199,
Statement: and 300 and maintains that the definition of Accessible, Readily in the 2014 NEC is
appropriate with minor revisions. The new words “other than keys” addresses the
concerns about use of keys expressed in Public Comments 1731 and 199. CMP-1 is
maintaining the text ”to whom ready access is prerequisite” addressing concerns
identified in Public Comments 1039, 1731, and 300. CMP-1 affirms that the definition
as revised provides consistent and appropriate application of requirements that use
the term. The new informational note provides users with clarification about how to
treat supervised or controlled conditions that exist in the NEC that modify a general
requirement by specific conditions that recognize controlled access, often gained by
use of keys.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 300-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible).]
Public Comment No. 199-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible).]
Public Comment No. 1039-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible).]
Public Comment No. 1731-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible).]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
13/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3912-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Combustible Dust
[as applied to Hazardous (Clas... ]
100,
Combustible Dust [as applied to Hazardous (Classified) Locations].
Dust particles that are 500 microns or smaller (material passing a U.S. No. 35
Standard Sieve as defined in ASTM E 11- 13 15 , Standard Specification for Woven
Wire Test Sieve Cloth and Test Sieves for Testing Purposes ), and present a fire or
explosion hazard when dispersed and ignited in air.
Informational Note: See ASTM E1226–12a, Standard Test Method for Explosibility
of Dust Clouds , or ISO 6184-1, Explosion protection systems — Part 1:
Determination of explosion indices of combustible dusts in air , for procedures for
determining the explosibility of dusts.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 19:13:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The current version and title is ASTM E11 – 15, Standard Specification for
Woven Wire Test Sieve Cloth and Test Sieves.
Public Comment No. 204-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Combustible Dust [as applied to Hazardous
(Clas...]
Public Comment No. 805-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Combustible Dust [as applied to Hazardous
(Clas...]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
14/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4506-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Communications
Equipment. ]
100, Communications Equipment.
The electronic equipment that performs the telecommunications operations for the
transmission of audio, video, and data, and includes power equipment (e.g., dc converters,
inverters, and batteries), technical support equipment (e.g., computers), and conductors
dedicated solely to the operation of the equipment.
Informational Note: This definition clearly indicates that the dc power equipment as
well as computers are considered to be part of the communications equipment. As
the telecommunications network transitions to a more data centric network,
communications equipment will also include routers and servers computers, routers,
servers, and their powering equipment, are becoming essential to the transmission
of audio, video, and data and are finding increasing application in communications
equipment installations .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:54:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The informational note has been revised to remove the phrases “This definition
Statement: clearly indicates”, “are considered to be” and “will also include” in compliance with the
NEC Style Manual, Section 3.1.3.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1743-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Communications Equipment.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
15/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4505-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Communications
Raceway. ]
100, Communications Raceway.
An enclosed channel of nonmetallic materials designed expressly for holding
communications wires and cables, optical fiber cables, data cables associated with
information technology and communications equipment, Class 2, Class 3 and Type PLTC
cables, and power-limited fire alarm cables in plenums plenum , risers riser , and generalpurpose applications.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:48:21 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
This revision clarifies that the text “plenum” and “riser” modify the text
Statement:
“applications”.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 297-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Communications Raceway.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
16/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3913-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Cord Connector
[as applied to Hazardous (Classi... ]
100,
Cord Connector [as applied to Hazardous (Classified) Locations].
A fitting intended to terminate a cord or cable to a box or similar device and reduce the
strain at points of termination and may include an explosionproof, a dust-ignitionproof, or a
flameproof seal.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 20:01:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The definition is consistent with the use of the term “cord connector” in
Chapter 5.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 701-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Cord Connector [as applied to Hazardous
(Classi...]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
17/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 7-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Equipment. ]
100,1
Equipment.
A general term, including fittings, devices, appliances, luminaires, apparatus, machinery,
and the like used as a part of, or in connection with, an electrical installation.
Informational Note: In addition to the items listed in the definition, equipment also
describes air conditioning units, power outlets (such as recreational vehicle site
supply equipment or marine power outlets), transformers, and other enclosures that
contain electrical products.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 19:09:03 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP-1 accepts the recommendation in Public Comment 1520 thereby removing
the informational note that resulted from FR 10.
Public Comment No. 1520-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Equipment.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
18/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 918-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Field Labeled (as
applied to evaluated products... ]
100, Field Labeled (as applied to evaluated products).
Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying
mark of an FEB indicating the equipment or materials were evaluated and found to comply
with requirements as described in an accompanying field evaluation report. [ NFPA 790,
2012]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:22:26 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The definition is no longer extracted.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 917-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Field Labeled (as applied to evaluated
products...]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
19/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 314-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Ground-Fault
Circuit Interrupter, Special Purpo... ]
Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter, Special Purpose (SPGFCI).
A device intended for the protection of personnel that functions to de-energize a circuit or
portion of a circuit within an established period of time when a current to ground exceeds
the values established for Class C, D, and E devices.
Informational Note: Classes C, D, and E ground-fault circuit interrupters trip when
the current to ground is 20 mA or higher and do not trip when the current to ground is
less than 15 mA. For further information, see UL 943C, Outline of Investigation for
Special Purpose Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters .
100,
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:47:33 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Requirements for these devices have not been added to Articles 210 and 215,
thus the definition is unnecessary.
Public Comment No. 859-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter, Special
Purpo...]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
20/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5128-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Receptacle. ]
100,
Receptacle.
A contact device installed at the outlet for the connection of an attachment plug, or for the
direct connection of listed and labeled electrical utilization equipment designed to mate with
the corresponding contact device . A single receptacle is a single contact device with no
other contact device on the same yoke. A multiple receptacle is two or more contact
devices on the same yoke.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 14:55:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The definition of Receptacle was modified to accommodate electrical utilization
Statement: equipment employing a means, other than a traditional attachment plug cap, to
connect directly to the corresponding contact device. This change was made to
correlate with 314.27(E) and to recognize the existence of equipment such as direct
plug-in transformers, and other devices that do not employ a traditional attachment
plug cap.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 660-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Receptacle.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
21/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 302-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Show Window. ]
100 Show Window.
Any window, including windows above doors, used or designed to be used for the display
of goods or advertising material, whether it is fully or partly enclosed or entirely open at the
rear and whether or not it has a platform raised higher than the street floor level.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:46:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The window above doors has been added to the definition for show windows since
Statement: they may require power similar to a show window under certain use conditions.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 414-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Show Window.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
22/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2413-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Substation. ]
Article 100 Part II,
Substation.
An assemblage of equipment containing (e.g., switches, interrupting devices, protection
relays circuit breakers , buses, transformers, switchgear, motor control centers, etc… and
transformers) through which electric energy is passed for the purpose of distribution,
switching, or modifying characteristics. A substation is generally of such size or
complexity that it incorporates one or more buses and a multiplicity of electrical equipment;
is usually the receiving point for more than one supply circuit to transform power from one
voltage to another or from one system to another. its characteristics.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:33:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This wording is reflective of CMP 9 action at the First Draft Meeting and clarifies our
Statement: intent for the definition. This change addresses the concern noted by the Correlating
Committee in PC # 1745
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1745-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Substation.]
Public Comment No. 428-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Substation.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
23/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 24-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Voltage, Nominal. ]
100,1
Voltage, Nominal.
A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of conveniently designating
its voltage class (e.g., 120/240 volts, 480Y/277 volts, 600 volts).
Informational Note No. 1: The actual voltage at which a circuit operates can vary
from the nominal within a range that permits satisfactory operation of equipment.
Informational Note No. 2: See ANSI C84.1-2011, Voltage Ratings for Electric Power
Systems and Equipment (60 Hz).
Informational Note No. 3: Certain battery units may be considered to be rated at
nominal 48 volts DC, but may have a charging float voltage up to 58 volts. In DC
applications 60 volts is used to cover the entire range of float voltages.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 20:40:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 1 addressed the content for PC 1063 that was applicable to Article 100 and 110
Statement: and understands there is more content to PC 1063 that will be addressed by other
panels. The informational note has been added to improve clarity. No change was
made to Section 110.27(A) since the first draft language made the change to 50 to
1000 volts, nominal. CMP 1 requests that the Correlating Committee correlate this
action.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
24/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.3 ]
110.3 Examination, Identification, Installation, and Use Use, and Listing (Product
Certification) of Equipment.
(A) Examination.
In judging equipment, considerations such as the following shall be evaluated:
(1) Suitability for installation and use in conformity with the provisions of this Code
Informational Note No. 1: Equipment may be new, reconditioned, refurbished,
or remanufactured.
Informational Note No. 2: Suitability of equipment use may be identified by a
description marked on or provided with a product to identify the suitability of
the product for a specific purpose, environment, or application. Special
conditions of use or other limitations and other pertinent information may be
marked on the equipment, included in the product instructions, or included in
the appropriate listing and labeling information. Suitability of equipment may be
evidenced by listing or labeling.
(2) Mechanical strength and durability, including, for parts designed to enclose and
protect other equipment, the adequacy of the protection thus provided
(3) Wire-bending and connection space
(4) Electrical insulation
(5) Heating effects under normal conditions of use and also under abnormal conditions
likely to arise in service
(6) Arcing effects
(7) Classification by type, size, voltage, current capacity, and specific use
(8) Other factors that contribute to the practical safeguarding of persons using or likely to
come in contact with the equipment
(B) Installation and Use.
Listed or labeled equipment shall be installed and used in accordance with any instructions
included in the listing or labeling.
(C) Listing. Product testing, evaluation, listing (product certification) shall be performed by
recognized qualified electrical testing laboratories and shall be in accordance with
applicable product standards recognized as achieving equivalent and effective safety for
equipment installed to comply with this Code. Informational Note: The Occupational Safety and Health Administration recognizes
qualified electrical testing laboratories that perform evaluations, testing, and certification of
certain products to ensure that they meet the requirements of both the construction and
general industry OSHA electrical standards. If the listing (product certification) is done
under a qualified electrical testing laboratory program, this listing mark signifies that the
tested and certified the product complies with the requirements of one or more appropriate
product safety test standards.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
25/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:25:18 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In exercising their approving authority in 90.4, the AHJ depends on listing and
Statement: product certification as the most common basis for approvals of installations in
accordance with the National Electrical Code. The additional list item (C) Listing
provides clarification about requirements for listing (product certification) being
accomplished by qualified electrical testing laboratories and that the product testing
and certification process is in accordance with appropriate product standards. The
new informational note provides users with information about a list of nationally
recognized testing laboratories that meet or exceed OSHA criteria. Product listing
(certification) is the most common basis for AHJ approvals and the product listing
must meet or exceed the minimum product safety requirements developed by
recognized standards development organizations. With regard to PC 814, Panel 1 did not agree that Informational Note 1 should be
deleted. The committee reaffirms the need for the new Informational Note No. 1
following 110.3(A) to clarify that the general term equipment can apply to new
equipment and also used, refurbished, or reconditioned, remanufactured equipment.
With regard to PC 949, the intent of the submitter is met with the acceptance of SR
2.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 814-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.3]
Public Comment No. 938-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.3]
Public Comment No. 949-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 110.3(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
26/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.12 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Electrical equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner.
Informational Note: Accepted industry practices are described in ANSI/NECA 12010 2015 , Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction, and other
ANSI-approved installation standards.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 14:51:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The 2015 edition has been reaffirmed by ANSI.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 495-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.12 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
27/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 11-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.16(B) ]
(B) Service Equipment.
In addition to the requirements in (A), a permanent label shall be field or factory applied to
service equipment rated 1200 amps or more. The label shall meet the requirements of
110.21(B) and contain the following information:
(1) Nominal system voltage
(2) Arc flash boundary
(3) At least one of the following:
(4) Available incident energy and the corresponding working distance
(5) Minimum arc rating of clothing
(6) Site-specific level of PPE
(7)
Available fault current at the service overcurrent protective device s
(3) The clearing time of service overcurrent protective device s based on the
available fault current at the service equipment
(4) The date the label was applied
Exception to (B)(1)(2)(3)(4): Service equipment labeling shall not be required if an arc flash
label is applied in accordance with acceptable industry practice.
Informational Note No. 1: NFPA 70E-2012 2015 , Standard for Electrical Safety in
the Workplace, provides guidance, such as determining severity of potential
exposure, planning safe work practices, arc flash labeling, and selecting personal
protective equipment.
Informational Note No. 2: ANSI Z535.4-1998 2011 , Product Safety Signs and
Labels, provides guidelines for the design of safety signs and labels for application
to products.
Informational Note No. 3: Acceptable industry practices for equipment labeling are
described in NFPA 70E-2015 Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. This
standard provides specific criteria for developing arc-flash labels for equipment that
provides nominal system voltage, incident energy levels, arc-flash boundaries, and
minimum required levels of personal protective equipment and so forth.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR-11_110.16_B_Panel_1.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
28/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Organization:
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
[ Not Specified ]
Fri Nov 13 16:45:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This Second Revision makes installation-related revisions and clarifications to FR55
Statement: as suggested in First Revision Public Input, First Revisions and ballot comments.
The addition of available fault current and clearing time has been added. This, like all
revisions in this SR, does not represent new material. FR55 contained a requirement
to label incident-energy which is based upon current and time. Changing from incident energy to available fault current and clearing time simplifies
the installation for the installer. In order to get an incident energy value both the
available fault current and clearing time are determined and then a calculation is
performed. It is simply the requirement to calculate incident energy with known values
of current and time that is removed, thereby removing from the installer the
requirement to calculate.
The label is permitted to be either field or factory applied.
Clarifying language has also been added to recognize that (B) only applies to “other
than dwelling units.”
Language was added for the label to contain the date the label was applied. An equipment rating was established to limit the installations in which this
requirement would apply. FR55 would have applied at any equipment rating, including
those below 1,200 amperes. The addition of the 1200-amp threshold is not new
material as it does not increase the application of this requirement, it significantly
reduces the number of installations in which it would apply.
Informational Note No. 3 was added to provide guidance on acceptable industry
practices for developing arc-flash labels, incident energy levels, arc-flash boundaries,
and minimum required levels of personal protective equipment and so forth.
Dates were edited to reflect current editions.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1747-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16]
Public Comment No. 327-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 86-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 356-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
29/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 356-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 266-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 951-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 1058-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.16(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
30/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 9-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.21 ]
110.21 Marking.
(A) Equipment Markings.
(1) The manufacturer’s name, trademark, or other descriptive marking by which the
organization responsible for the product can be identified shall be placed on all electrical
equipment. Other markings that indicate voltage, current, wattage, or other ratings shall be
provided as specified elsewhere in this Code. The marking or label shall be of sufficient
durability to withstand the environment involved.
(2) Reconditioned equipment shall be marked with the name, trademark, or other descriptive
marking by which the organization responsible for reconditioning the electrical equipment
can be identified, along with the date of the reconditioning.
Reconditioned equipment shall be identified as “reconditioned” and approval of the
reconditioned equipment shall not be based solely on the equipment’s original listing.
Exception: In industrial occupancies, where conditions of maintenance and supervision
ensure that only qualified persons service the equipment, the markings indicated in
110.21(A)(2) are not required.
Informational Note: Industry standards are available for application of reconditioned
and refurbished equipment.Normal servicing of equipment that remains within a
facility should not be considered reconditioning or refurbishing.
(B) Field-Applied Hazard Markings.
Where caution, warning, or danger signs or labels are required by this Code, the labels
shall meet the following requirements:
(1) The marking shall warn of the hazards using effective words, colors, symbols, or any
combination thereof.
Informational Note: ANSI Z535.4-2011, Product Safety Signs and Labels ,
provides guidelines for suitable font sizes, words, colors, symbols, and
location requirements for labels.
(2) The label shall be permanently affixed to the equipment or wiring method and shall
not be hand written.
Exception to (2): Portions of labels or markings that are variable, or that could be
subject to changes, shall be permitted to be hand written and shall be legible.
(3) The label shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved.
Informational Note: ANSI Z535.4-2011, Product Safety Signs and Labels, provides
guidelines for the design and durability of safety signs and labels for application to
electrical equipment.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
31/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 13:34:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee SR 9 incorporates suggestions from PCs 582, 707 and 1550. Statement:
This provides additional guidance for reconditioned equipment. When a listed product
is reconditioned (such as being rebuilt, refurbished or remanufactured) after it leaves a
factory where the listing mark was applied, the organization responsible for the testing
and inspection (as detailed in NEC Section 90.7) does not know if the product
continues to meet the applicable certification requirements unless the reconditioning
has been specifically evaluated by an organization properly equipped and qualified for
making such determinations. Therefore, the AHJ should not rely solely on the
equipment’s original listing mark as the basis of approval of the “reconditioned
equipment.”
Industrial facilities may regularly maintain and refurbish equipment as part of a regular
maintenance cycle for safety and reliability. Providing company name and trademark
labels on equipment that is regularly maintained and/or refurbished by the
owner/operator as part of a regular equipment maintenance program does not enhance
the traceability of the work or improve the safety of the installation.
The language is added in the informational note to make it clear that normal service
work such as replacing a fuse, circuit breaker or other routine work is generally not
considered refurbishing or reconditioning of equipment.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 582-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.21(A)(2)]
Public Comment No. 707-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.21(A)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1550-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.21]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
32/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 10-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.24 ]
110.24 Available Fault Current.
(A) Field Marking.
Service equipment at other than dwelling units shall be legibly marked in the field with the
maximum available fault current. The field marking(s) shall include the date the fault-current
calculation was performed and be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment
involved. The calculation shall be documented and made available to those authorized to
design, install, inspect, maintain, and or operate the system.
Informational Note: The available fault-current marking(s) addressed in 110.24 is
related to required short-circuit current ratings of equipment. NFPA 70E-2012 2015 ,
Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, provides assistance in determining
the severity of potential exposure, planning safe work practices, and selecting
personal protective equipment.
(B) Modifications.
When modifications to the electrical installation occur that affect the maximum available
fault current at the service, the maximum available fault current shall be verified or
recalculated as necessary to ensure the service equipment ratings are sufficient for the
maximum available fault current at the line terminals of the equipment. The required field
marking(s) in 110.24(A) shall be adjusted to reflect the new level of maximum available
fault current.
Exception: The field marking requirements in 110.24(A) and 110.24(B) shall not be
required in industrial installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision
ensure that only qualified persons service the equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 14:36:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP-1 changed the word "and" to "or" to indicate that the calculation should be
Statement: available to staff that do any of the identified actions. The date for 70E was changed
to reflect the current edition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 496-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.24(A)]
Public Comment No. 85-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.24(A)]
Public Comment No. 1748-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.24]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
33/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 1748-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.24]
Second Revision No. 12-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.26(A)(4) ]
(4) Limited Access.
Where equipment operating at 1000 volts, nominal, or less to ground and likely to require
examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized is required by
installation instructions or function to be located in a space with limited access, all of the
following shall apply:
(a) Where equipment is installed above a lay-in ceiling, there shall be an opening not
smaller than 559 mm × 559 mm (22 in. × 22 in.), or in a crawl space, there shall be an
accessible opening not smaller than 559 mm × 762 mm (22 in. × 30 in.).
(b) The width of the working space shall be the width of the equipment enclosure or
a minimum of 762 mm (30 in.), whichever is greater.
(c) All enclosure doors or hinged panels shall be capable of opening a minimum of 90
degrees.
(d) The space in front of the enclosure shall comply with the depth requirements of
Table 110.26(A)(1). The maximum height of the working space shall be the height
necessary to install the equipment in the limited space. A horizontal ceiling structural
member or access panel shall be permitted in this space.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 17:58:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The language in the first revision does not indicate why such equipment would be in
Statement: a space with limited access that does not comply with other Code requirements for
adequate working space. The added wording is intended to clarify that the equipment
is required to be installed in an area with limited access in order to serve the function
for which it is intended or to comply with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 708-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(A)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
34/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 13-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.26(B) ]
(B) Clear Spaces.
Working space required by this section shall not be used for storage. When normally
enclosed live parts are exposed for inspection or servicing, the working space, if in a
passageway or general open space, shall be suitably guarded. Permanent and
conspicuous signs shall be provided. The sign shall meet the requirements in 110.21(B)
and shall read as follows:
NOTICE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WORKING SPACE AND
EGRESS AREA — NO OBSTRUCTION OR STORAGE ALLOWED
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:04:23 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirement in the First Draft for signage to be installed in locations that are
Statement: dedicated to clear space working areas has not been shown to be an effective means
of ensuring compliance with the Section. The code does not prohibit the installation of
signage at the building owner’s option. It is essential that the requirement for clear
space remain in the Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1568-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(B)]
Public Comment No. 768-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
35/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 14-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.26(E)(2) ]
(2) Outdoor.
Outdoor installations shall comply with 110.26(E)(2)(a)through (c).
(a) Installation Requirements. Outdoor electrical equipment shall be the following:
(2) Installed in
suitable
(1) identified enclosures
(2) Protected from accidental contact by unauthorized personnel, or by vehicular traffic
(3) Protected from accidental spillage or leakage from piping systems (c) Work Space. The working clearance space shall include the zone described in
110.26(A). No architectural appurtenance or other equipment shall be located in this zone.
Exception to (b): Structural overhangs or roof extensions shall be permitted in this
zone.
(d) Dedicated Equipment Space. The space equal to the width and depth of the
equipment, and extending from grade to a height of 1.8 m (6 ft) above the equipment, shall
be dedicated to the electrical installation. No piping or other equipment foreign to the
electrical installation shall be located in this zone.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:23:13 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The vague and possibly unenforceable term “suitable” is replaced with the defined
Statement: and enforceable term “identified” to comply with the NEC Style Manual and to add
consistency throughout the code. Outdoor use enclosures are tested for exclusion of
rain, and are inherently protected against accidental spillage or leakage from piping
systems. Exclusion of architectural appurtenances is covered in the Exception.
Response
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
36/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Message:
Public Comment No. 1469-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(E)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1749-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(E)(2)]
Second Revision No. 15-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.26(F) ]
(F) Locked Electrical Equipment Rooms or Enclosures.
(1) Electrical equipment rooms or enclosures housing electrical apparatus that are controlled
by a lock(s) shall be considered accessible to qualified persons.
(2) The entrance to all buildings, vaults, rooms, or enclosures containing exposed live parts or
exposed conductors operating at 601 to 1000 volts, nominal, shall be kept locked unless
such entrances are under the observation of a qualified person at all times. Permanent and
conspicuous danger signs shall be provided. The danger sign shall meet the requirements
in 110.21(B) and shall read as follows:
DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:27:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The first revision added unnecessary requirements for systems operating under 1000
Statement: volts, nominal. Creating similar requirements to 110.34(C) for an intermediate voltage
level of 601-1000V may create confusion.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 812-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(F)]
Public Comment No. 1575-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.26(F)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
37/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 16-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.27(A) ]
(A) Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact.
Except as elsewhere required or permitted by this Code, live parts of electrical equipment
operating at 50 to 1000 volts, nominal shall be guarded against accidental contact by
approved enclosures or by any of the following means:
(1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible only to qualified
persons.
(2) By permanent, substantial partitions or screens arranged so that only qualified
persons have access to the space within reach of the live parts. Any openings in
such partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that persons are not likely to
come into accidental contact with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into
contact with them.
(3)
(4) By
insulating covers over exposed conductive parts, removable only by qualified persons
having access to the space, such that it is possible to expose only one phase or polarity
at a time.
(5) By location on a balcony, gallery, or platform elevated and arranged so as to exclude
unqualified persons.
(6) By elevation above the floor or other working surface as follows:
(7) A minimum of 2.5 m (8 ft) for 50 to 300 volts between ungrounded conductors
(8) A minimum of 2.6 m (8 ft 6 in) for 301 to 600 volts between ungrounded
conductors (9) A minimum of 2.62 m (8 ft 7 in.) for 601 to 1000 volts between ungrounded
conductors Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:32:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirement in list item (3) is adequately covered by the other parts of this
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
38/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Statement: section. Protection of specific equipment is identified by other sections of the code
and the applicable product standards. SR 16 removes the item 3 that was added in
FR 48.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 709-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.27(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
39/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 17-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.28 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
40/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
110.28 Enclosure Types.
Enclosures (other than surrounding fences or walls covered in 110.31) of switchboards,
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
41/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Enclosures (other than surrounding fences or walls covered in 110.31) of switchboards,
switchgear, panelboards, industrial control panels, motor control centers, meter sockets,
enclosed switches, transfer switches, power outlets, circuit breakers, adjustable-speed
drive systems, pullout switches, portable power distribution equipment, termination boxes,
general-purpose transformers, fire pump controllers, fire pump motors, and motor
controllers, rated not over 1000 volts nominal and intended for such locations, shall be
marked with an enclosure-type number as shown in Table 110.28.
Table 110.28 shall be used for selecting these enclosures for use in specific locations
other than hazardous (classified) locations. The enclosures are not intended to protect
against conditions such as condensation, icing, corrosion, or contamination that may occur
within the enclosure or enter via the conduit or unsealed openings.
Table 110.28 Enclosure Selection
For Outdoor Use
Enclosure Type Number
Provides a Degree of Protection Against the
Following Environmental Conditions
3 3R 3S 3X 3RX 3SX 4 4X 6 6P
Incidental contact with the enclosed equipment
Rain, snow, and sleet
Sleet*
Windblown dust
Hosedown
Corrosive agents
Temporary submersion
Prolonged submersion
X
X
—
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
Incidental contact with the enclosed equipment X
Falling dirt
X
Falling liquids and light splashing
—
Circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings
—
Settling airborne dust, lint, fibers, and flyings
—
Hosedown and splashing water
—
Oil and coolant seepage
—
Oil or coolant spraying and splashing
—
Corrosive agents
—
Temporary submersion
—
Prolonged submersion
—
2
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Provides a Degree of Protection Against the
Following Environmental Conditions
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X X X X
X
X
X X X X
— —
X — — —
X —
X X X X
— —
— X X X
X
X
X — X —
— —
— — — X
— —
— — — —
For Indoor Use
Enclosure Type Number
4 4X 5
6 6P 12 12K
X X
X
X X X X
X X
X
X X X X
X X
X
X X X X
X X —
X X X X
X X
X
X X X X
X X —
X X — —
— — —
— — X X
— — —
— — — —
— X —
— X — —
— — —
X X — —
— — —
— X — —
X
X
—
X
X
X
X
X
13
X
X
X
X
X
—
X
X
—
—
—
*Mechanism shall be operable when ice covered.
Informational Note No. 1: The term raintight is typically used in conjunction with Enclosure
Types 3, 3S, 3SX, 3X, 4, 4X, 6, and 6P. The term rainproof is typically used in conjunction
with Enclosure Types 3R and 3RX. The term watertight is typically used in conjunction
with Enclosure Types 4, 4X, 6, and 6P. The term driptight is typically used in conjunction
with Enclosure Types 2, 5, 12, 12K, and 13. The term dusttight is typically used in
conjunction with Enclosure Types 3, 3S, 3SX, 3X, 5, 12, 12K, and 13.
Informational Note No. 2: Ingress protection (IP) ratings may be found in ANSI/NEMA IEC
60529, Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures. IP ratings are not a substitute for
Enclosure Type ratings.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
42/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:38:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The correct standard designation is ANSI/IEC 60529 and this text has been
changed accordingly.
Public Comment No. 92-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.28]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
43/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 19-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.31 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Electrical installations in a vault, room, or closet or in an area surrounded by a wall, screen,
or fence, access to which is controlled by a lock(s) or other approved means, shall be
considered to be accessible to qualified persons only. The type of enclosure used in a given
case shall be designed and constructed according to the nature and degree of the hazard(s)
associated with the installation.
For installations other than equipment as described in 110.31(D), a wall, screen, or fence
shall be used to enclose an outdoor electrical installation to deter access by persons who
are not qualified. A fence shall not be less than 2.1 m (7 ft) in height or a combination of 1.8
m (6 ft) or more of fence fabric and a 300 mm (1 ft) or more extension utilizing three or more
strands of barbed wire or equivalent. The distance from the fence to live parts shall be not
less than given in Table 110.31.
Table 110.31 Minimum Distance from Fence to Live Parts
Minimum Distance to Live Parts
Nominal Voltage
1001–13,799
13,800–230,000
Over 230,000
m
3.05
4.57
5.49
ft
10
15
18
Note: For clearances of conductors for specific system voltages and typical BIL ratings,
see ANSI/IEEE C2-2007 2012 , National Electrical Safety Code.
Informational Note: See Article 450 for construction requirements for transformer
vaults.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 19:06:37 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The footnote in the table was updated to reflect the current edition and designation.
Statement: This is in response to PC 39 that also had content that was addressed in SR 18.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
44/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 18-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.31(A)(5) ]
(5) Transformers.
Where a transformer is installed in a vault as required by Article 450, the vault shall be
constructed in accordance with the requirements of Part III of Article 450.
Informational Note No. 1: For additional information, see ANSI/ASTM E1192011a 2015 , Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, and
NFPA 80-2013 2016 , Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.
Informational Note No. 2: A typical 3-hour construction is 150 mm (6 in.) thick
reinforced concrete.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:47:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The references to ANSI/ASTM E119 standard and NFPA 80-2016 in the
Statement: Informational Note were updated. See SR 19 for change made to footnote to table in
110.31 submitted in PC 39.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 39-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.31]
Public Comment No. 800-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.31(A)(5)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
45/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 20-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.31(D) ]
(D) Enclosed Equipment Accessible to Unqualified Persons.
Ventilating or similar openings in equipment shall be designed such that foreign objects
inserted through these openings are deflected from energized parts. Where exposed to
physical damage from vehicular traffic, suitable guards shall be provided. Equipment
located outdoors and accessible to unqualified persons shall be designed such that
exposed nuts or bolts cannot be readily removed, permitting access to live parts. Where
equipment is accessible to unqualified persons and the bottom of the enclosure is less than
2.5 m (8 ft) above the floor or grade level, the enclosure door or hinged cover shall be kept
locked. Doors and covers of enclosures used solely as pull boxes, splice boxes, or junction
boxes shall be locked, bolted, or screwed on. Underground box covers that weigh over 45.4
kg (100 lb) shall meet this requirement.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 19:14:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In the last sentence of (D), the word "shall" is unnecessary. The covers meet the
Statement: intent of the previous requirement by virtue of their weight, and code users are being
informed that this is true. If "shall" remains in the language, it could be erroneously
construed to mean that the covers must be locked, bolted or screwed on even if they
do weigh over 100 pounds.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 710-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.31(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
46/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 23-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.34(B) ]
(B) Separation from Low-Voltage Equipment.
Where switches, cutouts, or other equipment operating at 1000 volts, nominal, or less are
installed in a vault, room, or enclosure where there are exposed live parts or exposed wiring
operating at over 1000 volts, nominal, the high-voltage equipment shall be effectively
separated from the space occupied by the low-voltage equipment by a suitable partition,
fence, or screen.
Exception: Switches or other equipment operating at 600 1000 volts, nominal, or less
and serving only equipment within the high-voltage vault, room, or enclosure shall be
permitted to be installed in the high-voltage vault, room, or enclosure without a partition,
fence, or screen if accessible to qualified persons only.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 19:50:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This change editorially correlates the exception with the text as intended by
PI 1523.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
47/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 21-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.34(E) ]
(E) Elevation of Unguarded Live Parts. Unguarded live parts above working space shall be maintained at elevations not less than
required by Table 110.34(E).
Table 110.34(E) Elevation of Unguarded Live Parts Above Working Space
Nominal Voltage
Elevation
Between Phases
m
ft
1001–7500 V
7501–35,000 V
2.7
2.9
2.
Add 9
9
9 ft 6 in.
m 9
.5 mm
Add 0.37 in.
Over 35 kV
/kV
above 359 ft 6 in.
per kV /
per kV
above 35 kV
above 35 kV
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR-21_Table_110.34_E_Panel_1-NP.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 19:18:30 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
These plus signs in the “Over 35kV” row were inadvertently omitted in the FR. The
table was revised to clarify the elevation over 35kV.
Public Comment No. 711-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.34(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
48/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 711-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.34(E)]
Second Revision No. 22-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 110.73 ]
110.73 Equipment Work Space.
Where electrical equipment with live parts that is likely to require examination, adjustment,
servicing, or maintenance while energized is installed in a manhole, vault, or other
enclosure designed for personnel access, the work space and associated requirements in
110.26 shall be met for installations operating at 1000 volts or less. Where the installation
is over 1000 volts, the work space and associated requirements in 110.34 shall be met. A
manhole access cover that weighs over 45.4 kg (100 lb) shall meet meets the
requirements of 110.34(C).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 19:39:56 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee A simple declarative sentence structure is preferred. See 3.3.1 of the NEC Style
Statement: Manual. The word "shall" is unnecessary. Covers that weigh over 45.4 kg (100 lb)
meet the intent of the requirement by virtue of their weight. 45 kg is changed to 45.4 kg for consistency with 110.31[D].
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 303-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.73]
Public Comment No. 712-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 110.73]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
49/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 303-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.3 ]
210.3 Other Articles for Specific-Purpose Branch Circuits.
Table 210.3lists branch circuit requirements references for specific equipment and
applications not located in Chapters 5, 6 and 7 that amend or supplement the requirements
of this article.
Table 210.3 Specific-Purpose Branch Circuits
Equipment
Article
Air-conditioning and refrigerating equipment
Section
440.6, 440.31, 440.32
Audio signal processing, amplification, and reproduction equipment 640.8
Busways
368.17
Circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 volts 720
Central heating equipment other than fixed electric space-heating equipment
422.12
Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and power-limited
circuits 725 Cranes and hoists 610.42 Electric signs and outline lighting 600.6 Electric
welders 630 Electrified truck parking space 626 Elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving
walks, wheelchair lifts, and stairway chair lifts 620.61 Fire alarm systems 760
Fixed electric heating equipment for pipelines and vessels
Fixed electric space-heating equipment
Fixed outdoor electrical deicing and snow-melting equipment
427.4
424.3
426.4
Information technology equipment 645.5
Infrared lamp industrial heating equipment
422.48, 424.3
Induction and dielectric heating equipment 665 Marinas and boatyards 555.19 Mobile
homes, manufactured homes, and mobile home parks 550 Motion picture and television
studios and similar locations 530 Recreational vehicles and recreational vehicle parks 551
Motors, motor circuits, and controllers
430
Pipe organs 650.7
Switchboards and panelboards
408.52
Theaters, audience areas of motion picture and television studios, and similar
locations 520.41, 520.52, 520.62 X-ray equipment 660.2, 517.73
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_303_attachment_for_table_changes.docx
Description
attachment for SR 303. For staff use. Submitter Information Verification
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
50/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:08:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 210.3 is revised to clarify the application of the table. Other than for listing
Statement: specific purpose requirements in Chapters 2, 3 & 4, Table 210.3 is not necessary nor
is it all inclusive as it exists. Section 90.3 already provides the guidance that specific
equipment and applications in Chapters 5, 6 & 7 can amend or supplement the branch
circuit requirements in Article 210, so the sections referencing branch circuit
requirements in those chapters can been removed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1431-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
51/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 304-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.5(C)(1) ]
(1) Branch Circuits Supplied from More Than One Nominal Voltage System.
Where the premises wiring system has branch circuits supplied from more than one
nominal voltage system, each ungrounded conductor of a branch circuit shall be identified
by phase or line and system at all termination, connection, and splice points in compliance
with 210.5(C)(1)(a) and (b).
(a) Means of Identification. The means of identification shall be permitted to be by
separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, or other approved means.
(b) Posting of Identification Means. The method utilized for conductors originating
within each branch-circuit panelboard or similar branch-circuit distribution equipment shall
be documented in a manner that is readily available or shall be permanently posted at each
branch-circuit panelboard or similar branch-circuit distribution equipment. The label shall be
of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved and shall not be handwritten.
Exception: In existing installations where a voltage system(s) already exists and a
different voltage system is being added, it is permissible to mark only the new system
voltage. Existing unidentified systems shall not be required to be identified at each
termination, connection, and splice point in compliance with 210.5(C)(1)(a) and (b).
Labeling is required at each voltage system distribution equipment to identify that only
one voltage system has been marked for a new system(s) . The new system label(s)
shall include the words "other unidentified systems exist on the premises."
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:15:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised text clarifies that the existing unidentified installations must have been
Statement: made prior to the adoption of the 2005 NEC, when 210.5(C) first appeared, to be
excluded from new system identifications and where that identification is required.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 877-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.5(C)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
52/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 305-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.5(C)(2) ]
(2) Branch Circuits Supplied from Direct-Current Systems.
Where a branch circuit is supplied from a dc system operating at more than 60 volts, each
ungrounded conductor of 4 AWG or larger shall be identified by polarity at all termination,
connection, and splice points by marking tape, tagging, or other approved means; each
ungrounded conductor of 6 AWG or smaller shall be identified by polarity at all termination,
connection, and splice points in compliance with 210.5(C)(2)(a) and (b). The identification
methods utilized for conductors originating within each branch-circuit panelboard or similar
branch-circuit distribution equipment shall be documented in a manner that is readily
available or shall be permanently posted at each branch-circuit panelboard or similar
branch-circuit distribution equipment.
(a) Positive Polarity, Sizes 6 AWG or Smaller. Where the positive polarity of a dc
system does not serve as the connection point for the grounded conductor, each positive
ungrounded conductor shall be identified by one of the following means:
(2) A continuous red outer finish (3) A continuous red stripe durably marked along the conductor’s entire length on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or black (4) Imprinted plus signs (
+
(1) ) or the word POSITIVE or POS durably marked on insulation of a color other than
green, white, gray, or black and repeated at intervals not exceeding 610 mm (24 in.) in
accordance with 310.120(B)
(2) An approved permanent marking means such as sleeving or shrink-tubing that is
suitable for the conductor size, at all termination, connection, and splice points, with
imprinted plus signs ( ) or the word POSITIVE or POS durably marked on insulation of
a color other than green, white, gray, or black. (e) Negative Polarity, Sizes 6 AWG or Smaller. Where the negative polarity of a dc
system does not serve as the connection point for the grounded conductor, each negative
ungrounded conductor shall be identified by one of the following means:
(1) A continuous black outer finish
(2) A continuous black stripe durably marked along the conductor’s entire length on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or red
(3) Imprinted minus signs (–) or the word NEGATIVE or NEG durably marked on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or red and repeated at intervals not
exceeding 610 mm (24 in.) in accordance with 310.120(B)
(4) An approved permanent marking means such as sleeving or shrink-tubing that is
suitable for the conductor size, at all termination, connection, and splice points, with
imprinted minus signs (-) or the word NEGATIVE or NEG durably marked on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or red.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
53/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_305_attachement_for_new_item_4_.docx
Description
SR 305 attachment file for new item (4). For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:30:28 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee An additional list item is added to the identification means of positive and negative
Statement: polarity conductors. This addition supports the re-use of branch conductors for dc
applications.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 720-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.5(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1653-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 210.5(C)(1), 210.5(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1376-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.5(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1453-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.5(C)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
54/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 306-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.7 ]
210.7 Multiple Branch Circuits.
Where two or more branch circuits supply devices or equipment on the same yoke or
mounting strap, a means to simultaneously disconnect the ungrounded supply conductors
supplying those devices or equipment shall be provided at the point at which the branch
circuits originate.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:16:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
This revision removes the redundant reference to "devices and
Statement:
equipment."
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1750-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.7]
Public Comment No. 882-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.7]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
55/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 318-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.8 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel shall be provided as required in
210.8(A)and 210.8(B through (E ) . The ground-fault circuit interrupter shall be installed in a
readily accessible location.
Informational Note No. 1: See 215.9 for ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for
personnel on feeders.
Informational Note No. 2: See 422.5(A) for GFCI requirements for appliances.
For the purposes of this section, when determining distance from receptacles the distance
shall be measured as the shortest path the cord of an appliance connected to the receptacle
would follow without piercing a floor, wall, ceiling, or fixed barrier, or passing through a door,
doorway, or window.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:55:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Text has been revised due to incorporating the additional requirements for boat
hoists, kitchen dishwashers, and crawl space lighting outlets.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
56/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 316-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.8(A) ]
(A) Dwelling Units.
All 125- and 250- volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles installed in the
locations specified in 210.8(A) (1) through (10) shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter
protection for personnel.
(1) Bathrooms
(2) Garages, and also accessory buildings that have a floor located at or below grade
level not intended as habitable rooms and limited to storage areas, work areas, and
areas of similar use
(3) Outdoors
Exception to (3): Receptacles that are not readily accessible and are supplied by a
branch circuit dedicated to electric snow-melting, deicing, or pipeline and vessel
heating equipment shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with 426.28 or
427.22 , as applicable.
(4) Crawl spaces — at or below grade level
(5) Unfinished basements — for purposes of this section, unfinished basements are
defined as portions or areas of the basement not intended as habitable rooms
Exception to (5): A receptacle supplying only a permanently installed fire alarm or
burglar alarm system shall not be required to have ground-fault circuit-interrupter
protection.
Informational Note: See 760.41(B) and 760.121(B) for power supply
requirements for fire alarm systems.
Receptacles installed under the exception to 210.8(A) (5) shall not be considered as
meeting the requirements of 210.52(G).
(6) Kitchens — where the receptacles are installed to serve the countertop surfaces
(7) Sinks — where receptacles are installed within 1.8 m (6 ft) of from the outside top
inside edge of the bowl of the sink
(8) Boathouses
(9) Bathtubs or shower stalls — where receptacles are installed within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the
outside edge of the bathtub or shower stall
(10) Laundry areas
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
57/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:24:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirement for 250 volt ground fault protection was deleted because there was
Statement: insufficient substantiation to support expanding the requirement to these circuits.
The text regarding unfinished basements has been revised such that a definition for
unfinished basements is unnecessary. The text regarding sinks has been revised to clarify how the measurement is made.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1060-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(A)]
Public Comment No. 623-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(A)]
Public Comment No. 884-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(A)]
Public Comment No. 598-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(A)]
Public Comment No. 545-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
58/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 315-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 210.8(B) ]
(C) Boat Hoists. GFCI protection shall be provided for outlets not exceeding 240 volts that
supply boat hoists installed in dwelling unit locations.
(D) Kitchen Dishwasher Branch Circuit. GFCI protection shall be provided for outlets that
supply dishwashers installed in dwelling unit locations.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:06:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee GFCI protection for boat hoists and dishwashers needs to remain in the branch
Statement: circuit or outlet. Section 422.5 First Revisions allow the option of providing GFCI
protection for boat hoists and dishwashers in the attachment plug, the supply cord or
installed within the appliance. There is no UL standard that requires GFCI protection
integral with appliances or their cords. For new construction, GFCI protection afforded
in the outlet or in the circuit breaker is the best solution for safety as this solution
pays no regard to whether or not GFCI protection is provided for in the cord of the
appliance.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 856-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8]
Public Comment No. 1463-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
59/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 317-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 210.8(B) ]
(E) Crawl Space Lighting Outlets. GFCI protection shall be provided for lighting outlets not
exceeding 120 volts installed in crawl spaces.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:47:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee GFCI protection for crawl space lighting outlets has been relocated from 210.70(C)
Statement: as it deals with personnel protection from electrical shock and is thus more
appropriately located in this section.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
60/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 322-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 210.8(B)(2), 210.8(B)
(3) ]
Sections 210.8(B)(2), 210.8(B)(3)
( 2) Classes C, D, or E Special-Purpose Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection
(SPGFCI).
(a) All single-phase receptacles rated more than 150 volts to ground and up to 600
volts between ungrounded conductors, 100 amperes or less, shall have special-purpose
ground-fault circuit-interrupter (SPGFCI) protection for personnel.
(b) All three-phase receptacles rated more than 150 volts to ground and up to 600
volts between ungrounded conductors, 100 amperes or less, shall have special-purpose
ground-fault circuit-interrupter (SPGFCI) protection for personnel.
(3) Locations.
Bathrooms
Kitchens
Rooftops
1) Bathrooms
(2) Kitchens
(3) Rooftops
Exception: Receptacles on rooftops shall not be required to be readily accessible other
than from the rooftop
(4) Outdoors
Exception No. 1 to (c) and (d): Receptacles that are not readily accessible and are
supplied by a branch circuit dedicated to electric snow-melting, deicing, or pipeline and
vessel heating equipment shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with 426.28 or
427.22 , as applicable.
Exception No. 2 to (d): In industrial establishments only, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified personnel are involved, an assured
equipment grounding conductor program as specified in 590.6(B)(2) shall be permitted for
only those receptacle outlets used to supply equipment that would create a greater hazard
if power is interrupted or having a design that is not compatible with GFCI protection.
(5) Sinks — where receptacles are installed within 1.8 m (6 ft)
of
from the
outside
top inside edge of the bowl of the sink
Exception No. 1 to (e): In industrial laboratories, receptacles used to supply equipment
where removal of power would introduce a greater hazard shall be permitted to be installed
without GFCI protection.
Exception No. 2 to (e): For receptacles located in patient bed locations of general care
(Category 2) or critical care
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
61/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
areas
(Category 1) spaces of health care facilities other than those covered under 210.8(B) (1),
GFCI protection shall not be required.
(6) Indoor wet locations
(7) Locker rooms with associated showering facilities
(8) Garages, service bays, and similar areas other than vehicle exhibition halls and
showrooms
(9) Crawl spaces — GFCI protection shall be provided for lighting outlets in crawl spaces
at or below grade level.
Unfinished basements — for the purposes of this section, unfinished basements are defined
as
(10) Unfinished portions or areas of the basement not intended as habitable rooms.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_322_attachement_for_210.8_B_2_and_B_3_.docx
Description
SR 322 attachment for 210.8(B)(2). For staff use. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 20:36:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirement for the Class C, D or E special purpose ground fault circuit
Statement: Interrupter protection was deleted because of a concern for the improper application of
this solution as well as insufficient substantiation to support expanding the
requirement to these circuits.
An editorial change was made by deleting “locations” section and the sections
renumbered as it was necessary due to the deletion of the items (1) and (2) of this
section.
The rooftop exception was re-instated to clarify when the receptacle needs to be
readily accessible. The text regarding sinks has been revised to clarify how the measurement is made.
Patient care categories were added to correlate with Article 517 and NFPA 99. The text regarding unfinished basements has been revised such that a definition for
unfinished basements is unnecessary
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
62/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1751-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1523-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1814-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8]
Public Comment No. 599-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 616-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 425-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 210.8(B)(1), 210.8(B)(2)]
Public Comment No. 357-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 358-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 853-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 988-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1020-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 1069-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1173-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 94-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.8(B) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
63/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 324-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.11(C)(4) ]
(4) Garage Branch Circuits.
In addition to the number of branch circuits required by other parts of this section, at least
one, 120 volt, 20-ampere branch circuit shall be provided installed to supply garage
receptacle outlet(s). receptacle outlets in attached garages, and in detached garages with
electric power. This circuit shall have no other outlets.
Exception: This circuit shall be permitted to supply readily accessible outdoor receptacle
outlets. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 13:32:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Changes were made to clarify that readily accessible outdoor receptacle outlets are
Statement: to be permitted on the garage branch circuit. These additional outlets provide
convenience receptacles similar to those used in the garage.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 952-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.11(C)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
64/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 319-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.12(A) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
65/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(A) Dwelling Units.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
66/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
All 120-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying outlets or devices
installed indwelling units shall be protected by any of the means described in 210.12(A)(1)
through (6):
(1) A listed combination-type arc-fault circuit interrupter, installed to provide protection of
the entire branch circuit
(2) A listed branch/feeder-type AFCI installed at the origin of the branch circuit in
combination with a listed outlet branch-circuit-type arc-fault circuit interrupter installed
at the first outlet box on the branch circuit. The first outlet box in the branch circuit
shall be marked to indicate that it is the first outlet of the circuit.
(3) A listed supplemental arc protection circuit breaker installed at the origin of the
branch circuit in combination with a listed outlet branch-circuit-type arc-fault circuit
interrupter installed at the first outlet box on the branch circuit where all of the
following conditions are met:
(4) The branch-circuit wiring shall be continuous from the branch-circuit overcurrent
device to the outlet branch-circuit arc-fault circuit interrupter.
(5) The maximum length of the branch-circuit wiring from the branch-circuit
overcurrent device to the first outlet shall not exceed 15.2 m (50 ft) for a 14
AWG conductor or 21.3 m (70 ft) for a 12 AWG conductor. (6) The first outlet box in the branch circuit shall be marked to indicate that it is the
first outlet of the circuit. (7) A listed outlet branch-circuit-type arc-fault circuit interrupter installed at the first outlet
on the branch circuit in combination with a listed branch-circuit overcurrent protective
device where all of the following conditions are met:
(8) The branch-circuit wiring shall be continuous from the branch-circuit
overcurrent device to the outlet branch-circuit arc-fault circuit interrupter. (9) The maximum length of the branch-circuit wiring from the branch-circuit
overcurrent device to the first outlet shall not exceed 15.2 m (50 ft) for a 14
AWG conductor or 21.3 m (70 ft) for a 12 AWG conductor. (10) The first outlet box in the branch circuit shall be marked to indicate that it is the
first outlet of the circuit. (11) If RMC, IMC, EMT, Type MC, or steel-armored Type AC cables meeting the
requirements of 250.118, metal wireways, metal auxiliary gutters, and metal outlet
and junction boxes are installed for the portion of the branch circuit between the
branch-circuit overcurrent device and the first outlet, it shall be permitted to install a
listed outlet branch-circuit-type AFCI at the first outlet to provide protection for the
remaining portion of the branch circuit.
(12) Where a listed conduit or tubing or Type MC cable is encased in not less than 50 mm
(2 in.) of concrete for the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit
overcurrent device and the first outlet, it shall be permitted to install a listed outlet
branch-circuit-type AFCI at the first outlet to provide protection for the remaining
portion of the branch circuit.
Exception: Where an individual branch circuit to a fire alarm system installed in
accordance with 760.41(B) or 760.121(B) is installed in RMC, IMC, EMT, or metal
wireways or auxiliary gutters or steel-sheathed cable, Type AC or Type MC, meeting the
requirements of 250.118, with metal outlet and junction boxes, AFCI protection shall be
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
67/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
permitted to be omitted.
Informational Note No. 1: For information on combination-type and branch/feedertype arc-fault circuit interrupters, see UL 1699-2011 2013 , Standard for Arc-Fault
Circuit Interrupters. For information on outlet branch-circuit type arc-fault circuit
interrupters, see UL Subject 1699A, Outline of Investigation for Outlet Branch Circuit
Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters. For information on system combination AFCIs, see
UL Subject 1699C, Outline of Investigation for System Combination Arc-Fault
Circuit Interrupters .
Informational Note No. 2: See 29.6.3(5) of NFPA 72-2013 2016 , National Fire Alarm
and Signaling Code, for information related to secondary power-supply requirements
for smoke alarms installed in dwelling units.
Informational Note No. 3: See 760.41(B) and 760.121(B) for power-supply
requirements for fire alarm systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 19:22:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The standards have been updated to the current edition. UL 1699C has been
deleted since the document has been withdrawn.
Public Comment No. 93-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
68/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 320-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.12(B) ]
(B) Dormitory Units.
All 120-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying outlets and devices
installed in dormitory unit bedrooms, living rooms, hallways, closets, bathrooms,and similar
rooms shall be protected by a listed arc-fault circuit interrupter meeting the requirements of
any of the means described in 210.12(A)(1) through (6) as appropriate .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 19:28:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee "As appropriate” is a vague and unenforceable term. It has been deleted in
Statement: accordance with NEC Style Manual Section 3.2.1. As previously worded, the arc-fault
circuit-interrupter could be required to meet all of the requirements of 210.12(A)(1)
through 210.12(A)(6). Revised wording matches how 210.12(A) expresses the same.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 36-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 815-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1752-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
69/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 328-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 210.12(C), 210.12(D) ]
Sections 210.12(C), 210.12(D)
(C) Guest Rooms and Guest Suites.
All 120-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying outlets and
devices installed in guest rooms and guest suites of hotels and motels shall be
protected by any of the means described in 210.12(A)(1) through (6).
(D) Branch Circuit Extensions or Modifications — — Dwelling Units and Dormitory
Units.
In any of the areas specified in 210.12(A) or 210.12( C B ) , where branch-circuit wiring is
modified, replaced, or extended, the branch circuit shall be protected by one of the
following:
(1) A listed combination-type AFCI located at the origin of the branch circuit
(2) A listed outlet branch-circuit type-AFCI located at the first receptacle outlet of the
existing branch circuit
Exception: AFCI protection shall not be required where the extension of the existing
conductors is not more than 1.8 m (6 ft) and does not include any additional outlets or
devices.
(D) Guest Rooms and Guest Suites.
All 120-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying outlets and devices
installed in guest rooms and guest suites of hotels and motels shall be protected by a listed
arc-fault circuit interrupter meeting the requirements of 210.12(A)(1) through (6) as
appropriate.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 15:17:36 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The section has been reorganized to improve the flow. In the Branch Circuit
Statement: Extensions and Modifications subsections the text has been revised to reflect the
reorganization and to correct a circular reference. “As appropriate” is a vague and unenforceable term. It has been deleted in accordance
with NEC Style Manual Section 3.2.1. As previously worded, the arc-fault circuitinterrupter could be required to meet all of the requirements of 210.12(A)(1) through
210.12(A)(6). Revised wording matches how 210.12(A) expresses the same.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
70/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 682-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(C)]
Public Comment No. 683-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(D)]
Public Comment No. 816-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(C)]
Public Comment No. 818-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.12(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
71/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 307-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 210.52(A)(2),
210.52(A)(3), 210.52(A)(4) ]
Sections 210.52(A)(2), 210.52(A)(3), 210.52(A)(4)
(2) Wall Space.
As used in this section, a wall space shall include the following:
(1) Any space 600 mm (2 ft) or more in width (including space measured around corners)
and unbroken along the floor line by doorways and similar openings, fireplaces, and
fixed cabinets that do not have countertops or similar work surfaces.
(2) The space occupied by fixed panels in walls, excluding sliding panels
(3) The space afforded by fixed room dividers, such as freestanding bar-type counters or
railings
(3) Floor Receptacles.
Receptacle outlets in or on floors shall not be counted as part of the required number of
receptacle outlets unless located within 450 mm (18 in.) of the wall.
(4) Countertop Receptacles. and similar Work Surface Receptacle Outlets
Receptacles installed for countertop and similar work surfaces as specified in 210.52(C)
shall not be considered as the receptacles outlets required by 210.52(A).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:31:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The addition of “similar work surfaces” was made to provide clarity and inclusion of
Statement: these types of surfaces that may also be found in the areas identified in 210.52(A) in
addition to countertops, as being counted as wall space.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 54-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(A)(2)]
Public Comment No. 55-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(A)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
72/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 308-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.52(B)(1) ]
(1) Receptacle Outlets Served.
In the kitchen, pantry, breakfast room, dining room, or similar area of a dwelling unit, the
two or more 20-ampere small-appliance branch circuits required by 210.11(C)(1) shall serve
all wall and floor receptacle outlets covered by 210.52(A), all countertop outlets covered by
210.52(C), and receptacle outlets for refrigeration equipment.
Exception No. 1: In addition to the required receptacles specified by 210.52, switched
receptacles supplied from a general-purpose branch circuit as defined in 210.70(A)(1),
Exception No. 1, shall be permitted.
Exception No. 2: The receptacle outlet for refrigeration equipment In addition to the
required receptacles specified by 210.52 , a receptacle outlet to serve a specific
appliance shall be permitted to be supplied from an individual branch circuit rated 15
amperes or greater.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:40:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This change made to Exception No. 2 recognizes that an individual branch circuit
Statement: supplied specifically for any single appliance is allowed to be a 15-ampere receptacle
outlet.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1031-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
73/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 309-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.52(C) ]
(C) Countertops and work surfaces .
In kitchens, pantries, breakfast rooms, dining rooms, and similar areas of dwelling units,
receptacle outlets for countertop and work surfaces spaces shall be installed in
accordance with 210.52(C)(1) through (C)(5).
(1) Wall Countertop and work surfaces Spaces.
A receptacle outlet shall be installed at each wall countertop and work surface space that
is 300 mm (12 in.) or wider. Receptacle outlets shall be installed so that no point along the
wall line is more than 600 mm (24 in.) measured horizontally from a receptacle outlet in that
space.
Exception: Receptacle outlets shall not be required on a wall directly behind a range,
counter-mounted cooking unit, or sink in the installation described in Figure 210.52(C)(1).
Figure 210.52(C)(1) Determination of Area Behind a Range, or Counter-Mounted
Cooking Unit or Sink.
(2) Island Countertop Spaces.
At least one receptacle shall be installed at each island countertop space with a long
dimension of 600 mm (24 in.) or greater and a short dimension of 300 mm (12 in.) or
greater.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
74/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(3) Peninsular Countertop Spaces.
At least one receptacle outlet shall be installed at each peninsular countertop long
dimension space with a long dimension of 600 mm (24 in.) or greater and a short dimension
of 300 mm (12 in.) or greater. A peninsular countertop is measured from the connected
perpendicular wall.A receptacle in a wall countertop space shall be permitted to serve as
the receptacle for a peninsular countertop space where the spaces are contiguous and the
receptacle is located within 1.8 m
(
6 ft) of the outside edge of the peninsular countertop.
( 4) Separate Spaces.
Countertop spaces separated by rangetops, refrigerators, or sinks shall be considered as
separate countertop spaces in applying the requirements of 210.52(C)(1). If a range,
counter-mounted cooking unit, or sink is installed in an island or peninsular countertop and
the depth of the countertop behind the range, counter-mounted cooking unit, or sink is less
than 300 mm (12 in.), the range, counter-mounted cooking unit, or sink shall be considered
to divide the countertop space into two separate countertop spaces. Each separate
countertop space shall comply with the applicable requirements in 210.52(C).
(5) Receptacle Outlet Location.
Receptacle outlets shall be located on or above, but not more than 500 mm (20 in.) above,
the countertop or work surface . Receptacle outlet assemblies listed for use in countertops
or work surfaces shall be permitted to be installed in countertops or work surfaces .
Receptacle outlets rendered not readily accessible by appliances fastened in place,
appliance garages, sinks, or rangetops as covered in 210.52(C)(1), Exception, or
appliances occupying dedicated space shall not be considered as these required outlets.
Informational Note: See 406.5(E) and 406.5(G) for requirements for installation of
receptacles in countertops and 406.5(F) and 406.5(G) for requirements for
installation of recepticals in work surfaces.
Exception to (5): To comply with the conditions specified in (1) or (2), receptacle outlets
shall be permitted to be mounted not more than 300 mm (12 in.) below the countertop or
work surface . Receptacles mounted below a countertop or workspace in accordance
with this exception shall not be located where the countertop or work surface extends
more than 150 mm (6 in.) beyond its support base.
(1) Construction for the physically impaired
(2) On island and peninsular countertops or work space where the countertop surface
is flat across its entire surface (no backsplashes, dividers, etc.) and there are no
means to mount a receptacle within 500 mm (20 in.) above the countertop or
workspace , such as an overhead cabinet
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:53:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
75/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee The addition of “work surfaces” was made to align with changes in 210.52(A) and to
Statement: add clarity.
The language in 210.52(C)(3) was modified to not create language that reduces the
coverage of receptacles but rather to better define how a peninsular countertop is
measured for clarity or when additional receptacles to serve the peninsular countertop
space should be provided.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 56-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(C)]
Public Comment No. 58-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(C)(5)]
Public Comment No. 572-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(C)(3)]
Public Comment No. 820-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(C)(5)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
76/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 310-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.52(D) ]
(D) Bathrooms.
At at least one receptacle outlet shall be installed in bathrooms within 900 mm (3 ft) of the
outside edge of each basin. The receptacle outlet shall be located on a wall or partition that
is adjacent to the basin or basin countertop, located on the countertop, or installed on the
side or face of the basin cabinet. In no case shall the receptacle be located more than 300
mm (12 in.) below the top of the basin or basin countertop. Receptacle outlet assemblies
listed for the application use in countertops shall be permitted to be installed in the
countertop.
Informational Note: See 406.5(E) and 406.5(G) for requirements for installation of
receptacles in countertops.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:24:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee For clarity, “listed for the application” was replaced with “listed for use in
Statement: countertops”. The addition of 406.5(G) in the informational note correlates with changes made in
the First Revision for requirements that were separated into a new 406.5(G) Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 59-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(D)]
Public Comment No. 821-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
77/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 326-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.52(G)(1) ]
(1) Garages.
In each attached garage and in each detached garage with electric power, the branch
circuit supplying this receptacle(s) shall not supply outlets outside of the garage. At at
least one receptacle outlet shall be installed in each vehicle bay and not more than 1.7 m (5
1
∕2 ft) above the floor.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 14:16:20 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The language related to outlets outside of the garage has been deleted from this
section to correlate with changes made to 210.11(C)(4).
Public Comment No. 954-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(G)(1)]
Public Comment No. 929-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(G)(1)]
Public Comment No. 1549-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.52(G)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
78/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 325-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.70(A)(2) ]
(2) Additional Locations.
Additional lighting outlets shall be installed in accordance with (A)(2)(a), (A)(2)(b), (A)(2)(c),
and (A)(2)(d).
(a) At least one wall switch–controlled lighting outlet shall be installed in hallways,
stairways, attached garages, and detached garages with electric power.
(b) For dwelling units, attached garages, and detached garages with electric power,
at least one wall switch–controlled lighting outlet shall be installed to provide illumination on
the exterior side of outdoor entrances or exits with grade-level access. A vehicle door in a
garage shall not be considered as an outdoor entrance or exit.
(c) Where one or more lighting outlet(s) are installed for interior stairways, there shall
be a wall switch at each floor level, and landing level that includes an entryway, to control
the lighting outlet(s) where the stairway between floor levels has six risers or more.
Exception to (A)(2)(a), (A)(2)(b), and (A)(2)(c): In hallways, in stairways, and at
outdoor entrances, remote, central, or automatic control of lighting shall be permitted.
(d) Outlets supplying lighting for stairs meeting the requirements of Lighting outlets
controlled in accordance with 210.70(A)(2)(c) shall not be controlled by use of a dimmer
switch dimmer switches unless they provide the full range of dimming control at each
location .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 14:10:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 210.70(A)(2)(d) has been revised to permit dimmers for outlets supplying
Statement: lighting for stairs if the full range of dimming control is provided at each switch
location. New wording for this section in the First Revision did not address the full
range of dimming control at each location.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
79/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 311-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.70(C) ]
(C) All Occupancies.
For attics and underfloor spaces, utility rooms, and basements, at least one lighting outlet
containing a switch or controlled by a wall switch shall be installed where these spaces are
used for storage or contain equipment requiring servicing. At least one point of control shall
be at the usual point of entry to these spaces. The lighting outlet shall be provided at or
near the equipment requiring servicing.
A lighting outlet installed in a crawl space shall be protected from physical damage or be
provided with GFCI protection.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:40:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Lighting outlets installed in crawl spaces shall be provided with GFCI protection. This
Statement: requirement has been moved to 210.8. Physical protection does not provide the
appropriate shock protection.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 985-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.70(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
80/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 329-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 210.71 ]
210.71 Meeting Rooms.
(A) General.
Each meeting room of not more than 93 m 2 (1000 ft 2 ) in other than dwelling units shall
have outlets for nonlocking-type, 125-volt, 15- and or 20-ampere receptacles. The outlets
shall be installed in accordance with 210.71(B) through (E) . Where a room or space is
provided with movable partition(s), the each room size shall be determined with the
partition in the position that results in the smallest size meeting room.
Informational Note No. 1: For the purposes of this section, meeting rooms are
typically designed or intended for the gathering of seated occupants for such
purposes as conferences, deliberations, or similar purposes, where portable
electronic equipment such as computers, projectors, or similar equipment is likely to
be used.
Informational Note No. 2: Examples of rooms that are not meeting rooms include
auditoriums, schoolrooms and cofee shops .
(B) The types of receptacles covered by this requirement are identified as 5-15 and 5-20 in
ANSI/NEMA WD 6-2002, National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standard for
Dimensions of Attachment Plugs and Receptacles .
(B) Receptacle Outlets Required. The total number of receptacle outlets, including floor
outlets and receptacle outlets in fixed furniture, shall not be less than as determined in (1)
and (2) below. These receptacle outlets shall be permitted to be located as determined by
the designer or building owner.
(1) Receptacle Outlets in Fixed Walls.
In meeting rooms having a floor area of 70 m 2 (760 ft 2 ) or less, receptacle Receptacle
outlets shall be installed in accordance with 210.52(A) (A)(1) through (A)(4). These
receptacles outlets shall be in addition to any receptacle outlets that are located within
cabinets or cupboards, or located more than 1.7 m (5 1 ∕ 2 ft) above the floor.
(C)
.
(2) Floor Receptacle Outlets.
A meeting room that is at least 3.6 7 m (12ft) wide and that has a floor area of at least 21
20 m2 (225 215 ft2) and not more than 70 m 2 (760 ft 2 ) shall have at least one duplex-
or quadruplex-type receptacle outlet located in the floor at a distance not less than 1.8 m
(6 ft) from any fixed wall .
(D) Receptacle Outlets at Moveable Room Partitions.
At least one floor receptacle outlet shall be installed for each 3.7 linear m (12 linear ft) or
major fraction thereof of movable wall measured horizontally along the floor line. These
receptacle outlets shall be located within 450 mm (18 in.) of the partition.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
81/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(E) Receptacle Outlet Placement.
In applying the provisions of this section, the total number of receptacle outlets shall not be
less than as determined in (B), (C), and (D). The receptacle outlets required by this section
shall be permitted to be located in accordance with municipal, state, federal, or other codes
and regulations, or as determined by the designer/building owner.
for each 20 m 2 (215 ft 2 ) or major portion of floor space.
Informational Note No. 1: See Section 314.27(B) for floor boxes used for receptacles
located in the floor.
Informational Note No. 2: See Article 518 for assembly occupancies designed for
100 or more persons.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 17:27:36 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Changes were made to 210.71(A) for clarity. The square footage was increased to
Statement: accommodate a reasonable sized meeting room without including convention halls.
These requirements apply to meeting rooms not more than 1000 ft2 in area.
Informational Note No. 2 was deleted and replaced with a new Informational note to
give examples of rooms that are not intended to be meeting rooms.
New 210.71(B) clarifies the number and type of receptacle outlets to be installed.
Receptacle outlets in fixed wall and floors are now included in 210.71B(1) and B(2)
respectively. These changes also clarify that the building designer or owner is allowed
to locate these receptacle outlets to best suit the anticipated use of the meeting room.
Section 210.71(D) for moveable room partitions has been deleted. Section 210.71(E)
was also deleted as it is no longer needed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 762-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.71(D)]
Public Comment No. 828-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.71]
Public Comment No. 1188-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.71(D)]
Public Comment No. 1761-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 210.71(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
82/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 327-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 215.12(C)(2) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
83/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Feeders Supplied from Direct-Current Systems.
Where a feeder is supplied from a dc system operating at more than 50 60 volts, each
ungrounded conductor of 4 AWG or larger shall be identified by polarity at all termination,
connection, and splice points by marking tape, tagging, or other approved means; each
ungrounded conductor of 6 AWG or smaller shall be identified by polarity at all termination,
connection, and splice points in compliance with 215.12(C)(2)(a) and (b). The identification
methods utilized for conductors originating within each feeder panelboard or similar feeder
distribution equipment shall be documented in a manner that is readily available or shall be
permanently posted at each feeder panelboard or similar feeder distribution equipment.
(a) Positive Polarity, Sizes 6 AWG or Smaller. Where the positive polarity of a dc
system does not serve as the connection for the grounded conductor, each positive
ungrounded conductor shall be identified by one of the following means:
(2) A continuous red outer finish (3) A continuous red stripe durably marked along the conductor’s entire length on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or black (4) Imprinted plus signs (
+
(1) ) or the word POSITIVE or POS durably marked on insulation of a color other than
green, white, gray, or black, and repeated at intervals not exceeding 610 mm (24 in.)
in accordance with 310.120(B)
(2) An approved permanent marking means such as sleeving or shrink-tubing that is
suitable for the conductor size, at all termination, connection, and splice points, with
imprinted plus signs ( ) or the word POSITIVE or POS durably marked on insulation of
a color other than green, white, gray, or black.
(e) Negative Polarity, Sizes 6 AWG or Smaller. Where the negative polarity of a dc
system does not serve as the connection for the grounded conductor, each negative
ungrounded conductor shall be identified by one of the following means:
(6) A continuous black outer finish (7) A continuous black stripe durably marked along the conductor’s entire length on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or red (8) Imprinted minus signs (–) or the word NEGATIVE or NEG durably marked on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or red, and repeated at intervals not
exceeding 610 mm (24 in.) in accordance with 310.120(B) (9) An approved permanent marking means such as sleeving or shrink-tubing that is
suitable for the conductor size, at all termination, connection, and splice points, with
imprinted minus signs (-) or the word NEGATIVE or NEG durably marked on
insulation of a color other than green, white, gray, or red.
Supplemental Information
File Name
Description
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
84/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
SR_327_attachment_for_POS_and_NEG_signs.docx
For staff use. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 14:47:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee A list item has been added to the identification means of positive and negative
Statement: polarity conductors. This addition supports the re-use of feeder conductors for DC
applications.
Section 215.12(C)(2) is revised to support consistency in moving from 50V to 60V.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1048-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 215.12(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1372-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 215.12(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1378-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 215.12(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1454-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 215.12(C)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1678-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 215.12(C)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
85/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 312-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 220.3 ]
220.3 Application of Other Articles for Specific-Purpose Calculations .
In other articles applying to the calculation of loads in specialized applications, there are
requirements provided in
Table 220.3
that are in addition to, or modifications of, those within
lists references for specific-purpose calculation requirements not located in Chapters 5, 6
or 7 that amend or supplement the requirements of this article.
Table 220.3 Additional Load 3 Specific-Purpose Calculation References
Calculation
Air-conditioning and refrigerating equipment, branch-circuit
conductor sizing
Article
Section (or
Part)
440
Part IV
Cranes and hoists, rating and size of conductors 610 610.14 Electric vehicle charging
system branch-circuit and feeder calculations 625 625.41 Electric welders, ampacity
calculations 630 630.11, 630.31 Electrically driven or controlled irrigation
machines 675 675.7(A), 675.22(A) Electrified truck parking space 626 Electrolytic cell
lines 668 668.3(C) Electroplating, branch-circuit conductor sizing 669 669.5 Elevator feeder
demand factors 620 620.14
Fixed electric heating equipment for pipelines and vessels, branch-circuit sizing 427 427.4
Fixed electric space-heating equipment, branch-circuit sizing
424 424.3
Fixed outdoor electric deicing and snow-melting equipment, branch-circuit
426 426.4
sizing
Industrial machinery, supply conductor sizing 670 670.4(A) Marinas and boatyards, feeder
and service load calculations 555 555.12 Mobile homes, manufactured homes, and mobile
home parks, total load for determining power supply 550 550.18(B) Mobile homes,
manufactured homes, and mobile home parks, allowable demand factors for park electrical
wiring systems 550 550.31 Motion picture and television studios and similar locations —
sizing of feeder conductors for television studio sets 530 530.19
Motors, feeder demand factor
Motors, multimotor and combination-load equipment
Motors, several motors or a motor(s) and other load(s)
Over 600-volt branch-circuit calculations
Over 600-volt feeder calculations
Phase converters, conductors
430
430
430
210
215
455
430.26
430.25
430.24
210.19(B)
215.2(B)
455.6
Recreational vehicle parks, basis of calculations 551 551.73(A)
Storage-type water heaters
422
422.11(E)
Theaters, stage switchboard feeders 520 520.27
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
86/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_312_attachment_for_table_changes.docx
Description
Paper copy of public comment form for SR 312. Action was a clean "accept" of PC 1431. For staff use. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 19:04:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 220.3 is revised to clarify the application of the table. Other than for listing
Statement: specific purpose requirements in Chapters 2, 3 & 4, Table 220.3 is not necessary nor
is it all inclusive as it exists. Section 90.3 already provides the guidance that specific
equipment and applications in Chapters 5, 6 & 7 can amend or supplement the feeder
requirements in Article 220, so the sections referencing feeder requirements in those
chapters can been removed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1442-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 220.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
87/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 313-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 220.12 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
88/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
220.12 Lighting Load for Specified Occupancies.
A unit load of not less than that specified in Table 220.12 for occupancies specified shall
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
89/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
A unit load of not less than that specified in Table 220.12 for occupancies specified shall
constitute the minimum lighting load. The floor area for each floor shall be calculated from
the outside dimensions of the building, dwelling unit, or other area involved. For dwelling
units, the calculated floor area shall not include open porches, garages, or unused or
unfinished spaces not adaptable for future use.
Informational Note: The unit values are based on minimum load conditions and 100
percent power factor and may not provide sufficient capacity for the installation
contemplated.
Exception No. 1 : Where the building is designed and constructed to comply with an
energy code adopted by the local authority, the lighting load shall be permitted to be
calculated at the values specified in the energy code where the following conditions are
met:
(1) A power monitoring system is installed that will provide continuous information
regarding the total general lighting load of the building.
(2) The power monitoring system will be set with alarm values to alert the building
owner or manager if the lighting load exceeds the values set by the energy code.
(3) The demand factors specified in 220.42 are not applied to the general lighting load.
Exception No. 2: Where a building is designed and constructed to comply with an energy
code adopted by the local authority and specifying an overall lighting density of less than
13.5 Volt-Amperes/Square Meter (1.2 Volt-Amperes/Square Foot), the unit lighting loads
in Table 220.12 for office and bank areas within the building shall be permitted to be
reduced by 11 Volt-Amperes/Square Meter (1 Volt-Amperes/Square Foot).
Table 220.12 General Lighting Loads by Occupancy
Unit Load
Type of Occupancy
Armories and auditoriums
VoltVoltAmperes/ Amperes/
Square
Meter
Square
Foot
11
39b
1
Barber shops and beauty parlors
Churches
Clubs
Court rooms
Dwelling unitsa
33
11
22
22
3 1∕2 b
3
1
2
2
33
3
Garages — commercial (storage)
Hospitals
Hotels and motels, including apartment houses without provision
for cooking by tenantsa
6
22
1∕2
2
22
2
Industrial commercial (loft) buildings
Lodge rooms
Office buildings
22
17
39b
2
1 1∕2
3 1∕2 b
Restaurants
Schools
Stores
Warehouses (storage)
22
33
33
3
2
3
3
1∕4
Banks
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
90/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
In any of the preceding occupancies except one-family dwellings
and individual dwelling units of two-family and multifamily
dwellings:
Assembly halls and auditoriums
Halls, corridors, closets, stairways
Storage spaces
11
6
3
1
1∕2
1∕4
aSee 220.14(J).
bSee 220.14(K).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Coache
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:29:19 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The new exception establishes the path by which the energy code will reduce the
Statement: lighting load to a level of 2.5VA / sq. ft. for office and bank areas.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1071-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 220.12]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
91/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 901-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 225.10 ]
225.10 Wiring on Buildings (or Other Structures).
The installation of outside wiring on surfaces of buildings (or other structures) shall be
permitted for circuits of not over exceeding 1000 volts, nominal, as the following:
(1) Auxiliary gutters
(2) Busways
(3) Cable trays
(4) Cablebus
(5) Electrical metallic tubing (EMT)
(6) Flexible metal conduit (FMC)
(7) Intermediate metal conduit (IMC)
(8) Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC)
(9) Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC)
(10) Messenger-supported wiring
(11) Multiconductor cable
(12) Open wiring on insulators
(13) Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC)
(14) Rigid metal conduit (RMC)
(15) Rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC)
(16) Type MC cable
(17) Type MI cable
(18) Type UF cable
(19) Wireways
Circuits of over 1000 volts, nominal, shall be installed as provided in 300.37.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:03:58 EST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
92/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee
The text was revised to comply with the Style Manual for consistent
Statement:
language.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1754-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.10]
Second Revision No. 907-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 225.18 ]
225.18 Clearance for Overhead Conductors and Cables.
Overhead spans of open conductors and open multiconductor cables of not over 1000
volts, nominal, shall have a clearance of not less than the following:
(1) 3.0 m (10 ft) — above finished grade, sidewalks, or from any platform or projection
from which they are reachable that will permit personal contact where the voltage
does not exceed 150 volts to ground and accessible to pedestrians only
(2) 3.7 m (12 ft) — over residential property and driveways, and those commercial areas
not subject to truck traffic where the voltage does not exceed 300 volts to ground
(3) 4.5 m (15 ft) — for those areas listed in the 3.7 m (12 ft) classification where the
voltage exceeds 300 volts to ground
(4) 5.5 m (18 ft) — over public streets, alleys, roads, parking areas subject to truck
traffic, driveways on other than residential property, and other land traversed by
vehicles, such as cultivated, grazing, forest, and orchard
(5) 7.5 m (24 1∕2 ft) — over track rails of railroads
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:56:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text was revised to remove the word "reachable," which is considered
to be vague.
Public Comment No. 526-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.18]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
93/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 908-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 225.19(D)(2) ]
(2) Vertical Clearance.
The vertical clearance of final spans above or within 900 mm (3 ft) measured horizontally of
platforms, projections, or surfaces from which they are reachable that will permit personal
contact shall be maintained in accordance with 225.18.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:57:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text was revised to remove the word "reachable," which is considered
to be vague.
Public Comment No. 527-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.19(D)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
94/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 902-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 225.30 ]
225.30 Number of Supplies.
A building or other structure that is served by a branch circuit or feeder on the load side of
a service disconnecting means shall be supplied by only one feeder or branch circuit
unless permitted in 225.30(A) through (F). For the purpose of this section, a multiwire
branch circuit shall be considered a single circuit.
Where a branch circuit or feeder originates in these additional buildings or other structures,
only one feeder or branch circuit shall be permitted to supply power back to the original
building or structure, unless permitted in 225.30(A) through (F).
(A) Special Conditions.
Additional feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted to supply the following:
(1) Fire pumps
(2) Emergency systems
(3) Legally required standby systems
(4) Optional standby systems
(5) Parallel power production systems
(6) Systems designed for connection to multiple sources of supply for the purpose of
enhanced reliability
(7) Electric vehicle charging systems listed, labeled, and identified for more than a single
branch circuit / or feeder
(B) Special Occupancies.
By special permission, additional feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted for either of
the following:
(1) Multiple-occupancy buildings where there is no space available for supply equipment
accessible to all occupants
(2) A single building or other structure sufficiently large to make two or more supplies
necessary
(C) Capacity Requirements.
Additional feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted where the capacity requirements are
in excess of 2000 amperes at a supply voltage of 1000 volts or less.
(D) Different Characteristics.
Additional feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted for different voltages, frequencies,
or phases, or for different uses such as control of outside lighting from multiple locations.
(E) Documented Switching Procedures.
Additional feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted to supply installations under single
management where documented safe switching procedures are established and maintained
for disconnection.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
95/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(F) One- or Two-Family Dwelling Unit(s).
For a one- or two-family dwelling unit(s) with multiple feeders, it shall be permissible to
install not more than six disconnects grouped at one location where the feeders enter the
building, provided the feeder conductors are sized 1/0 or larger and originate at the same
switchboard, panelboard, or over-current protective device location.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:15:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Part (A)(7) was revised to comply with the Style Manual.
Part (F) was revised to clarify where the feeder connectors are intended to
originate.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1755-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.30]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
96/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 903-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 225.32 ]
225.32 Location.
The disconnecting means shall be installed either inside or outside of the building or
structure served or where the conductors pass through the building or structure. The
disconnecting means shall be at a readily accessible location nearest the point of entrance
of the conductors. For the purposes of this section, the requirements in 230.6 shall be
utilized.
Exception No. 1: For installations under single management, where documented safe
switching procedures are established and maintained for disconnection, and where the
installation is monitored by qualified individuals, the disconnecting means shall be
permitted to be located elsewhere on the premises.
Exception No. 2: For buildings or other structures qualifying under the provisions of
Article 685, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be located elsewhere on the
premises.
Exception No. 3: For towers or poles used as lighting standards, the disconnecting
means shall be permitted to be located elsewhere on the premises.
Exception No. 4: For poles or similar structures used only for support of signs installed in
accordance with Article 600, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be located
elsewhere on the premises.
Exception No. 5: For electric vehicle charging systems, the disconnecting means shall
be installed in accordance with 625.42 .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:27:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Exception 5 was removed, as this requirement was already addressed
elsewhere in the Code.
Public Comment No. 813-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.32]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
97/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 904-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 225.38(C) ]
(C) Disconnection of Grounded Conductor.
Where the building or structure disconnecting means does not disconnect the grounded
conductor from the grounded conductors in the building or structure wiring, other means
shall be provided for this purpose at the location of the disconnecting means. A terminal or
bus to which all grounded conductors can be attached by means of pressure connectors
shall be permitted for this purpose.
In a multisection switchboard or switchgear, disconnects for the grounded conductor shall
be permitted to be in any section of the switchboard or switchgear, if the switchboard
section or switchgear section is marked to indicate a grounded conductor disconnect is
located contained within the equipment .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:30:57 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text was revised to better indicate where the grounded conductor
disconnect is located.
Public Comment No. 1756-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 225.38(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
98/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 905-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.7 ]
230.7 Other Conductors in Raceway or Cable.
Conductors other than service conductors shall not be installed in the same service
raceway or service cable in which the service conductors are installed .
Exception No. 1: Grounding electrode conductors or supply side bonding jumpers or
conductors.
Exception No. 2: Load management control conductors having overcurrent protection
shall be permitted within service raceways .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:43:53 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The text was revised to meet the Style Manual for complete sentences.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1757-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.7]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.d…
99/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 906-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.9(B) ]
(B) Vertical Clearance.
The vertical clearance of final spans above, or within 900 mm (3 ft) measured horizontally
of , platforms, projections, or surfaces from which they are reachable that will permit
personal contact shall be maintained in accordance with 230.24(B).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:48:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text was revised to remove the word "reachable," which is considered
to be vague.
Public Comment No. 528-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.9(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
100/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 909-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.29 ]
230.29 Supports over Buildings.
Service conductors passing over a roof shall be securely supported by substantial
structures. For a grounded system, where the substantial structure is metal, it shall be
bonded by means of a bonding jumper and listed connector to the grounded overhead
service conductor. The bonding jumper shall be of the same conductor size and material as
the grounded overhead service conductor, and in no case smaller than mandated in Section
250 .102(C)(1) based on the size of the ungrounded service conductors. Where practicable,
such supports shall be independent of the building.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:22:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This modified language addresses the sizing of the bonding conductor in
accordance with the requirements located in Article 250.
Public Comment No. 360-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.29]
Public Comment No. 967-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.29]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
101/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 910-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.42(A) ]
(A) General.
The ampacity of service Service -entrance conductors shall have an ampacity of not be
smaller less than the maximum load to be served. Conductors shall be sized to carry not
less than the largest required in of 230.42(A)(1), (A)(2), or (A)(3). Loads shall be
determined in accordance with Part III, IV, or V of Article 220, as applicable. Ampacity
shall be determined from 310.15. The maximum allowable current of busways shall be that
value for which the busway has been listed or and labeled.
(1) The Where the service-entrance conductors supply continuous loads or any
combination of noncontinuous and continuous loads, the minimum service-entrance
conductor size shall have an allowable ampacity not less than the sum of the
noncontinuous loads plus 125 percent of continuous loads
Exception: Grounded conductors that are not connected to an overcurrent device
shall be permitted to be sized at 100 percent of the sum of the continuous and
noncontinuous load.
(2) The sum of the noncontinuous load plus the continuous load minimum serviceentrance conductor size shall have an ampacity not less than the maximum load to be
served after the application of any adjustment or correction factors
(3) The sum of the noncontinuous load plus and the continuous load if the serviceentrance conductors terminate in an overcurrent device where both the overcurrent
device and its assembly are listed for operation at 100 percent of their rating
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_910.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:38:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The word "or" was changed to "and" to clarify that equipment that is listed shall also
Statement: be labeled to assist AHJs in determining whether the equipment is listed during an
inspection.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
102/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
This section was modified to be expressed in a similar fashion to similar requirements
found in other parts of the Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1760-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.42(A)]
Public Comment No. 1120-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.42(A)]
Public Comment No. 1555-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.42(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
103/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 911-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.44 ]
230.44 Cable Trays.
Cable tray systems shall be permitted to support service-entrance conductors. Cable trays
used to support service-entrance conductors shall contain only service-entrance conductors
and shall be limited to the following methods:
(1) Type SE cable
(2) Type MC cable
(3) Type MI cable
(4) Type IGS cable
(5) Single conductors 1/0 and larger that are listed for use in cable tray or cable
assemblies with Type TC rating
(6) Power Tray Cable (Type TC) evaluated for use as service entrance conductors
Such cable trays shall be identified with permanently affixed labels with the wording
“Service-Entrance Conductors.” The labels shall be located so as to be visible after
installation with a spacing not to exceed 3 m (10 ft) so that the service-entrance conductors
are able to be readily traced through the entire length of the cable tray.
Exception: Conductors, other than service-entrance conductors, shall be permitted to be
installed in a cable tray with service-entrance conductors, provided a solid fixed barrier of
a material compatible with the cable tray is installed to separate the service-entrance
conductors from other conductors installed in the cable tray.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:20:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The section was revised to establish Power Tray Cable as an individual item and to
Statement: clarify what cable types can be used as service-entrance conductors in cable trays.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1148-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.44]
Public Comment No. 1762-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.44]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
104/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 912-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.54(C) ]
(C) Service Heads and Goosenecks Above Service-Drop or Overhead Service
Attachment.
Service heads on raceways equipped with a service head or service-entrance cables and
goosenecks in service-entrance cables shall be located above the point of attachment of
the service-drop or overhead service conductors to the building or other structure.
Exception: Where it is impracticable to locate the service head or gooseneck above the
point of attachment, the service head or gooseneck location shall be permitted not farther
than 600 mm (24 in.) from the point of attachment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:35:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The current wording requires that the raceway be installed above the point of the
Statement: service drop or over head service conductor point of attachment. It is the service head
and not the complete raceway that needs to be above the point of attachment.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 333-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.54(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
105/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 913-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.66 ]
230.66 Marking.
Service equipment rated at 1000 volts or less shall be marked to identify it as being
suitable for use as service equipment. All service equipment shall be listed and labeled or
field labeled. Individual meter socket enclosures shall not be considered service equipment
but shall be listed, labeled, and rated for the voltage and ampacity of the service.
Exception: Meter sockets purchased or and under the exclusive control of an electric
utility are not required to be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:42:46 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Exception was revised to clarify that meter socket enclosures that are both
Statement: purchased and under the exclusive control of a utility company do not have to be
listed.
Listed equipment is also required to be labeled to assist AHJs in determining whether
the equipment is listed during an inspection.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 363-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.66]
Public Comment No. 406-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.66]
Public Comment No. 772-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.66]
Public Comment No. 1122-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.66]
Public Comment No. 1724-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.66]
Public Comment No. 1763-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.66]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
106/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1004-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 230.70(A)(3)
]
(4) Service Disconnects on One- and Two-Family Dwellings.
Where installed on one-family and two-family dwellings, the service disconnecting means or
remote controlled device in accordance with 230.70(A)(3) shall be installed outside the
structure at the meter location, or at nearest point of entrance of the service conductors.
This requirement shall take effect on July 1, 2020.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:43:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee By providing an external disconnect, this allows for the safe interruption of utility
Statement: power from outside the structure. The requirement for a remote controlled device
allows for exterior activation of an interior device as per 230.70(A)(3).
The effective date will allow time for implementation into new products.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 979-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 230.70(A)(1)]
Public Comment No. 1082-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.70(A)(1)]
Public Comment No. 1661-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.70(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
107/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 914-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.71(A) ]
(A) General.
The service disconnecting means for each service permitted by 230.2, or for each set of
service-entrance conductors permitted by 230.40, Exception No. 1, 3, 4, or 5, shall consist
of not more than six switches or sets of circuit breakers, or a combination of not more than
six switches and sets of circuit breakers, mounted in a single enclosure, in a group of
separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard or in switchgear. There shall be not more
than six sets of disconnects per service grouped in any one location.
For the purpose of this section, disconnecting means installed as part of listed equipment
and used solely for the following shall not be considered a service disconnecting means:
(1) Power monitoring equipment
(2) Surge-protective device(s) that are installed in accordance with 285.23
(3) Control circuit of the ground-fault protection system
(4) Power-operable service disconnecting means
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:32:01 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The deleted text is unnecessary as it is already found in other parts of the
Statement:
NEC.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1764-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.71(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
108/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 915-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 230.95(C) ]
(C) Performance Testing.
The ground-fault protection system shall be performance tested when first installed on site.
This testing shall be conducted by a qualified person(s) using a test process of primary or
secondary current injection, in accordance with instructions that shall be provided with the
equipment. A written record of this testing shall be made and shall be available to the
authority having jurisdiction.
Informational Note No. 1: Ground-fault protection that functions to open the service
disconnect affords no protection from faults on the line side of the protective
element. It serves only to limit damage to conductors and equipment on the load
side in the event of an arcing ground fault on the load side of the protective element.
Informational Note No. 2: This added protective equipment at the service equipment
may make it necessary to review the overall wiring system for proper selective
overcurrent protection coordination. Additional installations of ground-fault protective
equipment may be needed on feeders and branch circuits where maximum
continuity of electric service is necessary.
Informational Note No. 3: Where ground-fault protection is provided for the service
disconnect and interconnection is made with another supply system by a transfer
device, means or devices may be needed to ensure proper ground-fault sensing by
the ground-fault protection equipment.
Informational Note No. 4: See 517.17(A) for information on where an additional step
of ground-fault protection is required for hospitals and other buildings with critical
areas or life support equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:39:26 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The secondary current injection test does not meet the requirements of a
performance test for the ground fault system.
Public Comment No. 334-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 230.95(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
109/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2701-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 240.24(A) ]
(A) Accessibility.
Switches containing fuses, and circuit breakers devices shall be readily accessible and
installed so that the center of the grip of the operating handle of the switch or circuit
breaker, when in its highest position, is not more than 2.0 m (6 ft 7 in.) above the floor or
working platform, unless one of the following applies:
(1) For busways, as provided in 368.17(C).
(2) For supplementary overcurrent protection, as described in 240.10.
(3) For overcurrent devices, as described in 225.40 and 230.92.
(4) For overcurrent devices adjacent to utilization equipment that they supply, access
shall be permitted to be by portable means.
Exception: The use of a tool shall be permitted to access overcurrent devices located
within listed industrial control panels or similar enclosures.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 12:57:09 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The word "devices" is removed to improve the readability of the requirement,
without changing the intent.
Public Comment No. 1385-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 240.24(A)]
Public Comment No. 1765-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 240.24(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
110/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2702-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 240.67 ]
240.67 Arc Energy Reduction.
Where the ampere rating of the fusible switch is fuses rated 1200 A or higher are
installed , 240.67(A) and (B) shall apply. This requirement shall become effective January
1, 2020.
(A) Documentation.
Documentation shall be available to those authorized to design, install, operate, or inspect
the installation as to the location of the fusible switch(es) fuses .
(B) Method to Reduce Clearing Time.
One of the
A fuse shall have a clearing time of 0.07 seconds or less at the available arcing
current or one of the following shall be provided:
(1) Differential relaying
(2) Energy-reducing maintenance switching with local status indicator
(3) Energy-reducing active arc flash mitigation system
(4) A fuse that would open the circuit in 0.07 seconds or less, at or below the available
arcing current
(5) An approved equivalent means
Informational Note No. 1: An energy-reducing maintenance switch allows a worker
to set a disconnect switch to reduce the clearing time while the worker is working
within an arc-flash boundary as defined in NFPA 70E-2015, Standard for Electrical
Safety in the Workplace, and then to set the disconnect switch back to a normal
setting after the potentially hazardous work is complete.
Informational Note No. 2: An energy-reducing active arc flash mitigation system
helps in reducing arcing duration in the electrical distribution system. No change in
the disconnect switch or the settings of other devices is required during
maintenance when a worker is working within an arc flash boundary as defined in
NFPA 70E-2015, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.
Informational Note No. 3: IEEE 1584, IEEE Guide for performing Arc Flash Hazard
Calculations, is one of the available methods that provide guidance in determining
arcing current.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:24:52 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
111/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee The focus of arc energy reduction is modified for clarity and references “fuses” not
Statement: “switches,” removing all potential confusion about "fusible switches" versus "fused
switches" or transfer switches. This requirement addresses “arc energy reduction” and is properly located in Article
240 and under the purview of CMP 10. The revised text now clearly applies to overcurrent protection provided by fuses.
Similar requirements exist in 240.87 for “arc energy reduction” where the overcurrent
devices are circuit breakers. Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 575-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 240.67(B)]
Public Comment No. 614-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 240.67]
Public Comment No. 1365-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 240.67 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
112/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1202-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.4(A)(1) ]
(1) Electrical System Grounding.
Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit
the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher-voltage
lines and that will stabilize the voltage to earth during normal operation.
Informational Note No. 1: An important consideration for limiting the imposed voltage
is the routing of bonding and grounding electrode conductors so that they are not any
longer than necessary to complete the connection without disturbing the permanent
parts of the installation and so that unnecessary bends and loops are avoided.
Informational Note No. 2: See NFPA 780-2017 2014 , Standard for the Installation of
Lightning Protection Systems, for information on installation of grounding and
bonding for lightning protection system grounding.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:01:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The informational note is revised to correlate with the changes to 250.4(B)(1). The
Statement: edition year was revised because NFPA 780 hasn't completed the 2017 revision
cycle.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
113/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1201-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.4(B)(1) ]
(1) Grounding Electrical Equipment.
Non–current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or
forming part of such equipment, shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit the
voltage imposed by lightning or unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and limit the
voltage to ground on these materials.
Informational Note: See NFPA 780-2014, Standard for the Installation of Lightning
Protection Systems, for information on installation of grounding and bonding for lightning
protection system grounding.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:47:56 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The NEC is not a lightning protection document. Adding the reference to NFPA 780
Statement: will provide additional information for lightning protection systems.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1546-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.4(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 1766-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.4(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
114/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1203-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.22 ]
250.22 Circuits Not to Be Grounded.
The following circuits shall not be grounded:
(1) Circuits for electric cranes operating over combustible fibers in Class III locations, as
provided in 503.155
(2) Circuits in health care facilities as provided in 517.61 a nd 517.160
(3) Circuits for equipment within electrolytic cell working zone as provided in Article 668
(4) Secondary circuits of lighting systems as provided in 411.6(A)
(5) Secondary circuits of lighting systems as provided in 680.23(A)(2)
(6) Class 2 load side circuits for suspended ceiling low-voltage suspended ceiling
power grid distribution systems as provided in 393.60(B)
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:12:58 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text is revised to correct transcription errors in the First Revision and to
reflect the panel action in the First Revision meeting.
Public Comment No. 1558-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.22]
Public Comment No. 1767-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.22]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
115/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1204-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.24(C)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Where an ac system operating at 2000 at 1000 volts or less is grounded at any point, the
grounded conductor(s) shall be routed with the ungrounded conductors to each service
disconnecting means and shall be connected to each disconnecting means grounded
conductor(s) terminal or bus. A main bonding jumper shall connect the grounded
conductor(s) to each service disconnecting means enclosure. The grounded conductor(s)
shall be installed in accordance with 250.24(C)(1) through 250.24(C)(4).
Exception: Where two or more service disconnecting means are located in a single
assembly listed for use as service equipment, it shall be permitted to connect the
grounded conductor(s) to the assembly common grounded conductor(s) terminal or bus.
The assembly shall include a main bonding jumper for connecting the grounded
conductor(s) to the assembly enclosure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:48:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The voltage level should remain at 1000 volts. Making this change to 2000 volts
Statement: creates inconsistency within Article 250, as 250.180 and 250.188 were not changed
and remain at 1000 volts. Services over 1000 volts are covered in 250.186.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 404-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.24(C) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
116/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1210-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.30(A)(4) ]
(4) Grounding Electrode.
The building or structure grounding electrode system shall be used as the grounding
electrode for the separately derived system. If located outdoors, the grounding electrode
shall be in accordance with 250.30(C).
Exception: If a separately derived system originates in equipment that is listed and
identified as suitable for use as service equipment, the grounding electrode used for the
service or feeder equipment shall be permitted to be used as the grounding electrode for
the separately derived system.
Informational Note No. 1: See 250.104(D) for bonding requirements for interior metal
water piping in the area served by separately derived systems.
Informational Note No. 2: See 250.50 and 250.58 for requirements for bonding all
electrodes together if located at the same building or structure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:07:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The text "and identified" was added to be consistent with 250.30(A)(6).
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1561-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(4)]
Public Comment No. 1768-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
117/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1205-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.30(A)(5) ]
(5) Grounding Electrode Conductor, Single Separately Derived System.
A grounding electrode conductor for a single separately derived system shall be sized in
accordance with 250.66 for the derived ungrounded conductors. It shall be used to connect
the grounded conductor of the derived system to the grounding electrode in accordance
with 250.30(A)(4), or as permitted in 250.68(C)(1) and (2). This connection shall be made
at the same point on the separately derived system where the system bonding jumper is
connected.
Exception No. 1: If the system bonding jumper specified in 250.30(A)(1) is a wire or
busbar, it shall be permitted to connect the grounding electrode conductor to the
equipment grounding terminal, bar, or busif bus if the equipment grounding terminal, bar,
or bus is of sufficient size for the separately derived system.
Exception No. 2: If the source of a separately derived system is located within equipment
listed and identified as suitable for use as service equipment, the grounding electrode
conductor from the service or feeder equipment to the grounding electrode shall be
permitted as the grounding electrode conductor for the separately derived system, if the
grounding electrode conductor is of sufficient size for the separately derived system. If
the equipment grounding bus internal to the equipment is not smaller than the required
grounding electrode conductor for the separately derived system, the grounding electrode
connection for the separately derived system shall be permitted to be made to the bus.
Exception No. 3: A grounding electrode conductor shall not be required for a system that
supplies a Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 circuit and is derived from a transformer rated not
more than 1000 volt-amperes, provided the grounded conductor is bonded to the
transformer frame or enclosure by a jumper sized in accordance with 250.30(A)(1),
Exception No. 3, and the transformer frame or enclosure is grounded by one of the
means specified in 250.134.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:46:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision is an editorial correction to put space between the terms "bus"
and "if" in Exception No. 1.
Public Comment No. 1571-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(5)]
Public Comment No. 1769-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(5)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
118/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
119/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1206-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.30(A)(6) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
120/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(6) Grounding Electrode Conductor, Multiple Separately Derived Systems.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
121/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
A common grounding electrode conductor for multiple separately derived systems shall be
permitted. If installed, the common grounding electrode conductor shall be used to connect
the grounded conductor of the separately derived systems to the grounding electrode as
specified in 250.30(A)(4). A grounding electrode conductor tap shall then be installed from
each separately derived system to the common grounding electrode conductor. Each tap
conductor shall connect the grounded conductor of the separately derived system to the
common grounding electrode conductor. This connection shall be made at the same point
on the separately derived system where the system bonding jumper is connected.
Exception No. 1: If the system bonding jumper specified in 250.30(A)(1) is a wire or
busbar, it shall be permitted to connect the grounding electrode conductor tap to the
equipment grounding terminal, bar, or bus, provided the equipment grounding terminal,
bar, or bus is of sufficient size for the separately derived system.
Exception No. 2: A grounding electrode conductor shall not be required for a system that
supplies a Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 circuit and is derived from a transformer rated not
more than 1000 volt-amperes, provided the system grounded conductor is bonded to the
transformer frame or enclosure by a jumper sized in accordance with 250.30(A)(1),
Exception No. 3, and the transformer frame or enclosure is grounded by one of the
means specified in 250.134.
(a) Common Grounding Electrode Conductor. The common grounding electrode
conductor shall be permitted to be one of the following:
(2) A conductor of the wire type not smaller than 3/0 AWG copper or 250 kcmil
aluminum (3) A metal water pipe that complies with 250.68(C)( 1)
(4) The metal structural frame of the building or structure that complies with 250.68(C)
( 2) or is connected to the grounding electrode system by a conductor
that shall
(1) not
be
(1) smaller than 3/0 AWG copper or 250 kcmil aluminum
(e) Tap Conductor Size. Each tap conductor shall be sized in accordance with
250.66 based on the derived ungrounded conductors of the separately derived system it
serves.
Exception: If the source of a separately derived system is located within equipment
listed and identified as suitable for use as service equipment, the grounding electrode
conductor from the service or feeder equipment to the grounding electrode shall be
permitted as the grounding electrode conductor for the separately derived system, if the
grounding electrode conductor is of sufficient size for the separately derived system. If
the equipment grounding bus internal to the equipment is not smaller than the required
grounding electrode conductor for the separately derived system, the grounding electrode
connection for the separately derived system shall be permitted to be made to the bus.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
122/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(f) Connections. All tap connections to the common grounding electrode conductor
shall be made at an accessible location by one of the following methods:
(7) A connector listed as grounding and bonding equipment. (8) Listed connections to aluminum or copper busbars not smaller than 6 mm thick ×
50 mm wide ( 1 ∕ 4 in. thick × 2 in. wide) and of sufficient length to accommodate
the number of terminations necessary for the installation. If aluminum busbars are
used, the installation shall also comply with 250.64(A) . (9) The exothermic welding process. Tap conductors shall be connected to the common grounding electrode conductor in such a
manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1206.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:49:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The text is revised to correct transcription errors in the First Revision and to
reflect the panel action in the First Revision meeting.
The work “also” was added in 250.30(A)(6)(c)(2) for clarity.
The words “thick” and “wide” were added to the busbar description for consistency.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1770-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(6)]
Public Comment No. 321-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(6)]
Public Comment No. 364-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(6)]
Public Comment No. 740-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(6)]
Public Comment No. 1574-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.30(A)(6)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
123/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1207-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.36 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
High-impedance grounded neutral systems in which a grounding impedance, usually a
resistor, limits the ground-fault current to a low value shall be permitted for 3-phase ac
systems of 480 volts to 2000 to 1000 volts if all the following conditions are met:
(1) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons
service the installation.
(2) Ground detectors are installed on the system.
(3) Line-to-neutral loads are not served.
High-impedance grounded neutral systems shall comply with the provisions of 250.36(A)
through (G).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:12:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The voltage level is reverted to 1000 volts, because voltages above 1000 volts
are already covered in 250.187.
Public Comment No. 407-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.36 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
124/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1208-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.52(A)(8) ]
(8) Other Local Metal Underground Systems or Structures.
Other local metal underground systems or structures such as piping systems, underground
tanks, and underground metal well casings that are not bonded to a metal water pipe. The
structures and structural reinforcing steel described at 680.26(B)(1) and (B)(2) shall not be
considered as a grounding electrode described by this section.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:26:06 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The text is revised to correct transcription errors in the First Revision and to
reflect the panel action in the First Revision meeting.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1584-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.52(A)(8)]
Public Comment No. 1738-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.52(A)(8)]
Public Comment No. 1771-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.52(A)(8)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
125/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1209-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.52(B) ]
(B) Not Permitted for Use as Grounding Electrodes.
The following systems and materials shall not be used as grounding electrodes:
(1) Metal underground gas piping systems
(2) Aluminum
(3) The structures and structural reinforcing steel described in 680.26(B)(1) and (B)(2)
Informational Note: See 250.104(B) for bonding requirements of gas piping.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:35:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text is revised to correct transcription errors in the First Revision and to
reflect the panel action in the First Revision meeting.
Public Comment No. 1587-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.52(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
126/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1211-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.60 ]
250.60 Use of Strike Termination Devices.
Conductors and driven pipes, rods, or plate electrodes used for grounding strike termination
devices shall not be used in lieu of the grounding electrodes required by 250.50 for
grounding wiring systems and equipment. This provision shall not prohibit the required
bonding together of grounding electrodes of different systems.
Informational Note No. 1: See 250.106 for spacing from the bonding requirement of
the lightning protection system components . See 800.100(D) , 810.21(J) , and
820.100(D) for bonding of electrodes. to the building or structure grounding
electrode system.
Informational Note No. 2: Bonding together of all separate grounding electrodes will
limit voltage differences between them and between their associated wiring
systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:30:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Informational Note 1 has been corrected to address proper correlation with the
lightning protection system.
Public Comment No. 365-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.60]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
127/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1212-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.64(A) ]
(A) Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors.
Bare Grounding electrode conductors of bare, covered, or insulated aluminum or copperclad aluminum grounding electrode shall comply with the following:
(1) Bare or covered conductors shall not be used where installed where subject to
corrosive conditions or be installed in direct contact with masonry or the earth. Where
installed outside of a building or enclosure, aluminum or (2) Terminations made within listed enclosures identified for outdoor use shall be permitted
within 450 mm (18 in.) of the earth.
(3) Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors external to
buildings or enclosures shall not be terminated within 450 mm (18 in.) of the earth, unless
the termination method is insulated. The termination shall be listed as a sealed wireconnector system . Terminations made within listed enclosures suitable for outdoor use
shall be permitted within 450 mm (18 in.) of the earth. and listed as grounding and bonding
equipment.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1212.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:51:57 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This subdivision was revised into a list format to improve usability. The word
Statement: "covered" was added to be consistent with other sections of the NEC. The phrase "or
where subject to corrosive conditions" was added to list item 1 to correct a
transcription error. List item 3 was revised to replace "suitable" with "identified" as it
is a defined term. The phrase "listed as grounding and bonding equipment" was added
to ensure the connectors are evaluated for fault current and to allow a product to be
made available.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 789-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.64(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
128/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 789-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.64(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
129/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1213-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.64(B) ]
(B) Securing and Protection Against Physical Damage.
Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shall be securely
fastened to the surface on which it is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be
permitted to be installed on or through framing members. 300.5 .
(1) Not Exposed to Physical Damage.
A 6 AWG or larger copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor not exposed to
physical damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction
without metal covering or protection.
(2) Exposed to Physical Damage.
A 6 AWG or larger copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor exposed to physical
damage shall be protected in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC),
rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), XW-type reinforced thermosetting resin conduit
(RTRC-XW ), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or cable armor.
(3) Smaller Than 6 AWG.
Grounding electrode conductors smaller than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC,
PVC, RTRC-XW, EMT, or cable armor
(4) In Contact with the Earth.
Grounding electrode conductors and grounding electrode bonding jumpers in contact with
the earth shall not be required to comply with 300.5, but shall be buried or otherwise
protected if subject to physical damage.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:07:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Type -XW was added to RTRC, and the raceways types for protection of smaller
Statement: than 6 AWG conductors was added to correct transcription errors.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 335-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.64(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1592-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.64(B)]
Public Comment No. 1773-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.64(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
130/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1214-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.64(E)(1) ]
(1) General.
Ferrous metal raceways and enclosures for grounding electrode conductors shall be
electrically continuous from the point of attachment to cabinets or equipment to the
grounding electrode and shall be securely fastened to the ground clamp or fitting. Ferrous
metal raceways and enclosures shall be bonded at each end of the raceway or enclosure to
the grounding electrode or grounding electrode conductor to create a an electrically parallel
path. Nonferrous metal raceways and enclosures shall not be required to be electrically
continuous.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:25:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The words "an electrically" were added to be consistent with how that phrase is
typically used to improve clarity.
Public Comment No. 366-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.64(E)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
131/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1215-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 250.66(A), 250.66(B),
250.66(C) ]
Sections 250.66(A), 250.66(B), 250.66(C)
(A) Connections to a Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrode(s).
Where If the grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper connected to a single or
multiple rod, pipe, or plate electrode(s), or any combination thereof, as permitted described
in 250.52(A)(5) or (A)(7), does not extend on to other types of electrodes that require a
larger size conductor , the grounding electrode conductor shall not be required to be larger
than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire.
(B) Connections to Concrete-Encased Electrodes.
Where If the grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper connected to a single or
multiple concrete-encased electrode(s), as permitted described in 250.52(A)(3), does not
extend on to other types of electrodes that require a larger size of conductor, the grounding
electrode conductor shall not be required to be larger than 4 AWG copper wire.
(C) Connections to Ground Rings.
Where If the grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper connected to a ground ring,
as permitted described in 250.52(A)(4), does not extend on to other types of electrodes
that require a larger size of conductor, the grounding electrode conductor shall not be
required to be larger than the conductor used for the ground ring.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:30:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The phrase "or bonding jumper" was added to each subdivision to correct a
Statement: transcription error in the first draft. The phrase "that require a larger size conductor"
was added to (A) to be consistent with the other subdivisions.
The term "permitted" was changed to "described" for accuracy.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 489-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 250.66(A), 250.66(B), 250.66(C)]
Public Comment No. 1600-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.66]
Public Comment No. 1774-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.66]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
132/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1216-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.68(C) ]
(C) Grounding Electrode Conductor Connections.
Grounding electrode conductors and bonding jumpers shall be permitted to be connected at
the following locations and used to extend the connection to an electrode(s):
(1) Interior metal water piping shall be that is electrically continuous with a metal
underground water pipe electrode and is located not more than 1.52 m (5 ft) from the
point of entrance to the building. Interior metal water piping located more than 1.52 m
(5 ft) from the point of entrance to the building shall not be used as a conductor to
interconnect electrodes of the grounding electrode system.
Exception: In industrial, commercial, and institutional buildings or structures, if
conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons
service the installation, interior metal water piping located more than 1.52 m (5 ft)
from the point of entrance to the building shall be permitted as a bonding conductor
to interconnect electrodes that are part of the grounding electrode system, or as a
grounding electrode conductor, if the entire length, other than short sections passing
perpendicularly through walls, floors, or ceilings, of the interior metal water pipe that
is being used for the conductor is exposed.
(2) The metal structural frame of a building shall be permitted to be used as a conductor
to interconnect electrodes that are part of the grounding electrode system, or as a
grounding electrode conductor. Hold-down bolts securing the structural steel column
that are connected to a concrete-encased electrode that complies with 250.52(A)(3)
and is located in the support footing or foundation shall be permitted to connect the
metal structural frame of a building or structure to the concrete encased grounding
electrode. The hold-down bolts shall be connected to the concrete-encased electrode
by welding, exothermic welding, the usual steel tie wires, or other approved means.
(3) A rebar type concrete-encased electrode installed in accordance with 250.52(A)
(3)with an additional rebar section extended from its location within the concrete to an
accessible location that is not subject to corrosion shall be permitted for connection of
the grounding electrode conductor conductors and bonding jumpers . The rebar
extention extension shall not be exposed to contact with the earth without corrosion
protection.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1216.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
133/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:41:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The word "conductor" was added to the title of 250.68(C) to more accurately reflect
Statement: the application of the section.
The phrase "that is continuous with a metal underground water pipe electrode and is"
was added to 250.68(C)(1) to be clear that the interior water piping connection is only
permitted if the piping is continuous to the underground portion. The phrase "shall be" was deleted to correct a transcription error in the first draft.
The second sentence of 250.68(C)(1) was added to provide clear language to not
allow water piping beyond 5 ft from being used as a connection point unless the
exception applies.
The term "bonding jumpers" was added to 250.68(C)(3) to be consistent with the title
of 250.68.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 301-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.68(C)]
Public Comment No. 319-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.68(C)]
Public Comment No. 1775-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.68(C)]
Public Comment No. 1609-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.68(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
134/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1217-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.86 ]
250.86 Other Conductor Enclosures and Raceways.
Except as permitted by 250.112(I), metal enclosures and raceways for other than service
conductors shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor.
Exception No. 1: Metal enclosures and raceways for conductors added to existing
installations of open wire, knob-and-tube wiring, and nonmetallic-sheathed cable shall not
be required to be connected to the equipment grounding conductor where these
enclosures or wiring methods comply with (1) through (4) as follows:
(1) Do not provide an equipment ground
(2) Are in runs of less than 7.5 m (25 ft)
(3) Are free from probable contact with ground, grounded metal, metal lath, or other
conductive material
(4) Are guarded against contact by persons
Exception No. 2: Short sections of metal enclosures or raceways used to provide support
or protection of cable assemblies from physical damage shall not be required to be
connected to the equipment grounding conductor.
Exception No. 3: A metal elbow Metal components shall not be required to be
connected to the equipment grounding conductor where it is or supply side bonding
jumper where either of the following conditions exist:
(1) The metal components are installed in a run of nonmetallic raceway(s) and is
isolated from possible contact by a minimum cover of 450 mm (18 in.) to any part of the
elbow or is metal components.
(2) The metal components are part of an installation of nonmetallic raceway(s) and are
isolated from possible contact to any part of the metal components by being encased in
not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:25:23 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The phrase "metal components" was added to each subdivision to correct a
Statement: transcription error in the first draft. Isolated sections of metal conduit that meet the
requirements of this section are considered to be metal components.
The exception was converted to a list to improve usability.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
135/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1776-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.80]
Public Comment No. 556-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.86]
Public Comment No. 1625-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.86]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
136/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1219-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.102 ]
250.102 Grounded Conductor, Bonding Conductors, and Jumpers.
(A) Material.
Bonding jumpers shall be of copper, aluminum, copper-clad aluminum, or other corrosionresistant material. A bonding jumper shall be a wire, bus, screw, or similar suitable
conductor.
(B) Attachment.
Bonding jumpers shall be attached in the manner specified by the applicable provisions of
250.8 for circuits and equipment and by 250.70 for grounding electrodes.
(C) Size — Supply-Side Bonding Jumper.
(1) Size for Supply Conductors in a Single Raceway or Cable.
The supply-side bonding jumper shall not be smaller than specified in Table 250.102(C)(1).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
137/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Size for Parallel Conductor Installations in Two or More Raceways or Cables.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
138/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Where the ungrounded supply conductors are paralleled in two or more raceways or cables,
and an individual supply-side bonding jumper is used for bonding these raceways or cables,
the size of the supply-side bonding jumper for each raceway or cable shall be selected from
Table 250.102(C)(1) based on the size of the ungrounded supply conductors in each
raceway or cable. A single supply-side bonding jumper installed for bonding two or more
raceways or cables shall be sized in accordance with 250.102(C)(1).
Informational Note No. 1 : The term supply conductors includes ungrounded
conductors that do not have overcurrent protection on their supply side and
terminate at service equipment or the first disconnecting means of a separately
derived system.
Informational Note No. 2: See Chapter 9, Table 8, for the circular mil area of
conductors 18 AWG through 4/0 AWG.
Table 250.102(C)(1) Grounded Conductor, Main Bonding Jumper, System Bonding
Jumper, and Supply-Side Bonding Jumper for Alternating-Current Systems
Size of Largest Ungrounded Conductor or
Equivalent Area for Parallel Conductors
(AWG/kcmil)
Copper
2 or smaller
1 or 1/0
2/0 or 3/0
Over 3/0 through
350
Over 350 through
600
Over 600 through
1100
Over 1100
Aluminum or Copper-Clad
Aluminum
Size of Grounded Conductor or
Bonding Jumper* (AWG/kcmil)
Copper
Aluminum or CopperClad Aluminum
1/0 or smaller
2/0 or 3/0
4/0 or 250
Over 250 through 500
8
6
4
2
6
4
2
1/0
Over 500 through 900
1/0
3/0
Over 900 through 1750
2/0
4/0
Over 1750
See Notes 1 & 2
Notes:
1. If the ungrounded supply conductors are larger than 1100 kcmil copper or 1750 kcmil
aluminum, the grounded conductor or bonding jumper shall have an area not less than 12 1
∕ 2 percent of the area of the largest ungrounded supply conductor or equivalent area for
parallel supply conductors. The grounded conductor or bonding jumper shall not be required
to be larger than the largest ungrounded conductor or set of ungrounded conductors.
2. If the ungrounded supply conductors are larger than 1100 kcmil copper or 1750 kcmil
aluminum and if the ungrounded supply conductors and the bonding jumper are of
different materials (copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum), the minimum size of the
grounded conductor or bonding jumper shall be based on the assumed use of ungrounded
supply conductors of the same material as the grounded conductor or bonding jumper and
will have an ampacity equivalent to that of the installed ungrounded supply conductors.
3. If multiple sets of service-entrance conductors are used as permitted in 230.40,
Exception No. 2, or if multiple sets of ungrounded supply conductors are installed for a
separately derived system, the equivalent size of the largest ungrounded supply
conductor(s) shall be determined by the largest sum of the areas of the corresponding
conductors of each set.
4. If there are no service-entrance conductors, the supply conductor size shall be
determined by the equivalent size of the largest service-entrance conductor required for the
load to be served.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
139/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
*For the purposes of applying this table and its notes , the term bonding jumper refers to
main bonding jumpers, system bonding jumpers, and supply-side bonding jumpers.
Informational Note: See Chapter 9, Table 8, for the circular mil area of conductors
18 AWG through 4/0 AWG.
(D) Size — Equipment Bonding Jumper on Load Side of an Overcurrent Device.
The equipment bonding jumper on the load side of an overcurrent device(s) shall be sized in
accordance with 250.122.
A single common continuous equipment bonding jumper shall be permitted to connect two
or more raceways or cables if the bonding jumper is sized in accordance with 250.122 for
the largest overcurrent device supplying circuits therein.
(E) Installation.
Bonding jumpers or conductors and equipment bonding jumpers shall be permitted to be
installed inside or outside of a raceway or an enclosure.
(1) Inside a Raceway or an Enclosure.
If installed inside a raceway, equipment bonding jumpers and bonding jumpers or
conductors shall comply with the requirements of 250.119 and 250.148.
(2) Outside a Raceway or an Enclosure.
If installed on the outside, the length of the bonding jumper or conductor or equipment
bonding jumper shall not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) and shall be routed with the raceway or
enclosure.
Exception: An equipment bonding jumper or supply-side bonding jumper longer than 1.8 m
(6 ft) shall be permitted at outside pole locations for the purpose of bonding or grounding
isolated sections of metal raceways or elbows installed in exposed risers of metal
conduit or other metal raceway, and for bonding grounding electrodes, and shall not be
required to be routed with a raceway or enclosure.
(3) Protection.
Bonding jumpers or conductors and equipment bonding jumpers shall be installed in
accordance with 250.64(A) and (B).
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1219.docx
Description
For staff use. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:35:02 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Further consideration was given to the comments expressed in voting on FR 7509 in
Statement: accordance with the direction of the Correlating Committee. It was determined that
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
140/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
the intended revisions to Table 250.102(C)(1) were not shown in FR 7509. In addition,
the second informational note in 250.102(C)(2) was incorrectly relocated in FR 7509.
The proposed second revision corrects these transcription errors.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1778-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.102(A)]
Public Comment No. 1634-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.102(C)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
141/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1220-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.104 ]
SEE ATTACHMENT FOR REVISIONS.
250.104 Bonding of Piping Systems and Exposed Structural Metal.
(A) Metal Water Piping.
The metal water piping system shall be bonded as required in (A)(1), (A)(2), or (A)(3) of this
section.
(1) General.
Metal water piping system(s) installed in or attached to a building or structure shall be
bonded to any of the following:
(1) Service equipment enclosure
(2) Grounded conductor at the service
(3) Grounding electrode conductor where of sufficient size
(4) One or more grounding electrodes used
The bonding jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance with 250.64(A), 250.64(B), and
250.64(E). The points of attachment of the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible. The
bonding jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.66 except as permitted in
250.104(A)(2) and 250.104(A)(3).
(2) Buildings of Multiple Occupancy.
In buildings of multiple occupancy where the metal water piping system(s) installed in or
attached to a building or structure for the individual occupancies is metallically isolated
from all other occupancies by use of nonmetallic water piping, the metal water piping
system(s) for each occupancy shall be permitted to be bonded to the equipment grounding
terminal of the switchgear, switchboard, or panelboard enclosure (other than service
equipment) supplying that occupancy. The equipment bonding jumper shall be sized in
accordance with 250.102(D).
(3) Multiple Buildings or Structures Supplied by a Feeder(s) or Branch Circuit(s).
The metal water piping system(s) installed in or attached to a building or structure shall be
bonded to any of the following:
(a) Building or structure disconnecting means enclosure where located at the building
or structure
(b) Equipment grounding conductor run with the supply conductors
(c) One or more grounding electrodes used
The bonding jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.66, based on the size of
the feeder or branch-circuit conductors that supply the building or structure. The bonding
jumper shall not be required to be larger than the largest ungrounded feeder or branch-circuit
conductor supplying the building or structure.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
142/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Other Metal Piping.
If installed in or attached to a building or structure, a metal piping system(s), including gas
piping, that is likely to become energized shall be bonded to any of the following:
(1) Equipment grounding conductor for the circuit that is likely to energize the piping
system
(2) Service equipment enclosure
(3) Grounded conductor at the service
(4) Grounding electrode conductor, if of sufficient size
(5) One or more grounding electrodes used, if the grounding electrode conductor or
bonding jumper to the grounding electrode is of sufficient size
The bonding conductor(s) or jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.122,
and equipment grounding conductors shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.122
using the rating of the circuit that is likely to energize the piping system(s). The points of
attachment of the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible.
Informational Note No. 1: Bonding all piping and metal air ducts within the premises
will provide additional safety.
Informational Note No. 2: Additional information for gas piping systems can be found
in Section 7.13 of NFPA 54-2012, National Fuel Gas Code.
(C) Structural Metal.
Structural metal that is not intentionally grounded or bonded and is likely to become
energized shall be bonded to any of the following:
(1) Service equipment enclosure
(2) Grounded conductor at the service
(3) Disconnecting means for buildings or structures supplied by a feeder or branch circuit
(4) Grounding electrode conductor, if of sufficient size
(5) One or more grounding electrodes used, if the grounding electrode conductor or
bonding jumper to the grounding electrode is of sufficient size
The bonding conductor(s) or jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.66 and
installed in accordance with 250.64(A), (B), and (E). The points of attachment of the
bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible unless installed in compliance with 250.68(A)
Exception No. 2.
(D) Separately Derived Systems.
Metal water piping systems and structural metal shall be bonded to separately derived
systems in accordance with 250.104(D)(1) through 250.104(D)(3)
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
143/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(1) Metal Water Piping System(s).
The grounded conductor of each separately derived system shall be bonded to the nearest
available point of the metal water piping system(s) in the area served by each separately
derived system. This connection shall be made at the same point on the separately derived
system where the grounding electrode conductor is connected. Each bonding jumper shall
be sized in accordance with Table 250.66 based on the largest ungrounded conductor of
the separately derived system.
Exception No. 1: A separate bonding jumper to the metal water piping system shall not
be required where the metal water piping system is used as the grounding electrode for
the separately derived system and the water piping system is in the area served.
Exception No. 2: A separate water piping bonding jumper shall not be required where the
metal frame of a building or structure is used as the grounding electrode for a separately
derived system and is bonded to the metal water piping in the area served by the
separately derived system.
(2) Structural Metal.
If structural metal exists in the area served by the separately derived system, it shall be
bonded to the grounded conductor of each separately derived system. This connection
shall be made at the same point on the separately derived system where the grounding
electrode conductor is connected. Each bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with
Table 250.66 based on the largest ungrounded conductor of the separately derived system.
Exception No. 1: A separate bonding jumper to the building structural metal shall not be
required where the metal frame of a building or structure is used as the grounding
electrode for the separately derived system.
Exception No. 2: A separate bonding jumper to the building structural metal shall not be
required where the water piping of a building or structure is used as the grounding
electrode for a separately derived system and is bonded to the building structural metal in
the area served by the separately derived system.
(3) Common Grounding Electrode Conductor.
Where a common grounding electrode conductor is installed for multiple separately derived
systems as permitted by 250.30(A)(6),and structural metal or interior metal piping exists in
the area served by the separately derived system, the metal piping and the structural metal
member shall be bonded to the common grounding electrode conductor in the area served
by the separately derived system.
Exception: A separate bonding jumper from each derived system to metal water piping
and to structural metal members shall not be required where the metal water piping and
the structural metal members in the area served by the separately derived system are
bonded to the common grounding electrode conductor.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1220.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
144/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:01:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Further consideration was given to the comments expressed in voting on FR 1216 in
Statement: accordance with the direction of the Correlating Committee. It was determined that
the intended Panel 5 revisions to 250.104 were not shown correctly in FR 1216. The
proposed second revision corrects these transcription errors. The reference to NFPA
54 in Informational Note No. 2 in 250.104(B) was also updated. Also note that
references to Table 250.66 were changed to Table 250.102(C)(1) in several locations
as these conductors are bonding jumpers, not grounding electrode conductors.
In several locations, the word "where" was appropriately changed to "if".
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1779-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.104(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 336-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.104(C)]
Public Comment No. 337-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.104(D) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 165-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.104(B)]
Public Comment No. 1649-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.104]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
145/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1221-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.119(B) ]
(B) Multiconductor Cable.
One Where the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified
persons service the installation, one or more insulated conductors in a multiconductor
cable, at the time of installation, shall be permitted to be permanently identified as
equipment grounding conductors at each end and at every point where the conductors are
accessible by one of the following means:
(1) Stripping the insulation from the entire exposed length
(2) Coloring the exposed insulation green
(3) Marking the exposed insulation with green tape or green adhesive labels.
Identification shall encircle the conductor.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 14:02:20 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text is revised to establish that, except where only qualified staff are doing work,
Statement: the equipment grounding conductor in multiconductor cables shall have a continuous
insulation color of green or green with yellow stripes. Returning this portion of the text
to previous edition will maintain consistency with 200.6(E).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 933-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.119(B)]
Public Comment No. 1459-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.119(B)]
Public Comment No. 1780-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.119(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
146/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1222-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.120(B) ]
(B) Aluminum and Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors.
Equipment grounding conductors of bare, covered, or insulated aluminum or copper-clad
aluminum shall be permitted. Bare comply with the following:
(1) Bare or covered conductors shall not come be installed where subject to corrosive
conditions or be installed in direct contact with masonry or the earth or where subject to
corrosive conditions. .
(2) Terminations made within listed enclosures identified for outdoor use shall be permitted
within 450 mm (18 in.) of the earth.
(3) Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum conductors external to buildings or enclosures shall
not be terminated within 450 mm (18 in.) of the earth, unless the termination method is
insulated. The termination shall be listed as a sealed wire-connector system. Terminations
made within listed enclosures suitable for outdoor use shall be permitted within 18 in. of the
earth.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 14:17:32 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Revisions were made to add covered conductors to provide requirements for their
Statement: use. The revisions clarify the use of sealed wire connector systems and outdoor
enclosures. The text is rewritten in list format to improve clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 679-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.120(B)]
Public Comment No. 791-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.120(B)]
Public Comment No. 1663-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.120(B)]
Public Comment No. 1781-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.120(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
147/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1223-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.122(B) ]
(B) Increased in Size.
If ungrounded conductors are increased in size for any reason from the minimum size that
has sufficient ampacity for the intended installation before the application of any adjustment
or correction factor(s) to account for voltage drop , wire-type equipment grounding
conductors shall be increased in size .The increase in size shall be at least in the same
proportion as the increase in the size of the ungrounded conductors using their circular mil
area.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 14:58:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Increase of the equipment grounding conductor size due to adjustment or correction
Statement: factors is not necessary because of the short duration of a fault.
This revision was suggested by a ballot comment in the First Draft.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 118-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(B)]
Public Comment No. 338-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(B)]
Public Comment No. 490-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(B)]
Public Comment No. 771-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(B)]
Public Comment No. 792-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(B)]
Public Comment No. 1782-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
148/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1225-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.122(F)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
For circuits of parallel conductors as permitted in 310.10(H), the equipment grounding
conductor shall be installed in accordance with (1) or (2). The equipment grounding
conductor shall not be required to be larger than the largest ungrounded conductor within the
raceway or cable.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:43:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
There was insufficient technical justification to insert the deleted sentence in
the First Draft.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 901-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(F) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
149/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1226-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.122(F)(1) ]
(1) Conductor Installations in Raceways, Auxiliary Gutters, or Cable Trays
(a) Single Raceway or Cable Tray. If conductors are installed in parallel in the same
raceway , or cable trays tray, a single wire- type conductor shall be permitted as the
equipment grounding conductor. The wire- type equipment grounding conductor shall be
sized in accordance with 250.122 based on the overcurrent protection device for the feeder
or branch circuit. Wire- type equipment grounding conductors installed in cable trays shall
meet the minimum requirements of 392.10(B)(1) (c). Cable Metal raceways or auxiliary
gutters in accordance with 250.118 or cable trays complying with 392.60(B), metal
raceways in accordance with 250.118 , or auxiliary gutters, shall be permitted as the
equipment grounding conductor.
(b) Multiple Raceways. If conductors are installed in parallel in multiple raceways,
wire- type equipment grounding conductors, where used, shall be installed in parallel in
each raceway. The equipment grounding conductor installed in each raceway shall be sized
in compliance with 250.122. Cable based on the overcurrent protection device for the
feeder or branch circuit . Metal raceways or auxiliary gutters in accordance with 250.118
or c able trays complying with 392.60(B), metal raceways in accordance with 250.118 , or
auxiliary gutters, shall be permitted as the equipment grounding conductor.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 17:03:21 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: These revisions were made to improve readability and clarity.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
150/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1224-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.122(F)(2) ]
(2) Multiconductor Cables
(a) If multiconductor cables are installed in parallel, the equipment grounding
conductor(s) in each cable shall be connected in parallel. Except as provided in
250.122(F)(2)(b) for raceway or cable tray installations, the equipment grounding conductor
in each multiconductor cable shall be sized in accordance with 250.122 .
(b) If multiconductor cables are installed in parallel in the same raceway, auxiliary
gutter, or cable tray, a single equipment grounding conductor that is sized in accordance
with 250.122 shall be permitted in combination with the equipment grounding conductors
provided within the multiconductor cables and shall all be connected together.
(c) Equipment grounding conductors installed in cable trays shall meet the minimum
requirements of 392.10(B)(1) (c). Cable trays complying with 392.60(B), metal raceways in
accordance with 250.118, or auxiliary gutters, shall be permitted as the equipment
grounding conductor.
(d) Except as provided in 250.122(F)(2)(b) for raceway or cable tray installations,
the equipment grounding conductor in each multiconductor cable shall be sized in
accordance with 250.122 based on the overcurrent protection device for the feeder or
branch circuit.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:36:56 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel has reviewed the Correlating Committee comment and has split
Statement: 250.122(F)(2) into (2)(a), (b), (c), and (d) to make the text easier to understand.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1783-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.122(F)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
151/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1227-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.148
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Where If circuit conductors are spliced within a box , or terminated on equipment within or
supported by a box, all equipment grounding conductor(s) associated with any of those
circuit conductors shall be connected within the box or to the box with devices suitable for
the use in accordance with 250. 8 and 250. 148(A) through (E).
Exception: The equipment grounding conductor permitted in 250.146(D) shall not be
required to be connected to the other equipment grounding conductors or to the box.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 17:16:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text is revised to correct transcription errors in the First Revision and to
reflect the panel action in the First Revision meeting.
Public Comment No. 1667-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.148 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 1784-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.148 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
152/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1229-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.187(B) ]
(B) Identified and Insulated.
The neutral conductor of an impedance grounded neutral system shall be identified, as well
as fully shall comply with (1) and (2).
(1) The neutral conductor shall be identified.
(2) The neutral conductor shall be insulated for the maximum neutral voltage.
Informational Note: The maximum neutral voltage in a three-phase wye system is 57.7
percent of the phase-to-phase voltage.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 17:47:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The formatting revisions improve clarity. By establishing the list items, this provides
Statement: enforcement clearer statement for defining any corrections required.
An informational note was added to clarify the magnitude of the neutral voltage.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1404-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.187(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
153/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1230-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.191 ]
250.191 Grounding System at Alternating-Current Substations.
For ac substations, the grounding system shall be in accordance with Part III of Article
250.
Informational Note: For further information on outdoor ac substation grounding, see
ANSI/ IEEE 80-2000 2013 , IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 17:57:13 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision updates the reference in the informational note to the latest published
edition of the standard and deletes the reference to “ANSI”.
Public Comment No. 292-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.191]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
154/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1231-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 250.194(A) ]
(A) Metal Fences.
Where metal fences are located within 5 m (16 ft) of the exposed electrical conductors or
equipment, the fence shall be bonded to the grounding electrode system with wire-type
bonding jumpers as follows:
(1) Bonding jumpers shall be installed at each fence corner and at maximum 50 m (160
ft) intervals along the fence.
(2) Where bare overhead conductors cross the fence, bonding jumpers shall be installed
on each side of the crossing.
(3) Gates shall be bonded to the gate support post, and each gate support post shall be
bonded to the grounding electrode system.
(4) Any gate or other opening in the fence shall be bonded across the opening by a
buried bonding jumper.
(5) The grounding grid or grounding electrode systems shall be extended to cover the
swing of all gates.
(6) The barbed wire strands above the fence shall be bonded to the grounding electrode
system.
Alternate designs performed under engineering supervision shall be permitted for grounding
or bonding of metal fences.
Informational Note No. 1: A nonconducting fence or section may provide isolation for
transfer of voltage to other areas.
Informational Note No. 2: See IEEE 80-2000 2013 , IEEE Guide for Safety In AC
Substation Grounding, for design and installation of fence grounding.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 17:59:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The revision updates the reference in the informational note to the current
edition of the standard.
Public Comment No. 291-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 250.194]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
155/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1232-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 280.1 ]
280.1 Scope.
This article covers general requirements, installation requirements, and connection
requirements for surge arresters installed on premises wiring systems over 2000 1000
volts.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:20:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
There is inadequate technical substantiation to increase this to 2000 volts at
this time.
Public Comment No. 408-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
156/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1233-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 280.4 ]
280.4 Surge Arrester Selection.
The surge arresters shall comply with 280.4(A) and (B).
(A) Rating.
The rating of a surge arrester shall be equal to or greater than the maximum continuous
operating voltage available at the point of application.
(2 1 ) Solidly Grounded Systems.
The maximum continuous operating voltage shall be the phase-to-ground voltage of the
system.
(3 2 ) Impedance or Ungrounded System.
The maximum continuous operating voltage shall be the phase-to-phase voltage of the
system.
(D B ) Silicon Carbide Types.
The rating of a silicon carbide-type surge arrester shall be not less than 125 percent of the
rating specified in 280.4(A).
Informational Note No. 1: For further information on surge arresters, see ANSI/
IEEE C62.11-2005 2012 , Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AlternatingCurrent Power Circuits (>1 kV); and ANSI/ IEEE C62.22-2009, Guide for the
Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Systems.
Informational Note No. 2: The selection of a properly rated metal oxide arrester is
based on considerations of maximum continuous operating voltage and the
magnitude and duration of overvoltages at the arrester location as affected by
phase-to-ground faults, system grounding techniques, switching surges, and other
causes. See the manufacturer’s application rules for selection of the specific
arrester to be used at a particular location.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:22:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision corrects numbering errors. The reference in Informational Note No. 1
was updated to the latest published standard.
Public Comment No. 293-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.4]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
157/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 293-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.4]
Second Revision No. 1234-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 280.12 ]
280.12 Uses Not Permitted.
A surge arrester shall not be installed where the rating of the surge arrester is less than the
maximum continuous phase-to-ground voltage at the power frequency voltage available at
the point of application.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:28:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The panel reviewed the text as directed by the Correlating Committee. The
revised text clarifies the intent of the panel.
Public Comment No. 1786-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.12]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
158/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1235-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 280.24(A) ]
(A) Metal Interconnections.
A metal interconnection shall be made to the secondary grounded circuit conductor or the
secondary circuit grounding electrode conductor, if, in addition to the direct grounding
connection at the surge arrester, the following occurs:
(1) Additional Grounding Connection. The grounded conductor of the secondary has
elsewhere a grounding connection to a continuous metal underground water piping system.
In urban water-pipe areas where there are at least four water-pipe connections on the
neutral conductor and not fewer than four such connections in each mile of neutral
conductor, the metal interconnection shall be permitted to be made to the secondary neutral
conductor with omission of the direct grounding connection at the surge arrester.
(2) Multigrounded Neutral System Connection. The grounded conductor of the secondary
system is a part of a multigrounded neutral system or static wire of which the primary
neutral conductor or static wire has at least four grounding connections in each 1.6 km (1
mile) of line in addition to a grounding connection at each service.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:32:37 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The list items (1) and (2) were incorrectly omitted in the First Draft and are now
reinstated as in the previous edition.
Public Comment No. 491-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.24(A)]
Public Comment No. 1679-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.24]
Public Comment No. 1787-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 280.24(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
159/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1236-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 285.1 ]
285.1 Scope.
This article covers general requirements, installation requirements, and connection
requirements for surge-protective devices (SPDs) permanently installed on premises wiring
systems of 2000 1000 volts or less.
Informational Note: Surge arresters 2000 1000 volts or less are also known as
Type 1 SPDs.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:41:26 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
There is inadequate technical substantiation to increase this to 2000 volts at
this time.
Public Comment No. 9-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 285.1]
Public Comment No. 824-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 285.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
160/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1238-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 285.3 ]
285.3 Uses Not Permitted.
An SPD device shall not be installed in the following:
(1) Circuits over 2000 1000 volts
(2) On ungrounded systems, impedance grounded systems, or corner grounded delta
systems unless listed specifically for use on these systems
(3) Where the rating of the SPD is less than the maximum continuous phase-to-ground
voltage at the power frequency voltage available at the point of application
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 19:03:30 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
There is inadequate technical substantiation to increase this to 2000 volts at
this time.
Item 3 was revised for consistency with 280.12.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 11-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 285.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
161/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1237-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 285.5 ]
Sections 285.5, 285.6
285.5 6 Listing.
An SPD shall be a listed and labeled device.
285.6 7 Short-Circuit Current Rating.
The SPD shall be marked with a short-circuit current rating and shall not be installed at a
point on the system where the available fault current is in excess of that rating. This
marking requirement shall not apply to receptacles.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:47:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The section numbers were revised to correct the transcription error made in
the First Revision draft.
The words "and labeled" were added to indicate that SPDs in the field are
listed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 987-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 285.5]
Public Comment No. 1691-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 285.5, 285.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
162/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 601-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.4 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Where subject to physical damage, conductors, raceways, and cables shall be protected.
Informational note: Minor damage to a raceway, cable armor or cable insulation does not
necessarily violate the integrity of either the contained conductors or the conductors’
insulation.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 11:49:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The informational note provides guidance to an electrical inspector that minor
Statement: (superficial) damage to the jacket of a cable is not an issue. The first sentence of the
proposed informational note is unnecessary since it states the obvious that physical
damage doesn’t just occur from normal building operation.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1028-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
163/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 623-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.5(A) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
164/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
[See word file for changes to the table]
(A) Minimum Cover Requirements.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
165/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Direct-buried cable or conduit or other raceways shall be installed to meet the minimum
cover requirements of Table 300.5.
Table 300.5 Minimum Cover Requirements, 0 to 1000 Volts, Nominal, Burial in Millimeters
(Inches)
Type of Wiring Method or Circuit
Column 5
Column 4
Location of Wiring
Method or Circuit
All locations not
specified below
In trench below 50
mm (2 in.) thick
concrete or
equivalent
Under a building
Residential
Branch
Column 3
Circuits
Nonmetallic Rated 120
Raceways
Volts or
Listed for
Less with
Direct
GFCI
Burial
Protection
Column 2
Without
and
Column 1
Rigid Metal
Concrete
Maximum
Direct
Conduit or Encasement Overcurrent
Burial
Intermediate
or Other
Protection
Cables or
Metal
Approved
of 20
Conductors
Conduit
Raceways
Amperes
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
Circuits
for
Control of
Irrigation
and
Landscape
Lighting
Limited to
Not More
Than 30
Volts and
Installed
with Type
UF or in
Other
Identified
Cable or
Raceway
mm
in.
600
24
150
6
450
18
300
12
150a 6a
450
18
150
6
300
12
150
6
150
0
0
0
0
0
(in raceway
or Type MC
or Type MI
cable
identified for
direct burial)
0
0
0
(in raceway
or Type MC
or Type MI
cable
identified for
direct burial)
Under minimum of
102 mm (4 in.) thick
concrete exterior
slab with no
vehicular traffic and
450
the slab extending
not less than 152
mm (6 in.) beyond
the underground
installation
Under streets,
highways, roads,
600
alleys, driveways,
and parking lots
One- and two-family
dwelling driveways
150
6
(direct burial)
18
100
4
100
4
100
4
(in raceway)
24
600
24
600
24
600
24
6
0
0
(in raceway
or Type MC
or Type MI
cable
identified for
direct burial)
150
6
(direct
burial)
100
4
(in raceway)
600
24
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
166/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
and outdoor parking 450
areas, and used only
for dwelling-related
purposes
In or under airport
runways, including
adjacent areas
450
where trespassing
prohibited
18
450
18
450
18
300
12
450
18
18
450
18
450
18
450
18
450
18
aA lesser depth shall be permitted where specified in the installation instructions of a listed
low voltage lighting system.
Notes:
1. Cover is defined as the shortest distance in millimeters (inches) measured between a
point on the top surface of any direct-buried conductor, cable, conduit, or other raceway
and the top surface of finished grade, concrete, or similar cover.
2. Raceways approved for burial only where concrete encased shall require concrete
envelope not less than 50 mm (2 in.) thick.
3. Lesser depths shall be permitted where cables and conductors rise for terminations or
splices or where access is otherwise required.
4. Where one of the wiring method types listed in Columns 1 through 3 is used for one of
the circuit types in Columns 4 and 5, the shallowest depth of burial shall be permitted.
5. Where solid rock prevents compliance with the cover depths specified in this table, the
wiring shall be installed in a metal raceway, or a nonmetallic raceway permitted for direct
burial. The raceways shall be covered by a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete extending
down to rock.
Supplemental Information
File Name
300.5_SR623_LM.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 10:35:31 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Swimming pool, spa, and fountain low voltage lighting in a nonmetallic raceway or
Statement: similar installation should not be required to be installed any deeper than any other
Column 5 less than 30 volt low voltage landscape lighting. Since the actual text
covering pools, spas and fountains is not located in Column 5, there are inspectors
who require the nonmetallic raceway containing these low voltage lighting conductors
to be installed at an 18-inch depth.
Response
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
167/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Message:
Second Revision No. 602-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.7(B) ]
(B) Expansion, Expansion-Deflection, and Deflection Fittings.
Raceways shall be provided with expansion, expansion-deflection, or deflection fittings
where necessary to compensate for thermal expansion, deflection, and contraction.
Informational Note: Table 352.44 and Table 355.44 provide the expansion
information for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and for reinforced thermosetting resin
conduit (RTRC), respectively. A nominal number for steel conduit can be determined
by multiplying the expansion length in Table 352.44 by 0.20. The coefficient of
expansion for steel electrical metallic tubing, intermediate metal conduit, and rigid
metal conduit is 1.170 × 10-5 (0.0000117 mm per mm of conduit for each °C in
temperature change) [0.650 × 10-5 (0.0000065 in. per inch of conduit for each °F in
temperature change)].
A nominal number for aluminum conduit and aluminum electrical metallic tubing can
be determined by multiplying the expansion length in Table 352.44 by 0.40. The
coefficient of expansion for aluminum electrical metallic tubing and aluminum rigid
metal conduit is 2.34 × 10-5 (0.0000234 mm per mm of conduit for each °C in
temperature change) [1.30 × 10-5 (0.000013 in. per inch of conduit for each °F in
temperature change)].
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:01:37 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised text makes it clear to inspectors, designers, and contactors that
Statement: expansion-deflection and deflection fittings are acceptable to be used with raceways
to address thermal expansion, deflection, and contraction. Revising the text also
requires a revision of the title to this subsection.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 99-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.7(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
168/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 603-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.11(B)(1) ]
(1) Fire-Rated Assemblies.
Wiring located within the cavity of a fire-rated floor–ceiling or roof–ceiling assembly shall
not be secured to, or supported by, the ceiling assembly, including the ceiling support
wires. An independent means of secure support shall be provided and shall be permitted to
be attached to the assembly. Where independent support wires are used, they shall be
distinguishable by color, tagging, or other effective means from those that are part of the
fire-rated design.
Exception: The ceiling support system shall be permitted to support wiring and equipment
that have been tested as part of the fire-rated assembly.
Informational Note: One method of determining fire rating is testing in accordance
with ANSI/ASTM E119-2014 2015 , Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:48:28 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The ANSI/ASTM E119 has been changed from 2014 to 2015.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 122-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.11(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 801-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.11(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
169/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 604-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.19(A) ]
(A) Spacing Intervals — Maximum.
Conductors in vertical raceways shall be supported if the vertical rise exceeds the values
in Table 300.19(A). At least one support method shall be provided for each conductor or
cable assembly at the top of the vertical raceway or as close to the top as practical.
Intermediate supports shall be provided as necessary to limit supported conductor lengths
to not greater than those values specified in Table 300.19(A).
Exception: Steel wire armor cable shall be supported at the top of the riser with a cable
support that clamps the steel wire armor. A safety device shall be permitted at the lower
end of the riser to hold the cable in the event there is slippage of the cable in the wirearmored cable support. Additional wedge-type supports shall be permitted to relieve the
strain on the equipment terminals caused by expansion of the cable under load.
Table 300.19(A) Spacings for Conductor Supports
Conductors
Aluminum
or
Conductor Size
Support of Conductors in Vertical
Raceways
CopperClad
Copper
Aluminum
m
18 AWG through 8 AWG Not greater than
6 AWG through 1/0 AWG Not greater than
2/0 AWG through 4/0
Not greater than
AWG
Over 4/0 AWG through 350
Not greater than
kcmil
Over 350 kcmil through
Not greater than
500 kcmil
Over 500 kcmil through
Not greater than
750 kcmil
Over 750 kcmil
Not greater than
ft
m
ft
30
60
100
200
30 100
30 100
55
180
25 80
41
135
18 60
36
120
15 50
28
95
12 40
26
85
11 35
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:51:21 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
170/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Deleting cable assembly ensures that each individual conductor is supported at
the top of a vertical raceway.
Public Comment No. 1151-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.19(A)]
Second Revision No. 605-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.22(C)(3) ]
(3) Equipment.
Electrical equipment with a metal enclosure, or electrical equipment with a nonmetallic
enclosure listed for use within an air-handling space and having low smoke and heat
release properties, and associated wiring material suitable for the ambient temperature shall
be permitted to be installed in such other space unless prohibited elsewhere in this Code.
Informational Note: One method to determine low smoke and heat release properties
is that the equipment exhibits a maximum peak optical density of 0.50 or less, an
average optical density of 0.15 or less, and a peak heat release rate of 100kW or
less when tested in accordance with ANSI/UL 2043-2008 2013 , Fire Test for Heat
and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and Their Accessories Installed in
Air-Handling Spaces.
Exception: Integral fan systems shall be permitted where specifically identified for use
within an air-handling space.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:16:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This updates the informational note to the latest version of UL 2043. ANSI has
been retained in the title of the UL Standard.
Public Comment No. 163-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.22(C)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
171/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 624-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 300.37 ]
300.37 Aboveground Wiring Methods.
Aboveground conductors shall be installed in rigid metal conduit, in intermediate metal
conduit, in electrical metallic tubing, in RTRC and PVC conduit, in cable trays, in auxiliary
gutters, as busways, as cablebus, in other identified raceways, or as exposed runs of
metal-clad cable suitable for the use and purpose. In locations accessible to qualified
persons only, exposed runs of Type MV cables, bare conductors, and bare busbars shall
also be permitted. Busbars shall be permitted to be either copper or aluminum.
Exception: Airfield lighting cable used in series circuits and powered by regulators,
installed in restricted airport lighting vaults shall be permitted as exposed cable
installations.
Informational note: FAA L-824 cables installed as exposed runs within a restricted vault
area are common applications.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:12:31 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision recognizes that these cables are often installed exposed within a
Statement: restricted airport lighting vault to facilitate easy access for modifications and
reconnections during emergency situations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 108-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.37]
Public Comment No. 113-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.37]
Public Comment No. 115-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.37]
Public Comment No. 1472-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.37]
Public Comment No. 1496-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.37]
Public Comment No. 246-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 300.37]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
172/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1505-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 310.15(B)(7) ]
(7) Single-Phase Dwelling Services and Feeders.
For one-family dwellings and the individual dwelling units of two-family and multifamily
dwellings, service and feeder conductors supplied by a single-phase, 120/240-volt system
shall be permitted to be sized in accordance with 310.15(B)(7)(1) through (4).
Single-phase feeders For one-family dwellings and the individual dwelling units of twofamily and multifamily dwellings, single-phase feeder conductors consisting of 2
ungrounded conductors and the neutral conductor from a 208Y/120- volt system shall be
permitted to use be sized in accordance with 310.15(B)(7)(1) through (4 3 ).
(1) For a service rated 100 through 400 amperes, the service conductors supplying the
entire load associated with a one-family dwelling, or the service conductors supplying
the entire load associated with an individual dwelling unit in a two-family or multifamily
dwelling, shall be permitted to have an ampacity not less than 83 percent of the
service rating.
(2) For a feeder rated 100 through 400 amperes, the feeder conductors supplying the
entire load associated with a one-family dwelling, or the feeder conductors supplying
the entire load associated with an individual dwelling unit in a two-family or multifamily
dwelling, shall be permitted to have an ampacity not less than 83 percent of the
feeder rating.
(3) In no case shall a feeder for an individual dwelling unit be required to have an
ampacity greater than that specified in 310.15(B)(7)(1) or (2).
(4) Grounded conductors shall be permitted to be sized smaller than the ungrounded
conductors, if the requirements of 220.61 and 230.42 for service conductors or the
requirements of 215.2 and 220.61 for feeder conductors are met.
Where correction or adjustment factors are required by 310.15(B)(2) or (3), they shall be
permitted to be applied to the ampacity associated with the temperature rating of the
conductor.
Informational Note No. 1: The service or feeder ratings addressed by this section
are based on the standard ampacity ratings from 240.6(A).
Informational Note No. 2: See Example D7 in Annex D .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:38:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The construction of a second paragraph for the 208Y/120-volt system requires the
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
173/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Statement: addition of the same limited-dwelling application text in order to remove any ambiguity
the addition of the second paragraph might cause. The addition of the system description text in the second paragraph is to further clarify
its exact meaning. The 208Y/120-volt application is limited to (1) through (3) due to the fact that the
neutral of that system is a current-carrying conductor and must always be full sized in
accordance with 220.61, and therefore the reduced neutral sizing allowed by (4) can
never be applied. The translation of the last paragraph into list item (5) during the First Revision Terra
processing was in error. There is no list item (5). Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1159-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 310.15(B)(7)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
174/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2402-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 312.5(C) ]
(C) Cables.
Where cable is used, each cable shall be secured to the cabinet, cutout box, or meter
socket enclosure.
Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall be permitted to enter the top of
a surface-mounted enclosure through one or more nonflexible raceways not less than 450
mm (18 in.) and not more than 3.0 m (10 ft) in length, provided all of the following
conditions are met:
(a) Each cable is fastened within 300 mm (12 in.), measured along the sheath, of
the outer end of the raceway.
(b) The raceway extends directly above the enclosure and does not penetrate a
structural ceiling.
(c) A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to protect the cable(s) from
abrasion and the fittings remain accessible after installation.
(d) The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end using approved means so as
to prevent access to the enclosure through the raceway.
(e) The cable sheath is continuous through the raceway and extends into the
1
enclosure beyond the fitting not less than 6 mm ( ∕
4 in.).
(f) The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at other points in accordance with
the applicable article.
(g) Where installed as conduit or tubing, the cable fill does not exceed the amount
that would be permitted for complete conduit or tubing systems by Table 1 of Chapter 9
of this Code and all applicable notes thereto. Note 2 to the tables in Chapter 9 , Table 1,
Note 2 does not apply to this condition.
Informational Note: See Table 1 in Chapter 9 , including Note 9, for allowable cable
fill in circular raceways. See 310.15(B)(3) (a) for required ampacity reductions for
multiple cables installed in a common raceway.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:43:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 9 agrees with the concept that the referenced notes apply to the tables
Statement: generally, and not just to Table 1. This wording accomplishes the objectives of the
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
175/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
submitter, but flows better editorially.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 376-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.5(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
176/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2403-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 312.6(A) ]
(A) Width of Wiring Gutters.
Conductors shall not be deflected within a cabinet or cutout box unless a gutter having a
width in accordance with Table 312.6(A) is provided. Conductors in parallel in accordance
with 310.10(H) shall be judged on the basis of the number of conductors in parallel.
Table 312.6(A) Minimum Wire-Bending Space at Terminals and Minimum Width of Wiring
Gutters
Wire Size (AWG or kcmil)
Wires per Terminal
Compact Stranded
1
All Other
AA-8000 Aluminum
Conductors Alloy Conductors
mm in.
(see Note 2)
14–10
12–8
8–6
6–4
4–3
2–1
2
1/0
1
2/0
1/0–2/0
3/0–4/0
3/0–4/0
250–300
250
350
300–350
400–500
600–700
750–900
1000–1250
1500–2000
400–500
600–750
800–1000
—
—
—
Not
specified
1
38.1 1
∕2
50.8 2
2
63.5 1
∕2
76.2 3
3
88.9 1
∕2
102 4
4
114 1
∕2
127 5
152 6
203 8
203 8
254 10
305 12
2
3
4
5
mm in.
mm in.
mm in.
mm in.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
127 5
178 7
—
—
—
—
152 6
203 8
—
—
—
—
152 6
203 8
254 10
—
—
203
203
254
305
—
—
254
254
305
356
—
—
—
356
406
457
—
—
—
14
16
18
—
—
8
8
10
12
—
—
10
10
12
14
—
—
305
305
356
406
—
—
12
12
14
16
—
—
Note Notes :
1. Bending space at terminals shall be measured in a straight line from the end of the lug
or wire connector (in the direction that the wire leaves the terminal) to the wall, barrier, or
obstruction.
2. This column shall be permitted to be used to determine the required minimum wirebending space for compact stranded aluminum conductors in sizes up to 1000 kcmil and
manufactured using AA-8000 series electrical grade aluminum alloy conductor material in
accordance with 310.106(B). The minimum width of the wire gutter space shall be
determined using the all other conductors value in this table.
Submitter Information Verification
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
177/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:20:37 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The fact-finding study sought by the panel members who objected to the action taken
Statement: on FR #2435 that inserted this material into Table 312.6(A) has been completed and,
together with additional information, has been reviewed by the panel. CMP 9 has
some concerns relative to the fact that the study set-up did not involve actual
electrical enclosures. On the other hand, Table 314.6(A), unlike the (B) table,
generally covers bends that are made outside the enclosure and then set into place.
In addition, there is substantial information available in the public domain relative to
the more forgiving characteristics of the aluminum now being used for conductors.
After reviewing all information, CMP 9 concludes that the revised dimensions for
aluminum conductors are consistent with minimum safety standards and provide a
useful correlation with comparable material in Table 312.6(B). The two tables cover
differing facets of the same technical issues.
The Panel also edited the note numbering at the bottom of the table to be consistent
with Table 312.6(B).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1040-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.6(A)]
Public Comment No. 1563-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.6(A)]
Public Comment No. 1791-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.6(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
178/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2401-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 312.8 ]
312.8 Switch and Overcurrent Device Enclosures.
The wiring space within enclosures for switches and overcurrent devices shall be
permitted for other wiring and equipment only subject to limitations for specific equipment
as provided in (A) and (B).
(A) Splices, Taps, and Feed-Through Conductors.
The wiring space of enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices shall be permitted for
conductors feeding through, spliced, or tapping off to other enclosures, switches, or
overcurrent devices where all of the following conditions are met:
(1) The total of all conductors installed at any cross section of the wiring space does not
exceed 40 percent of the cross-sectional area of that space.
(2) The total area of all conductors, splices, and taps, devices and equipment installed
at any cross section of the wiring space does not exceed 75 percent of the crosssectional area of that space.
(3) A warning label complying with 110.21(B) is applied to the enclosure that identifies
the closest disconnecting means for any feed-through conductors.
(B) Devices and Power Monitoring Equipment.
The wiring space of enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices shall be permitted for
devices and to contain power monitoring equipment where all of the following conditions
are met:
(1) The device or power monitoring equipment is identified as a field installable
accessory as part of the listed equipment, or is a listed kit evaluated for field
installation in the specific equipment switch or overcurrent device enclosures.
(2) The total area of all conductors, splices, taps, devices, and equipment at any cross
section of the wiring space does not exceed 75 percent of the cross-sectional area of
that space.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:26:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 9 agrees that the initial revision was excessively broad and carried unintended
Statement: consequences. The inspection community does have, and has routinely applied, the
tools required to police other intrusions into the wiring gutters of this equipment in the
event of a problem. This action at this stage, which includes making correlating
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
179/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
changes in the parent language, limits the additional specific coverage in this cycle to
power monitoring equipment. This is now covered by a comparatively new UL Outline
of Investigation (UL 2808, Guide Card XOBA, with markings that describe the CT
equipment and the energy monitoring function, such as “energy-monitoring CT”).
CMP 9 is retaining the two-part structure of this section so that the new Part B can be
easily expanded in the future as may be judged necessary based on subsequent field
experience. The final result also includes some of the language from Comment 1178,
which was informed by the UL standards activity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 606-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 977-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1046-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1054-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1178-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1180-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1182-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1513-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1603-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 1700-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8]
Public Comment No. 960-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1077-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1118-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1298-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1307-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1329-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1367-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1428-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1450-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1456-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1479-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1508-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1510-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1530-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1578-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1608-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1621-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1644-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
Public Comment No. 1648-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 312.8(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
180/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2404-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 314.20 ]
314.20 Flush-Mounted Installations.
Flush-mounted installations Installations within or behind a surface of concrete, tile,
gypsum, plaster, or other noncombustible material, including boxes employing a flush-type
cover or faceplate, shall be made so that the front edge of the box, plaster ring, extension
ring, or listed extender will not be set back of the finished surface more than 6 mm ( 1∕4 in.).
For installations Installations within a surface of wood or other combustible surface
material, boxes, plaster rings, extension rings, or listed extenders shall extend to the
finished surface or project therefrom.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:40:52 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 9 agrees that the two paragraphs should use parallel wording. The revision
Statement: achieves the goal of the submitter, but does so with fewer words. The phrasing
“Flush-mounted” need not be duplicated because it occurs verbatim in the section title
and therefore applies equally to both paragraphs.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 377-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.20]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
181/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2405-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 314.23(B)(1) ]
(1) Nails and Screws.
Nails and screws, where used as a fastening means, shall secure boxes by using brackets
on the outside of the enclosure, or through holes provided by the enclosure manufacturer in
the back or a single side of the enclosure, or by or by using mounting holes in the back or
a single side of the enclosure, or they shall pass through the interior within 6 mm ( 1∕4 in.) of
the back or ends of the enclosure. Screws shall not be permitted to pass through the box
unless exposed threads in the box are protected using approved means to avoid abrasion
of conductor insulation. Mounting holes made in the field shall be approved.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR2405attachment_for_statement.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:51:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The PC submittal correctly restated the relevant comments in the voting, which in
Statement: turn correctly stated the actual panel action on FR 2410. The action and statement
included incorrect text. The correct wording of the statement is as follows:
“This revision corrects the previous text that literally required only the nails and
screws to be attached instead of the box, and assures that mounting holes are indeed
permitted in the back or sides of a box, correcting previous oversights. The new
wording also assures that if such holes are made in the field they are subject to the
evaluation of the AHJ as to suitability. This is of particular importance in the case of
nonmetallic boxes, where such holes are generally discouraged by manufacturers.
Mounting holes drilled in steel boxes are less critical but should still be reviewable and
the text in this revision provides for both.”
The Correlating Committee correctly flagged these errors in their Comment 1792, but
did not provide the corrected text. This action in concert with Comment 830 provides
both the correct Code text as well as a panel statement that properly aligns with and
supports the revised text. Note that the legislative text in Comment 830 shows
changes from the first draft text (as is required under the rules at this stage), and not
from the 2014 NEC. For the benefit of members of the public who will be reviewing
the second draft document, the attached word document shows the resulting changes
from the 2014 edition.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
182/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 830-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.23(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 1792-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.23(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
183/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2406-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 314.27 ]
314.27 Outlet Boxes.
(A) Boxes at Luminaire or Lampholder Outlets.
Outlet boxes or fittings and outlet boxes containing locking support and mounting
receptacle used in combination with compatible attachment fitting designed for the support
of luminaires and lampholders, and installed as required by 314.23, shall be permitted to
support a luminaire or lampholder.
(1) Vertical Surface Outlets.
Boxes used at luminaire or lampholder outlets in or on a vertical surface shall be identified
and marked on the interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight of the luminaire that
is permitted to be supported by the box if other than 23 kg (50 lb).
Exception: A vertically mounted luminaire or lampholder weighing not more than 3 kg (6
lb) shall be permitted to be supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to
other boxes, provided that the luminaire or its supporting yoke, or the lampholder, is
secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6 or larger screws.
(2) Ceiling Outlets.
At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that a
luminaire or lampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaire
weighing a minimum of 23 kg (50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall
be supported independently of the outlet box, unless the outlet box is listed for not less
than the weight to be supported. The interior of the box shall be marked by the
manufacturer to indicate the maximum weight the box shall be permitted to support.
(B) Floor Boxes.
Boxes listed specifically for this application shall be used for receptacles located in the
floor.
Exception: Where the authority having jurisdiction judges them free from likely exposure
to physical damage, moisture, and dirt, boxes located in elevated floors of show windows
and similar locations shall be permitted to be other than those listed for floor applications.
Receptacles and covers shall be listed as an assembly for this type of location.
(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.
Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended
(paddle) fan shall be listed, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this
purpose, and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg
(70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet box systems designed to support ceiling-suspended
(paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the required marking shall include the
maximum weight to be supported.
Outlet boxes containing listed locking support and mounting receptacle used in combination
with compatible recognized attachment fitting designed for the support of ceiling-suspended
(paddle) fans, and installed as required by 314.23 , shall be permitted to support ceiling
suspended (paddle) fans.
Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceilingmounted outlet box, in a location acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in onefamily, two-family, or multifamily dwellings, the outlet box or outlet box system shall be
listed for sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
184/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(D) Utilization Equipment.
Boxes used for the support of utilization equipment other than ceiling-suspended (paddle)
fans shall meet the requirements of 314.27(A) for the support of a luminaire that is the
same size and weight.
Exception: Utilization equipment weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall be permitted to
be supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided the
equipment or its supporting yoke is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6 or
larger screws.
(E) Separable Attachment Fittings.
Outlet boxes required in 314.27 shall be permitted to support listed locking support
and mounting receptacles used in combination with compatible attachment fittings
designed
. The combination shall be identified for the support of equipment
covered
within the weight and
subject to all weight and
mounting orientation limits
contemplated by
of the listing. Where
such fittings are used,
the
equipment mounted shall comply with 314.27(A) through (D) as applicable. Where the
supporting receptacle is installed within a box, it shall be included in the fill
calculation covered in 314.16(B)(4) .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:38:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision fully correlates the new text in the first revision that created 314.27(E)
Statement: with revisions being made to the definition of a receptacle in Article 100 as well as
coverage in 422.18 and 422.33. The general reference to 314.27 also allows for
broader applications of this design approach than just luminaires and ceilingsuspended (paddle) fans.
In addition, the action on this Comment addresses the transcription errors in both the
panel action (the Code text) on FR 2411, and the panel statement. CMP 9 calls
attention to the following information contained in comments in the voting, to which
the Correlating Committee comment (#1793) refers:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
185/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
“For the benefit of members of the public reading these actions, the third paragraph of
the panel statement must begin “In (A)(2), this revision ...” for obvious reasons. In
addition, there was additional text voted by CMP 9 to support the revision (see PI
#348) to the second paragraph of (C). In this report, it should have been formatted as
a concluding sentence, worded as follows: “With respect to the change from "singlefamily" to "one-family" in the second paragraph of (C), CMP 9 is matching the literal
text with the defined terms in Article 100.” This paragraph completes the public record
and allows users to fully understand the relevant substantiation.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 669-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.27]
Public Comment No. 831-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.27]
Public Comment No. 1793-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.27(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
186/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2407-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 314.28(E)(1) ]
(1) Installation.
Power distribution blocks installed in boxes shall be listed. Power distribution blocks
installed on the line side of the service equipment shall be listed and marked "suitable for
the purpose and marked accordingly. use on the line side of service equipment" or
equivalent. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:23:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel has provided clear instructions for the marking required rather than “for the
Statement: purpose”.
CMP 9 declines to make the requested changes to add “and labeled” in this section
because it would contradict an instruction from the Correlating Committee that this
change is not to proceed in this cycle (First Correlating Revision No. 143). In its
instruction, the Correlating Committee noted that it has appointed a task group to
consider this throughout the NEC. CMP 9 awaits a final decision of the Correlating
Committee in this matter.
The standard of product acceptance in this code provision is “listed”. Qualified testing
laboratories all enforce comparable operational limitations on the use of their labels.
Listing must be evidenced by a label, either on the equipment or on the smallest unit
shipping carton if the characteristics of the product preclude a label. If a label comes
off, it must be reapplied by test lab personnel; it cannot be sent through the mail or
otherwise. At some point in every IAEI section meeting for the past few decades, this
topic is covered in exquisite detail. CMP 9 is therefore unconvinced of the technical
merits of the arguments supporting the change, but will comply with any instruction
provided by the Correlating Committee.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1123-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 314.28(E)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
187/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1801-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 320.10 ]
320.10 Uses Permitted.
Type AC cable shall be permitted as follows:
(1) For feeders and branch circuits in both exposed and concealed installations
(2) For life safety and critical branch circuits of the essential electrical systems in health
care facilities where permitted by 517.31(C)(3)(1) and 517.31(C)(3)(3)
(3) In cable trays
(4) In dry locations
(5) Embedded in plaster finish on brick or other masonry, except in damp or wet
locations
(6) To be run or fished in the air voids of masonry block or tile walls where such walls
are not exposed or subject to excessive moisture or dampness
Informational Note: The “Uses Permitted” is not an all-inclusive list.
Supplemental Information
File Name
320_10_1801_RJR.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 11:43:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
CMP-7 deletes item (2) as it is unnecessary as 320.10 is not an all
Statement:
inclusive list.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 79-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 320.10]
Public Comment No. 559-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 320.10]
Public Comment No. 899-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 320.10]
Public Comment No. 1168-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 320.10]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
188/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1802-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 320.30(A) ]
(A) General.
Type AC cable shall be supported and secured by staples, listed cable ties identified as
Type 2S or Type 21S listed, labeled and identified for securement and support , straps,
hangers, or similar fittingsor fittings or other approved means designed and installed so as
not to damage the cable.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:38:06 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP 7 removes Type 2S and Types 21S and chooses to add “labeled” to the
cable ties segment for clarity and usability.
Public Comment No. 260-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 320.30(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
189/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1803-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 324.6 ]
324.6 Listing Requirements.
Type FCC cable and associated fittings shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:54:02 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP-7 adds “and labeled” to provide information to the AHJ regarding the
suitability of equipment they encounter.
Public Comment No. 1126-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 324.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
190/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1804-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 324.12 ]
324.12 Uses Not Permitted.
FCC systems shall not be used in the following locations:
(1) Outdoors or in wet locations
(2) Where subject to corrosive vapors
(3) In any hazardous (classified) location
(4) In residential, (5) In school , and hospital buildings , other than administrative office areas
Supplemental Information
File Name
324_12_1804_RJR.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:56:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The revised language will allow Type FCC cable in administrative office areas
of hospitals and schools.
Public Comment No. 1655-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 324.12]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
191/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1805-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 328.30 ]
328.30 Support.
Type MV cable terminated in equipment, installed in pull boxes, or in vaults shall be
secured and supported by metallic or nonmetallic supports suitable to withstand the weight,
by listed cable ties listed, labeled and identified for securement and support, or other
approved means, at intervals not exceeding 1.5 m (5 ft) from terminations or a maximum of
1.8 m (6 ft) between supports.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:14:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 7 adds "listed, labeled and identified for securement and support" to provide
Statement: information to the AHJ regarding the suitability of equipment they encounter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 261-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 328.30]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
192/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1806-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 330.10(A) ]
(A) General Uses.
Type MC cable shall be permitted as follows:
(1) For services, feeders, and branch circuits.
(2) For power, lighting, control, and signal circuits.
(3) Indoors or outdoors.
(4) Exposed or concealed.
(5) To be direct buried where identified for such use.
(6) In cable tray where identified for such use.
(7) In any raceway.
(8) As aerial cable on a messenger.
(9) In hazardous (classified) locations where specifically permitted by other articles in
this Code.
(10) For life safety and critical branch circuits of the essential electrical systems in health
care facilities where permitted by 517.31(C)(3)(1) and 517.31(C)(3)(3) .
(11) In dry locations and embedded in plaster finish on brick or other masonry except in
damp or wet locations.
(12) In wet locations where a corrosion-resistant jacket is provided over the metallic
covering and any of the following conditions are met:
(13) The metallic covering is impervious to moisture. (14) A jacket resistant to moisture is provided under the metal covering. (15) The insulated conductors under the metallic covering are listed for use in wet
locations. (16) Where single-conductor cables are used, all phase conductors and, where used, the
grounded conductor shall be grouped together to minimize induced voltage on the
sheath.
Supplemental Information
File Name
336_10_A_1806_RJR.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
193/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:21:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
CMP-7 deletes item (10) as it is unnecessary as 330.10 is not an all
inclusive list.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 558-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 330.10(A)]
Public Comment No. 896-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 330.10(A)]
Public Comment No. 1167-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 330.10(A)]
Second Revision No. 1807-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 330.30(A) ]
(A) General.
Type MC cable shall be supported and secured by staples, listed cable ties identified as
Type 2S or Type 21S listed, labeled and identified for securement and support , straps,
hangers, or similar fittings or other approved means designed and installed so as not to
damage the cable.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:30:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 7 removes Type 2S and Types 21S and adds "listed, labeled and identified for
Statement: securement and support" to provide information to the AHJ regarding the suitability of
equipment they encounter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 262-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 330.30(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
194/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1810-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 334.6 ]
334.6 Listing Requirements.
Type NM, Type NMC, and Type NMS cables and associated fittings shall be listed and
labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 14:37:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
CMP-7 adds “and labeled” to provide information to the AHJ regarding the
suitability of equipment they encounter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1127-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 334.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
195/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1811-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 334.30 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Nonmetallic-sheathed cable shall be supported and secured by staples, listed cable ties
identified as Type 2S or Type 21S listed, labeled and identified for securement and support ,
straps, hangers, or similar fittings designed and installed so as not to damage the cable, at
intervals not exceeding 1.4 m (4 1∕2 ft) and within 300 mm (12 in.) of every cable entry into
enclosures such as outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, or fittings. Flat cables shall not
be stapled on edge.
Sections of cable protected from physical damage by raceway shall not be required to be
secured within the raceway.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 14:39:01 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 7 removes Type 2S and Types 21S and adds “listed, labeled and identified for
Statement: securement and support” to provide information to the AHJ regarding the suitability of
equipment they encounter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 263-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 334.30 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
196/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1808-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 336.10 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
197/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
336.10 Uses Permitted.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
198/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Type TC cable shall be permitted to be used as follows:
(1) For power, lighting, control, and signal circuits.
(2) In cable trays, including those with mechanically discontinuous segments up to 300
mm (1 ft).
(3) In raceways.
(4) In outdoor locations supported by a messenger wire.
(5) For Class 1 circuits as permitted in Parts II and III of Article 725.
(6) For non–power-limited fire alarm circuits if conductors comply with the requirements
of 760.49.
(7) Between a cable tray and the utilization equipment or device(s), provided all of the
following apply:
(8) The cable is Type TC-ER. (9) The cable is installed in industrial establishments where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the
installation. (10) The cable is continuously supported and protected against physical damage
using mechanical protection such as struts, angles, or channels. (11) The cable that complies with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC
cable and is identified with the marking “TC–ER”. (12) The cable is secured at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft). (13) Equipment grounding for the utilization equipment isprovided by an equipment
grounding conductor within the cable. In cables containing conductors sized 6
AWG or smaller, the equipment grounding conductor must be provided within the
cable or, at the time of installation, one or more insulated conductors must be
permanently identified as an equipment grounding conductor in accordance with
250.119(B) . Exception to (7): Where not subject to physical damage, Type TC-ER shall be
permitted to transition between cable trays and between cable trays and utilization
equipment or devices for a distance not to exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) without continuous
support. The cable shall be mechanically supported where exiting the cable tray to
ensure that the minimum bending radius is not exceeded.
(14) Where installed in wet locations, Type TC cable shall also be resistant to moisture
and corrosive agents.
(15) In one- and two-family dwelling units, Type TC-ER cable containing both power and
control conductors that is identified for pulling through structural members shall be
permitted to be installed between a power inlet box or permanently installed generator
and the transfer equipment . Type TC-ER cable used as exterior wiring shall be
installed per the requirements of Part II of Article 340. Type TC-ER cable used as
interior wiring shall be installed per the requirements of Part II of Article 334.
Exception: Where used to connect a generator and associated equipment
having terminals rated 75 °C (140 °F) or higher, the cable shall not be limited in
ampacity by 334.80 or 340.80. Informational Note 1 : TC-ER cable that is suitable for pulling through structural
members is marked “JP.”
Informational Note 2: See 725.136 for limitations on Class 2 or 3 circuits
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
199/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
contained within the same cable with conductors of electric light, power or
Class 1 circuits.
(16) Direct buried, where identified for such use
Informational Note: See 310.15(A)(3) for temperature limitation of conductors.
Supplemental Information
File Name
336_10_1808_RJR.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:38:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised language will allow generator and associated equipment with terminals
Statement: rated 75C or greater to be used with TC cable without being limited to 60C.
The revised language will permit TC-ER cable to be used for supplying equipment
other than generators in one- and two-family dwelling units.
CMP-7 has reviewed the record per the Correlating Committee’s request and
consideration was given to the ballot comments expressed in FR 1840.
The use of the word "identified" is appropriate. The informational note and the marking
requirement will trigger a change to the product standard requiring a joist pull test for
cable that will be allowed to be marked "JP". Type TC cable is required to be listed.
Type TC cable has a nonmetallic jacket and construction similar to wiring methods
commonly found in residential applications, like Types NM, UF and SE. It is unclear
why the other types would be allowed for this application and Type TC would not be.
CMP-7 also adds Informational Note 2 to alert users of the separation requirements of
Class 2 and 3 conductors from electric light, power or Class 1 circuits.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 12-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 336.10]
Public Comment No. 763-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 336.10]
Public Comment No. 825-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 336.10]
Public Comment No. 1739-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 336.10]
Public Comment No. 1796-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 336.10]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
200/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1812-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 340.6 ]
340.6 Listing Requirements.
Type UF cable and associated fittings shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 16:33:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
CMP-7 adds “and labeled” to provide information to the AHJ regarding the
suitability of equipment they encounter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1128-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 340.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
201/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2102-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 358.10(A) ]
(A) Exposed and Concealed.
The use of EMT shall be permitted for both exposed and concealed work for the following:
(1) In concrete, in direct contact with the earth or in areas subject to severe corrosive
influences where installed in accordance with 358.10(B)
(2) In dry, damp, and wet locations
(3) In any hazardous (classified) location as permitted by other articles in this Code
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:58:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision to the first draft text second revision clarifies that EMT shall be
Statement: permitted for both exposed and concealed work in dry, damp and wet locations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 445-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 358.10(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
202/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2103-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 358.12 ]
358.12 Uses Not Permitted.
EMT shall not be used under the following conditions:
(1) Where subject to severe physical damage
(2) For the support of luminaires or other equipment except conduit bodies no larger than
the largest trade size of the tubing
Exception: Aluminum fittings and enclosures shall be permitted to be used with steel
EMT where not subject to severe corrosive influences.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:00:30 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee As a first revision to Article 358, all references to dissimilar metals were moved to
Statement: section 358.14, Dissimilar Metals. The content of the exception to 358.12 was
included in the wording of 358.14 as part of that revision. Therefore. the exception to
358.12 is no longer necessary and can be deleted.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 634-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 358.12]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
203/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2104-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 358.30(A) ]
(A) Securely Fastened.
EMT shall be securely fastened in place at least every intervals not to exceed 3 m (10 ft).
In addition, each EMT run between termination points shall be securely fastened within 900
mm (3 ft) of each outlet box, junction box, device box, cabinet, conduit body, or other
tubing termination.
Exception No. 1: Fastening of unbroken lengths shall be permitted to be increased to a
distance of 1.5 m (5 ft) where structural members do not readily permit fastening within
900 mm (3 ft).
Exception No. 2: For concealed work in finished buildings or prefinished wall panels
where such securing is impracticable, unbroken lengths (without coupling) of EMT shall
be permitted to be fished.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:02:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision clarifies the code requirement for maximum allowable securement of
Statement: EMT at 3 m (10ft) and drives consistency within the code by implementing text
already employed in other Articles within NFPA 70, e.g. Articles 348, 350, 368, 376,
378 and 384. Elsewhere in Chapter 3, CMP-8 has chosen to use the unequivocal words “at
intervals not to exceed” where similar minimum securement requirements appear. Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 781-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 358.30(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
204/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2110-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 370.80 ]
370.80 Ampacity of Conductors.
(A) The ampacity of conductors in cablebus shall be in accordance with Table 310.15(B)
(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19) for installations up to and including 2000 volts, or with Table
310.60(C)(69) and Table 310.60(C)(70) for installations 2001 to 35,000 volts
(B) Ampacity of Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less, in cablebus that terminate at equipment
with conductor temperature limitations . The allowable ampacity of single-conductor cables
shall be as permitted by 310.15(A)(2).
The adjustment factors of 310.15(B)(3)(a) shall not apply to the ampacity of cables in
cablebus. The ampacity of single conductor cables nominally rated 2000 volts or less, shall
comply with the following:
(1) The ampacities for 600 kcmil and larger single conductor cables in ventilated cablebus
shall not exceed 75 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table
310.15(B)(19).
(2) Where cablebus are continuously covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid
unventilated covers, the ampacities for 600 kcmil and larger cables shall not exceed 70
percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19).
(3) The ampacities for 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil single conductor cables in ventilated
cablebus shall not exceed 65 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17)
and Table 310.15(B)(19).
(4) Where cablebus are continuously covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid
unventilated covers, the ampacities for 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil cables shall not exceed
60 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19).
(C) Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in cablebus, shall
comply with the following:
(1) The ampacities for 1/0 AWG and larger single-conductor cables in ventilated cablebus
shall not exceed 75 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.60(C)(69) and Table
310.60(C)(70).
(2) Where the cablebus are covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid unventilated
covers, the ampacities for 1/0 AWG and larger single-conductor cables shall not exceed 70
percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.60(C)(69)and Table 310.60(C)(70).
Informational Note No. 1: See 110.14(C) for conductor temperature limitations due
to termination provisions for installations up to and including 2000 volts.
Informational Note No. 2: See 110.40 for conductor temperature limitations due to
termination provisions for installations 2001 to 35,000 volts.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
205/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:47:02 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This Second Revision provides references to clarify the allowable ampacities for
Statement: cables incorporated into cablebus assemblies and aligns ampacities with cable tray
installations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 635-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 370.80]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
206/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2105-NFPA 70-2015 [ Article 372 ]
Article 372 Cellular Concrete Floor Raceways
372.1 Scope.
This article covers cellular concrete floor raceways, the hollow spaces in floors constructed
of precast cellular concrete slabs, together with suitable metal fittings designed to provide
access to the floor cells.
372.2 Definitions.
Cell.
A single, enclosed tubular space in a floor made of precast cellular concrete slabs, the
direction of the cell being parallel to the direction of the floor member.
Header.
Transverse metal raceways for electrical conductors, providing access to predetermined
cells of a precast cellular concrete floor, thereby permitting the installation of electrical
conductors from a distribution center to the floor cells.
II Installations
372.4 12 Uses Not Permitted.
Conductors shall not be installed in precast cellular concrete floor raceways as follows:
(1) Where subject to corrosive vapor
(2) In any hazardous (classified) location, except as permitted by other articles in this
Code
(3) In commercial garages, other than for supplying ceiling outlets or extensions to the
area below the floor but not above
Informational Note: See 300.8 for installation of conductors with other systems.
372.
5 18 Cellular Concrete Floor Raceways Installation. Cellular Concrete Floor Raceways
installation shall comply with 372.18(A) through (E).
(A) Header.
The header shall be installed in a straight line at right angles to the cells. The header shall
be mechanically secured to the top of the precast cellular concrete floor. The end joints
shall be closed by a metal closure fitting and sealed against the entrance of concrete. The
header shall be electrically continuous throughout its entire length and shall be electrically
bonded to the enclosure of the distribution center.
372.6 (B) Connection to Cabinets and Other Enclosures.
Connections from headers to cabinets and other enclosures shall be made by means of
listed metal raceways and listed fittings.
372.7 (C) Junction Boxes.
Junction boxes shall be leveled to the floor grade and sealed against the free entrance of
water or concrete. Junction boxes shall be of metal and shall be mechanically and
electrically continuous with the header.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
207/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
372.8 Markers.
A suitable number of markers shall be installed for the future location of cells.
372.9 (D) Inserts.
Inserts shall be leveled and sealed against the entrance of concrete. Inserts shall be of
metal and shall be fitted with grounded-type receptacles. A grounding conductor shall
connect the insert receptacles to a positive ground connection provided on the header.
Where cutting through the cell wall for setting inserts or other purposes (such as providing
access openings between header and cells), chips and other dirt shall not be allowed to
remain in the raceway, and the tool used shall be designed so as to prevent the tool from
entering the cell and damaging the conductors.
(E) Markers. A suitable number of markers shall be installed for the future location of
cells.
372.10 20 Size of Conductors.
No conductor larger than 1/0 AWG shall be installed, except by special permission.
372.11 22 Maximum Number of Conductors.
The combined cross-sectional area of all conductors or cables shall not exceed 40 percent
of the cross-sectional area of the cell or header.
372.
12 23 Ampacity of Conductors.
The ampacity adjustment factors, provided in 310.15(B)(3) , shall apply to conductors
installed in cellular concrete floor raceways.
372.56 Splices and Taps.
Splices and taps shall be made only in header access units or junction boxes. A
continuous unbroken conductor connecting the individual outlets is not a splice or tap.
372.13 58 Discontinued Outlets.
When an outlet is abandoned, discontinued, or removed, the sections of circuit conductors
supplying the outlet shall be removed from the raceway. No splices or reinsulated
conductors, such as would be the case of abandoned outlets on loop wiring, shall be
allowed in raceways.
372.17 Ampacity of Conductors.
The ampacity adjustment factors, provided in 310.15(B)(3) , shall apply to conductors
installed in cellular concrete floor raceways.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:07:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
208/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Common numbering of the sections within each of the raceway articles is considered
Statement: to be beneficial and preferable. Per CMP-8 Resolution Statement, this Public
Comment not only renumbers Section 372.4 for uses not permitted to 372.12 as
proposed in Public Input #802, but renumbers the complete Article to align with the
raceway numbering format. No text or requirements were revised.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 420-NFPA 70-2015 [Article 372]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
209/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2106-NFPA 70-2015 [ Article 374 ]
See attached proposed Changes
Article 374 Cellular Metal Floor Raceways
Part I. General
374.1 Scope.
This article covers the use and installation requirements for cellular metal floor raceways.
374.2 Definitions.
Cellular Metal Floor Raceway.
The hollow spaces of cellular metal floors, together with suitable fittings, that may be
approved as enclosed channel for electrical conductors.
Cell.
A single enclosed tubular space in a cellular metal floor member, the axis of the cell being
parallel to the axis of the metal floor member.
Header.
A transverse raceway for electrical conductors, providing access to predetermined cells of
a cellular metal floor, thereby permitting the installation of electrical conductors from a
distribution center to the cells.
Part II. Installation
374.3 12 Uses Not Permitted.
Conductors shall not be installed in cellular metal floor raceways as follows:
(1) Where subject to corrosive vapor
(2) In any hazardous (classified) location, except as permitted by other articles in this
Code
(3) In commercial garages, other than for supplying ceiling outlets or extensions to the
area below the floor but not above
Informational Note: See 300.8 for installation of conductors with other systems.
Part II. Installation
374.4 Size of Conductors.
No conductor larger than 1/0 AWG shall be installed, except by special permission.
374.5 Maximum Number of Conductors in Raceway.
The combined cross-sectional area of all conductors or cables shall not exceed 40 percent
of the interior cross-sectional area of the cell or header.
374.6 Splices and Taps.
Splices and taps shall be made only in header access units or junction boxes.
For the purposes of this section, so-called loop wiring (continuous unbroken conductor
connecting the individual outlets) shall not be considered to be a splice or tap.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
210/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
374.7 Discontinued Outlets.
When an outlet is abandoned, discontinued, or removed, the sections of circuit conductors
supplying the outlet shall be removed from the raceway. No splices or reinsulated
conductors, such as would be the case with abandoned outlets on loop wiring, shall be
allowed in raceways.
374.8 Markers.
A suitable number of markers shall be installed for locating cells in the future.
374.9 Junction Boxes.
374.18 Cellular Metal Floor Raceways Installations. Cellular Metal Floor Raceways
installations shall comply with 374.18(A) through (D).
374.11 (A) Connection to Cabinets and Extensions from Cells. Connections
between raceways and distribution centers and wall outlets shall be made by means of
liquidtight flexible metal conduit, flexible metal conduit where not installed in concrete, rigid
metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or approved fittings.
Where there are provisions for the termination of an equipment grounding conductor, rigid
polyvinyl chloride conduit, reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, electrical nonmetallic
tubing, or liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit shall be permitted. Where installed in
concrete, liquidtight flexible metal conduit and liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit shall be
listed and marked for direct burial.
374.9 (B) Junction Boxes. Junction boxes shall be leveled to the floor grade and
sealed against the free entrance of water or concrete. Junction boxes used with these
raceways shall be of metal and shall be electrically continuous with the raceway.
374.
10 10 (C) Inserts.
Inserts shall be leveled to the floor grade and sealed against the entrance of concrete.
Inserts shall be of metal and shall be electrically continuous with the raceway. In cutting
through the cell wall and setting inserts, chips and other dirt shall not be allowed to remain
in the raceway, and tools shall be used that are designed to prevent the tool from entering
the cell and damaging the conductors.
374.
11 Connection to Cabinets and Extensions from Cells.
Connections between raceways and distribution centers and wall outlets shall be made by
means of liquidtight flexible metal conduit, flexible metal conduit where not installed in
concrete, rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or
approved fittings. Where there are provisions for the termination of an equipment grounding
conductor, rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit, reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, electrical
nonmetallic tubing, or liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit shall be permitted. Where
installed in concrete, liquidtight flexible metal conduit and liquidtight flexible nonmetallic
conduit shall be listed and marked for direct burial.
374.17 Ampacity of Conductors.
8 (D) Markers. A suitable number of markers shall be installed for locating cells in
the future.
374.4 374.20 Size of Conductors. No conductor larger than 1/0 AWG shall be
installed, except by special permission.
374.5 374.22 Maximum Number of Conductors in Raceway.
The combined cross-sectional area of all conductors or cables shall not exceed 40 percent
of the interior cross-sectional area of the cell or header.
374.17 374.23 Ampacity of Conductors. The ampacity adjustment factors in
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
211/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
310.15(B)(3) shall apply to conductors installed in cellular metal floor raceways.
Part III. 374.6 374.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made only in header
access units or junction boxes.
For the purposes of this section, so-called loop wiring (continuous unbroken conductor
connecting the individual outlets) shall not be considered to be a splice or tap.
374.7 374.58 Discontinued Outlets. When an outlet is abandoned, discontinued, or
removed, the sections of circuit conductors supplying the outlet shall be removed from the
raceway. No splices or reinsulated conductors, such as would be the case with abandoned
outlets on loop wiring, shall be allowed in raceways.
II. III. Construction Specifications
374.
100 100 General.
Cellular metal floor raceways shall be constructed so that adequate electrical and
mechanical continuity of the complete system will be secured. They shall provide a
complete enclosure for the conductors. The interior surfaces shall be free from burrs and
sharp edges, and surfaces over which conductors are drawn shall be smooth. Suitable
bushings or fittings having smooth rounded edges shall be provided where conductors
pass.
Supplemental Information
File Name
374_Reorganization_01-30-2015.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:09:20 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Common numbering of the sections within each of the raceway articles is considered
Statement: to be beneficial and preferable. Per CMP-8 Resolution Statement, this Public
Comment not only renumbers Section 374.3 for uses not permitted to 374.12 as
proposed in Public Input #803, but renumbers the complete Article to align with the
raceway numbering format. No text or requirements were revised.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 423-NFPA 70-2015 [Article 374]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
212/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2101-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 376.56(B)(1) ]
(1) Installation.
Power distribution blocks installed in metal wireways shall be listed. Power distribution
blocks installed on the line side of the service equipment shall be listed identified for the
purpose.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:52:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Correlating Committee has appointed a Task Group to address the “Listed and
Statement: Labeled” Public Inputs for the 2020 NEC. This issue needs correlation throughout the
Code so that there is consistency. The use of a Task Group to achieve this is
necessary. It is acceptable to wait for the 2020 NEC to properly address and correlate
this issue since a safety hazard has not been identified in the substantiations of either
the Public Input or Comment pertaining to conduit, tubings and fittings.
CMP-8 cannot accept “and labeled” until the definition of “Labeled” is addressed by
the Task Group.
Power distribution blocks within metal wireway and used on the line side of the
service equipment shall be identified acceptable for the use. Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1223-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 376.56(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
213/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1813-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 382.6 ]
382.6 Listing Requirements.
Concealable nonmetallic extensions and associated fittings and devices shall be listed and
labeled . The starting/source tap device for the extension shall contain and provide the
following protection for all load-side extensions and devices.
(1) Supplementary overcurrent protection
(2) Level of protection equivalent to a Class A GFCI
(3) Level of protection equivalent to a portable GFCI
(4) Line and load-side miswire protection
(5) Provide protection from the effects of arc faults
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 16:42:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP-7 adds “and labeled” to provide information to the AHJ regarding the
suitability of equipment they encounter.
Public Comment No. 1228-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 382.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
214/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2111-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 384.6 ]
384.6 Listing Requirements.
Strut-type channel raceways , closure strips, and accessories shall be listed , labeled, and
identified for such use.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:38:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Channel is not considered a listed electrical raceway without the closure strip
Statement: therefore only the fittings and closure strip will contain the listing mark.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 659-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 384.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
215/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2107-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 392.10 ]
392.10(E) Airfield Lighting Cable Tray
In airport establishments, where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that
only qualified persons, have access, install, or service the cable, airfield lighting cable used
in series circuits rated up to 5000 volts and powered by constant current regulators shall be
permitted to be installed in cable tray. Informational Note to 392.10(E): Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory Circulars
(ACs) provide additional practices and methods for airport lighting.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 12:14:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The submitter has provided additional information to the CMP, along with
Statement: substantiation that the proposed installation is in line with the intent of the Code, does
not present a safety issue, and is consistent with industry means and methods.
Typically airfield lighting cables of the series circuit are routed together in the airfield
lighting vault. Therefore no inductive heating within the cable tray would occur.
CMP-8 re-examined PI-2739 and recognize the use of other types of cables in cable
tray for locations accessible to qualified persons only.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 119-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 392.10]
Public Comment No. 248-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 392.10]
Public Comment No. 278-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 392.10(D)]
Public Comment No. 579-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 392.10(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
216/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 7506-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 392.80(A) ]
(A) Ampacity of Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays.
Informational Note: See 110.14 ( C) for conductor temperature limitations due to
termination provisions.
( 1) Multiconductor Cables.
The allowable ampacity of multiconductor cables, nominally rated 2000 volts or less,
installed according to the requirements of 392.22(A) shall be as given in Table 310.15(B)
(16) and Table 310.15(B)(18), subject to the provisions of (A)(1)(a), (b), (c), and 310.15(A)
(2).
(a) The adjustment factors of 310.15(A)(3) (a) shall apply only to multiconductor
cables with more than three current-carrying conductors. Adjustment factors shall be
limited to the number of current-carrying conductors in the cable and not to the number of
conductors in the cable tray.
(b) Where cable trays are continuously covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid
unventilated covers, not over 95 percent of the allowable ampacities of Table 310.15(B)(16)
and Table 310.15(B)(18) shall be permitted for multiconductor cables.
(c) Where multiconductor cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered trays,
with a maintained spacing of not less than one cable diameter between cables, the
ampacity shall not exceed the allowable ambient temperature-corrected ampacities of
multiconductor cables, with not more than three insulated conductors rated 0 through 2000
volts in free air, in accordance with 310.15(C).
Informational Note: See Table B.310.15(B)(2)(3).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
217/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Single-Conductor Cables.
The allowable ampacity of single-conductor cables shall be as permitted by 310.15(A)(2).
The adjustment factors of 310.15(B)(3) (a) shall not apply to the ampacity of cables in
cable trays. The ampacity of single-conductor cables, or single conductors cabled together
(triplexed, quadruplexed, etc.), nominally rated 2000 volts or less, shall comply with the
following:
(a) Where installed according to the requirements of 392.22(B), the ampacities for
600 kcmil and larger single-conductor cables in uncovered cable trays shall not exceed 75
percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19). Where
cable trays are continuously covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid unventilated
covers, the ampacities for 600 kcmil and larger cables shall not exceed 70 percent of the
allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19).
(b) Where installed according to the requirements of 392.22(B), the ampacities for
1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil single-conductor cables in uncovered cable trays shall not
exceed 65 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)
(19). Where cable trays are continuously covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid
unventilated covers, the ampacities for 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil cables shall not exceed
60 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19).
(c) Where single conductors are installed in a single layer in uncovered cable trays,
with a maintained space of not less than one cable diameter between individual
conductors, the ampacity of 1/0 AWG and larger cables shall not exceed the allowable
ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(17) and Table 310.15(B)(19).
Exception to (2)(3)(c): For solid bottom cable trays the ampacity of single conductor
cables shall be determined by 310.15(C) .
(d) Where single conductors are installed in a triangular or square configuration in
uncovered cable trays, with a maintained free airspace of not less than 2.15 times one
conductor diameter (2.15 × O.D.) of the largest conductor contained within the configuration
and adjacent conductor configurations or cables, the ampacity of 1/0 AWG and larger
cables shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of two or three single insulated
conductors rated 0 through 2000 volts supported on a messenger in accordance with
310.15(B).
Informational Note: See Table 310.15(B)(20) .
(3) Combinations of Multiconductor and Single-Conductor Cables.
Where a cable tray contains a combination of multiconductor and single-conductor cables,
the allowable ampacities shall be as given in 392.80(A)(1) for multiconductor cables and
392.80(A)(2) for single-conductor cables, provided that the following conditions apply:
(1) The sum of the multiconductor cable fill area as a percentage of the allowable fill area
for the tray calculated in accordance with 392.22(A), and the single-conductor cable
fill area as a percentage of the allowable fill area for the tray calculated in accordance
with 392.22(B), totals not more than 100 percent.
(2) Multiconductor cables are installed according to 392.22(A), and single-conductor
cables are installed according to 392.22(B)and 392.22(C).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
218/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Sonia Barbosa
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 08:05:46 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision clarifies the section by informing the user of additional provisions which
Statement: may be applicable. It aligns this article with similar requirements in 310.15(A)(2) and
310.60(A)(1).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1156-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 392.80(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
219/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 7507-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 392.80(B) ]
(B) Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays.
The ampacity of cables, rated 2001 volts, nominal, or over, installed according to
392.22(C) shall not exceed the requirements of this section.
Informational Note: See 110.40 for conductor temperature limitations due to termination
provisions.
(1) Multiconductor Cables (2001 Volts or Over).
The allowable ampacity of multiconductor cables shall be as given in Table 310.60(C)(75)
and Table 310.60(C)(76), subject to the following provisions:
(a) Where cable trays are continuously covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with solid
unventilated covers, not more than 95 percent of the allowable ampacities of Table
310.60(C)(75) and Table 310.60(C)(76) shall be permitted for multiconductor cables.
(b) Where multiconductor cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered cable
trays, with maintained spacing of not less than one cable diameter between cables, the
ampacity shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of Table 310.60(C)(71) and Table
310.60(C)(72).
(2) Single-Conductor Cables (2001 Volts or Over).
The ampacity of single-conductor cables, or single conductors cabled together (triplexed,
quadruplexed, etc.), shall comply with the following:
(a) The ampacities for 1/0 AWG and larger single-conductor cables in uncovered
cable trays shall not exceed 75 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.60(C)(69)
and Table 310.60(C)(70). Where the cable trays are covered for more than 1.8 m (6 ft) with
solid unventilated covers, the ampacities for 1/0 AWG and larger single-conductor cables
shall not exceed 70 percent of the allowable ampacities in Table 310.60(C)(69) and Table
310.60(C)(70).
(b) Where single-conductor cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered cable
trays, with a maintained space of not less than one cable diameter between individual
conductors, the ampacity of 1/0 AWG and larger cables shall not exceed the allowable
ampacities in Table 310.60(C)(69) and Table 310.60(C)(70).
(c) Where single conductors are installed in a triangular or square configuration in
uncovered cable trays, with a maintained free air space of not less than 2.15 times the
diameter (2.15 × O.D.) of the largest conductor contained within the configuration and
adjacent conductor configurations or cables, the ampacity of 1/0 AWG and larger cables
shall not exceed the allowable ampacities in Table 310.60(C)(67) and Table 310.60(C)(68).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Sonia Barbosa
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
220/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 16:11:18 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision clarifies the section by informing the user of additional provisions which
Statement: may be applicable. It aligns this article with similar requirements in 310.15(A)(2) and
310.60(A)(1).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1145-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 392.80(B)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
221/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5103-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 393.6 ]
393.6 Listing Requirements.
Suspended ceiling power distribution systems and associated fittings shall be listed and
labeled as in 393.6(A) or (B).
(A) Listed System.
Low-voltage suspended ceiling distribution systems operating at 30 volts ac or less or 60
volts dc or less shall be listed and labeled as a complete system, with the utilization
equipment, power supply, and fittings as part of the same identified system.
(B) Assembly of Listed Parts.
A low-voltage suspended ceiling power distribution system assembled from the following
parts, listed according to the appropriate function, shall be permitted:
(1) Listed and labeled low-voltage utilization equipment
(2) Listed and labeled Class 2 power supply
(3) Listed or identified , labeled and identified fittings, including connectors and grid
rails with bare conductors
(4) Listed and labeled low-voltage cables in accordance with 725.179, conductors in
raceways, or other fixed wiring methods for the secondary circuit
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:50:57 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1245-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 393.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
222/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 7501-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 393.12 ]
393.12 Uses Not Permitted.
Suspended ceiling power distribution systems shall not be installed in the following:
(1) In damp or wet locations
(2) Where subject to corrosive fumes or vapors, such as storage battery rooms
(3) Where subject to physical damage
(4) new text here
(5) In concealed locations
(6) In hazardous (classified) locations
(7) As part of a fire-rated floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly, unless specifically listed
as part of the assembly
(8) For lighting in general or critical patient care areas
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Kimberly Shea
Organization:
National Fire Protection Assoc
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Oct 09 15:06:03 EDT 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: nsdnnfnd
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
223/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1814-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 396.2 ]
396.2 Definitions.
Insulated Conductor.
For the purposes of this article, an insulated conductor includes
those listed in Article 310 and
1) Conductor types described in 310.104, and
2) Overhead service conductors encased in a polymeric material that has been
evaluated for the applied nominal voltage.
Informational Note: Evidence of evaluation for the applied nominal voltage can be
given by certification that the conductors have met the requirements of ICEA S-76474-2004 2011 , Standard for Neutral Supported Power Cable Assemblies with
Weather-Resistant Extruded Insulation Rated 600 Volts.
Messenger-Supported Wiring.
An exposed wiring support system using a messenger wire to support insulated conductors
by any one of the following:
(1) A messenger with rings and saddles for conductor support
(2) A messenger with a field-installed lashing material for conductor support
(3) Factory-assembled aerial cable
(4) Multiplex cables utilizing a bare conductor, factory assembled and twisted with one
or more insulated conductors, such as duplex, triplex, or quadruplex type of
construction
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 16:55:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Since the conductors that are not included in 310.104 do not have flame retardants,
Statement: the panel revised the language to limit the application of this wiring method to
overhead service conductors. Overhead service conductors are permitted to be
insulated or covered in 230.22, thereby correlating the use of Article 396 with the
requirements in Article 230.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 144-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 396.2]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
224/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 144-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 396.2]
Public Comment No. 817-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 396.2]
Public Comment No. 1135-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Insulated Conductor.]
Second Revision No. 1815-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 399.10 ]
399.10 Uses Permitted.
Outdoor overhead conductors over 1000 volts, nominal, shall be permitted only for systems
rated over 1000 volts, nominal, as follows:
(1) Outdoors in free air
(2) For service conductors, feeders, or branch circuits
Informational Note: For additional information on outdoor overhead conductors over
1000 volts, see ANSI/ IEEE C2-2007 2012 , National Electrical Safety Code, and
ANSI/IEEE 3001.2, Recommended Practice for Evaluating the Electrical Service
Requirements of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 16:57:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The changes in this comment are consistent with the current name of the
document referenced.
Public Comment No. 41-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 399.10]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
225/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1503-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 400.1 ]
400.1 Scope.
This article covers general requirements, applications, and construction specifications for
flexible cords and flexible cables.
Informational Note: UL 817, Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords allows the use of
flexible cords manufactured in accordance with UL 62, Flexible Cords and Cables.
Cord sets and The flexible cord that is part of a listed cord set or power-supply
cords are cord is restricted in use by the requirements in Article 400.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:50:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The code does not presently advise that cords used in listed cord sets and power
Statement: supply cords need to meet the same installation requirements as flexible cords in
article 400. The informational note was included to advise that flexible cords used in
listed cord sets and power supply cords are covered by this article.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 446-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 400.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
226/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1504-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 400.12 ]
See attached word document [ 400. 12_1504_CD]
400. 12 Uses Not Permitted.
Unless specifically permitted in 400.10, flexible cables, flexible cord sets, and power
supply cords shall not be used for the following:
(1) As a substitute for the fixed wiring of a structure
(2) Where run through holes in walls, structural ceilings, suspended ceilings, dropped
ceilings, or floors
(3) Where run through doorways, windows, or similar openings
(4) Where attached to building surfaces
Exception to (4): Flexible cord and cable shall be permitted to be attached to
building surfaces in accordance with 368.56(B) .
(5) Where concealed by walls, floors, or ceilings or located above suspended or dropped
ceilings
(6) Where installed in raceways, except as otherwise permitted in this Code
(7) Where subject to physical damage
Supplemental Information
File Name
400.12_1504_CD.docx
Description
New exception under 400.12(5) Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:56:56 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel recognizes that the installation described by PC#200 is permitted
Statement: elsewhere in the code and should be permitted in Article 400. However, in order to not
continue to add to uses permitted, the panel has decided to place an exception to
400.12(5).
Response
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
227/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Message:
Public Comment No. 200-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 400.10(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
228/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2408-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]
(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.
The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be installed at the
location where switches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded generalpurpose branch circuit serving bathrooms, hallways, stairways, or rooms suitable for
human habitation or occupancy as defined in the applicable building code . Where multiple
switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of the room or
space is visible from the single or combined switch locations, the grounded circuit
conductor shall only be required at one location.
A grounded conductor shall not be required to be installed at lighting switch locations under
any of the following conditions:
(1) Where conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided
that the raceway is large enough for all contained conductors, including a grounded
conductor
(2) Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional
or replacement cable without removing finish materials
(3) Where snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)
(4)
Where
a switch serves other than a bathroom, hallway, stairway, or a room suitable for human
habitation or other occupancy as defined in the applicable building code
(5) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire
floor area of the room or space is visible from the single or combined switch
locations, the grounded circuit conductor shall only be required at one location.
(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means
Where a switch controls a receptacle load
(7)
lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means
(8) Where a switch controls a receptacle load
The grounded conductor shall be extended to any switch location as necessary and shall
be connected to switching devices that require line-to-neutral voltage to operate the
electronics of the switch in the standby mode and shall meet the requirements of 404.22.
Exception: The connection requirement shall become effective on January 1, 2020. It shall
not apply to replacement or retrofit switches installed in locations wired prior to local
adoption of 404.2(C) and where the grounded conductor cannot be extended without
removing finish materials. The number of electronic lighting control switches on a branch
circuit shall not exceed five, and the number connected to any feeder on the load side of a
system or main bonding jumper shall not exceed twenty five. For the purposes of this
exception, a neutral busbar in compliance with 200.2(B) and to which a main or system
bonding jumper is connected shall not be limited with respect to the number of switches it
supports.
Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a
circuit path for electronic lighting control devices.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
229/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR2408WORD_TO_ATTACH.docx
Description
Shows proper legislative text for SR. For staff use. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:18:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This action fully supports the concept that the grounded conductor of the lighting
Statement: circuit must not only be available for connection to an electronic switch, it must be
actually connected to the device. In addition, and particularly in instances wired in
accordance with list item #2, it must be extended through the relevant raceway to the
switch location in order to permit the required connection. This requirement has been
formatted as a stand-alone paragraph in this section in order to clearly address field
wiring issues that do not belong in Part II of this Article.
The principal change in this part of the Code is a new exception that addresses the
circumstances under which previous switch designs and connection protocols that
assumed up to 0.5 mA of neutral current could be allowed to flow over an equipment
grounding return path might continue to be used safely. These switches have been
used for decades with no reported loss experience, but as they continue to proliferate
ever increasing current loading will be imposed on a system that is not and never will
be designed for routing load current. Since the advent of the 2011 NEC, CMP 9 has
been moving in a direction that limits the usage of these switches hoping to avoid an
eventual problem.
At the first revision stage, CMP 9 placed a sunset date of January 1, 2020 on the use
of these switches in what will be 404.22. In response, three comments (#1256, #485,
#832) supported a continuing retrofit allowance under the old protocol and one (#770)
asked for an immediate termination of acceptability. CMP 9 reaffirms the 2020 sunset
date as the default limit, but agrees that based on the historical record some
continuation of older designs is warranted.
To this end, CMP 9 agrees to a replacement/retrofit limitation on the older designs,
and also to numerical limits that effectively limit the worst-case neutral current that
the equipment grounding system would be expected to carry to 2.5 mA on the smaller
branch circuit conductors, and 12.5 mA on feeders. Since the original first revision
stage action placed an extinction date on the older style devices where there was
none previously, this action, which allows numerical limits instead of none at all,
therefore should not be considered new material.
This concept is being addressed here in Part I because it will be an installation
limitation; the listing and marking requirement is being covered in a correlating
exception in what will be 404.22. Because this location will be the principal coverage
of wiring issues in this regard, CMP 9 is including language disallowing the use of
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
230/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
older designs, which will be inherently limited to existing applications, in the event
that the return path in a panelboard includes a path through a panelboard enclosure as
disallowed in 200.2(B). CMP 9 notes that this defect can be readily rectified in the
field. CMP 9 is also including a clarification that a busbar carrying both equipment
grounding and neutral terminations, as is permitted in service equipment, can support
an indefinite number of these devices just as the number of allowable neutral
connections are not limited, except inherently by the number of connection provisions.
The action on this comment also addresses three editorial issues, two of which were
raised in public comments (#463 and #504) with which the panel is in substantive
agreement. CMP 9 has removed from the list items the habitation/occupancy text
(current item #4) and the multiple switch location text (current item #5) and inserted
this material into the parent text where it improves readability. In addition, the parent
text location leaves the new second paragraph standing alone where it will not be
confused with requirements addressing where a grounded circuit conductor must be
routed for normal installations in new work.
The third issue involves a minor error introduced in the first revision stage with
respect to the wording of the habitation/occupancy text. It removes the word “other”
ahead of “occupancy” in what now stands as list item four. The phrase should read
"human habitation or occupancy" because a reference to "other occupancy" creates
the unwanted implication that a switch in any other occupancy defined in the building
code wherever located gets the neutral. In effect, it creates the implication that the
word is being used as a noun. When a building code refers to an occupancy, it is
referring to a species of building purpose, such as an assembly occupancy or an
industrial occupancy. On the contrary, for this usage it is intended as a second object
of the proposition "for" and needs to be used in an exactly parallel way to "for human
habitation". The simplest way to accomplish this is to simply word the phrase
"suitable for human habitation or occupancy".
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 948-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.2(C)]
Public Comment No. 504-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.2(C)]
Public Comment No. 463-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.2(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
231/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2409-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 404.22 ]
404.22 Electronic Lighting Control Switches.
Electronic lighting control switches shall be listed. They shall not introduce current on the
equipment grounding conductor during normal operation. The requirement to not introduce
current on the equipment grounding conductor shall take effect on January 1, 2020.
Exception: Electronic lighting control switches that introduce current on the equipment
grounding conductor shall be permitted to be manufactured for applications covered by
404.2(C) Exception. They shall be listed and marked for use in replacement or retrofit
applications only.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:37:35 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This new exception correlates with language placed in 404.2(C) pursuant to SR 2408.
Statement: It contains only the provisions that are appropriate for the conditions that will apply to
the manufacture and listing of electronic switches. It provides relief to the default
requirement to sunset the acceptability of these older-designed switches in 2020.
They will continue to be acceptable for replacement/retrofit applications into the
future, provided they are listed accordingly. The marking requirement will assure that
such devices, although listed, will not to be permitted for new work.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 485-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.22]
Public Comment No. 832-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.22]
Public Comment No. 1256-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.22]
Public Comment No. 1797-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 404.22]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
232/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5111-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.3(E) ]
(E) Controlled Receptacle Marking.
All nonlocking-type, 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles that are controlled by an
automatic control device, or that incorporate control features that remove power from the
receptacle for the purpose of energy management or building automation, shall be
permanently marked with the symbol shown in Figure 406.3(E) and add the wording
"controlled" .
For receptacles controlled by an automatic control device, the marking shall be permitted to
be located on the installed receptacle or the receptacle cover plate face and visible after
installation. Receptacles incorporating a control feature that remove power shall be marked
on the receptacle face and be visible after installation.
In both cases when a multiple receptacle device is used, the required controlled marking
and symbol shall denote which receptacle contact device (s) are automatically controlled.
Figure 406.3(E) Controlled Receptacle Marking Symbol.
Exception: The marking shall not be required for receptacles controlled by a wall switch
that provide the required room lighting outlets as permitted by 210.70.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 19:08:20 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision provides necessary clarity for the identification of controlled receptacle
Statement: by providing the user with information that the receptacle outlet can be activated or
deactivated by an energy management system or other means of automatic control.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 943-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.3(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
233/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
234/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5104-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.4(D)(2) ]
(2) Non–Grounding-Type Receptacles.
Where attachment to an equipment grounding conductor does not exist in the receptacle
enclosure, the installation shall comply with (D)(2)(a), (D)(2)(b), or (D)(2)(c).
(a) A non–grounding-type receptacle(s) shall be permitted to be replaced with another
non–grounding-type receptacle(s).
(b) A non–grounding-type receptacle(s) shall be permitted to be replaced with a
ground-fault circuit interrupter-type of receptacle(s). These receptacles or their cover plates
shall be marked “No Equipment Ground.” An equipment grounding conductor shall not be
connected from the ground-fault circuit-interrupter-type receptacle to any outlet supplied
from the ground-fault circuit-interrupter receptacle.
(c) A non–grounding-type receptacle(s) shall be permitted to be replaced with a
grounding-type receptacle(s) where supplied through a ground-fault circuit interrupter.
Where grounding-type receptacles are supplied through the ground-fault circuit interrupter,
grounding-type receptacles or their cover plates shall be marked “GFCI Protected” and “No
Equipment Ground Ground”, visible after installation . ” An equipment grounding conductor
shall not be connected between the grounding-type receptacles.
Informational Note No 1: Some equipment or appliance manufactures require that the
branch circuit to the equipment or appliance includes an equipment grounding conductor.
Informational Note No 2: See 250.114 for a list of a cord-and-plug connected equipment or
appliances that require an equipment grounding conductor.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:06:52 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 406.4(D)(2)(c) was modified to clarify that the second sentence was
Statement: applicable to grounding-type receptacles and to clarify that the markings must be
visible after installation. Informational notes 1 & 2 were added to better inform user of
those situations where the use of replacement Non-Grounding-Type Receptacles is
not acceptable.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 83-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.4(D)(2)]
Public Comment No. 520-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.4(D)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
235/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
236/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5105-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.4(D)(4) ]
(4) Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection.
Where a receptacle outlet is supplied by a branch circuit that requires arc-fault circuitinterrupter protection as specified elsewhere in this Code located in any areas specified in
sections 210.12(A) or (B) , a replacement receptacle at this outlet shall be one of the
following:
(1) A listed outlet branch-circuit type arc-fault circuit-interrupter receptacle
(2) A receptacle protected by a listed outlet branch-circuit type arc-fault circuit-interrupter
type receptacle
(3) A receptacle protected by a listed combination type arc-fault circuit-interrupter type
circuit breaker
Exception No. 1 to 406.4(D)(4) : Arc-fault circuit-interrupter protection shall not be
required where all of the following apply :
(1) The replacement complies with 406.4(D)(2) (b).
(2) It is impracticable to provide an equipment grounding conductor as provided by
250.130(C).
(3) A receptacle protected by a listed combination type arc-fault circuit-interrupter
circuit breaker is not commercially available.
(4) There is no GFCI/AFCI combination dual function receptacle commercially
available.
Exception No. 2: 210.12(B) exception does not apply to replacement of receptacles.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:26:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Reference to sections 210.12(A) or (B) was added to clarify where Arc-Fault Circuit
Statement: Interruption is required. In Exception No. 1, sub-item 4, the word “combination” was
replaced with “dual function” to eliminate the potential for confusion since the word
“combination” when used with AFCI protection usually refers to protection against
series arc and parallel arcs. The phrase “all of the following apply” was added to
Exception No. 1 to clarify the application of the four sub-items. Additionally Exception
No. 1, sub-item 3 was changed to clarify that it applies to the availability of the circuit
breaker rather than the receptacle.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
237/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1231-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.4(D)(4)]
Public Comment No. 908-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.4(D)(4)]
Public Comment No. 632-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.4(D)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
238/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5106-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.5 ]
406.5 Receptacle Mounting.
Receptacles shall be mounted in identified boxes or assemblies. The boxes or assemblies
shall be securely fastened in place unless otherwise permitted elsewhere in this Code.
Screws used for the purpose of attaching receptacles to a box shall be of the type
provided with a listed receptacle, or shall be machine screws having 32 threads per inch or
part of listed assemblies or systems, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
(A) Boxes That Are Set Back.
Receptacles mounted in boxes that are set back from the finished surface as permitted in
314.20 shall be installed such that the mounting yoke or strap of the receptacle is held
rigidly at the finished surface.
(B) Boxes That Are Flush.
Receptacles mounted in boxes that are flush with the finished surface or project therefrom
shall be installed such that the mounting yoke or strap of the receptacle is held rigidly
against the box or box cover.
(C) Receptacles Mounted on Covers.
Receptacles mounted to and supported by a cover shall be held rigidly against the cover by
more than one screw or shall be a device assembly or box cover listed and identified for
securing by a single screw.
(D) Position of Receptacle Faces.
After installation, receptacle faces shall be flush with or project from faceplates of
insulating material and shall project a minimum of 0.4 mm (0.015 in.) from metal faceplates.
Exception: Listed kits or assemblies encompassing receptacles and nonmetallic
faceplates that cover the receptacle face, where the plate cannot be installed on any
other receptacle, shall be permitted.
(E) Receptacles in Countertops.
Receptacle outlets assemblies for installation in countertops countertop surfaces shall be
listed for countertop applications. Where receptacle assemblies for countertop applications
are required to provide ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel in accordance
with 210.8, such assemblies shall be permitted to be listed as GFCI receptacle
assemblies for countertop applications.
(F) Receptacles in Work Surfaces. Receptacle outlet assemblies and GFCI receptacle assemblies listed for use in work
surfaces surface or countertops countertop applications shall be permitted to be installed
in work surfaces.
(G) Receptacle Orientation. Receptacles shall not be installed in a face-up position in countertops or on countertop
surfaces or work surfaces unless listed for the purpose countertop or work surface
applications .
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
239/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(H) Receptacles in Seating Areas and Other Similar Surfaces.
In seating areas or similar surfaces, receptacles shall not be installed in a face-up position
unless the receptacle is any of the following:
(1) Part of an assembly listed as a furniture power distribution unit
(2) Part of an assembly listed either as household furnishings or as commercial
furnishings
(3) Listed either as a receptacle assembly for countertop applications or as a GFCI
receptacle assembly for countertop applications
(4) Installed in a listed floor box
(I) Exposed Terminals.
Receptacles shall be enclosed so that live wiring terminals are not exposed to contact.
(J) Voltage Between Adjacent Devices.
A receptacle shall not be grouped or ganged in enclosures with other receptacles, snap
switches, or similar devices, unless they are arranged so that the voltage between adjacent
devices does not exceed 300 volts, or unless they are installed in enclosures equipped with
identified, securely installed barriers between adjacent devices.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:42:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee 406.5 (E) and (F) were reworded slightly to clarify that they apply only to horizontally
Statement: mounted receptacle assemblies and not to assemblies mounted vertically in a counter
backsplash. In accordance with NEC® Style Manual 2.1.5.2, titles were added for
new subdivisions 406.5(F) and 406.5(G). Subdivision titles should also appear
consistently in boldface type. In accordance with NEC® Style Manual 3.2.1, new
406.5(G)’s “for the purpose” is a vague and unenforceable term and has been replaced
by “countertop or work surface applications”.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 60-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.5]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
240/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5101-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.9(A) ]
(A) Damp Locations.
A receptacle installed outdoors in a location protected from the weather or in other damp
locations shall have an enclosure for the receptacle that is weatherproof when the
receptacle is covered (attachment plug cap not inserted and receptacle covers closed).
An installation suitable for wet locations shall also be considered suitable for damp
locations.
A receptacle shall be considered to be in a location protected from the weather where
located under roofed open porches, canopies, marquees, and the like, and will not be
subjected to a beating rain or water runoff. All 15- and 20-ampere, 125- and 250-volt
nonlocking receptacles shall be a listed weather-resistant type.
Informational Note: The types of receptacles covered by this requirement are
identified as 5-15, 5-20, 6-15, and 6-20 in ANSI/NEMA WD 6-2002, National
Electrical Manufacturers Association Standard for Dimensions of Attachment Plugs
and Receptacles 2012, Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:33:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Panel 12: Reject but See SR No. 3318
Panel 18: Reject but See SR 5101. Change reference to correct edition.
Panel 19: CMP 19 advises an accept of PC 120 to make the change to the
reference.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 120-NFPA 70-2015 [Global Input]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
241/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5102-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.9(B)(1) ]
(1) Receptacles of 15 and 20 Amperes in a Wet Location.
Receptacles of 15 and 20 amperes, 125 and 250 volts installed in a wet location shall have
an enclosure that is weatherproof whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted. An
outlet box hood installed for this purpose shall be listed and shall be identified as “extraduty.” Other listed products, enclosures, or assemblies providing weatherproof protection
that do not utilize an outlet box hood need not be marked “extra duty.”
Informational Note No. 1: Requirements for extra-duty outlet box hoods are found in
ANSI/UL 514D-2013, Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices. “Extra duty”
identification and requirements are not applicable to listed receptacles, faceplates,
outlet boxes, enclosures, or assemblies that are identified as either being suitable
for wet locations or as rated as one of the outdoor enclosure type numbers of Table
110.28 that does not utilize an outlet box hood.
Exception: 15- and 20-ampere, 125- through 250-volt receptacles installed in a wet
location and subject to routine high-pressure spray washing shall be permitted to have an
enclosure that is weatherproof when the attachment plug is removed.
All 15- and 20-ampere, 125- and 250-volt nonlocking-type receptacles shall be listed and so
identified as the weather-resistant type.
Informational Note No. 2: The configuration of weather-resistant receptacles covered
by this requirement are identified as 5-15, 5-20, 6-15, and 6-20 in ANSI/NEMA WD
6-2002, Standard for Dimensions of Attachment Plugs and Receptacles 2012,
Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:40:03 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Change reference to correct edition.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
242/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5107-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 406.12 ]
406.12 Tamper-Resistant Receptacles.
Tamper-resistant receptacles shall be installed as All 15- and 20-ampere, 125- and 250volt nonlocking-type receptacles in the areas specified in 406.12(A) through (G), shall be
listed tamper-resistant receptacles .
Informational Note: The types of receptacles covered by this requirement are identified as
5-15, 5-20, 6-15 and 6-20 in ANSI/NEMA WD 6-2012, Wiring Devices - Dimensional
Specifications.
(A) Dwelling Units.
In all areas specified in 210.52 and 550.13, all nonlocking-type 15- and 20-ampere
receptacles shall be listed tamper-resistant receptacles .
(B) Guest Rooms and Guest Suites of Hotels and Motels.
All nonlocking-type 15- and 20-ampere receptacles located in guest rooms and guest suites
of hotels and motels shall be listed tamper-resistant receptacles .
(C) Child Care Facilities.
In all child care facilities, all nonlocking-type 15- and 20-ampere receptacles shall be listed
tamper-resistant receptacles .
(D) Preschools and Elementary Education Facilities.
All nonlocking-type, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles located in preschools and elementary
education facilities shall be listed tamper-resistant receptacles .
(E) Business Offices, Corridors, Waiting Rooms and the Like in Clinics, Medical and
Dental Offices and Outpatient Facilities.
All nonlocking-type, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles located in business offices, corridors,
waiting rooms, and the like in clinics, medical and dental offices, and outpatient facilities
shall be listed tamper-resistant receptacles .
(F) Subset of Assembly Occupancies Described in Article 518.2 to Include Places of
Waiting Transportation, Gymnasiums, Skating Rinks, and Auditoriums.
All nonlocking-type, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles located in places of waiting
transportation, gymnasiums, skating rinks, and auditoriums shall be listed tamper-resistant
receptacles .
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
243/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(G) Dormitories.
All nonlocking-type, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles shall be listed tamper-resistant
receptacles .
Exception to (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), and (G): Receptacles in the following locations
shall not be required to be tamper resistant:
(1) Receptacles located more than 1.7 m (5 1∕2 ft) above the floor
(2) Receptacles that are part of a luminaire or appliance
(3) A single receptacle or a duplex receptacle for two appliances located within the
dedicated space for each appliance that, in normal use, is not easily moved from
one place to another and that is cord-and plug-connected in accordance with
400.10(A)(6), (A)(7), or (A)(8)
(4) Nongrounding receptacles used for replacements as permitted in 406.4(D)(2)(a)
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:58:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The intent of 406.12 is to cover the common receptacles found in these locations and
Statement: not to apply this requirement to special configurations that may be required for certain
dedicated equipment where tamper-resistant devices are not available. The language
was also changed so as not to repeat the common requirement in each paragraph.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 849-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 406.12]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
244/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2410-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 408.3(A)(2) ]
(2) Service Panelboards, Switchboards, and Switchgear.
Barriers shall be placed in all service panelboards, switchboards, and switchgear such that
no uninsulated, ungrounded service busbar or service terminal is exposed to inadvertent
contact by persons or maintenance equipment while servicing load terminations.
Exception: This provision does requirement shall not apply to service panelboards with
provisions for more than one service disconnect within a single enclosure as permitted in
408.36, Exceptions 1, 2, and 3.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:52:06 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel has replaced the phrase “provision does" with the phrase “requirement
Statement: shall" to be consistent with current code terminology. The proposed added Exceptions
2 & 3 in comment 168 contain language that is not subject to the provisions of
408.3(A)(2) and are therefore rejected, although the concerns of the submitter are met
as the concepts included in the proposed exceptions are already excluded from the
cited requirements.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 168-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 408.3(A)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
245/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2412-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 408.3(C) ]
(C) Used as Service Equipment.
Each switchboard, switchgear, or panelboard, if used as service equipment, shall be
provided with a main bonding jumper sized in accordance with 250.28(D) or the equivalent
placed within the panelboard or one of the sections of the switchboard or switchgear for
connecting the grounded service conductor on its supply side to the switchboard,
switchgear, or panelboard frame. All sections of a switchboard or switchgear shall be
bonded together using an equipment bonding or a supply-side bonding jumper sized in
accordance with 250. 102 or 122 or 250.102(C)(1) as applicable.
Exception: Switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards used as service equipment on
high-impedance grounded neutral systems in accordance with 250.36 shall not be
required to be provided with a main bonding jumper.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:04:17 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The terms "an equipment bonding jumper or" are added to reinstate previous
Statement: language that was inadvertently removed during the First Draft process. The term
"Jumper" is being inserted in place of the term "conductor" to correlate with terms
commonly used and defined in Articles 100 and 250 of the NEC. The reference to
250.122 is the proper replacement for the incorrect reference to 250.102 regarding the
previously mentioned omitted language.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 264-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 408.3(C)]
Public Comment No. 1798-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 408.3(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
246/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2411-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 408.18(B) ]
(B) Around Switchboards and Switchgear.
Clearances around switchboards and switchgear shall comply with the provisions of
110.26 or 110 . 32 for up to 1000 volts as applicable..
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:58:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The reference to 110.32 is no longer applicable due to the recent change in the scope
Statement: of article 408, 1000 volts and less, and the revision of the voltage range provided for
in 110.26 for 1000 volts, nominal, or less.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1799-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 408.18(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
247/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3003-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 409.22, 409.23 ]
Sections 409.22, 409.23
409.22 Short-Circuit Current Rating.
(A) Installation
An industrial control panel shall not be installed where the available fault short-circuit
current exceeds its short-circuit current rating as marked in accordance with 409.110(4).
409.23 Available Fault Current. (B) Documentation
When an industrial control panel is required to be marked with a short circuit current rating
in accordance with 409.110(4), the available short circuit current at the industrial control
panel and the date the short circuit current calculation was performed shall be documented
and made available to those authorized to inspect the installation.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:39:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee “Fault” current is replaced by “short-circuit” current for improved clarity. Throughout
Statement: the NEC®, “fault” current can be replaced by “short-circuit” current, without changing
the intent. However, “short-circuit” current cannot be universally changed to “fault”
current without causing confusion. For example, equipment short-circuit current rating
could not be changed to equipment fault current rating without causing much
confusion. CMP 11 asks the Correlating Committee to direct all Code Making Panels
to replace “fault” current with “short-circuit” current throughout the NEC®.
In order to further improve clarity surrounding “short-circuit” current versus “fault”
current, 409.22 is combined with 409.23 as has been done in the new 440.10. The
previous text in 409.22 now becomes first level subdivision (A), titled “Installation”,
and the text in 409.23 becomes first level subdivision (B). The title of 409.23,
“Available Fault Current”, is changed to “Documentation” as the new title of first level
subdivision (B).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1800-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 409.22]
Public Comment No. 409-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 409.23]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
248/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3004-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 409.110 ]
409.110 Marking.
An industrial control panel shall be marked with the following information that is plainly
visible after installation:
(1) Manufacturer's name, trademark, or other descriptive marking by which the
organization responsible for the product can be identified.
(2) Supply voltage, number of phases, frequency, and full-load current for each incoming
supply circuit.
(3) Industrial control panels supplied by more than one electrical source such that where
more than one disconnecting means is required to disconnect all circuits 50-volts or
more within the control panel shall be marked to indicate that more than one
disconnecting means is required to de-energize the equipment. The location of the
means necessary to disconnect all circuits 50-volts and over or more shall be
documented and available.
(4) Short-circuit current rating of the industrial control panel based on one of the
following:
(5) Short-circuit current rating of a listed and labeled assembly (6) Short-circuit current rating established utilizing an approved method Informational Note: ANSI/UL 508A, Standard for Industrial Control Panels ,
Supplement SB, is an example of an approved method.
Exception to (4): Short-circuit current rating markings are not required for industrial
control panels containing only control circuit components.
(7) If the industrial control panel is intended as service equipment, it shall be marked to
identify it as being suitable for use as service equipment.
(8) Electrical wiring diagram or the identification number of a separate electrical wiring
diagram or a designation referenced in a separate wiring diagram.
(9) An enclosure type number shall be marked on the industrial control panel enclosure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:43:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
249/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee The revised text clarifies that the marking requirement only applies to circuits of 50
Statement: volts or more. “50-volts and over” has been changed to “50-volts or more”, to better
correlate with other parts of this Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 833-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 409.110]
Public Comment No. 1801-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 409.110]
Second Revision No. 5112-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 410.6 ]
410.6 Listing Required.
All luminaires, lampholders, and retrofit kits shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 19:49:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1247-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 410.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
250/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5108-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 410.56(D) ]
(D) Splices and Taps.
No unnecessary splices or taps shall be made within or on a luminaire. Splices or taps
located in the interior of an enclosed raceway that is installed in an abovegrade wet
location, including poles used to support luminaires, shall be listed for damp or wet
locations.
Informational Note: For approved means of making connections, see 110.14.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 16:28:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee First Revision #5116 anticipated the acceptance of Public Input #4367 to section
Statement: 110.14(B) which would have created the opportunity for “damp location” ratings to be
defined in the product standards for connectors and splices. Since Public Input #4367
was rejected and no subsequent comments were submitted regarding creating damp
location requirements for connectors, including them in 410.56(D) is not appropriate.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 595-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 410.56(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
251/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5109-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 410.62(C)(1) ]
(1) Cord-Connected Installation.
A luminaire or a listed assembly in compliance with any of the conditions in (a) through (c)
shall be permitted to be cord connected provided all of the following conditions are met:
The luminaire is located directly below the outlet or busway .The , the cord is not subject
to strain or physical damage .The , and the cord is visible over its entire length except at
terminations.
(1)
a.
A luminaire shall be permitted to be connected with a cord terminating in a
grounding-type attachment plug or busway plug. b.
A luminaire assembly equipped with a strain relief and canopy shall be
permitted to use a cord connection between the luminaire assembly and the
canopy. The canopy shall be permitted to include a section of raceway not over
150 mm (6 in.) in length and intended to facilitate the connection to an outlet box
mounted above a suspended ceiling. c.
Listed luminaires connected using listed assemblies that incorporate
manufactured wiring system connectors in accordance with 604.100(C) shall
be permitted to be cord connected. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 16:59:23 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Number and language revised to improve clarity.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 469-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 410.62(C)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
252/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5110-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 410.136(B) ]
(B) Combustible Low-Density Cellulose Fiberboard.
Where a surface-mounted luminaire containing a ballast, transformer, LED driver, or power
supply is to be installed on combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard, it shall be marked
for this condition or shall be spaced not less than 38 mm (1 1∕2 in.) from the surface of the
fiberboard. Where such luminaires are partially or wholly recessed, the provisions of
410.110 through 410.122 shall apply.
Informational Note: Combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard includes sheets,
panels, and tiles that have a density of 320 kg/m3 (20 lb/ft3) or less and that are
formed of bonded plant fiber material but does not include solid or laminated wood or
fiberboard that has a density in excess of 320 kg/m3 (20 lb/ft3) or is a material that
has been integrally treated with fire-retarding chemicals to the degree that the flame
spread index in any plane of the material will not exceed 25, determined in
accordance with tests for surface burning characteristics of building materials. See
ANSI/ASTM E84-2014 2015a , Standard Test Method for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials or ANSI/UL 723-2013, Standard for Test for
Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 17:04:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Updated ASTM standard to most recent edition. Added UL 723 as this standard
is a mirror image of the ASTM standard.
Public Comment No. 802-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 410.136(B)]
Public Comment No. 1261-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 410.136(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
253/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5113-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 411.4(A), 411.4(B) ]
Sections 411.4(A), 411.4(B)
(A) Listed System.
The luminaires, power supply, and luminaire fittings (including the exposed bare
conductors) of an exposed bare conductor lighting system shall be listed and labeled for
the use as part of the same identified lighting system.
(B) Assembly of Listed Parts.
A lighting system assembled from the following listed and labeled parts shall be permitted:
(1) Low-voltage luminaires
(2) Power supply
(3) Low-voltage luminaire fittings
(4) Suitably rated cord, cable, conductors in conduit, or other fixed Chapter 3 wiring
3wiring method for the secondary circuit
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 19:51:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1330-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 411.4(A), 411.4(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
254/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4801-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.6 ]
422.6 Listing Required.
All appliances operating at 50 volts or more shall be listed.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:56:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel recognized the need to be more specific as to which appliances should be
Statement: listed. Applied the code required protection from contact with live parts (Section
110.27) as the means to specify which appliance shall be listed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1517-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
255/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4802-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.15(A) ]
(A) Listed and labeled central vacuum outlet assemblies shall be permitted to be connected to
a branch circuit in accordance with 210.23(A).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:32:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Listing agencies do not consider a product to be listed
unless the label has actually been applied.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1250-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.15(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
256/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4803-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.16(B)(1) ]
(1) Electrically Operated In-Sink Waste Disposers.
Electrically operated in-sink waste disposers shall be permitted to be cord-and-plugconnected with a flexible cord identified as suitable in the installation instructions of the
appliance manufacturer where all of the following conditions are met:
(1) The flexible cord shall be terminated with a grounding-type attachment plug.
Exception: A listed in-sink waste disposer distinctly marked to identify it as
protected by a system of double insulation
, or its equivalent,
shall not be required to be terminated with a grounding-type attachment plug.
(2) The length of the cord shall not be less than 450 mm (18 in.) and not over 900 mm
(36 in.).
(3) Receptacles shall be located to protect against physical damage to the flexible cord.
(4) The receptacle shall be accessible.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:49:32 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In the context of a sink waste disposer, it is unclear in the exception what the
Statement: equivalent to double insulation is. Since these appliances may either be protected by
grounding or double insulation, the “or its equivalent” statement in the requirement
could be deleted without affecting product design and to also avoid confusion.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 941-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.16(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
257/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4804-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.16(B)(2) ]
(2) Built-in Dishwashers and Trash Compactors.
Built-in dishwashers and trash compactors shall be permitted to be cord-and-plugconnected with a flexible cord identified as suitable for the purpose in the installation
instructions of the appliance manufacturer where all of the following conditions are met:
(1) The flexible cord shall be terminated with a grounding-type attachment plug.
Exception: A listed dishwasher or trash compactor distinctly marked to identify it as
protected by a system of double insulation
, or its equivalent,
shall not be required to be terminated with a grounding-type attachment plug.
(2) For a trash compactor, the length of the cord shall be 0.9 m to 1.2 m (3 ft to 4 ft)
measured from the face of the attachment plug to the plane of the rear of the
appliance.
(3) For a built-in dishwasher, the length of the cord shall be 0.9 m to 2.0 m (3 ft to 6.5 ft)
measured from the face of the attachment plug to the plane of the rear of the
appliance.
(4) Receptacles shall be located to protect against physical damage to the flexible cord.
(5) The receptacle for a trash compactor shall be located in the space occupied by the
appliance or adjacent thereto.
(6) The receptacle for a built-in dishwasher shall be located in the space adjacent to the
space occupied by the dishwasher.
(7) The receptacle shall be accessible.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:58:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In the context of dishwashers or trash compactors, it is unclear in the exception what
Statement: the equivalent to double insulation is. Since these appliances may either be protected
by grounding or double insulation, the “or its equivalent” statement in the requirement
could be deleted without affecting product design and to also avoid confusion.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
258/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 942-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.16(B)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
259/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4805-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.16(B)(4) ]
(4) Range Hoods.
Range hoods shall be permitted to be cord-and-plug-connected with a flexible cord
identified as suitable for use on range hoods in the installation instructions of the appliance
manufacturer, where all of the following conditions are met:
(1) The flexible cord is terminated with a grounding-type attachment plug.
Exception: A listed range hood distinctly marked to identify it as protected by a
system of double insulation
, or its equivalent,
shall not be required to be terminated with a grounding-type attachment plug.
(2) The length of the cord is not less than 450 mm (18 in.) and not over 1.2 m (4 ft).
(3) Receptacles are located to protect against physical damage to the flexible cord.
(4) The receptacle is accessible.
(5) The receptacle is supplied by an individual branch circuit.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 15:02:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In the context of range hoods it is unclear in the exception what the equivalent to
Statement: double insulation is. Since these appliances may either be protected by grounding or
double insulation, the “or its equivalent” statement in the requirement could be deleted
without affecting product design and to also avoid confusion.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 944-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.16(B)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
260/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4806-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.18 ]
422.18 Support of Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fans.
Ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans shall be supported independently of an outlet box or by
one of the following:
(a) listed outlet box or listed outlet box systems system identified for the use and
installed in accordance with 314.27(C)
(b) listed outlet box system, a listed locking support and mounting receptacle and a
compatible factory installed attachment fitting designed for support, identified for the use
and installed in accordance with 314 .27(E).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:17:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees to adding reference to the listed device and compatible factory
Statement: installed attachment fitting noting that this is predicated on Panel 9 retaining its
complementary First Revision (the new 314.27(E)). Made editorial revisions for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 662-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.18]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
261/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4807-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.33 ]
422.33 Disconnection of Cord-and-Plug-Connected or Attachment Fitting-Connected
Appliances.
(A) Separable Connector or an Attachment Plug (or Attachment Fitting) and Receptacle.
For cord-and-plug-(or attachment fitting) connected appliances, an accessible separable
connector or an accessible plug (or attachment fitting) and receptacle combination shall be
permitted to serve as the disconnecting means. The attachment fitting shall be a factory
installed part of the appliance and suitable for disconnection of the appliance. Where the
separable connector or plug (or attachment fitting) and receptacle combination are not
accessible, cord-and-plug-connected or attachment fitting-and-plug-connected appliances
shall be provided with disconnecting means in accordance with 422.31.
(B) Connection at the Rear Base of a Range.
For cord-and-plug-connected household electric ranges, an attachment plug and receptacle
connection at the rear base of a range, accessible from the front by removal of a drawer,
shall meet the intent of 422.33(A).
(C) Rating.
The rating of a receptacle or of a separable connector shall not be less than the rating of
any appliance connected thereto.
Exception: Demand factors authorized elsewhere in this Code shall be permitted to be
applied to the rating of a receptacle or of a separable connector.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:04:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel added reference to “attachment fitting” as a means of disconnect.
Statement: Because the attachment fitting must be suitable for the purpose of disconnection, the
proposal was amended accordingly.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 663-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.33]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
262/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4808-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 422.50 ]
422.50 Cord-and Plug-Connected Pipe Heating Assemblies.
Cord-and plug-connected pipe heating assemblies intended to prevent freezing of piping
shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:32:20 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Listing agencies do not consider a product to be listed
unless the label has actually been applied.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1251-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 422.50]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
263/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4809-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 424.39 ]
424.39 Clearance from Other Objects and Openings.
Heating elements of cables installed in ceilings shall be separated at least 200 mm (8 in.)
from the edge of outlet boxes and junction boxes that are to be used for mounting surface
luminaires. A clearance of not less than 50 mm (2 in.) shall be provided from recessed
luminaires and their trims, ventilating openings, and other such openings in room surfaces.
No heating cable shall be covered by any surface-mounted equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:50:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee As amended in the First Revision, the requirement no longer distinguishes between
Statement: the heating and non-heating conductors of heating cables. The non-heating conductors
are unnecessarily being required to be separated 8 in. from surface luminaire outlet
and junction boxes and 2 in from recessed luminaires, their trim and ventilating
openings. Such conductors are arguably no different from other current carrying
conductors that are not similarly restricted in their location.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 945-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 424.39]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
264/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4810-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 424.66(B) ]
(B) Limited Access.
Where the enclosure is located in a space above a ceiling, all of the following shall apply:
(1) The enclosure shall be accessible through a lay-in type ceiling or an access
panel(s) panels .
(2) The width of the working space shall be the width of the enclosure or a minimum of
762 mm (30 in.), whichever is greater.
(3) All doors or hinged panels shall open to at least 90 degrees.
(4) The space in front of the enclosure shall comply with the depth requirements of Table
110.26(A)(1).
(5) A horizontal ceiling T-bar and the associated lay-in ceiling tiles shall be
permitted in this space. (6) The work space shall be otherwise unobstructed to the floor by permanently
installed fixtures such as cabinets, walls or partitions. Informational Note: For additional installation information, see NFPA 90A-2015,
Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, and NFPA
90B-2015, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning
Systems.
Supplemental Information
File Name
424.66_B_SR-4810_DJG.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:58:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee As currently written this section would prohibit the occupant of the building from
Statement: installing movable items such as tables or desks in the space beneath the ceiling.
Also revised text for clarification.
The Panel would like CMP-1 to address the revisions to this requirement.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
265/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 777-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 424.66(B)]
Second Revision No. 4811-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 424.92(D) ]
(D) Labels Provided by Manufacturer.
The manufacturers of heating panels or heating panel sets shall provide marking labels that
indicate that the space-heating installation incorporates heating panels or heating panel
sets and instructions that the labels shall be affixed to the panelboards to identify which
branch circuits supply the circuits to those space-heating installations. If the heating panels
and heating panel set installations are visible and distinguishable after installation, the
labels shall not be required to be provided and affixed to the panelboards.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:26:55 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Circuit identification is already adequately addressed by 408.4(A) which requires all
Statement: circuits and circuit modifications to be marked at the panelboard by a suitable method
determined by the installer and accepted by an AHJ. There is no direction as to the
size, shape, color or placement of the label, just that the label be affixed to the
panelboard and identify the branch circuit(s). The manufacturer-supplied label rule only
applies to heating panels and heating panel sets but not to heating cables. The
electrician can provide a more complete description of the location of the heating
panel.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1623-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 424.92(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
266/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4812-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 424.99(B)(5) ]
Sections 424.99(B)(5), 424.99(B)(6)
(5) Fault GFCI Protection.
A device to open all ungrounded conductors Branch circuits supplying the heating panels
panel or heating panel sets , provided by the manufacturer, shall function when a low- or
high-resistance line-to-line, line-to-grounded conductor, or line-to-ground fault occurs, such
as the result of a penetration of the element or element assembly shall have ground-fault
circuit-interrupter protection for personnel .
(6) Grounding Braid or Sheath.
Excluding nonheating leads, grounding means, such as copper braid, metal sheath, or other
approved means, shall be provided with or as integral part of the heating panel or heating
panel set.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:36:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The requirements are being simplified to be clear that a GFCI shall be
provided in all cases.
Public Comment No. 1612-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 424.99(B)(5), 424.99(B)(6)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
267/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4813-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 425.1 ]
425.1 Scope.
This article covers fixed industrial process heating employing electric resistance or
electrode heating technology. For the purpose of this article, heating equipment shall
include boilers, electrode boilers, duct heaters, strip heaters, immersion heaters, process
air heaters, or other approved fixed electric equipment used for industrial process heating.
This article shall not apply to heating and room air conditioning for personnel spaces
covered by Article 424, fixed heating equipment for pipelines and vessels covered by
Article 427, and induction and dielectric heating equipment covered by Article 665 , and
industrial furnaces incorporating silicon carbide, molybdenum, or graphite process heating
elements .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:05:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel has been informed there is technical complexity to these heating elements
Statement: not currently being recognized by overcurrent protection requirements in Article 425.
Relevant NFPA standards that this article may apply to: NFPA 86, Standard for
Ovens and Furnaces; NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 422-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 425.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
268/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4814-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 426.54 ]
426.54 Cord-and Plug-Connected Deicing and Snow-Melting Equipment.
Cord-and plug-connected deicing and snow-melting equipment shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:25:58 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Listing agencies do not consider a product to be listed
unless the label has actually been applied.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1252-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 426.54]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
269/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3006-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 430.22(G) ]
See attached word document [430.22 (G) _3006_CD]
(G) Conductors for Small Motors.
Conductors for small motors shall not be smaller than 14 AWG unless otherwise permitted
in 430.22(G)(1) or (G)(2).
(1) 18 AWG Copper.
Where installed in a cabinet or enclosure, 18 AWG individual copper conductors, copper
conductors that are part of a jacketed multiconductor cable assembly, or copper conductors
in a flexible cord shall be permitted, under either of the following sets of conditions:
(1) The circuit supplies a motor with a full-load current rating, as determined by 430.6(A)
(1), of greater than 3.5 amperes, and less than or equal to 5 amperes, and all the
following conditions are met:
(2) The circuit is protected in accordance with 430.52 . (3) The circuit is provided with maximum Class 10 or Class 10A overload
protection in accordance with 430.32 . (4) Overcurrent protection is provided in accordance with 240.4(D)(1)(2) . (5) The circuit supplies a motor with a full-load current rating, as determined by 430.6(A)
(1), of 3.5 amperes or less, and all the following conditions are met:
(6) The circuit is protected in accordance with 430.52 . (7) The circuit is provided with maximum Class 20 overload protection in
accordance with 430.32 2. (8) Overcurrent protection is provided in accordance with 240.4(D)(1)(2) . http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
270/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) 16 AWG Copper.
Where installed in a cabinet or enclosure, 16 AWG individual copper conductors, copper
conductors that are part of a jacketed multiconductor cable assembly, or copper conductors
in a flexible cord shall be permitted under either of the following sets of conditions:
(1) The circuit supplies a motor with a full-load current rating, as determined by 430.6(A)
(1), of greater than 5.5 amperes, and less than or equal to 8 amperes, and all the
following conditions are met:
(2) The circuit is protected in accordance with 430.52 . (3) The circuit is provided with maximum Class 10 or Class 10A overload
protection in accordance with 430.32 . (4) Overcurrent protection is provided in accordance with 240.4(D)(2)(2) . (5) The circuit supplies a motor with a full-load current rating, as determined by 430.6(A)
(1), of 5.5 amperes or less, and all the following conditions are met:
(6) The circuit is protected in accordance with 430.52 . (7) The circuit is provided with maximum Class 20 overload protection in
accordance with 430.32 . (8) Overcurrent protection is provided in accordance with 240.4(D)(2)(2) . Supplemental Information
File Name
430.22_G_3006_CD.docx
Description
Revision to section 430.22(G). Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 15:00:34 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Installation concerns regarding potential damage to multiconductor cables and cords
Statement: leaving the enclosure are adequately addressed in the construction specifications,
wiring methods, and restrictions in Chapters 3 and 4. See attached word document
430.22(G)_3006_CD.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 834-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 430.22(G)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
271/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3005-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 440.10(A) ]
(A) Installation.
Motor controllers of multimotor and combination-load equipment shall not be installed where
the available fault short-circuit current exceeds its short-circuit current rating as marked in
accordance with 440.4(B).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chad Duffy
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:49:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Reject but see SR3003 which complies with the direction of the Correlating
Statement: Committee. “Fault” current is replaced by “short-circuit” current for improved clarity.
Throughout the NEC®, “fault” current can be replaced by “short-circuit” current,
without changing the intent. However, “short-circuit” current cannot be universally
changed to “fault” current without causing confusion. For example, equipment shortcircuit current rating could not be changed to equipment fault current rating without
causing much confusion. CMP 11 asks the Correlating Committee to direct all Code
Making Panels to replace “fault” current with “short-circuit” current throughout the
NEC®.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1808-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 440.8]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
272/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3617-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 445.11 ]
445.11 Marking.
Each generator shall be provided with a nameplate giving the manufacturer’s name, the
rated frequency, the number of phases if of ac, the rating in kilowatts or kilovolt-amperes,
the power factor, the normal volts and amperes corresponding to the rating, and the rated
ambient temperature or , and the rated temperature rise.
Nameplates or manufacturer's instructions shall provide the following information for all
stationary generators and portable generators rated more than 15 kW shall also give the
power factor, the subtransient and transient reactances, the maximum short-circuit current,
and the insulation system class. Stationary and portable generators shall be marked to
indicate :
(1) Subtransient, transient, synchronous and zero sequence reactances
(2) Power rating category
(3) Insulation system class
(4) Indication if the generator is protected against overload by inherent design, an
overcurrent protective relay, circuit breaker, or fuse
(5) Maximum short circuit current for inverter based generators, in lieu of the synchronious,
subtransient, and transient reactances .
Marking shall be provided by the manufacturer to indicate whether or not the generator
neutral is bonded to its frame. Where the bonding is modified in the field, additional marking
shall be required to indicate whether the neutral is bonded to the frame.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 15:00:30 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee “Power factor” has been relocated to the first paragraph of section 445.11 since it is
Statement: common practice to mark this information on generators of all sizes.
Changes were accepted in the second paragraph to allow certain gen-set information
to be placed in the manufacturer’s instructions rather than the nameplate. “Synchronous” and “zero sequence” have been added to reactances since this
information is also needed when modeling electrical systems.
The term “time-rating” was removed during the first draft stage but has been reinserted
and renamed to “power rating category”. This change is necessary to clarify if the genhttp://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
273/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
set is intended for Prime, Continuous, Limited Time Running, or Emergency Standby
Power use.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 252-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.11]
Public Comment No. 325-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.11]
Public Comment No. 508-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.11]
Public Comment No. 1215-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.11]
Second Revision No. 3618-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 445.13(B) ]
(B) Overcurrent Protection Provided.
Where the generator set is equipped with a listed overcurrent protective device , including
or a combination of a current transformer and overcurrent relay, conductors shall be
permitted to be tapped from the load side of the protected terminals in accordance with
240.21(B).
Tapped conductors shall not be permitted for portable generators rated 15 kw or less where
field wiring connection terminals are not accessble.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 15:17:28 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Field wiring connection points are not typically provided on portable generators rated
Statement: 15 kW or less. These products are typically cord- and plug-connected. Editorial revisions are made for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 509-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.13(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
274/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3614-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 445.14 ]
445.14 Protection of Live Parts.
Live parts of generators operated at more than 50 volts AC or 60 volts DC to ground shall
not be exposed to accidental contact where accessible to unqualified persons.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:15:48 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In response to Public Comment 1063, changes were made to certain sections under
Statement: Panel 13’s purview to correlate with the use of the terms 50 volts AC and 60 volts
DC.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
275/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3619-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 445.18(A) ]
(A) Disconnecting Means.
Generators other than cord- and plug-connected portable shall have one or more
disconnecting means that . Each disconnecting means shall simultaneously disconnect
all its associated ungrounded conductors. Each disconnecting means shall be lockable in
the open position in accordance with 110.25.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 15:23:52 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee 445.18(A) has been revised to clarify that when multiple disconnects are installed on
Statement: a gen-set each disconnect is only required to open its own specific set of ungrounded
conductors. Interlocking is not required.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 784-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.18(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
276/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3620-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 445.18(B) ]
(B) Shutdown of Prime Mover.
Generators shall have provisions to shut down the prime mover. The means of shutdown
shall comply with all of the following :
(1) Be equipped with provisions to disable all prime mover start control circuits to render
the prime mover incapable of starting
(2) Initiate a shutdown mechanism that requires a mechanical reset
The provisions to shut down the prime mover shall be permitted to satisfy the requirements
of 445.18(A) where it is capable of being locked in the open position in accordance with
110.25.
Generators with greater than 15 kW rating shall be provided with an additional requirement
means to shut down the prime mover. The This additional shutdown means shall be
located outside the equipment room or generator weatherproof housing enclosure.The
requirement in 445.18(B) shall be permitted to satisfy enclosure and shall also meet the
requirements of 445.18( A) where it is capable of being locked in the open position in
accordance with 110.25 . B)(1) and (B)(2).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 15:55:46 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision clarifies that the general provisions to shut down the prime mover may
Statement: satisfy the requirements in 445.18(A) under the given conditions. The additional
means located outside the equipment room is modified to meet the requirements of
445.18(B)(1) and (B)(2).
Not all generator enclosures are weatherproof so this portion of the requirement has
been removed. Editorial revisions were made for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1200-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.18(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
277/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3621-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 445.20 ]
445.20 Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection for Receptacles on 15-kW or Smaller
Portable Generators.
All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle Receptacle outlets that are a part
of a 15-kW or smaller portable generator either shall have listed ground-fault circuitinterrupter protection (GFCI) for personnel integral to the generator or receptacle ; or shall
not be as indicated in either (A) or (B):
(A) Unbonded (Floating Neutral) Generators. Unbonded generators with both 125-volt and
125/250-volt receptacle outlets shall have listed GFCI protection for personnel, integral to
the generator or receptacle, on all 125-volt, 15 and 20-ampere receptacle outlets.
Exception: GFCI protection shall not be required where the 125-volt receptacle outlets(s)
are interlocked such that they are not available for use when the any 125/250-volt
receptacle is (s) are in use. If the generator does not have a 125/250-volt receptacle, the
requirement to disable the 125-volt, single-phase, 15(B) Bonded Neutral Generators. Bonded generators shall be provided with GFCI protection
on all 125-volt, 15 and 20-ampere receptacle outlets shall not apply.
Exception
.
Informational Note: Refer to 590.6(A)(3) for GFCI requirements for 15-kW or smaller
portable generators used for temporary electric power and lighting.
Exception to (A) and (B) : If the generator was manufactured or remanufactured prior to
January 1, 2015, listed cord sets or devices incorporating listed ground-fault circuitinterrupter protection for personnel identified for portable use shall be permitted.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:49:40 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee It is necessary to separate the requirements for both bonded and unbonded
Statement: generators. The requirements are different. Clarity is provided in new first level
subdivision (A) to clearly require GFCI's at 125v, 15 and 20 amp only where both
125v and 125/250v receptacles exist on the generator. The exception for GFCI's at
125v is maintained for unbonded generators that are interlocked to disable the 125v
receptacles when the 125/250v receptacles are in use. Clarity is provided in (B) to
require that 125v, 15/20 amp receptacles outlets in bonded generators are always
required to be GFCI protected. The present text misses that and has been corrected.
The new informational note provides clarity by referring the code user to Article 590
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
278/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
for generators used in temporary power under the purview of Article 590. The
exception is editorially modified to apply to both first level subdivisions.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 956-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 445.20]
Second Revision No. 2414-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 450.21(B) ]
(B) Over 112 1∕2 kVA.
Individual dry-type transformers of more than 112 1∕2 kVA rating shall be installed in a
transformer room of fire-resistant construction. Unless specified otherwise in this article,
the term fire resistant means a construction having a minimum fire rating of 1 hour.
Exception No. 1: Transformers with Class 155 or higher insulation systems and
separated from combustible material by a fire-resistant, heat-insulating barrier or by not
less than 1.83 m (6 ft) horizontally and 3.7 m (12 ft) vertically.
Exception No. 2: Transformers with Class 155 or higher insulation systems and
completely enclosed except for ventilating openings.
Informational Note: See ANSI/ASTM E119-2012a 15 , Method for Fire Tests of
Building Construction and Materials.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:42:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This Informational Note is updated to reflect the latest version and title of the
standard being referenced.
Public Comment No. 803-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 450.21(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
279/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2415-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 450.23(B) ]
[ NOTE TO EDITORIAL-Please make sure ( 2) is not part of informational note but is
parallel to (1) Each item has two notes and each should be numbered 1 and 2 (not 14)]
( B) Outdoor Installations.
Less-flammable liquid-filled transformers shall be permitted to be installed outdoors,
attached to, adjacent to, or on the roof of buildings, where installed in accordance with
450.27 (1) or (2).
(1) For Type I and Type II buildings, the installation shall comply with all the restrictions
provided for in the listing of the liquid .
Informational Note No. 1: Installations adjacent to combustible material, fire
escapes, or door and window openings may require additional safeguards such as
those listed in 450.27.
Informational Note No. 2: Such restrictions may include, but are not limited to: .
maximum pressure of the tank, use of a pressure relief valve, appropriate fuse
types, and proper sizing of overcurrent protection.
(2) In accordance with 450.27
Informational Note No. 3 1 : As used in this section, Type I and Type II buildings
refers to Type I and Type II building construction as defined in NFPA 220-2015,
Standard on Types of Building Construction. Combustible materials refers to those
materials not classified as noncombustible or limited-combustible as defined in
NFPA 220-2015, Standard on Types of Building Construction.
Informational Note No. 4 2 : See definition of Listed in Article 100.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:54:33 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel statement on the First Draft ballot was in error, as it recapitulates the
Statement: original substantiation of PI 4666 and is not the statement voted by the panel. Based
on comments submitted by CMP members during the Balloting, the correct statement
is as follows: “Transformer fluids are evaluated in accordance with the Standard for Test for
Comparative Flammability of Liquids, UL 340. These liquids are evaluated for
characteristics such as Flash Point, Fire Point and Dielectric Strength. Many of these
liquids also have restrictions, such as maximum tank pressure, use of pressure relief
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
280/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
valves, appropriate fuse types and proper sizing of overcurrent protection, which
should be part of the installation considerations.” Additionally, the First Revision that is noted in the record has incorrectly
renumbered/reformatted this Subsection. This change in the Second Draft restores
the work done by Panel 9 at the First Draft meeting. This revision also addresses the comments from the Correlating Committee
expressed in PC #429.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 429-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 450.23(B)]
Public Comment No. 1803-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 450.23(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
281/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2416-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 450.42 ]
450.42 Walls, Roofs, and Floors.
The walls and roofs of vaults shall be constructed of materials that have approved
structural strength for the conditions with a minimum fire resistance of 3 hours. The floors
of vaults in contact with the earth shall be of concrete that is not less than 100 mm (4 in.)
thick, but, where the vault is constructed with a vacant space or other stories below it, the
floor shall have approved structural strength for the load imposed thereon and a minimum
fire resistance of 3 hours. For the purposes of this section, studs and wallboard
construction shall not be permitted.
Exception: Where transformers are protected with automatic sprinkler, water spray,
carbon dioxide, or halon, construction of 1-hour rating shall be permitted.
Informational Note No. 1: For additional information, see ANSI/ASTM E1192012a 15 , Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
Informational Note No. 2: A typical 3-hour construction is 150 mm (6 in.) thick
reinforced concrete.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 12:56:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This Informational Note is updated to reflect the latest version and title of the
standard being referenced.
Public Comment No. 804-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 450.42]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
282/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3628-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 480.1 ]
480.1 Scope.
This article applies to all stationary installations of storage batteries.
Informational Note: The following standards are frequently referenced for the
installation of stationary batteries:
(1) IEEE 484-2008 , Recommended Practice for Installation Design and
Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
(2) IEEE 485-1997 , Recommended Practice for Sizing Vented Lead-Acid Storage
Batteries for Stationary Applications
(3) IEEE 1145-2007 , Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
(4) IEEE 1187-2002 , Recommended Practice for Installation Design, and
Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
(5) IEEE 1375-1996 (Rev. 2003) , IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary
Battery Systems
(6) IEEE 1578-2007 , Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte
Spill Containment and Management
(7) IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21-2012 , Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal
Management of Batteries for Stationary Battery Installations Applications
(8) UL 1973, UL Standard for Safety Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail (LER)
Applications and Stationary Applications
(9) UL Subject 2436, Outline of Investigation for Spill Containment for Stationary
Lead Acid Battery Systems
(10) UL 1989, UL Standard for Safety Standby Batteries
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 15:30:29 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The documents referenced within the informational note provide common resources
Statement: for stationary battery systems. The document titles were corrected and the inclusion
of a particular edition or publication date for these documents is removed since the
applicability of this information is determined by the user.
Response
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
283/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Message:
Public Comment No. 167-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 480.1]
Second Revision No. 3629-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 480.2 ]
480.3 Equipment.
Storage batteries and battery management equipment shall be listed. This requirement shall
not apply to lead-acid batteries.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:36:25 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision recognizes the need for third party evaluation of storage batteries and
Statement: battery management equipment. This is necessary to provide the installer, maintainer,
and AHJ with necessary information and instructions for safe application of storage
batteries.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1490-NFPA 70-2015 [New Definition after Definition: Terminal.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
284/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3615-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 480.5 ]
480.5 Overcurrent Protection for Prime Movers.
Overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from a battery with a nominal
voltage of 50 60 volts DC or less if the battery provides power for starting, ignition, or
control of prime movers. Section 300.3 shall not apply to these conductors.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:16:54 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In response to Public Comment 1063, changes were made to certain sections under
Statement: Panel 13’s purview to correlate with the use of the terms 50 volts AC and 60 volts
DC.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
285/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3616-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 480.6(A) ]
(A) Disconnecting Means.
A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from a
stationary battery system with a nominal voltage over 50 60 volts DC . A disconnecting
means shall be readily accessible and located within sight of the battery system.
Informational Note: See 240.21(H) for information on the location of the overcurrent
device for battery conductors.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 14:17:56 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In response to Public Comment 1063, changes were made to certain sections under
Statement: Panel 13’s purview to correlate with the use of the terms 50 volts AC and 60 volts
DC.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
286/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3630-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 480.6(D) ]
(D) Notification.
The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the marking shall
be placed in a conspicuous location near the battery if a disconnecting means is not
provided. The marking shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved
and shall include the following:
(1) Nominal battery voltage
(2) Maximum available fault available short-circuit current derived from the stationary
battery system
(3) Date the fault the short-circuit current calculation was performed
(4) The battery disconnecting means shall be marked in accordance with 110.16.
Informational Note No. 1: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information about
short-circuit current on any particular battery model.
Informational Note No. 2: The available fault short -circuit current marking(s)
addressed in 480.6(D)(2) is related to required short circuit current ratings of
equipment. NFPA 70E-2015, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace,
provides assistance in determining the severity of potential exposure, planning safe
work practices, and selecting personal protective equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:42:44 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: CMP 13 agrees that the term short-circuit current is appropriate.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1421-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 480.6(D)]
Public Comment No. 1476-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 480.6(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
287/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2417-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 490.1 ]
490.1 Scope.
This article covers the general requirements for equipment operating at more than 1000
volts, nominal.
Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 70E-2015, Standard for Electrical Safety in the
Workplace, for electrical safety requirements for employee workplaces.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information on hazard signs and labels, see
ANSI Z535.4-1998 2011 , Product Signs and Safety Labels.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:05:18 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This Informational Note is updated to reflect the latest version and title of the
standard being referenced.
Public Comment No. 207-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 490.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
288/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 2418-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 490.30 ]
490.30 General.
Part III covers assemblies of switchgear and industrial control equipment including, but not
limited to, switches and interrupting devices and their control, metering, protection, and
regulating equipment where they are an integral part of the assembly, with associated
interconnections and supporting structures. Part III also includes switchgear assemblies
that form a part of unit substations, power centers, or similar equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Nancy Pearce
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:07:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The last sentence in 490.30 is redundant. The requirements in Part III apply as noted
Statement: in the first sentence, and should not be modified for substations, power centers, or
similar equipment of any design.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1369-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 490.30]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
289/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3916-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 500.5(A) ]
(A) General.
Locations shall be classified depending on the properties of the flammable gas, flammable
liquid–produced vapor, combustible liquid–produced vapors, combustible dusts, or
fibers/flyings that may be present, and the likelihood that a flammable or combustible
concentration or quantity is present. Each room, section, or area shall be considered
individually in determining its classification. Where pyrophoric materials are the only
materials used or handled, these locations are outside the scope of this article.
Informational Note No. 1: Through the exercise of ingenuity in the layout of electrical
installations for hazardous (classified) locations, it is frequently possible to locate
much of the equipment in a reduced level of classification or in an unclassified
location and, thus, to reduce the amount of special equipment required.
Refrigerant machinery rooms containing ammonia refrigeration systems that are equipped
with adequate mechanical ventilation that operates continuously or is initiated by a
detection system that alarms at 1000 ppm may be classified as “unclassified”
locations.Rooms and refrigerated areas containing ammonia refrigeration systems that are
equipped with adequate mechanical ventilation that operates continuously or is initiated by
a detection system that alarms at 1000 ppm may be a concentration not exceeding 150
ppm shall be permitted to be classified as “unclassified” locations.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information regarding classification and
ventilation of areas involving closed circuit ammonia refrigeration systems , see
ANSI/ASHRAE 15-2013, Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems and ANSI/IIAR
2 – 2014, Standard for Safe Design of Closed-Circuit Ammonia Refrigeration
Systems .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:14:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This change will correlate the NEC® with applicable ANSI standards that govern
Statement: ammonia refrigeration systems, ANSI/IIAR 2 and ANSI/ASHRAE 15. Ammonia
refrigeration machinery rooms are always required by these standards to have leak
detection and ventilation systems and are designated as unclassified locations based
on these mitigations. The NEC® is therefore being updated to reflect IIAR 2’s more
restrictive 150 ppm ventilation trigger. Other areas where ammonia refrigeration
equipment may be present, such as freezers, may have detection, alarms, ventilation
or other mitigation measures approved by the AHJ, in accordance with
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 and ANSI/IIAR 2 as a basis of assigning an unclassified area
designation. The provisions in these standards are too lengthy to warrant duplication
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
290/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
in the NEC® for such a special situation. Informational Note 2 provides an appropriate
pointer directing NEC® users to ANSI/ASHRAE 15 and ANSI/IIAR 2 for guidance,
and these are legally mandated reference standards in adopted fire and mechanical
codes.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1580-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 500.5(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
291/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3920-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 500.8(E)(1) ]
(1) Equipment Provided with Threaded Entries for NPT-Threaded Conduit or Fittings.
For equipment provided with threaded entries for NPT-threaded conduit or fittings, listed
conduit, listed conduit fittings, or listed cable fittings shall be used. All NPT-threaded
conduit and fittings shall be threaded with a National (American) Standard Pipe Taper
(NPT) thread.
NPT-threaded entries into explosionproof equipment shall be made up with at least five
threads fully engaged.
Exception: For listed explosionproof equipment, joints with factory-threaded NPT entries
shall be made up with at least four and one-half threads fully engaged.
Informational Note No. 1: Thread specifications for male NPT threads are located in
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983 2013 , Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).
Informational Note No. 2: Female NPT-threaded entries use a modified National
Standard Pipe Taper (NPT) thread with thread form per ANSI/ASME B1.20.11983 2013 , Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch). See ANSI/UL 1203-2009,
Explosionproof and Dust-Ignition-Proof Electrical Equipment for Use in Hazardous
(Classified) Locations.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 14:06:05 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The standard reference is correct as published in the First Draft Report. ASME B
1.20.1 – 2013 is an ANSI approved standard.
Public Comment No. 307-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 500.8(E)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
292/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3921-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 500.8(E)(2) ]
(2) Equipment Provided with Threaded Entries for Metric-Threaded Fittings.
For equipment with metric-threaded entries, listed conduit fittings or listed cable fittings
shall be used. Such entries shall be identified as being metric, or listed adapters to permit
connection to conduit or NPT-threaded fittings shall be provided with the equipment and
shall be used for connection to conduit or NPT-threaded fittings.
Metric-threaded fittings installed into explosionproof equipment shall have a class of fit of at
least 6g/6H and shall be made up with at least five threads fully engaged and wrenchtight .
Informational Note: Threading specifications for metric-threaded entries are located
in ISO 965-1-2013, ISO general purpose metric screw threads — Tolerances — Part
1: Principles and basic data, and ISO 965-3-1998, ISO general purpose metric screw
threads — Tolerances — Part 3: Deviations for constructional screw threads.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 14:11:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The requirement to be wrenchtight is already contained in 500.8(E).
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 567-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 500.8(E)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
293/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3902-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.10(A)(1) ]
(1) General.
In Class I, Division 1 locations, the wiring methods in (a) through (f) shall be permitted.
(a) Threaded rigid metal conduit or threaded steel intermediate metal conduit.
Exception: Type PVC conduit,Type RTRC conduit, and Type HDPE conduit shall be
permitted where encased in a concrete envelope a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) thick and
provided with not less than 600 mm (24 in.) of cover measured from the top of the conduit
to grade. The concrete encasement shall be permitted to be omitted where subject to the
provisions of 514.8, Exception No. 2, or515.8(A). Threaded rigid metal conduit or
threaded steel intermediate metal conduit shall be used for the last 600 mm (24 in.) of the
underground run to emergence or to the point of connection to the aboveground raceway.
An equipment grounding conductor shall be included to provide for electrical continuity of
the raceway system and for grounding of non–current-carrying metal parts.
(b) Type MI cable terminated with fittings listed for the location. Type MI cable shall be
installed and supported in a manner to avoid tensile stress at the termination fittings.
(c) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation,
Type MC-HL cable listed for use in Class I, Zone 1 or Division 1 locations, with a
gas/vaportight continuous corrugated metallic sheath, an overall jacket of suitable
polymeric material, and a separate equipment grounding conductor(s) in accordance with
250.122, and terminated with fittings listed for the application.
Type MC-HL cable shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 330, Part
II.
(d) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation,
Type ITC-HL cable listed for use in Class I, Zone 1 or Division 1 locations, with a
gas/vaportight continuous corrugated metallic sheath and an overall jacket of suitable
polymeric material, and terminated with fittings listed for the application, and installed in
accordance with the provisions of Article 727.
(e) Optical fiber cable Types OFNP, OFCP, OFNR, OFCR, OFNG, OFCG, OFN, and OFC
shall be permitted to be installed in raceways in accordance with 501.10(A). These optical
fiber cables shall be sealed in accordance with 501.15.
(f) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation, for
applications limited to 600 volts, nominal, or less, and where protected from damage by
location or a suitable guard, listed Type TC-ER-HL cable with an overall jacket and a
separate equipment grounding conductor(s) in accordance with 250.122 that is terminated
with fittings listed for the location. Type TC-ER-HL cables shall be installed in accordance
with the provisions of Article 336.10, including the restrictions of 336.10(7).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
294/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 16:03:56 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The word "article" has been deleted in accordance with the style manual.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
295/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3901-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.10(B)(1) ]
(1) General.
In Class I, Division 2 locations, all wiring methods permitted in 501.10(A) and the following
wiring methods shall be permitted:
(1) Rigid metal conduit (RMC) and intermediate metal conduit (IMC) with listed
threadless fittings.
(2) Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) with listed fittings. (3) Enclosed gasketed busways and enclosed gasketed wireways.
(4) Type PLTC and Type PLTC-ER cable in accordance with the provisions of Article
725, including installation in cable tray systems. The cable shall be terminated with
listed fittings.
(5) Type ITC and Type ITC-ER cable as permitted in 727.4 and terminated with listed
fittings.
(6) Type MC, MV, TC, or TC-ER cable, including installation in cable tray systems. The
cable shall be terminated with listed fittings.
(7) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the
installation and where metallic conduit does not provide sufficient corrosion
resistance, listed reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), factory elbows, and
associated fittings, all marked with the suffix -XW, and Schedule 80 PVC conduit,
factory elbows, and associated fittings shall be permitted. (8) Optical fiber cable Types OFNP, OFCP, OFNR, OFCR, OFNG, OFCG, OFN, and
OFC shall be permitted to be installed in cable trays or any other raceway in
accordance with 501.10(B). Optical fiber cables shall be sealed in accordance with
501.15.
(9) Cablebus.
Where seals are required for boundary conditions as defined in 501.15(A)(4), the Division 1
wiring method shall extend into the Division 2 area to the seal, which shall be located on
the Division 2 side of the Division 1–Division 2 boundary.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 15:51:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Support requirements in 358.30 are not sufficient to prevent loss of grounding path in
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
296/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Statement: threadless couplings when located in Class I, Division 2 areas where uncontrolled
arcing becomes an ignition source under fault conditions.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1061-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.10(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 912-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.10(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 564-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.10(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
297/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3922-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.15(A)(1) ]
** See attached Word Document [CMP14_SR3922_DV]**
(1) Entering Enclosures.
Each conduit entry into an explosionproof enclosure shall have a conduit seal where either
of the following conditions applies:
(1) The enclosure contains apparatus, such as switches, circuit breakers, fuses, relays,
or resistors, that may produce arcs, sparks, or temperatures that exceed 80 percent
of the autoignition temperature, in degrees Celsius, of the gas or vapor involved in
normal operation.
Exception: Seals shall not be required for conduit entering an enclosure under any
one of the following conditions:
(2) The switch, circuit breaker, fuse, relay, or resistor is enclosed within a
chamber hermetically sealed against the entrance of gases or vapors. (3) The switch, circuit breaker, fuse, relay, or resistor is immersed in oil in
accordance with 501.115(B)(1)(2) . (4) The switch, circuit breaker, fuse, relay, or resistor is enclosed within
a factory-sealed explosionproof chamber located within the
a.
an enclosure, identified for the location, and marked “Leads Factory Sealed”,
or “factory sealed” or “Seal not Required”, or equivalent.
b.
The switch, circuit breaker, fuse, relay, or resistor is part of a nonincendive
circuit. (5) The entry is metric designator 53 (trade size 2) or larger, and the enclosure contains
terminals, splices, or taps.
Factory-sealed enclosures An enclosure, identified for the location, and marked “Leads
Factory Sealed”, or “factory sealed” , or “Seal not Required”, or equivalent shall not be
considered to serve as a seal for another adjacent explosionproof enclosure that is required
to have a conduit seal.
Conduit seals shall be installed within 450 mm (18 in.) from the enclosure or as required by
the enclosure marking. Only explosionproof unions, couplings, reducers, elbows, and
capped elbows that are not larger than the trade size of the conduit shall be permitted
between the sealing fitting and the explosionproof enclosure.
Supplemental Information
File Name
CMP14_SR3922_DV.docx
Description
Correct legislative mark up **STAFF USE ONLY** http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
298/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:00:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The exception in 501.15(A)(1), Exception, item (c) was confusing and not clear that
Statement: the users of the code should be looking for markings on identified equipment to
confirm if a conduit seal is needed. The revised text clarifies what should be done. A
definition for factory sealed equipment is thus not needed and adds no additional
value.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 214-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 500.7(J)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
299/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3925-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.105(A)(2) ]
(2) Connections.
To facilitate replacement in industrial establishments with restricted public access, where
the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service
the installation, and where the cable is not subject to physical damage, meters,
instruments, and relays shall be permitted to be connected through Type TC-ER-HL cable
by means of attachment plugs and receptacles, provided that all of the following conditions
apply are met :
(1) Attachment plug and receptacle is listed for use in Class I, Division 1 locations and
for use with TC-ER-HL cable.
(2) The attachment plug and receptacle is interlocked mechanically or electrically, or
otherwise designed so that they cannot be separated when the contacts are energized
and the contacts cannot be energized when the plug and socket outlet are separated.
(3) Type TC-ER-HL cable is listed for use in Class I, Division 1 locations.
(4) Type TC-ER-HL cable is installed in accordance with the provisions of Article
336.10 , including the restrictions of 336.10(7).
(5) Only necessary receptacles are provided. Receptacles that comply with the
requirements in 406.4(F)
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:29:36 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee List item (5) was not enforceable and was removed. New item (5) was added to
Statement: clarify that receptacles shall not be interchangeable among different voltage levels.
List item (4) was revised to comply with the NEC Style Manual.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1642-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.105(A)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
300/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3926-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.105(B)(6) ]
**See Attached Word Document [CMP14_SR3926_DV]**
(6) Connections.
To facilitate replacements, process control instruments shall be permitted to be connected
through flexible cord, listed Type TC-ER cable, or Type TC-ER-HL cable, by means of
attachment plug and receptacle, provided that all of the following conditions apply:
(1) Attachment plug and receptacle are listed for use in Class I, Division 2 locations and
for use with flexible cords, Type TC-ER cable or Type TC-ER-HL cable as applicable,
and shall be of the locking and grounding type.
Exception: A Class I, Division 2 listing is not required if the circuit is nonincendive
field wiring.
(2) Unless the attachment plug and receptacle are interlocked mechanically or
electrically, or otherwise designed so that they cannot be separated when the
contacts are energized and the contacts cannot be energized when the plug and
socket outlet are separated, a switch complying with 501.105(B)(2) is provided so
that the attachment plug or receptacle is not depended on to interrupt current.
Exception: The switch is not required if the circuit is nonincendive field wiring.
(3) The flexible cord does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft)and is of a type listed for extra-hard
usage or for hard usage if protected by location, if applicable .
(4) Type TC-ER cable or Type TC-ER-HL cable is installed in accordance with the
provisions of Article 336 , including the restrictions of 336.10(7), if applicable.
(5) Only necessary receptacles are provided.
(6) Unless the attachment plug and receptacle are interlocked mechanically or
electrically, or otherwise designed so that they cannot be separated when the
contacts are energized and the contacts cannot be energized when the plug and
socket outlet are separated, the instrumentation receptacle carries a label warning
against plugging or unplugging under load The circcuit has a maximum current of 3
amps .
Supplemental Information
File Name
CMP14_SR3926_DV.docx
Description
Correct revision of 501.105(B)(6) **STAFF USE ONLY** Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
301/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 18:12:36 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The section was rewritten to clarify the requirements. The request to remove the
Statement: requirement for a warning label was rejected as there was inadequate substantiation
in the comment. The limit for the circuit amperage was restored. List item (5) was not
enforceable and was removed. New item (5) was added to clarify that receptacles
shall not be interchangeable among different voltage levels.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1062-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.105(B)(6)]
Public Comment No. 1340-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.105(B)(6)]
Public Comment No. 1674-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.105(B)(6)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
302/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3923-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.115(B)(1) ]
(1) Type Required.
Circuit breakers, motor controllers, and switches intended to interrupt current in the normal
performance of the function for which they are installed shall be provided with enclosures
identified for Class I, Division 1 locations in accordance with 501.105(A), unless generalpurpose enclosures are provided and any of the following apply:
(1) The interruption of current occurs within a chamber hermetically sealed against the
entrance of gases and vapors.
(2) The current make-and-break contacts are oil-immersed and of the general-purpose
type having a 50-mm (2-in.) minimum immersion for power contacts and a 25-mm (1in.) minimum immersion for control contacts.
(3) The interruption of current occurs within a factory-sealed explosionproof chamber an
enclosure, identified for the location, and marked “Leads Factory Sealed”, or “factory
sealed” , or “Seal not Required”, or equivalent .
(4) The device is a solid state, switching control without contacts, where the surface
temperature does not exceed 80 percent of the autoignition temperature in degrees
Celsius of the gas or vapor involved.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:10:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirements in 501.115(B)(1)(3) were clarified. Users of the code should be
Statement: looking for markings on identified equipment to confirm if the equipment is factory
sealed. The revised text clarifies what should be done. A definition for factory sealed
equipment is thus not needed and adds no additional value. This corresponds to the
action taken on PC #214.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
303/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3927-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 501.125(B) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
304/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Class I, Division 2.
In Class I, Division 2 locations, motors, generators, and other rotating electrical machinery
shall comply with the following: (1), (2) or (3). They shall also comply with (4) and (5), if
applicable.
(1) Be identified for Class I, Division 2 locations, or
(2) Be identified for Class I, Division 1 locations where sliding contacts, centrifugal or
other types of switching mechanism (including motor overcurrent, overloading, and
overtemperature devices), or integral resistance devices, either while starting or while
running, are employed, or
(3) Be open or nonexplosionproof enclosed motors, such as squirrel-cage induction
motors without brushes, switching mechanisms, or similar arc-producing devices that
are not identified for use in a Class I, Division 2 location.
(4) The exposed surface of space heaters used to prevent condensation of moisture
during shutdown periods shall not exceed 80 percent of the autoignition temperature in
degrees Celsius of the gas or vapor involved when operated at rated voltage, and the
maximum space heater surface temperature [based on a 40°C or higher marked
ambient] shall be permanently marked on a visible nameplate mounted on the motor.
Otherwise, space heaters shall be identified for Class I, Division 2 locations.
(5) A sliding contact shaft bonding device used for the purpose of maintaining the rotor at
ground potential, shall be permitted where the potential discharge energy is
determined to be nonincendive for the application. The shaft bonding device shall be
permitted to be installed on the inside or the outside of the motor.
Informational Note No. 1: It is important to consider the temperature of internal and
external surfaces that may be exposed to the flammable atmosphere.
Informational Note No. 2: It is important to consider the risk of ignition due to
currents arcing across discontinuities and overheating of parts in multisection
enclosures of large motors and generators. Such motors and generators may need
equipotential bonding jumpers across joints in the enclosure and from enclosure to
ground. Where the presence of ignitible gases or vapors is suspected, clean-air
purging may be needed immediately prior to and during start-up periods.
Informational Note No. 3: For further information on the application of electric motors
in Class I, Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations, see IEEE 1349-2011, IEEE
Guide for the Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone
2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations.
Informational Note No. 4: Reciprocating engine-driven generators, compressors, and
other equipment installed in Class I, Division 2 locations may present a risk of
ignition of flammable materials associated with fuel, starting, compression, and so
forth, due to inadvertent release or equipment malfunction by the engine ignition
system and controls. For further information on the requirements for ignition systems
for reciprocating engines installed in Class I, Division 2 hazardous (classified)
locations, see ANSI/UL 122001-2004 2014 , General Requirements for Electrical
Ignition Systems for Internal Combustion Engines in Class I, Division 2 or Zone 2,
Hazardous (Classified) Locations.
Informational Note No. 5: For details of the evaluation process to determine
incendivity, refer to Annex A and Figure A1 of UL SU1836 1836 -2014 , Outline of
Investigation for Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Class I, Division 2,
Class I, Zone 2, Class II, Division 2 and Zone 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
305/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Organization:
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
[ Not Specified ]
Tue Nov 10 19:26:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This section has been rewritten to clarify the requirements at the direction of the
Statement: Correlating Committee. Updated standards references to the applicable editions
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 117-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.125(B)]
Public Comment No. 1804-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 501.125(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
306/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3928-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 502.125(B) ]
(B) Class II, Division 2.
In Class II, Division 2 locations, motors, generators, and other rotating electrical equipment
shall be totally enclosed nonventilated, totally enclosed pipe-ventilated, totally enclosed
water-air-cooled, totally enclosed fan-cooled, or dust-ignitionproof, for which maximum fullload external temperature shall be in accordance with 500.8(D)(2) for normal operation
when operating in free air (not dust blanketed) and shall have no external openings.
Exception: If the authority having jurisdiction believes accumulations of nonconductive,
nonabrasive dust will be moderate and if machines can be easily reached for routine
cleaning and maintenance, the following shall be permitted to be installed:
(1) Standard open-type machines without sliding contacts, centrifugal or other types of
switching mechanism (including motor overcurrent, overloading, and
overtemperature devices), or integral resistance devices
(2) Standard open-type machines with such contacts, switching mechanisms, or
resistance devices enclosed within dusttight housings without ventilating or other
openings
(3) Self-cleaning textile motors of the squirrel-cage type
(4) Sealed bearings, bearing isolators and seals.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 19:53:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Suitable means for sealing external openings have been addressed by the addition of
Statement: list item (4) to the exception. The panel does not agree with the PC-1406 language
that provides examples as to what are external openings, as these examples are not
all inclusive.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1406-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 502.125(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
307/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3917-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 505.2 ]
** See attached word document [CMP14_SR3917_DV]**
505.2 Definitions.
Encapsulation “ m” .
Type of protection where electrical parts that could ignite an explosive atmosphere by
either sparking or heating are enclosed in a compound in such a way that this explosive
atmosphere cannot be ignited.
Informational Note No. 1: See ANSI/ ISA-60079-18 (12.23.01)-2009 -2012 ,
Explosive atmospheres — Part 18: Equipment protection by encapsulation “m”; and
ANSI/UL 60079-18-2009, Explosive atmospheres — Part 18: Equipment protection
by encapsulation “m.”
Informational Note No. 2: Encapsulation is designated type of protection “ma” for
use in Zone 0 locations. Encapsulation is designated type of protection “m” or “mb”
for use in Zone 1 locations. Encapsulation is designated type of protection “mc” for
use in Zone 2 locations.
Flameproof “ d” . Type of protection where the enclosure will withstand an internal explosion of a flammable
mixture that has penetrated into the interior, without suffering damage and without causing
ignition, through any joints or structural openings in the enclosure, of an external explosive
gas atmosphere consisting of one or more of the gases or vapors for which it is designed.
Informational Note: See ANSI/ ISA-60079-1 (12.22.01) -2009, Explosive
Atmospheres, Part 1: Equipment protection by flameproof enclosures “ d” ;
and ANSI/UL 60079-1-2009, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas
Atmospheres — Part 1: Flameproof Enclosures “ d.”
Increased Safety “ e” . Type of protection applied to electrical equipment that does not produce arcs or sparks in
normal service and under specified abnormal conditions, in which additional measures are
applied so as to give increased security against the possibility of excessive temperatures
and of the occurrence of arcs and sparks. Informational Note: See ANSI/ ISA-60079-7 (12.16.01)-2008 -2013 , Explosive
Atmospheres— Part 7: Equipment protection by increased safety “ e” ; and
ANSI/UL 60079-7–2008, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres
— Part 7: Increased Safety “ e.”
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
308/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Intrinsic Safety “ i” . Type of protection where any spark or thermal effect is incapable of causing ignition of a
mixture of flammable or combustible material in air under prescribed test conditions. Informational Note No. 1: See ANSI/ UL 913- 2006 2015 , Intrinsically Safe
Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, and III, Hazardous
Locations; ANSI/ Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations ; ISA-60079-11
(12.02.01)-2011, Explosive Atmospheres— Part 11: Equipment protection by
intrinsic safety “ i” ; and ANSI/UL 60079-11- 2011 , Explosive Atmospheres—
Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “ i.”
Informational Note No. 2: Intrinsic safety is designated type of protection “ia” for
use in Zone 0 locations. Intrinsic safety is designated type of protection “ib” for use
in Zone 1 locations. Intrinsic safety is designated type of protection “ic” for use in
Zone 2 locations. Informational Note No. 3: Intrinsically safe associated apparatus, designated by
[ia], [ib], or [ic], is connected to intrinsically safe apparatus (“ia,” “ib,” or “ic,”
respectively) but is located outside the hazardous (classified) location unless also
protected by another type of protection (such as flameproof). Oil Immersion “ o” . Type of protection where electrical equipment is immersed in a protective liquid in such a
way that an explosive atmosphere that may be above the liquid or outside the enclosure
cannot be ignited. Informational Note: See ANSI/ISA-60079-6 (12.00.05) -2009, Explosive
Atmospheres— Part 6: Equipment protection by oil immersion “ o” ; and
ANSI/UL 60079-6-2009, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres
— Part 6: Oil-Immersion “ o.”
Powder Filling “ q” . Type of protection where electrical parts capable of igniting an explosive atmosphere are
fixed in position and completely surrounded by filling material (glass or quartz powder) to
prevent the ignition of an external explosive atmosphere. Informational Note: See ANSI/ISA-60079-5 (12.00.04) -2009, Explosive
Atmospheres— Part 5: Equipment protection by powder filling “ q” ; and
ANSI/UL 60079-5, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres — Part
5: Powder Filling “ q.”
Pressurization “ p” . Type of protection for electrical equipment that uses the technique of guarding against
the ingress of the external atmosphere, which may be explosive, into an enclosure by
maintaining a protective gas therein at a pressure above that of the external atmosphere. Informational Note: See ANSI/UL-60079-2 2015, Explosive Atmospheres—
Part 2: Equipment protection by pressurized enclosures “p” ; and IEC 60079-132010, Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres — Part 13: Construction
and use of rooms or buildings protected by pressurization . Type of Protection “ n” . Type of protection where electrical equipment, in normal operation, is not capable of
igniting a surrounding explosive gas atmosphere and a fault capable of causing ignition is
not likely to occur. Informational Note: See ANSI/UL 60079-15-2009, Electrical Apparatus for
Explosive Gas Atmospheres — Part 15: Type of Protection “ n” ; and ANSI/ISA60079-15 (12.12.02)-2009 -2012 , Explosive Atmospheres — Part 15: Equipment
protection by type of protection “ n.”
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
309/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Supplemental Information
File Name
CMP14_SR3917_DV.docx
Description
**STAFF USE ONLY** Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:25:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Standards referenced in the informational notes have been updated and the current
Statement: revisions of these documents have been shown. In cases where the ANSI/UL
standard has moved to a new edition and no corresponding ANSI/ISA document is
available, the ANSI/ISA reference has been eliminated to ensure that we don’t
introduce two different editions of the same standard in these references. IEC 6007913-2010 was not adopted in the US and it is confusing to be referring to it in this
informational note because this standard is not formally adopted.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 111-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 505.2]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
310/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3919-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 505.4 ]
505.4 General.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
311/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(A) Documentation for Industrial Occupancies.
All areas in industrial occupancies designated as hazardous (classified) locations shall be
properly documented. This documentation shall be available to those authorized to design,
install, inspect, maintain, or operate electrical equipment at the location.
Informational Note No. 1: For examples of area classification drawings, see
ANSI/API RP 505-1997, Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for
Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1,
or Zone 2; ANSI/ISA-60079-10-1 (12.24.01)-2014 Explosive Atmospheres — Part
10-1: Classification of Areas — Explosive gas atmospheres; and Model Code of
Safe Practice in the Petroleum Industry, Part 15: Area Classification Code for
Installations Handling Flammable Fluids, IP EI 15:2005, Energy Institute, London.
Informational Note No. 2: Where gas detection equipment is used as a means of
protection in accordance with 505.8(I)(1), (I)(2), or (I)(3), the documentation typically
includes the type of detection equipment, its listing, installation location(s), alarm
and shutdown criteria, and calibration frequency.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
312/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Reference Standards.
Important information relating to topics covered in Chapter 5 may be found in other
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
313/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Important information relating to topics covered in Chapter 5 may be found in other
publications.
Informational Note No. 1: It is important that the authority having jurisdiction be
familiar with recorded industrial experience as well as with standards of the National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA), the American Petroleum Institute (API), the
International Society of Automation (ISA), and the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) that may be of use in the classification of various locations, the
determination of adequate ventilation, and the protection against static electricity
and lightning hazards.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information on the classification of locations,
see NFPA 497-2012, Recommended Practice for the Classification of Flammable
Liquids, Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical
Installations in Chemical Process Areas; ANSI/API RP 505-1997, Recommended
Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum
Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, or Zone 2; ANSI/ISA-60079-10-1
(12.24.01)-2014, Explosive Atmospheres — Part 10-1: Classification of Areas —
Explosive gas atmospheres; and Model Code of Safe Practice in the Petroleum
Industry, Part 15: Area Classification Code for Installations Handling Flammable
Fluids, IP EI 15:2005, Energy Institute, London.
Informational Note No. 3: For further information on protection against static
electricity and lightning hazards in hazardous (classified) locations, see NFPA 772014, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity; NFPA 780-2014, Standard for
the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems; and API RP 2003-2008, Protection
Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static Lightning and Stray Currents.
Informational Note No. 4: For further information on ventilation, see NFPA 30-2015,
Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, and ANSI/API RP 505-1997,
Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at
Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, or Zone 2.
Informational Note No. 5: For further information on electrical systems for
hazardous (classified) locations on offshore oil and gas producing platforms, see
ANSI/API RP 14FZ-2013, Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of
Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for
Unclassified and Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2 Locations.
Informational Note No. 6: For further information on the installation of electrical
equipment in hazardous (classified) locations in general, see IEC 60079-14-2013,
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres — Part 14: Electrical
installations in explosive gas atmospheres (other than mines), and IEC 60079-161990, Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres — Part 16: Artificial
ventilation for the protection of analyzer(s) houses.
Informational Note No. 7: For further information on application of electrical
equipment in hazardous (classified) locations in general, see ANSI/ISA-60079-0
(12.00.01)-2013, Explosive Atmospheres — Part 0: Equipment — General
Requirements; ANSI/ISA-12.01.01-1999 2013 , Definitions and Information
Pertaining to Electrical Apparatus in Hazardous (Classified) Locations; and
ANSI/UL 60079-0:2013, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres —
Part 0: General Requirements.
Informational Note No. 8: Portable or transportable equipment having self-contained
power supplies, such as battery-operated equipment, could potentially become an
ignition source in hazardous (classified) locations. See ANSI/ISA-12.12.03-2011,
Standard for Portable Electronic Products Suitable for Use in Class I and II,
Division 2, Class I Zone 2 and Class III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous (Classified)
Locations.
Informational Note No. 9: For additional information concerning the installation of
equipment utilizing optical emissions technology (such as laser equipment) that
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
314/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
could potentially become an ignition source in hazardous (classified) locations, see
ANSI/ISA-60079-28 (12.21.02)-2013, Explosive Atmospheres — Part 28: Protection
of equipment and transmission systems using optical radiation.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:02:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The recommended change for IP Model Code P15 is not a correct reference as the
Statement: “IP 15” has been changed to EI 15 per the Energy Institute website. The
recommendation to update the ANSI/ISA 12.01.01 to 2013 has been so adopted,
though it is worth noting that the Energy Institute has published a 4th edition effective
July 2015.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 160-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 505.4]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
315/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3915-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 505.5(A) ]
(A) Classification of Locations.
Locations shall be classified depending on the properties of the flammable gases,
flammable liquid–produced vapors, combustible liquid–produced vapors, combustible dusts,
or fibers/flyings that may be present and the likelihood that a flammable or combustible
concentration or quantity is present. Each room, section, or area shall be considered
individually in determining its classification. Where pyrophoric materials are the only
materials used or handled, these locations are outside the scope of this article.
Informational Note No. 1: See 505.7 for restrictions on area classification.
Informational Note No. 2: Through the exercise of ingenuity in the layout of electrical
installations for hazardous (classified) locations, it is frequently possible to locate
much of the equipment in reduced level of classification or in an unclassified
location and, thus, to reduce the amount of special equipment required.
Refrigerant machinery rooms containing ammonia refrigeration systems that are equipped
with adequate mechanical ventilation that operates continuously or is initiated by a
detection system that alarms at 1000 ppm may be classified as “unclassified”
locations.Rooms and refrigerated areas containing ammonia refrigeration systems that are
equipped with adequate mechanical ventilation that operates continuously or is initiated by
a detection system that alarms at 1000 ppm may be at a concentration not exceeding 150
ppm
shall be permitted to be classified as “unclassified” locations.
Informational Note: For further information regarding classification and ventilation of
areas involving closed circuit ammonia refrigeration systems , see ANSI/ASHRAE
15-2013, Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems and ANSI/IIAR 2 – 2014,
Standard for Safe Design of Closed-Circuit Ammonia Refrigeration Systems .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 11:09:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This change will correlate the NEC® with applicable ANSI standards that govern
Statement: ammonia refrigeration systems, ANSI/IIAR 2 and ANSI/ASHRAE 15. Ammonia
refrigeration machinery rooms are always required by these standards to have leak
detection and ventilation systems and are designated as unclassified locations based
on these mitigations. The NEC® is therefore being updated to reflect IIAR 2’s more
restrictive 150 ppm ventilation trigger. Other areas where ammonia refrigeration
equipment may be present, such as freezers, may have detection, alarms, ventilation
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
316/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
or other mitigation measures approved by the AHJ, in accordance with
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 and ANSI/IIAR 2 as a basis of assigning an unclassified area
designation. The provisions in these standards are too lengthy to warrant duplication
in the NEC® for such a special situation. Informational Note 2 provides an appropriate
pointer directing NEC® users to ANSI/ASHRAE 15 and ANSI/IIAR 2 for guidance,
and these are legally mandated reference standards in adopted fire and mechanical
codes.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1624-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 505.5(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
317/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3918-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 505.5(B)(1) ]
(1) Class I, Zone 0.
A Class I, Zone 0 location is a location in which
(1) Ignitible concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are present continuously, or
(2) Ignitible concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are present for long periods of
time.
Informational Note No. 1: As a guide in determining when flammable gases or
vapors are present continuously or for long periods of time, refer to ANSI/API RP
505-1997, Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical
Installations of Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 or Zone 2;
ANSI/ISA-TR12.24.01-1998 (IEC 60079-10 Mod), Recommended Practice for
Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations Classified as Class I, Zone 0,
Zone 1, or Zone 2; IEC ANSI/ISA- 60079-10-1995, Electrical apparatus for 1-2014,
Explosive Atmospheres - Part 10-1 : Classification of Areas - explosive gas
atmospheres , classifications of hazardous areas ; and Area Classification Code for
Petroleum Installations, Model Code, Part 15, Institute of Petroleum.
Informational Note No. 2: This classification includes locations inside vented tanks
or vessels that contain volatile flammable liquids; inside inadequately vented
spraying or coating enclosures, where volatile flammable solvents are used;
between the inner and outer roof sections of a floating roof tank containing volatile
flammable liquids; inside open vessels, tanks and pits containing volatile flammable
liquids; the interior of an exhaust duct that is used to vent ignitible concentrations of
gases or vapors; and inside inadequately ventilated enclosures that contain normally
venting instruments utilizing or analyzing flammable fluids and venting to the inside
of the enclosures.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 13:01:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The standard reviewed for the first revision was ASHRAE 15. While the standards
Statement: organization in question offers a packaged set of ASHRAE 15 and 34, combined, that
is not justification to include a reference to ASHRAE 34. Updated reference to the US
adoption of IEC 60079-10-1. Also removed the reference to IP 15, see action on PC
160.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 112-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 505.5]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
318/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 112-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 505.5]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
319/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3906-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 505.15(B)(1) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
320/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(1) General.
In Class I, Zone 1 locations, the wiring methods in 505.15(B)(1) (a) through (B)(1)(i) shall
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
321/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
In Class I, Zone 1 locations, the wiring methods in 505.15(B)(1) (a) through (B)(1)(i) shall
be permitted.
(a) All wiring methods permitted by 505.15(A).
(b) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation, and
where the cable is not subject to physical damage, Type MC-HL cable listed for use in
Class I, Zone 1 or Division 1 locations, with a gas/vaportight continuous corrugated
metallic sheath, an overall jacket of suitable polymeric material, and a separate equipment
grounding conductor(s) in accordance with 250.122, and terminated with fittings listed for
the application. Type MC-HL cable shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of
Article 330, Part II.
(c) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation, and
where the cable is not subject to physical damage, Type ITC-HL cable listed for use in
Class I, Zone 1 or Division 1 locations, with a gas/vaportight continuous corrugated
metallic sheath and an overall jacket of suitable polymeric material, and terminated with
fittings listed for the application. Type ITC-HL cable shall be installed in accordance with
the provisions of Article 727.
Informational Note: See 727.4 and 727.5 for restrictions on use of Type
ITC cable.
(d) Type MI cable terminated with fittings listed for Class I, Zone 1 or Division 1
locations. Type MI cable shall be installed and supported in a manner to avoid tensile
stress at the termination fittings.
(e) Threaded rigid metal conduit, or threaded steel intermediate metal conduit.
(f) Type PVC conduit and Type RTRC conduit shall be permitted where encased in
a concrete envelope a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) thick and provided with not less than 600
mm (24 in.) of cover measured from the top of the conduit to grade. Threaded rigid metal
conduit or threaded steel intermediate metal conduit shall be used for the last 600 mm (24
in.) of the underground run to emergence or to the point of connection to the aboveground
raceway. An equipment grounding conductor shall be included to provide for electrical
continuity of the raceway system and for grounding of non–current-carrying metal parts.
(g) Intrinsic safety type of protection “ib” shall be permitted using the wiring methods
specified in Article 504.
Informational Note: For entry into enclosures required to be flameproof,
explosionproof, or of increased safety, see the information on construction, testing,
and marking of cables; flameproof and increased safety cable fittings; and
flameproof and increased safety cord connectors in ANSI/UL 22252011
2013 , Cables and Cable-Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations .
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
322/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(h) Optical fiber cable Types OFNP, OFCP, OFNR, OFCR, OFNG, OFCG, OFN,
and OFC shall be permitted to be installed in raceways in accordance with 505.15(B).
Optical fiber cable shall be sealed in accordance with 505.16.
Informational Note: For entry into enclosures required to be flameproof,
explosionproof, or of increased safety, see the information on construction, testing,
and marking of cables; flameproof and increased safety cable fittings; and
flameproof and increased safety cord connectors in ANSI/UL 22252011
2013 , Cables and Cable-Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations .
(i) In industrial establishments with restricted public access, where the conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation, for
applications limited to 600 volts nominal or less, and where the cable is not subject to
physical damage, Type TC-ER-HL cable listed for use in Class I, Zone 1 locations, with an
overall jacket and a separate equipment grounding conductor(s) in accordance with
250.122, and terminated with fittings listed for the location, Type TC-ER-HL cable shall be
installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 336, including the restrictions of
336.10(7).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:56:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The Panel noted that this change represents the current issue of ANSI/UL
Statement:
2225.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 174-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 505.15]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
323/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3924-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 505.16(B)(2) ]
**See Attached Word Document [CMP14_SR3924_DV]**
(2) Explosionproof Equipment.
Conduit seals shall be provided for each conduit entering explosionproof equipment
according to 505.16(B)(2)(a), (B)(2)(b), and (B)(2)(c).
(a) In each conduit entry into an explosionproof enclosure where either (1) the
enclosure contains apparatus, such as switches, circuit breakers, fuses, relays, or
resistors, that may produce arcs, sparks, or high temperatures that are considered to be an
ignition source in normal operation, or (2) the entry is metric designator 53 (trade size 2) or
larger and the enclosure contains terminals, splices, or taps. For the purposes of this
section, high temperatures shall be considered to be any temperatures exceeding 80
percent of the autoignition temperature in degrees Celsius of the gas or vapor involved.
Exception: Conduit entering an enclosure where such switches, circuit breakers,
fuses, relays, or resistors comply with one of the following:
(2) Are enclosed within a chamber hermetically sealed against the entrance of gases
or vapors. (3) Are immersed in oil. (4) Are enclosed within a factory-sealed explosionproof chamber located within the
enclosure, identified for the location, and marked “factory sealed” or equivalent,
unless the entry is metric designator 53 (trade size 2) or larger. Factory-sealed
enclosures shall not be considered to serve as a seal for another adjacent
explosionproof enclosure that is required to have a conduit seal. (e) Conduit seals shall be installed within 450 mm (18 in.) from the enclosure. Only
explosionproof unions, couplings, reducers, elbows, capped elbows, and conduit bodies
similar to L, T, and cross types that are not larger than the trade size of the conduit shall be
permitted between the sealing fitting and the explosionproof enclosure.
(f) Where two or more explosionproof enclosures for which conduit seals are
required under 505.16(B)(2) are connected by nipples or by runs of conduit not more than
900 mm (36 in.) long, a single conduit seal in each such nipple connection or run of conduit
shall be considered sufficient if located not more than 450 mm (18 in.) from either
enclosure.
Supplemental Information
File Name
CMP14_SR3924_DV.docx
Description
Revised 505.16(B)(2) **STAFF USE ONLY** Submitter Information Verification
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
324/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 16:21:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 505.16(B)(2)(a) was reorganized to comply with the NEC Style Manual and
Statement: align with 501.15(A)(1). Users of the code should be looking for markings on identified
equipment to confirm if the equipment is factory sealed. The revised text clarifies
what should be done. A definition for factory sealed equipment is thus not needed and
adds no additional value. This corresponds to the action taken on PC #214.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
325/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3903-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.2 ]
506.2 Definitions.
For purposes of this article, the following definitions apply.
Informational Note: Informational Note: For further information, see ANSI/NFPA
496-2013, Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment .
Protection by Encapsulation “ m” .
Type of protection where electrical parts that could cause ignition of a mixture of
combustible dust or fibers/flyings in air are protected by enclosing them in a compound in
such a way that the explosive atmosphere cannot be ignited.
Informational Note No. 1: For additional information, see ANSI/ISA-60079-18
(12.23.01)-2009 2012 , Explosive atmospheres — Part 18: Equipment protection by
encapsulation “m”; ANSI/UL 60079-18-2009, Explosive atmospheres — Part 18:
Equipment protection by encapsulation “m”; and ANSI/ISA-61241-18
(12.10.07)-2011, Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Zone 21 and Zone 22
Hazardous (Classified) Locations — Protection by Encapsulation “m.”
Informational Note No. 2: Encapsulation is designated level of protection “maD” or
“ma” for use in Zone 20 locations. Encapsulation is designated level of protection
“mbD” or “mb” for use in Zone 21 locations. Encapsulation is designated type of
protection “mc” for use in Zone 22 locations.
Protection by Enclosure “ t” .
Type of protection for explosive dust atmospheres where electrical apparatus is provided
with an enclosure providing dust ingress protection and a means to limit surface
temperatures.
Informational Note No. 1: For additional information, see ANSI/ISA- UL 60079-31
(12.10.03)-2009, -2015 Explosive Atmospheres — Part 31: Equipment Dust Ignition
Protection by Enclosure “t” ; and ANSI/ISA-61241-1 (12.10.03)-2011 2006 , Electrical
Apparatus for Use in Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations —
Protection by Enclosure “t “tD .”
Informational Note No. 2: Protection by enclosure is designated level of protection
“ta” for use in Zone 20 locations. Protection by enclosure is designated level of
protection “tb” or “tD” for use in Zone 21 locations. Protection by enclosure is
designated level of protection “tc” or “tD” for use in Zone 22 locations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
326/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Protection by Intrinsic Safety “ iD “ i” .” “ i” .
Type of protection where any spark or thermal effect is incapable of causing ignition of a
mixture of combustible dust, fibers, or flyings in air under prescribed test conditions.
Informational Note No. 1: For additional information, see ANSI/ISA-60079-11
(12.01.01)-2011 2014 , Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres — Part
11: intrinsic safety “i”; ANSI/UL 60079-11-2011 2013 , Electrical Apparatus for
Explosive Gas Atmospheres — Part 11: Intrinsic safety “i”; and ANSI/ISA- 61241-11
(12.10.04)-2011 2006 , Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Zone 21 and Zone
22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations — Protection by Intrinsic Safety “i “iD .”
Informational Note No. 2: Intrinsic safety is designated level of protection “iaD” or
“ia” for use in Zone 20 locations. Intrinsic safety is designated level of protection
“ibD” or “ib” for use in Zone 21 locations. Intrinsic safety is designated type of
protection “ic” for use in Zone 22 locations.
Protection by Pressurization “ p” .
Type of protection that guards against the ingress of a mixture of combustible dust or
fibers/flyings in air into an enclosure containing electrical equipment by providing and
maintaining a protective gas atmosphere inside the enclosure at a pressure above that of
the external atmosphere.
Informational Note: For additional information, see ANSI/ISA-61241-2
(12.10.06)-2006, Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous
(Classified) Locations — Protection by Pressurization“pD.”
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:21:46 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The informational note referencing ANSI/NFPA 496 was deleted as the informational
Statement: note should have been relocated to Art. 100 with the term ‘Pressurized’ under FR
3924.
The documents referenced in 506.2 have been revised to reflect the correct title,
numeric designation, ANSI approval and publication dates.
Reference to ANSI/UL 60079-31-2015 was added and replaced the ANSI/ISA 6007931-2009 standard
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 161-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 506.2]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
327/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3904-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.5(B)(2) ]
(2) Zone 21.
A Zone 21 location is a location where one of the following apply:
(1) Ignitible concentrations of combustible dust or ignitible fibers/flyings are likely to exist
occasionally under normal operating conditions; or
(2) Ignitible concentrations of combustible dust or ignitible fibers/flyings may exist
frequently because of repair or maintenance operations or because of leakage; or
(3) Equipment is operated or processes are carried on, of such a nature that equipment
breakdown or faulty operations could result in the release of ignitible concentrations of
combustible dust or ignitible fibers/flyings and also cause simultaneous failure of
electrical equipment in a mode to cause the electrical equipment to become a source
of ignition; or
(4) Adjacent The location is adjacent to a Zone 20 location from which ignitible
concentrations of dust or ignitible fibers/flyings could be communicated, unless
communication is prevented .
Exception: When communication from an adjacent Zone 20 location is minimized by
adequate positive pressure ventilation from a source of clean air , and effective safeguards
against ventilation failure are provided.
Informational Note No. 1: As a guide to classification of Zone 21 locations, refer to
ANSI/ISA-60079-10-2 (12.10.05)-2013, Explosive Atmospheres — Part 10-2:
Classification of areas — Combustible dust atmospheres.
Informational Note No. 2: This classification usually includes locations outside dust
containment and in the immediate vicinity of access doors subject to frequent
removal or opening for operation purposes when internal combustible mixtures are
present; locations outside dust containment in the proximity of filling and emptying
points, feed belts, sampling points, truck dump stations, belt dump over points, etc.,
where no measures are employed to prevent the formation of combustible mixtures;
locations outside dust containment where dust accumulates and where due to
process operations the dust layer is likely to be disturbed and form combustible
mixtures; locations inside dust containment where explosive dust clouds are likely
to occur (but neither continuously, nor for long periods, nor frequently) as, for
example, silos (if filled and/or emptied only occasionally) and the dirty side of filters
if large self-cleaning intervals are occurring.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:44:19 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
328/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
At the direction of the Correlating Committee, the text of 506.5(B)(2)(4) was
revised in accordance with the NEC Style Manual.
Public Comment No. 1809-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 506.5(B)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
329/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3905-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.5(B)(3) ]
(3) Zone 22.
A Zone 22 location is a location where one of the following apply:
(1) Ignitible concentrations of combustible dust or ignitible fibers/flyings are not likely to
occur in normal operation and, if they do occur, will only persist for a short period; or
(2) Combustible dust or fibers/flyings are handled, processed, or used but in which the
dust or fibers/flyings are normally confined within closed containers of closed
systems from which they can escape only as a result of the abnormal operation of the
equipment with which the dust or fibers/flyings are handled, processed, or used; or
(3) Adjacent The location is adjacent to a Zone 21 location, from which ignitible
concentrations of dust or fibers/flyings could be communicated, unless such
communication is prevented .
Exception: When communication from an adjacent Zone 21 location is minimized by
adequate positive pressure ventilation from a source of clean air , and effective safeguards
against ventilation failure are provided. Informational Note No. 1: As a guide to classification of Zone 22 locations, refer to
ANSI/ISA-60079-10-2 (12.10.05)-2013, Explosive Atmospheres — Part 10-2:
Classification of areas — Combustible dust atmospheres.
Informational Note No. 2: Zone 22 locations usually include outlets from bag filter
vents, because in the event of a malfunction there can be emission of combustible
mixtures; locations near equipment that has to be opened at infrequent intervals or
equipment that from experience can easily form leaks where, due to pressure above
atmospheric, dust will blow out; pneumatic equipment, flexible connections that can
become damaged, etc.; storage locations for bags containing dusty product, since
failure of bags can occur during handling, causing dust leakage; and locations where
controllable dust layers are formed that are likely to be raised into explosive dust–air
mixtures. Only if the layer is removed by cleaning before hazardous dust–air
mixtures can be formed is the area designated unclassified.
Informational Note No. 3: Locations that normally are classified as Zone 21 can fall
into Zone 22 when measures are employed to prevent the formation of explosive
dust–air mixtures. Such measures include exhaust ventilation. The measures should
be used in the vicinity of (bag) filling and emptying points, feed belts, sampling
points, truck dump stations, belt dump over points, etc.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 17:49:31 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
330/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
At the direction of the Correlating Committee, the text of 506.5(B)(3)(3) was
revised in accordance with the NEC Style Manual.
Public Comment No. 1810-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 506.5(B)(3)]
Second Revision No. 3907-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.6(A) ]
(A) Group IIIC.
Combustible metal dust. Informational Note: Group IIIC is equivalent to Class II, Group E
as described in 500
.
6(B)(1).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:07:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text of 506.6(A) was revised to align with the Group IIIC material
classification in ANSI/UL 60079-0 and Article 500.
Public Comment No. 392-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 506.6(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
331/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3908-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.6(B) ]
(B) Group IIIB.
Combustible dust other than combustible metal dust. Informational Note: dust Group IIIB is equivalent to Class II, Groups F and G
as described in 500
.
6(B)(2) and 500.6(B)(3) , respectively.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:22:09 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text of 506.6(B) was revised to align with the Group IIIB material
classification in ANSI/UL 60079-0 and Article 500.
Public Comment No. 394-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 506.6(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
332/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3909-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.6(C) ]
(C) Group IIIA.
Solid particles, including fibers, greater than 500 µm in nominal size, which may be
suspended in air and could settle out of the atmosphere under their own
weight. Informational Note No. 1:
Group IIIA is equivalent to Class III.
Informational Note No. 2 : Examples of flyings include rayon, cotton (including
cotton linters and cotton waste), sisal, jute, hemp, cocoa fiber, oakum, and baled
waste kapok.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:24:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The text of 506.6(C) was revised to align with the Group IIIA material
classification in ANSI/UL 60079-0 and Article 500.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
333/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3911-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.9(B) ]
(B) Listing.
(1) Equipment that is listed for Zone 20 shall be permitted in a Zone 21 or Zone 22
location of the same dust or ignitible fiber/flying. Equipment that is listed for Zone 21
may be used in a Zone 22 location of the same dust or ignitible fiber/flying.
Equipment shall be permitted to be listed for a specific dust or ignitible fiber/flying or any
specific combination of dusts or ignitible fibers/flyings.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:58:20 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The product standards for equipment do not address certifying for specific dusts or
Statement: ignitable fiber/flyings. This revision correlates with action taken on PC #1381 for
section 506.9(C)(2)(4).
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
334/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3910-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 506.9(C)(2) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
335/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Zone Equipment.
Equipment meeting one or more of the protection techniques described in 506.8 shall be
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
336/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Equipment meeting one or more of the protection techniques described in 506.8 shall be
marked with the following in the order shown:
(1) Zone
(2) Symbol “AEx”
(3) Protection technique(s) in accordance with Table 506.9(C)(2)(3)
(4) Material group in accordance with 506.6 or a specific dust or ignitible fiber/flying or a
specific combination thereof
(5) Maximum surface temperature in accordance with 506.9(D), marked as a
temperature value in degrees C, preceded by “T” and followed by the symbol “°C”
(6) Ambient temperature marking in accordance with 506.9(D)
Informational Note: The EPL (or equipment protection level) can appear in the
product marking. EPLs are designated as G for gas, D for dust, or M for mining, and
are then followed by a letter (a, b, or c) to give the user a better understanding as to
whether the equipment provides either (a) a “very high,” (b) a “high,” or (c) an
“enhanced” level of protection against ignition of an explosive atmosphere. For
example, a Zone 21 AEx pb IIIB T165°C motorcan additionally be marked with an
EPL of “Db”, Zone 21 AEx p IIIB T165°C Db.
Exception: Associated apparatus NOT suitable for installation in a hazardous (classified)
location shall be required to be marked only with 506.9(C)(2)(2)and (3), and where
applicable (4), but BOTH the symbol AEx in 506.9(C)(2)(2) and the symbol for the type of
protection in 506.9(C)(2)(3) shall be enclosed within the same square brackets; for
example, [AEx iaD] or [AEx ia] IIIC.
Table 506.9(C)(2)(3) Types of Protection Designation
Designation
iaD
ia
ibD
ib
ic
[iaD]
[ia]
[ibD]
[ib]
[ic]
maD
ma
mbD
mb
mc
pD
p
pb
tD
ta
tb
tc
Technique
Protection by intrinsic safety
Protection by intrinsic safety
Protection by intrinsic safety
Protection by intrinsic safety
Protection by intrinsic safety
Associated apparatus
Associated apparatus
Associated apparatus
Associated apparatus
Associated apparatus
Protection by encapsulation
Protection by encapsulation
Protection by encapsulation
Protection by encapsulation
Protection by encapsulation
Protection by pressurization
Protection by pressurization
Protection by pressurization
Protection by enclosures
Protection by enclosures
Protection by enclosures
Protection by enclosures
Zone*
20
20
21
21
22
Unclassified**
Unclassified**
Unclassified**
Unclassified**
Unclassified**
20
20
21
21
22
21
21
21
21
20
21
22
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
337/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
*Does not address use where a combination of techniques is used.
**Associated apparatus is permitted to be installed in a hazardous (classified) location if
suitably protected using another type of protection.
Informational Note: The “D” suffix on the type of protection designation was
employed prior to the introduction of Group IIIA, IIIB, and IIIC; which is now used to
distinguish between the type of protection employed for Group II (Gases) or Group
III (Dusts).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 18:33:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The product standards for Zone 20, 21 and 22 equipment do not permit marking
for specific dusts or ignitable fiber/flyings.
Public Comment No. 1381-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 506.9(C)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
338/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3929-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 515.3 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
339/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
**See Attached Word Document [CMP14_SR3929_DV]**
515.3 Class I Locations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Table 515.3 shall be applied where Class I liquids are stored, handled, or dispensed and
340/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Table 515.3 shall be applied where Class I liquids are stored, handled, or dispensed and
shall be used to delineate and classify bulk storage plants. The class location shall not
extend beyond a floor, wall, roof, or other solid partition that has no communicating
openings. [30:7.3, 7.4]
Informational Note No. 1: The area classifications listed in Table 515.3 are based
on the premise that the installation meets the applicable requirements of NFPA 302015, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, Chapter 5, in all respects. Should
this not be the case, the authority having jurisdiction has the authority to classify the
extent of the classified space.
Informational Note No. 2: See 514.3(C) through (E) for gasoline dispensing stations
in marinas and boatyards.
Table 515.3 Electrical Area Classifications
Location
Indoor equipment installed in
accordance with Section 7.3 of
NFPA 30 where flammable
vapor–air mixtures can exist
under normal operation
Outdoor equipment of the type
covered in Section 7.3 of
NFPA 30 where flammable
vapor–air mixtures can exist
under normal operation
Tank storage installations
inside buildings
Tank — aboveground, fixed
roof
Division Zone
1
0
1
1
2
2
Extent of Classified Area
The entire area associated with such
equipment where flammable gases or
vapors are present continuously or for
long periods of time
Area within 1.5 m (5 ft) of any edge of
such equipment, extending in all
directions
Area between 1.5 m and 2.5 m (5 ft and
8 ft) of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also, space
up to 900 mm (3 ft) above floor or grade
level within 1.5 m to 7.5 m (5 ft to 25 ft)
horizontally from any edge of such
equipment 1
The entire area associated with such
equipment where flammable gases or
vapors are present continuously or for
long periods of time
1
0
1
1
2
2
1
1
All equipment located below grade level
2
2
Any equipment located at or above grade
level
1
0
Inside fixed roof tank
1
1
Area within 900 mm (3 ft) of any edge of
such equipment, extending in all
directions
Area between 900 mm (3 ft) and 2.5 m (8
ft) of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also, space
up to 900 mm (3 ft) above floor or grade
level within 900 mm to 3.0 m (3 ft to 10
ft) horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
Area inside dike where dike height is
greater than the distance from the tank
to the dike for more than 50 percent of
the tank circumference
Within 3.0 m (10 ft) from shell, ends, or
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
341/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
2
2
1
0
1
1
2
2
With fixed outer roof
1
0
With no fixed outer roof
1
1
Tank vault — interior
1
1
Underground tank fill opening
1
1
2
2
1
0
1
1
2
2
1
0
1
1
2
2
roof of tank; also, area inside dike to
level of top of dike wall
Area inside of vent piping or opening
Within 1.5 m (5 ft) of open end of vent,
extending in all directions
Area between 1.5 m and 3.0 m (5 ft and
10 ft) from open end of vent, extending in
all directions
Tank — aboveground, floating
roof
Vent — discharging upward
Drum and container filling —
outdoors or indoors
Area between the floating and fixed roof
sections and within the shell
Area above the floating roof and within
the shell
Entire interior volume, if Class I liquids
are stored within
Any pit, box, or space below grade level,
if any part is within a Division 1 or 2, or
Zone 1 or 2 classified location
Up to 450 mm (18 in.) above grade level
within a horizontal radius of 3.0 m (10 ft)
from a loose fill connection, and within a
horizontal radius of 1.5 m (5 ft) from a
tight fill connection
Area inside of vent piping or opening
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of open end of vent,
extending in all directions
Area between 900 mm and 1.5 m (3 ft
and 5 ft) of open end of vent, extending
in all directions
Area inside the drum or container
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of vent and fill
openings, extending in all directions
Area between 900 mm and 1.5 m (3 ft
and 5 ft) from vent or fill opening,
extending in all directions; also, up to
450 mm (18 in.) above floor or grade
level within a horizontal radius of 3.0 m
(10 ft) from vent or fill opening
Pumps, bleeders, withdrawal
fittings
Indoor
2
2
Outdoor
2
2
Within 1.5 m (5 ft) of any edge of such
devices, extending in all directions; also,
up to 900 mm (3 ft) above floor or grade
level within 7.5 m (25 ft) horizontally
from any edge of such devices
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of any edge of such
devices, extending in all directions. Also,
up to 450 mm (18 in.) above grade level
within 3.0 m (10 ft) horizontally from any
edge of such devices
Pits and sumps
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
342/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Without mechanical
ventilation
1
1
With adequate mechanical
ventilation
2
2
2
2
Containing valves, fittings, or
piping, and not within a
Division 1 or 2 or Zone 1 or 2
classified location
Drainage ditches, separators,
impounding basins
Outdoor
Entire area within a pit or sump if any
part is within a Division 1 or 2 or Zone 1
or 2 classified location
Entire area within a pit or sump if any
part is within a Division 1 or 2 or Zone 1
or 2 classified location
Entire pit or sump
Area up to 450 mm (18 in.) above ditch,
separator, or basin; also, area up to 450
mm (18 in.) above grade within 4.5 m (15
ft) horizontally from any edge
Same as pits and sumps
2
2
1
0
1
1
2
2
1
0
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
Loading through closed dome
with vapor control
2
2
Bottom loading with vapor
control or any bottom
unloading
2
2
Storage and repair garage for
tank vehicles
1
1
All pits or spaces below floor level
2
Area up to 450 mm (18 in.) above floor or
grade level for entire storage or repair
Indoor
Tank vehicle and tank car 2
Loading through open dome
Loading through bottom
connections with atmospheric
venting
Loading through closed dome
with atmospheric venting
2
Area inside of the tank
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of edge of dome,
extending in all directions
Area between 900 mm and 4.5 m (3 ft
and 15 ft) from edge of dome, extending
in all directions
Area inside of the tank
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of point of venting
to atmosphere, extending in all
directions
Area between 900 mm and 4.5 m (3 ft
and 15 ft) from point of venting to
atmosphere, extending in all directions;
also, up to 450 mm (18 in.) above grade
within a horizontal radius of 3.0 m (10 ft)
from point of loading connection
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of open end of vent,
extending in all directions
Area between 900 mm and 4.5 m (3 ft
and 15 ft) from open end of vent,
extending in all directions; also, within
900 mm (3 ft) of edge of dome,
extending in all directions
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of point of
connection of both fill and vapor lines
extending in all directions
Within 900 mm (3 ft) of point of
connections, extending in all directions;
also up to 450 mm (18 in.) above grade
within a horizontal radius of 3.0 m (10 ft)
from point of connections
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
343/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
garage
Garages for other than tank
vehicles
Ordinary
If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of an outdoor
unclassified classified location, the entire room shall be classified the same as the area
classification at the point of the opening.
Outdoor
drum
storage
Ordinary
unclassified
Inside rooms or storage lockers used for the storage of Class I
liquids
Indoor warehousing where there is no flammable liquid transfer
22
Entire room or
locker
Ordinary
If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of an indoor classified
unclassified location, the classified location shall extend through the opening to the same
extent as if the wall, curb, or partition did not exist.
Office and
rest rooms
Ordinary
If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of an indoor
unclassifiede classified location, the room shall be classified the same as if the
wall, curb, or partition did not exist.
See
Figure
515.3.
Piers and
wharves
1The release of Class I liquids can generate vapors to the extent that the entire building,
and possibly an area surrounding it, should be considered a Class I, Division 2 or Zone 2
location.
2When classifying extent of area, consideration shall be given to the fact that tank cars or
tank vehicles can be spotted at varying points. Therefore, the extremities of the loading or
unloading positions shall be used. [30: Table 7.3.3]
Figure 515.3 Area Classification for a Marine Terminal Handling Flammable
Liquids. [30:Figure 29.3.22]
Supplemental Information
File Name
CMP14_SR3929_DV.docx
Description
Revised Table 515.3 **STAFF USE ONLY** http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
344/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 13:32:01 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The term ordinary is not a defined area but the term unclassified is. Section 3.2.7.3.2
Statement: of the NEC Style Manual allows edits to extracted material to make style consistent
with the NEC.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1733-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 515.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
345/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3914-NFPA 70-2015 [ Article 516 ]
**See attached word document [CMP14_SR3914_DV]**
Article 516 Spray Application, Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using
Flammable or Combustible Materials
Informational Note: Text that is followed by a reference in brackets has been
extracted from NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable
and Combustible Materials, or NFPA 34-2015, Standard for Dipping, Coating, and
Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids. Only editorial
changes were made to the extracted text to make it consistent with this Code.
Part I. General
516.1 Scope.
This article covers the regular or frequent application of flammable liquids, combustible
liquids, and combustible powders by spray operations and the application of flammable
liquids, or combustible liquids at temperatures above their flashpoint, by spraying, dipping,
coating, printing, or other means.
Informational Note: For further information regarding safeguards for these processes,
such as fire protection, posting of warning signs, and maintenance, see NFPA 332015, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable and Combustible Materials,
and NFPA 34-2015, Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using
Flammable or Combustible Liquids. For additional information regarding ventilation,
see NFPA 91-2010, Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors,
Gases, Mists, and Noncombustible Particulate Solids.
516.2 Definitions.
For the purpose of this article, the following definitions shall apply.
Limited Finishing Workstation.
An apparatus that is capable of confining the vapors, mists, residues, dusts, or deposits
that are generated by a spray application process and that meets the requirements of
Section 14.3 of NFPA 33, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible
Materials, but does not meet the requirements of a spray booth or spray room, as herein
defined. [33:3.3.18.1]
Outdoor Spray Area.
A spray area that is outside the confines of a building or that has a canopy or roof that does
not limit the dissipation of the heat of a fire or dispersion of flammable vapors and does not
restrict fire-fighting access and control. For the purpose of this standard, an outdoor spray
area can be treated as an unenclosed spray area. [33:3.3.2.3.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
346/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Spray Area.
Any fully enclosed, partly enclosed, or unenclosed area in which dangerous quantities of
flammable or combustible vapors, mists, residues, dusts, or deposits are present due to
the operation of spray processes, including (1) any area in the direct path of a spray
application process; (2) the interior of a spray booth, spray room, or limited finishing
workstation, as herein defined; (3) the interior of any exhaust plenum, eliminator section, or
scrubber section; (4) the interior of any exhaust duct or exhaust stack leading from a spray
application process; (5) the interior of any air recirculation path up to and including
recirculation particulate filters; (6) any solvent concentrator (pollution abatement) unit or
solvent recovery (distillation) unit; and (7) the inside of a membrane enclosure. The
following are not part of the spray area: (1) fresh air make-up units; (2) air supply ducts and
air supply plenums; (3) recirculation air supply ducts downstream of recirculation particulate
filters; and (4) exhaust ducts from solvent concentrator (pollution abatement) units.
[33:3.3.2.3]
Informational Note: Unenclosed spray areas are locations outside of buildings or are
localized operations within a larger room or space. Such are normally provided with
some local vapor extraction/ventilation system. In automated operations, the area
limits are the maximum area in the direct path of spray operations. In manual
operations, the area limits are the maximum area of spray when aimed at 90
degrees to the application surface.
Spray Booth.
A power-ventilated enclosure for a spray application operation or process that confines and
limits the escape of the material being sprayed, including vapors, mists, dusts, and
residues that are produced by the spraying operation and conducts or directs these
materials to an exhaust system. [33:3.3.15]
Informational Note: A spray booth is an enclosure or insert within a larger room used
for spray/coating/dipping applications. A spray booth can be fully enclosed or have
open front or face and can include separate conveyor entrance and exit. The spray
booth is provided with a dedicated ventilation exhaust with supply air from the larger
room or from a dedicated air supply.
Spray Room.
A power-ventilated fully enclosed room used exclusively for open spraying of flammable or
combustible materials. [33:3.3.16]
Unenclosed Spray Area.
Any spray area that is not confined by a limited finishing workstation, spray booth, or spray
room, as herein defined. [33:3.3.2.3.2]
Part II. Open Containers
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
347/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
516.4 Area Classification.
For open containers, supply containers, waste containers, spray gun cleaners, and solvent
distillation units that contain Class I liquids that are located in ventilated areas, electrical
area classification shall be in accordance with the following:
(1) The area within 915 mm (3 ft) in all directions from any such container or equipment
and extending to the floor or grade level shall be classified as Class I, Division 1 or
Class I, Zone 1, whichever is applicable. [33:6.5.5.1]
(2) The area extending 610 mm (2 ft) beyond the Division 1 or Zone 1 location shall be
classified as Class I, Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2, whichever is applicable.
[33:6.5.5.1]
(3) The area extending 1525 mm (5 ft) horizontally beyond the area described in 516.4
(b) up to a height of 460 mm (18 in.) above the floor or grade level shall be classified
as Class I, Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2, whichever is applicable. [33:6.5.5.1]
(4) The area inside any tank or container shall be classified as Class I, Division 1 or
Class I, Zone 0, whichever is applicable. [33:6.5.5.1]
(5) Sumps, pits, or below grade channels within 3.5 m (10 ft) horizontally of a vapor
source shall be classified as Class I, Division 1 or Zone 1. If the sump, pit, or channel
extends beyond 3.5 m (10 ft) from the vapor source, it shall be provided with a vapor
stop or it shall be classified as Class I, Division 1 or Zone 1 for its entire length.
For the purposes of electrical area classification, the Division system and the Zone system
shall not be intermixed for any given source of release. [33:6.2.3]
Electrical wiring and utilization equipment installed in these areas shall be suitable for the
location, as shown in Figure 516.4. [33:6.5.5.2]
Figure 516.4 Electrical Area Classification for Class I Liquid Operations Around
Open Containers, Supply Containers, Waste Containers, Spray Gun Cleaners, and
Solvent Distillation Units. [33:Figure 6.5.5.2]
Part III. Spray Application Processes
516.5 Area Classification.
For spray application processes, the area classification is based on quantities of
flammable vapors, combustible mists, residues, dusts, or deposits that are present or
might be present in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable or explosive mixtures with air.
(A) Zone Classification of Locations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
348/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(1) Classification of Locations.
The Zone system of electrical area classification shall be applied as follows:
(1) The inside of closed containers or vessels shall be considered a Class I, Zone 0
location.
(2) A Class I, Division 1 location shall be permitted to be alternatively classified as a
Class I, Zone 1 location.
(3) A Class I, Division 2 location shall be permitted to be alternatively classified as a
Class I, Zone 2 location.
(4) A Class II, Division 1 location shall be permitted to be alternatively classified as a
Zone 21 location.
(5) A Class II, Division 2 location shall be permitted to be alternatively classified as a
Zone 22 location. [33:6.2.2]
(2) For the purposes of electrical area classification, the Division system and the Zone system
shall not be intermixed for any given source of release. [33:6.2.3]
(3) In instances of areas within the same facility classified separately, Class I, Zone 2
locations shall be permitted to abut, but not overlap, Class I, Division 2 locations. Class I,
Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations shall not abut Class I, Division 1 or Division 2 locations.
[70:505.7(B)] [33:6.2.4]
(4) Open flames, spark-producing equipment or processes, and equipment whose exposed
surfaces exceed the autoignition temperature of the material being sprayed shall not be
located in a spray area or in any surrounding area that is classified as Division 2, Zone 2,
or Zone 22. [33:6.2.5]
Exception: This requirement shall not apply to drying, curing, or fusing apparatus.
(5) Any utilization equipment or apparatus that is capable of producing sparks or particles of
hot metal and that is located above or adjacent to either the spray area or the surrounding
Division 2, Zone 2, or Zone 22 areas shall be of the totally enclosed type or shall be
constructed to prevent the escape of sparks or particles of hot metal. [33:6.2.6]
(B) Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 0 Locations.
The interior of any open or closed container or vessel of a flammable liquid shall be
considered Class I, Division 1, or Class I, Zone 0, as applicable:
Informational Note: For additional guidance, see Chapter 6 of NFPA 33-2015,
Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
349/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(C) Class I, Division 1; Class I, Zone 1; Class II, Division 1; or Zone 21 Locations.
The following spaces shall be considered Class I, Division 1; Class I, Zone 1; Class II,
Division 1; or Zone 21 locations, as applicable:
(1) The interior of spray booths and rooms except as specifically provided in 516.5(D).
(2) The interior of exhaust ducts.
(3) Any area in the direct path of spray operations.
(4) Sumps, pits, or below grade channels within 7.5 m (25 ft) horizontally of a vapor
source. If the sump, pit, or channel extends beyond 7.5 m (25 ft) from the vapor
source, it shall be provided with a vapor stop or it shall be classified as Class I,
Division 1 for its entire length. [34:6.4.1]
(5) All space in all directions outside of but within 900 mm (3 ft) of open containers,
supply containers, spray gun cleaners, and solvent distillation units containing
flammable liquids.
(6) For limited finishing workstations, the area inside the curtains or partitions. [See
Figure 516.5(D)(5).]
(D) Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 Locations.
The spaces listed in 516.5(D)(1) through (D)(5) shall be considered Class I, Division 2;
Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 as applicable.
(1) Unenclosed Spray Processes.
For unenclosed spraying, all space outside of but within 6 m (20 ft) horizontally and 3 m (10
ft) vertically of the Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 1 location as defined in 516.5(A)
and not separated from it by partitions. [See Figure 516.5(D)(1).] [33:6.5.1]
Figure 516.5(D)(1) Electrical Area Classification for Unenclosed Spray Areas.
[33:Figure 6.5.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
350/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Closed-Top, Open-Face, and Open-Front Spray Booths and Spray Rooms.
If spray application operations are conducted within a closed-top, open-face, or open-front
booth or room, as shown in Figure 516.5(D)(2), any electrical wiring or utilization equipment
located outside of the booth or room but within 915 mm (3 ft) of any opening shall be
suitable for Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 locations,
whichever is applicable. The Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or
Zone 22 locations shown in Figure 516.5(D)(2) shall extend from the edges of the open
face or open front of the booth or room.
Figure 516.5(D)(2) Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone
22 Locations Adjacent to a Closed Top, Open Face, or Open Front Spray Booth or
Room. [33:Figure 6.5.2]
(3) Open-Top Spray Booths.
For spraying operations conducted within an open top spray booth, the space 915 mm (3 ft)
vertically above the booth and within 915 mm (3 ft) of other booth openings shall be
considered Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 whichever
is applicable. [33:6.5.3]
(4) Enclosed Spray Booths and Spray Rooms.
For spray application operations confined to an enclosed spray booth or room, electrical
area classification shall be as follows: [33:6.5.4]
(1) The area within 915 mm (3 ft) of any opening shall be classified as Class I, Division
2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 locations, whichever is applicable,
as shown in Figure 516.5(D)(4).
(2) Where automated spray application equipment is used, the area outside the access
doors shall be unclassified provided the door interlock prevents the spray application
operations when the door is open.
(3) Where exhaust air is permitted to be recirculated, both of the following shall apply:
(4) The interior of any recirculation path from the secondary particulate filters up to
and including the air supply plenum shall be classified as Class I, Division 2;
Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 locations, whichever is
applicable. (5) The interior of fresh air supply ducts shall be unclassified. [ 33: 6.5.4] (6) Where exhaust air is not recirculated, the interior of fresh air supply ducts and fresh
air supply plenums shall be unclassified. [33:6.5.4]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
351/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(5) Limited Finishing Workstations.
For limited finishing workstations, the area inside the 915 mm (3 ft) space horizontally and
vertically beyond the volume enclosed by the outside surface of the curtains or partitions
shall be classified as Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22,
as shown in Figure 516.5(D)(5).
Figure 516.5(D)(4) Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone
22 Locations Adjacent to an Enclosed Spray Booth or Spray Room. [33:Figure
6.5.4]
Figure 516.5(D)(5) Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone
22 Locations Adjacent to an Enclosed Spray Booth or Spray Room. [33:Figure
14.3.5.1]
516.6 Wiring and Equipment in Class I Locations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
352/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(A) Wiring and Equipment — Vapors.
All electrical wiring and equipment within the Class I location (containing vapor only — not
residues) defined in 516.5 shall comply with the applicable provisions of Article 501 or
Article 505, as applicable.
(B) Wiring and Equipment — Vapors and Residues.
Unless specifically listed for locations containing deposits of dangerous quantities of
flammable or combustible vapors, mists, residues, dusts, or deposits (as applicable), there
shall be no electrical equipment in any spray area as herein defined whereon deposits of
combustible residue may readily accumulate, except wiring in rigid metal conduit,
intermediate metal conduit, Type MI cable, or in metal boxes or fittings containing no taps,
splices, or terminal connections. [33:6.4.2]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
353/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(C) Illumination.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
354/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Luminaires shall be permitted to be installed as follows:
(1) Luminaires, like that shown in Figure 516.6(C)(a), that are attached to the walls or
ceiling of a spray area but that are outside any classified area and are separated from
the spray area by glass panels shall be suitable for use in unclassified locations.
Such fixtures shall be serviced from outside the spray area. [33:6.6.1]
(2) Luminaires, like that shown in Figure 516.6(C)(a), that are attached to the walls or
ceiling of a spray area; that are separated from the spray area by glass panels and
that are located within a Class I, Division 2; a Class I, Zone 2; a Class II, Division 2;
or a Zone 22 location shall be suitable for such location. Such fixtures shall be
serviced from outside the spray area. [33:6.6.2]
(3) Luminaires, like that shown in Figure 516.6(C)(b), that are an integral part of the
walls or ceiling of a spray area shall be permitted to be separated from the spray area
by glass panels that are an integral part of the fixture. Such fixtures shall be listed for
use in Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 locations,
whichever is applicable, and also shall be listed for accumulations of deposits of
combustible residues. Such fixtures shall be permitted to be serviced from inside the
spray area. [33:6.6.3]
(4) Glass panels used to separate luminaires from the spray area or that are an integral
part of the luminaire shall meet the following requirements.
(5) Panels for light fixtures or for observation shall be of heat-treated glass,
laminated glass, wired glass, or hammered-wired glass and shall be sealed to
confine vapors, mists, residues, dusts, and deposits to the spray area.
[ 33: 5.5.1]
Exception: Listed spray booth assemblies that have vision panels
constructed of other materials shall be permitted.
(6) Panels for light fixtures shall be separated from the fixture to prevent the
surface temperature of the panel from exceeding 93°C (200°F). [ 33: 5.5.2] (7) The panel frame and method of attachment shall be designed to not fail under
fire exposure before the vision panel fails. [ 33: 5.5.3] Figure 516.6(C)(a) Example of a Luminaire that is Mounted Outside of the Spray
Area and is Serviced from Outside the Spray Area. [33:Figure 6.6.1]
Figure 516.6(C)(b) Example of a Luminaire that is an Integral Part of the Spray Area
and is Serviced from Inside the Spray Area. [33:Figure 6.6.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
355/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(D) Portable Equipment.
Portable electric luminaires or other utilization equipment shall not be used in a spray area
during spray operations.
Exception No. 1: Where portable electric luminaires are required for operations in spaces
not readily illuminated by fixed lighting within the spraying area, they shall be of the type
identified for Class I, Division 1 or Class 1, Zone 1 locations where readily ignitible
residues may be present. [33:6.9 Exception]
Exception No. 2: Where portable electric drying apparatus is used in spray booths and
the following requirements are met:
(a) The apparatus and its electrical connections are not located within the spray
enclosure during spray operations.
(b) Electrical equipment within 450 mm (18 in.) of the floor is identified for Class I,
Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2 locations.
(c) All metallic parts of the drying apparatus are electrically bonded and grounded.
(d) Interlocks are provided to prevent the operation of spray equipment while drying
apparatus is within the spray enclosure, to allow for a 3-minute purge of the enclosure
before energizing the drying apparatus and to shut off drying apparatus on failure of
ventilation system.
(E) Electrostatic Equipment.
Electrostatic spraying or detearing equipment shall be installed and used only as provided
in 516.10.
Informational Note: For further information, see NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray
Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
356/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(F) Static Electric Discharges.
All persons and all electrically conductive objects, including any metal parts of the process
equipment or apparatus, containers of material, exhaust ducts, and piping systems that
convey flammable or combustible liquids, shall be electrically grounded. [34:6.8.1]
516.7 Wiring and Equipment Not Within Classified Locations.
(A) Wiring.
All fixed wiring above the Class I and II locations shall be in metal raceways, Type PVC
conduit, Type RTRC conduit, or electrical nonmetallic tubing; where cables are used, they
shall be Type MI, Type TC, or Type MC cable. Cellular metal floor raceways shall only be
permitted to supply ceiling outlets or as extensions to the area below the floor of a Class I
or II location. Where cellular metal raceways, are used, they shall not have connections
leading into or passing through the Class I or II location unless suitable seals are provided.
(B) Equipment.
Equipment that may produce arcs, sparks, or particles of hot metal, such as lamps and
lampholders for fixed lighting, cutouts, switches, receptacles, motors, or other equipment
having make-and-break or sliding contacts, where installed above a classified location or
above a location where freshly finished goods are handled, shall be of the totally enclosed
type or be constructed so as to prevent the escape of sparks or hot metal particles.
516.10 Special Equipment.
(A) Fixed Electrostatic Equipment.
This section shall apply to any equipment using electrostatically charged elements for the
atomization, charging, and/or precipitation of hazardous materials for coatings on articles
or for other similar purposes in which the charging or atomizing device is attached to a
mechanical support or manipulator. This shall include robotic devices. This section shall
not apply to devices that are held or manipulated by hand. Where robot or programming
procedures involve manual manipulation of the robot arm while spraying with the high
voltage on, the provisions of 516.10(B) shall apply. The installation of electrostatic
spraying equipment shall comply with 516.10(A)(1) through (A)(10). Spray equipment shall
be listed. All automatic electrostatic equipment systems shall comply with 516.6(A)
through (E).
(1) Power and Control Equipment.
Transformers, high-voltage supplies, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of
the equipment shall be installed outside of the Class I location or be of a type identified for
the location.
Exception: High-voltage grids, electrodes, electrostatic atomizing heads, and their
connections shall be permitted within the Class I location.
(2) Electrostatic Equipment.
Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads shall be adequately supported in permanent
locations and shall be effectively insulated from ground. Electrodes and electrostatic
atomizing heads that are permanently attached to their bases, supports, reciprocators, or
robots shall be deemed to comply with this section.
(3) High-Voltage Leads.
High-voltage leads shall be properly insulated and protected from mechanical damage or
exposure to destructive chemicals. Any exposed element at high voltage shall be
effectively and permanently supported on suitable insulators and shall be effectively
guarded against accidental contact or grounding.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
357/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(4) Support of Goods.
Goods being coated using this process shall be supported on conveyors or hangers. The
conveyors or hangers shall be arranged (1) to ensure that the parts being coated are
electrically connected to ground with a resistance of 1 megohm or less and (2) to prevent
parts from swinging.
(5) Automatic Controls.
Electrostatic apparatus shall be equipped with automatic means that will rapidly deenergize the high-voltage elements under any of the following conditions:
(1) Stoppage of ventilating fans or failure of ventilating equipment from any cause
(2) Stoppage of the conveyor carrying goods through the high-voltage field unless
stoppage is required by the spray process
(3) Occurrence of excessive current leakage at any point in the high-voltage system
(4) De-energizing the primary voltage input to the power supply
(6) Grounding.
All electrically conductive objects in the spray area, except those objects required by the
process to be at high voltage, shall be adequately grounded. This requirement shall apply to
paint containers, wash cans, guards, hose connectors, brackets, and any other electrically
conductive objects or devices in the area.
Informational Note: For more information on grounding and bonding for static
electricity purposes, see NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray Application Using
Flammable or Combustible Materials; NFPA 34-2015, Standard for Dipping, Coating,
and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids; and NFPA 772007, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity.
(7) Isolation.
Safeguards such as adequate booths, fencing, railings, interlocks, or other means shall be
placed about the equipment or incorporated therein so that they, either by their location,
character, or both, ensure that a safe separation of the process is maintained.
(8) Signs.
Signs shall be conspicuously posted to convey the following:
(1) Designate the process zone as dangerous with regard to fire and accident
(2) Identify the grounding requirements for all electrically conductive objects in the spray
area
(3) Restrict access to qualified personnel only
(9) Insulators.
All insulators shall be kept clean and dry.
(10) Other Than Nonincendive Equipment.
Spray equipment that cannot be classified as nonincendive shall comply with (A)(10)(a) and
(A)(10)(b).
(a) Conveyors, hangers, and application equipment shall be arranged so that a
minimum separation of at least twice the sparking distance is maintained between the
workpiece or material being sprayed and electrodes, electrostatic atomizing heads, or
charged conductors. Warnings defining this safe distance shall be posted. [33:11.4.1]
(b) The equipment shall provide an automatic means of rapidly de-energizing the
high-voltage elements in the event the distance between the goods being painted and the
electrodes or electrostatic atomizing heads falls below that specified in (a). [33:11.3.8]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
358/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Hand-Spraying Electrostatic Equipment.
This section shall apply to any equipment using electrostatically charged elements for the
atomization, charging, or precipitation of flammable and combustible materials for coatings
on articles, or for other similar purposes in which the charging or atomizing device is handheld and manipulated during the spraying operation. Electrostatic hand-spraying equipment
and devices used in connection with paint-spraying operations shall be of listed types and
shall comply with 516.10(B)(1) through (B)(5).
(1) General.
The high-voltage circuits shall be designed so as not to produce a spark of sufficient
intensity to ignite the most readily ignitible of those vapor–air mixtures likely to be
encountered, or result in appreciable shock hazard upon coming in contact with a grounded
object under all normal operating conditions. The electrostatically charged exposed
elements of the handgun shall be capable of being energized only by an actuator that also
controls the coating material supply.
(2) Power Equipment.
Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the
equipment shall be located outside of the Class I location or be identified for the location.
Exception: The handgun itself and its connections to the power supply shall be permitted
within the Class I location.
(3) Handle.
The handle of the spraying gun shall be electrically connected to ground by a conductive
material and be constructed so that the operator in normal operating position is in electrical
contact with the grounded handle with a resistance of not more than 1 megohm to prevent
buildup of a static charge on the operator’s body. Signs indicating the necessity for
grounding other persons entering the spray area shall be conspicuously posted.
(4) Electrostatic Equipment.
All electrically conductive objects in the spraying area, except those objects required by the
process to be at high voltage shall be electrically connected to ground with a resistance of
not more than 1 megohm. This requirement shall apply to paint containers, wash cans, and
any other electrical conductive objects or devices in the area. The equipment shall carry a
prominent, permanently installed warning regarding the necessity for this grounding feature.
Informational Note: For more information on grounding and bonding for static
electricity purposes, see NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray Application Using
Flammable or Combustible Materials; NFPA 34-2015, Standard for Dipping, Coating,
and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids; and NFPA 772007, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity.
(5) Support of Objects.
Objects being painted shall be maintained in electrical contact with the conveyor or other
grounded support. Hooks shall be regularly cleaned to ensure adequate grounding of 1
megohm or less. Areas of contact shall be sharp points or knife edges where possible.
Points of support of the object shall be concealed from random spray where feasible; and,
where the objects being sprayed are supported from a conveyor, the point of attachment to
the conveyor shall be located so as to not collect spray material during normal operation.
(C) Powder Coating.
This section shall apply to processes in which combustible dry powders are applied. The
hazards associated with combustible dusts are present in such a process to a degree,
depending on the chemical composition of the material, particle size, shape, and
distribution.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
359/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(1) Electrical Equipment and Sources of Ignition.
Electrical equipment and other sources of ignition shall comply with the requirements of
Article 502. Portable electric luminaires and other utilization equipment shall not be used
within a Class II location during operation of the finishing processes. Where such
luminaires or utilization equipment are used during cleaning or repairing operations, they
shall be of a type identified for Class II, Division 1 locations, and all exposed metal parts
shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor.
Exception: Where portable electric luminaires are required for operations in spaces not
readily illuminated by fixed lighting within the spraying area, they shall be of the type
listed for Class II, Division 1 locations where readily ignitible residues may be present.
(2) Fixed Electrostatic Spraying Equipment.
The provisions of 516.10(A) and 516.10(C)(1) shall apply to fixed electrostatic spraying
equipment.
(3) Electrostatic Hand-Spraying Equipment.
The provisions of 516.10(B) and 516.10(C)(1) shall apply to electrostatic hand-spraying
equipment.
(4) Electrostatic Fluidized Beds.
Electrostatic fluidized beds and associated equipment shall be of identified types. The highvoltage circuits shall be designed such that any discharge produced when the charging
electrodes of the bed are approached or contacted by a grounded object shall not be of
sufficient intensity to ignite any powder–air mixture likely to be encountered or to result in
an appreciable shock hazard.
(a) Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of
the equipment shall be located outside the powder-coating area or shall otherwise comply
with the requirements of 516.10(C)(1).
Exception: The charging electrodes and their connections to the power supply shall
be permitted within the powder-coating area.
(b) All electrically conductive objects within the powder-coating area shall be
adequately grounded. The powder-coating equipment shall carry a prominent, permanently
installed warning regarding the necessity for grounding these objects.
Informational Note: For more information on grounding and bonding for static
electricity purposes, see NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray Application Using
Flammable or Combustible Materials; NFPA 34-2015, Standard for Dipping, Coating,
and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids; and NFPA 772007, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity.
(c) Objects being coated shall be maintained in electrical contact (less than 1
megohm) with the conveyor or other support in order to ensure proper grounding. Hangers
shall be regularly cleaned to ensure effective electrical contact. Areas of electrical contact
shall be sharp points or knife edges where possible.
(d) The electrical equipment and compressed air supplies shall be interlocked with a
ventilation system so that the equipment cannot be operated unless the ventilating fans are
in operation. [33:Chapter 15]
516.16 Grounding.
All metal raceways, the metal armors or metallic sheath on cables, and all non–currentcarrying metal parts of fixed or portable electrical equipment, regardless of voltage, shall be
grounded and bonded. Grounding and bonding shall comply with 501.30, 502.30, or
505.25, as applicable.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
360/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Part IV. Spray Application Operations in Membrane Enclosures
516.18 Membrane Enclosure Use.
Spray application operations within both outdoor and indoor temporary membrane
enclosures shall be limited to workpieces that cannot be moved into a spray booth and
where open spraying is not practical due to the proximity to other operations, finish quality,
or concerns such as the collection of overspray.
(1) Spray application operations and processes within the enclosure shall only be
permitted for the workpiece for which the enclosure was erected.
(2) Spray application operations for parts removed from the workpiece shall be
conducted in accordance with applicable requirements of this standard.
(3) Membrane enclosures shall be erected for 180 days or less.
(4) Enclosures erected under this chapter shall only be used for the duration of a spray
operation at a fixed location which can involve multiple coats for a single workpiece.
(5) Membrane material shall not be reused for any other spray application operations.
(6) Operations conducted within the enclosure other than spray applications shall meet
the fire and safety requirements for those operations.
(7) These operations shall not take place while the spray application operation is in
progress.
Informational Note: For additional guidance, see Chapter 18 of NFPA 33-2015,
Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials.
516.20 Location of Temporary Membrane Enclosures.
Temporary membrane enclosures shall be permitted to be located in accordance with
516.20(A) and 516.20(B).
(A) Outside of Buildings.
The spray area shall be separated from permanent structures by a minimum of 4.6 m (15
ft).
(B) Inside of Buildings.
Membrane enclosures for spray painting shall be permitted to be installed in buildings
provided all of the requirements 516.21 are met.
516.21 Membrane Material.
Membrane materials shall comply with the following requirements:
(1) Material used in a vertical plane for membrane enclosures shall have been tested and
passed the NFPA 701-2010, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of
Textiles and Films, Test 2 requirements.
(2) Other than material in a vertical plane, the membrane material shall be listed for
installation beneath sprinklers and in installed to meet the requirements of 8.15.15 of
NFPA 13-2014, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
(3) Where a listed membrane material is used, it shall be considered a drop-out ceiling in
NFPA 13-2014, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, and follow the
applicable requirements for those assemblies.
Informational Note: Buildings in which membrane enclosures are installed are
provided with automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with the requirements for
indoor membrane enclosures of NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray Application
Using Flammable or Combustible Materials.
516.22 Area Classification for Temporary Membrane Enclosures.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
The area classification shall be as given in 516.22(A)(1) through (A)(8) and is illustrated by
361/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
The area classification shall be as given in 516.22(A)(1) through (A)(8) and is illustrated by
Figure 516.22.
(A) Classification of Locations.
The zone system of electrical area classification shall be applied as follows:
(1) A 1.5 m (5 ft) zone outside of the membrane enclosure shall be considered Class I,
Division 2, as shown in Figure 516.22.
(2) All lighting, electrical power cords, and any related equipment within the membrane
enclosure shall be rated for Class I Division 1 as defined by NFPA 70 when used
during spray paint operations.
(3) All lighting, electrical power cords, and any related equipment within the 1.5 m (5 ft)
distance horizontally from the exterior of the membrane enclosure shall be listed for
Class I Division 2 as defined by NFPA 70 when used during spray paint operations.
(4) All power to the workpiece shall be removed during spray painting
(5) Workpieces shall be grounded.
(6) Scaffolding shall be bonded to the workpiece and grounded to an appropriate
grounding rod or other approved method consistent with 6.2.1 referenced
requirements.
(7) Spray paint equipment shall be grounded.
(8) Equipment used to monitor the concentration of solvent vapors shall be calibrated for
the solvents used. The calibration frequency shall be per the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Figure 516.22 Electrical Classifications for Temporary Outdoor Membrane
Enclosures [33:Figure 18.7.1.1]
516.23 Electrical and Other Sources of Ignition.
Electrical wiring and utilization equipment used in membrane enclosures during spray
painting shall comply with 516.5(A)(1).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
362/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
516.24 Ventilation.
Each membrane enclosure shall be provided with mechanical ventilation consistent with
the following:
(1) The ventilation system shall be designed and installed to ensure that the enclosure is
maintained at a pressure that is negative relative to the surrounding environs.
(2) The concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation
system during spray operations and ambient air drying operations shall not exceed 10
percent of the lower flammable limit.
(3) All spray operations within the membrane enclosure shall cease operations when the
concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation system
reaches or exceeds 10 percent of the lower flammable limit.
(4) An interlock shall be provided so that the spray apparatus is automatically stopped if
the ventilation system fails to maintain the concentration of the vapors and mists in
the exhaust stream below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit.
(5) Where interlocks cannot be effectively provided for ventilation equipment that uses
plant air, large air storage tanks, or equipment that cannot be instantly shut off, an
audible alarm upon loss of ventilation that will alert all spray paint operators shall be
permitted with authority having jurisdiction approval.
(6) Exhaust air shall be taken from one or more points within 300 mm (12 in.) of the floor
of the enclosure.
(7) An adequate supply of clean make-up air shall be provided per the requirements of
NFPA 33-2015, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible
Materials.
(8) The location of both the exhaust and make-up air openings shall be arranged to
provide air movement throughout the enclosure and across all portions of the floor to
prevent accumulation of flammable vapors.
Each membrane spray enclosure shall be provided with mechanical ventilation that is
capable of confining and removing vapors and mists to a safe location and is capable
of confining and controlling combustible residues, dusts, and deposits. The
concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation system
shall not exceed 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
(9) Air exhausted from the membrane enclosure shall not be recirculated.
Air exhausted to the atmosphere from liquid spray operations shall be conducted by
ducts directly to the outside of the building. Exhaust ducts shall follow the most direct
route to the point of discharge but shall not penetrate a fire wall. The exhaust
discharge shall be directed away from any fresh air intakes. The exhaust duct
discharge point shall be at least 1830 mm (6 ft) from any exterior wall or roof. The
exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any combustible construction that
is within 7625 mm (25 ft) of the exhaust duct discharge point, nor shall it discharge in
the direction of any unprotected opening in any noncombustible or limited-combustible
construction that is within 7625 mm (25 ft) of the exhaust duct discharge point.
516.25 Drying.
Membrane enclosures used for spray application of flammable or combustible materials
shall not be used for drying, curing, or fusing operations at elevated temperature.
Freshly sprayed workpieces shall be dried only in spaces that are ventilated to prevent the
concentration of vapors from exceeding 10 percent of the lower flammable limit.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
363/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
516.26 Facilities Compliance Permitting.
Spray application within temporary membrane enclosures shall be permitted and approved.
Informational Note: Spray application within temporary membrane enclosures can
occur only after the requirements of Chapter 18 of NFPA 33-2015, Standard for
Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials, are met.
Part V. Printing, Dipping, and Coating Processes
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
364/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
516.29 Classification of Locations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
365/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Classification is based on quantities of flammable vapors, combustible mists, residues,
dusts, or deposits that are present or might be present in quantities sufficient to produce
ignitable or explosive mixtures with air. Electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment
located adjacent to open processes shall comply with the requirements as follows.
Examples of these requirements are illustrated in Figure 516.29(a), Figure 516.29(b),
Figure 516.29(c), and Figure 516.29(d).
Informational Note: For additional guidance, see Chapter 6 of NFPA 33-2015,
Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials, and
Chapter 6 of NFPA 34-2015, Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes
Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids.
(1) Electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment located in any sump, pit, or below
grade channel that is within 7620 mm (25 ft) horizontally of a vapor source, as defined
by this standard, shall be suitable for Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 1 locations.
If the sump, pit, or channel extends beyond 7620 mm (25 ft) of the vapor source, it
shall be provided with a vapor stop, or it shall be classified as Class I, Division 1 or
Class I, Zone 1 for its entire length. [34:6.4.1]
(2) Electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment located within 1525 mm (5 ft) of a
vapor source shall be suitable for Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 1 locations. The
space inside a dip tank, ink fountain, ink reservoir, or ink tank shall be classified as
Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 0, whichever is applicable.
(3) Electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment located within 915 mm (3 ft) of
the Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 1 location shall be suitable for Class I,
Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2 locations, whichever is applicable.
(4) The space 915 mm (3 ft) above the floor and extending 6100 mm (20 ft) horizontally
in all directions from the Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 1 location shall be
classified as Class I, Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2, and electrical wiring and electrical
utilization equipment located within this space shall be suitable for Class I, Division 2
or Class I, Zone 2 locations, whichever is applicable.
(5) This space shall be permitted to be nonclassified for purposes of electrical
installations if the surface area of the vapor source does not exceed 0.5 m2 (5 ft2),
the contents of the dip tank, ink fountain, ink reservoir, or ink tank do not exceed 19 L
(5 gal), and the vapor concentration during operating and shutdown periods does not
exceed 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
Figure 516.29(a) Electrical Area Classification for Open Dipping and Coating
Processes Without Vapor Containment or Ventilation. [34:Figure 6.4(a)]
Figure 516.29(b) Electrical Area Classification for Open Dipping and Coating
Processes with Peripheral Vapor Containment and Ventilation — Vapors Confined
to Process Equipment. [34:Figure 6.4(b)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
366/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Figure 516.29(c) Electrical Area Classification for Open Dipping and Coating
Processes with Partial Peripheral Vapor Containment and Ventilation — Vapors
NOT Confined to Process Equipment. [34:Figure 6.4(c)]
Figure 516.29(d) Electrical Area Classification for a Typical Printing Process.
[34:Figure 6.4(d)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
367/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
516.35 Areas Adjacent to Enclosed Dipping and Coating Processes.
Areas adjacent to enclosed dipping and coating processes are illustrated by Figure 516.35
and shall be classified as follows:
(1) The interior of any enclosed dipping or coating process or apparatus shall be a Class
I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 1 location, and electrical wiring and electrical utilization
equipment located within this space shall be suitable for Class I, Division 1 or Class
I, Zone 1 locations, whichever is applicable. The area inside the dip tank shall be
classified as Class I, Division 1 or Class I, Zone 0, whichever is applicable.
(2) The space within 915 mm (3 ft) in all directions from any opening in the enclosure
and extending to the floor or grade level shall be classified as Class I, Division 2 or
Class I, Zone 2, and electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment located
within this space shall be suitable for Class I, Division 2 locations or Class I, Zone 2
locations, whichever is applicable.
(3) All other spaces adjacent to an enclosed dipping or coating process or apparatus
shall be classified as nonhazardous for purposes of electrical installations.
Figure 516.35 Electrical Area Classification Around Enclosed Dipping and Coating
Processes. [34:Figure 6.5]
516.36 Equipment and Containers in Ventilated Areas.
Open containers, supply containers, waste containers, and solvent distillation units that
contain Class I liquids shall be located in areas ventilated in accordance with 516.4.
516.37 Luminaires.
For printing, coating and dipping equipment where the process area is enclosed by glass
panels that are sealed to confine vapors and mists to the inside of the enclosure,
luminaires that are attached to the walls or ceilings of a process enclosure and that are
located outside of any classified area shall be permitted to be of general purpose
construction. Such luminaires shall be serviced from outside the enclosure.
Luminaires that are attached to the walls or ceilings of a process enclosure, are located
within the Class I, Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2 location, and are separated from the
process area by glass panels that are sealed to confine vapors and mists shall be suitable
for use in that location. Such fixtures shall be serviced from outside the enclosure.
516.38 Wiring and Equipment Not Within Classified Locations.
(A) Wiring.
All fixed wiring above the Class I and II locations shall be in metal raceways, Type PVC
conduit, Type RTRC conduit, or electrical nonmetallic tubing; where cables are used, they
shall be Type MI, Type TC, or Type MC cable. Cellular metal floor raceways shall only be
permitted to supply ceiling outlets or as extensions to the area below the floor of a Class I
or II location. Where cellular metal raceways, are used, they shall not have connections
leading into or passing through the Class I or II location unless suitable seals are provided.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
368/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Equipment.
Equipment that is capable of producing arcs, sparks, or particles of hot metal, such as
lamps and lampholders for fixed lighting, cutouts, switches, receptacles, motors, or other
equipment having make-and-break or sliding contacts, where installed above a classified
location or above a location where freshly finished goods are handled, shall be of the totally
enclosed type or be constructed so as to prevent the escape of sparks or hot metal
particles.
516.40 Static Electric Discharges.
All persons and all electrically conductive objects, including any metal parts of the process
equipment or apparatus, containers of material, exhaust ducts, and piping systems that
convey flammable or combustible liquids, shall be electrically grounded.
Provision shall be made to dissipate static electric charges from all nonconductive
substrates in printing processes.
Informational Note: For additional guidance on reducing the risk of ignition from
electrostatic discharges, see NFPA 77-2014, Recommended Practice on Static
Electricity.
Supplemental Information
File Name
CMP14_SR3914_DV.docx
Description
Rewrite of Article 516. **STAFF USE ONLY** Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Derek Vigstol
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 20:32:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Revisions were made to reference current editions of NFPA documents 77, 91 and
Statement: 701. Editorial revisions were made to extracted text to comply with the NEC Style
Manual.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 176-NFPA 70-2015 [Article 516]
Public Comment No. 1811-NFPA 70-2015 [Part I.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
369/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4214-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Exposed
Conductive Surfaces. ]
517.2, Exposed Conductive Surfaces.
Those surfaces that are capable of carrying electric current and that are unprotected,
uninsulated, unenclosed, or unguarded, permitting personal contact. [ 99: 3.3.47]
Informational Note: Paint, anodizing, and similar coatings are not considered to
be suitable insulation, unless they are listed for such use.
[ 99: 3.3.47]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:38:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The second sentence is removed from the requirement and relocated as an
Statement: Informational Note, since this sentence is not mandatory text. “Uninsulated” was
inadvertently omitted in the FD.
This action addresses the concerns of the CC.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1812-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Exposed Conductive Surfaces.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
370/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4215-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Patient Care
Space. ]
517.2, Patient Care Space.
Any space ofa of a health care facility wherein patients are intended to be examined or
treated. [99:3.3.127]
Informational Note No. 1: The governing body of the facility designates patient
care space in accordance with the type of patient care anticipated. [ 99: 1.3.4.1]
Informational Note No. 2: Business offices, corridors, lounges, day rooms, dining
rooms, or similar areas typically are not classified as patient care space.
[ 99: A.3.3.127]
Basic Care (Category 3) Space.
Space in which failure of equipment or a system is not likely to cause injury to the patients,
staff, or visitors but can cause patient discomfort. [99:3.3.127.3]
Informational Note: Category 3 spaces, formerly known as basic care rooms
(spaces), are typically where basic medical or dental care, treatment, or
examinations are performed. Examples include, but are not limited to, examination
or treatment rooms in clinics, medical and dental offices, nursing homes, and
limited care facilities. [ 99: A.3.3.127.3]
General Care (Category 2) Space.
Space in which failure of equipment or a system is likely to cause minor injury to patients,
staff, or visitors. [99:3.3.127.2]
Critical Care (Category 1) Space.
Space in which failure of equipment or a system is likely to cause major injury or death of
patients, staff, or visitors. [ 99:
Informational Note: Category 2 spaces were formerly known as general care
rooms (spaces). Examples include, but are not limited to, inpatient bedrooms,
dialysis rooms, in vitro fertilization rooms, procedural rooms, and similar rooms.
[ 99: A. 3.3.127.
1
2]
Support Critical Care (Category 4 1 ) Space.
Space in which failure of equipment or a system is not likely to have a physical impact on
patient care. [ 99: 3.3.127.4]
Informational Note No. 1: The governing body of the facility designates patient care
space in accordance with the type of patient care anticipated and with the definitions
of the space classification. [ 99: 1.3.4.1]
Informationaln Note No. 2: Business offices, corridors, lounges, day rooms, dining rooms,
or similar areas typically are not classified as patient care space. [ 99: A.
likely to cause major injury or death of patients, staff, or visitors. [ 99: 3.3.127 .1 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
371/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Informational Note
No.3
:
Category Informational Note No. 5: Category 3 spaces, formerly known as basic care
rooms (spaces), aretypically where basic medical or dental care, treatment, or examinations
are performed. Examples include, but are not limited to, examination or treatment rooms in
clinics, medical and dental offices, nursing homes, and limited care facilities. [ 99: A.
Category 1 spaces, formerly known as critical care rooms (spaces), are typically
where patients are intended to be subjected to invasive procedures and connected
to line operated, patient care–related appliances. Examples include, but are not
limited to, special care patient rooms used for critical care, intensive care, and
special care treatment rooms such as angiography laboratories, cardiac
catheterization laboratories, delivery rooms, operating rooms, post-anesthesia care
units, trauma rooms, and other similar rooms. [ 99: A.3.3.127.1]
Informational Note No. 4: Category 2 spaces were formerly known as general care
rooms (spaces). Examples include, but are not limited to, inpatient bedrooms,
dialysis rooms, in vitro fertilization rooms, procedural rooms, and similar rooms.
[ 99: A.3.3.127.2]
Support (Category 4) Space.
Space in which failure of equipment or a system is not likely to have a physical impact on
patient care. [ 99: 3.3.127. 3
4]
Informational Note
No. 6
:
Category 4 spaces were formerly known as support rooms (spaces). Examples of
support spaces include, but are not limited to, anesthesia work rooms, sterile
supply, laboratories, morgues, waiting rooms, utility rooms, and lounges.
[ 99: A.3.3.127.4]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:46:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Responsive to Correlating Committee (Public Comment PC 1813), in accordance
Statement: with 4.3.3 of the National Electrical Code® Style Manual and 2.3.2.11 of the Manual
of Style for NFPA Technical Committee Documents regarding extracted materials,
the consent of the NFPA 99 Fundamentals Technical Committee, as the committee
responsible for the source document, was sought and obtained to use parenthetic
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
372/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
references between specific older and current NFPA 99 terminology during a transition
to current NFPA 99 terminology in the National Electrical Code®. [Ref. Minutes of
NFPA Technical Committee on Fundamentals (HEA-FUN), August 13, 2015, Item 7]
This written permission is documented in the attachments submitted with Public
Comment PC 1175. Accordingly, the 2017 NEC® will use the transitional terminology, as follows: “Critical
Care Space (Category 1 Space)”, “General Care Space (Category 2 Space)”, “Basic
Care Space (Category 3 Space)”, and “Support Space (Category 4 Space)”. CMP-15 intends to modify the 2020 NEC® to use the transitional terminology, as
follows: “Category 1 Space (Critical Care Space)”, “Category 2 Space (General Care
Space)”, “Category 3 Space (Basic Care Space)”, and “Category 4 Space (Support
Space)”. CMP-15 intends to modify the 2023 NEC® to use NFPA 99’s terminology directly, as
follows: “Category 1 Space”, “Category 2 Space”, “Category 3 Space”, and “Category
4 Space”. Relocation of the informational notes, in accordance with Public Comment PC 470,
improves readability by immediately following the requirement to which each
informational note applies. Although NEC® Style Manual 2.6.1 applies solely to
Exceptions, Code-Making Panel 15 recommends to the Correlating Committee that
similar guidelines be added to NEC® Style Manual (2.4.3) for Informational Notes as
well. Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1813-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Patient Care Space.]
Public Comment No. 470-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Patient Care Space.]
Public Comment No. 1175-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Patient Care Space.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
373/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4216-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.13 ]
517.13 Grounding of Receptacles and Fixed Electrical Equipment in Patient Care
Spaces.
Wiring in patient care spaces shall comply with 517.13(A) and (B).
(A) Wiring Methods.
All branch circuits serving patient care areas spaces shall be provided with an effective
ground-fault current path by installation in a metal raceway system, or a cable having a
metallic armor or sheath assembly. The metal raceway system, or metallic cable armor, or
sheath assembly shall itself qualify as an equipment grounding conductor in accordance
with 250.118.
(B) Insulated Equipment Grounding Conductor Conductors and Insulated Equipment
Bonding Jumpers .
(1) General.
The following shall be directly connected to an insulated copper equipment grounding
conductor that is green clearly identified along its entire length by green insulation and
installed with the branch circuit conductors in the wiring methods as provided in 517.13(A):
(1) The grounding terminals of all receptacles
Where metal receptacle boxes are used, the performance of the connection between the
receptacle grounding terminal and the metal box shall be equivalent to the performance
provided by copper wire no smaller than 12 AWG. [ 99: 6.3.2.2.2.4]
(2) other than isolated ground receptacles.
(3) Metal outlet boxes, metal device boxes, or metal enclosures
(4) All non–current-carrying conductive surfaces of fixed electrical equipment likely to
become energized that are subject to personal contact, operating at over 100 volts
Exception No. 1: An For other thatn isolated ground receptacles, an insulated
equipment bonding jumper that directly connects to the equipment grounding conductor is
permitted to connect the box and receptacle(s) to the equipment grounding conductor. Isolated ground receptacles shall be connected in accordance with 517.16.
Exception No. 2: Metal faceplates shall be permitted to be connected to the equipment
grounding conductor by means of a metal mounting screw(s) securing the faceplate to a
grounded outlet box or grounded wiring device.
Exception No. 3: Luminaires more than 2.3 m (7 1∕2 ft) above the floor and switches
located outside of the patient care vicinity shall be permitted to be connected to an
equipment grounding return path complying with 517.13(A) and or (B).
(2) Sizing. Equipment grounding conductors and equipment
Where metal receptacle boxes are used, the performance of the connection between the
receptacle grounding terminal and the metal box shall be equivalent to the performance
provided by copper wire no smaller than 12 AWG. [ 99: 6.3.2.2.2.4] Where receptacles and
fixed electrical equipment are provided with overcurrent protection rated over 20 amperes,
bonding jumpers shall be sized in accordance with 250.122 .
Equipment grounding conductors shall be sized in accordance with 250.122 .
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
374/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 14:28:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revision to 517.13(B)(1)(1) to exclude isolated ground receptacles is essential to
Statement: correlate with 517.16(B) as modified by FR4260 and to avoid defeating the isolated
grounding feature of an IG receptacle by miswiring per the 517.16 reference to
517.13(B).
The title of 517.16(B) is revised since requirements encompasses equipment bonding
jumpers in addition to equipment grounding conductors.
The NFPA 99-extracted requirements has been relocated from 517.16(B)(1)(2) to the
Sizing requirement in 517.16(B)(2). The connection point requirement in revised 517.16(B)(1)(2) is no longer that sizing
requirement but clarifies the distinct connection point portion of the requirement.
Consequently, the term "metal receptacle boxes" in revised 517.16(B)(1)(2) is revised
to be consistent with the term "metal outlet boxes" or "metal device boxes" used in
the National Electrical Code® NFPA 70 (e.g., "Article 314 Outlet, Device, Pull, and
Junction Boxes ..."). As 517.13(B)(1)(2) was revised in FR4261 and in accordance with 90.3, it was
ambiguous whether 517.13(B)(1)(2) might permit equipment bonding jumpers to be
sized as copper 12 AWG for 60A, 100A, and 200A receptacles rather than to be
unequivocally equivalent to copper 10 AWG, 8 AWG, or 6 AWG, respectively, in
accordance with the minimum sizes of 250.122. The requirement is modified for
clarity and usability. The grounding conductor’s insulation, not the copper conductor itself, should be green.
Exception No.3 is modified to clarify that either 517.13(A) or (B) may be used; it is not
required to do both.
Editorial: Use term “patient care spaces” in place of “patient care areas” for
consistency throughout NEC® Article 517 and with NFPA 99.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 63-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.13]
Public Comment No. 430-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.13(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 847-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.13]
Public Comment No. 1656-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.13(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
375/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4228-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.16(A) ]
(A) Inside of a Patient Care Vicinity.
An isolated grounding receptacle shall not be installed within a patient care vicinity.
[99:6.3.2.2.7.1(B)]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:16:09 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: CMP-15 adds a title to be consistent with 517.16(B).
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
376/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4217-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.16(B) ]
(B) Outside of a Patient Care Vicinity.
Isolated grounding ground receptacle(s) used installed in patient care spaces outside of a
patient care vicinity shall not defeat the purposes of the safety features of the grounding
systems detailed in 517.13 (s) shall comply with 517.16(B)(1) and (2) .
(1) Isolated The grounding terminals of isolated ground receptacles installed in branch circuits
for patient care spaces shall be connected to an insulated equipment grounding conductor
in accordance with 250.146(D) in addition to the two equipment grounding conductor paths
path required in 517.13(A) and (B) .
(2) The equipment grounding conductor installed for isolated grounding connected to the
grounding terminals of isolated ground receptacles in patient care areas spaces shall be
clearly identified using along the equipment grounding conductor's entire length by green
insulation with one or more yellow stripes.
(2)
The insulated grounding conductor required in 517.13(B)(1) shall be clearly identified along
its entire length by green insulation, with no yellow stripes, and shall not be connected to
the grounding terminals of isolated ground receptacles but shall be connected to the box or
enclosure indicated in 517 . 13(B)(1)(2) and to non-current-carrying conductive surfaces of
fixed electrical equipment indicated in 517.13(B)(1)(3).
Informational Note No. 1: This type of installation is typically used where a reduction
of electrical noise (electromagnetic interference) is necessary, and parallel grounding
paths are to be avoided.
Informational Note No. 2: Care should be taken in specifying a system containing
isolated ground receptacles, because the grounding impedance is controlled only by
the grounding wires and does not benefit from any conduit or building structure in
parallel with the grounding path. [99:A.6.3.2.2.7.1 ]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 16:35:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision provides necessary clarity to First Revision No. 4260-NFPA 70-2015
Statement: (Section No. 517.6) and correlates with 517.13. http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
377/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
CMP-15 has clarified that the equipment grounding conductor path referenced in
517.13(B)(1) [green unstriped insulated conductor] shall not be incorrectly terminated
to the Isolated Ground receptacle’s grounding terminal. This connection is to be made
to the metal box or enclosure to which the Isolated Ground receptacle’s mounting
means connects to the strap of the receptacle and bonds the faceplate. 517.16(B)(2) mandates “both” an insulated grounding conductor identified green with
yellow stripes that is to be connected to the grounding terminal of the isolated ground
receptacle “and” an insulated grounding conductor identified as green (without yellow
striping) per NEC® 517.13(B)(1)(1) methods be used for this installation. If the
isolated ground conductor is connected to the metal box and the isolated ground
terminal, such a connection would negate the isolated grounding of an Isolated
Ground receptacle established by NEC® 250.146(D). Editorial changes include:
Use the term “isolated ground receptacles” for consistency throughout NEC® 517.16
and with NEC® 250.146(D) as directed by the Correlating Committee.
Further, the term “patient care areas” in NEC® 517.16(B)(2) should be consistent with
“patient care spaces” now used in Article 517.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 62-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 746-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.16(B)(2)]
Public Comment No. 765-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.16(B)(2)]
Public Comment No. 848-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 1815-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.16]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
378/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4225-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.30 ]
517.30 Sources of Power.
(A) Two Independent Power Sources.
Essential electrical systems shall have a minimum of the following two independent
sources of power: a normal source generally supplying the entire electrical system and one
or more alternate source (s) for use when the normal source is interrupted. [99:6.4.1.1.4]
(B) Types of Power Sources.
(1) Generating Units.
Where the normal source consists of generating units on the premises, the alternate source
shall be either another generating set or an external utility service. [99:6.4.1.1.5]
(2) Fuel Cell Systems.
Fuel cell systems shall be permitted to serve as the alternate source for all or part of an
essential electrical system, provided the following conditions apply:
N +
(1) Installation shall comply with NFPA 853, Standard for Installation of Stationary
Fuel Cell Power Systems .
(1) N 1 units shall be provided where N units have sufficient capacity to supply the
demand loads of the portion of the system served.
(2) System shall be able to assume loads within 10 seconds of loss of normal power
source.
(3) System shall have a continuing source of fuel supply, together with sufficient on-site
fuel storage for the essential system type.
(4) A connection shall be provided for a portable diesel generator to supply life safety
and critical portions of the distribution system. [99:6.4.1.1.7(1) through (5)]
(5) Fuel cell systems shall be listed for emergency system use.
(C) Location of Essential Electrical System Components.
Essential electrical system components shall be located to minimize interruptions caused
by natural forces common to the area (e.g., storms, floods, earthquakes, or hazards
created by adjoining structures or activities). Installations of electrical services shall be
located to reduce possible interruption of normal electrical services resulting from similar
causes as well as possible disruption of normal electrical service due to internal wiring and
equipment failures. Feeders shall be located to provide physical separation of the feeders
of the alternate source and from the feeders of the normal electrical source to prevent
possible simultaneous interruption.
Informational Note: Facilities in which the normal source of power is supplied by two
or more separate central station-fed services experience greater than normal
electrical service reliability than those with only a single feed. Such a dual source of
normal power consists of two or more electrical services fed from separate
generator sets or a utility distribution network that has multiple power input sources
and is arranged to provide mechanical and electrical separation so that a fault
between the facility and the generating sources is not likely to cause an interruption
of more than one of the facility service feeders.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
379/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 17:59:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The NFPA 99 requirement for installation compliance with NFPA 853 was
Statement: inadvertently omitted and 517.30(A) is revised accordingly. The requirement for fuel cell systems being listed for emergency use is specifically
retained. This requirement is clearly outside of the cited extracted text for NFPA 702017, and the same requirement has been explicitly added to 6.4.1.1.7 per First
Revision FR 19 of NFPA 99-2018, where wording has been revised accordingly.
Furthermore, this is a requirement pertaining to the installation of equipment. In
accordance with Standards Council Decision SD-11-7, NFPA 70 Code-Making Panel
15 has authority to set installation requirements of equipment in health care facilities. This action meets the intent of the CC PC-1817 relative to “or more”.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1501-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.30]
Public Comment No. 1817-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.35 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
380/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4218-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.31(B)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
381/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based on reliabilityand design. Each
branch of the essential electrical system shall have one or more transfer switches. Transfer
equipment shall meet the requirements in 700.5(A) , (B), and (C) where commercially
available.
One transfer switch and downstream distribution system shall be permitted to serve one or
more branches in a facility with a maximum demand on the essential electrical system of
150 kVA.
Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 99-2015, Health Care Facilities Code, 6.4.3.2,
Transfer Switches; 6.4.2.1.5, Automatic Transfer Switch Features; 6.4.2.1.5.15,
Nonautomatic Transfer Switch Features; and 6.4.2.1.7, Nonautomatic Transfer
Device Features.
Informational Note No. 2: See Informational Note Figure 517.31(a).
Informational Note No. 3: See Informational Note Figure 517.31(b).
Informational Note Figure 517.31(a) Hospital — Minimum Requirement (greater than
150 kVA) for Transfer Switch Arrangement.
Informational Note Figure 517.31(b) Hospital — Minimum Requirement (150 kVA or
less) for Transfer Switch Arrangement.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
382/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 16:56:55 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee NFPA 99:6.4.2.2.1.5 states that NFPA 70, Article 700 shall only apply to the life
Statement: safety branch. CMP-15 deletes the last sentence added in the FR, (“Only Transfer
equipment on the life safety branch shall meet the requirements in 700.5(A), (B), and
(C) where commercially available.”) as it not consistent with the requirements of
NFPA 99.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1705-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.31(B) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
383/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4219-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.42(A) ]
(A) General.
Essential electrical systems [ for nursing homes and limited care facilities] shall be divided
into the following two branch circuits branches , the life safety branch and the equipment
branch. [99: A. 6.5.2.2.1.2]
The division between the branches shall occur at transfer switches where more than one
transfer switch is required.
Informational Note No. 1: Essential electrical systems are comprised of two
separate branches capable of supplying a limited amount of lighting and power
service, which is considered essential for the protection of life and safety and
effective operation of the institution during the time normal electrical service is
interrupted for any reason. [ 99: A.6.5.2.2.1]
Informational Note No. 2: For more information see NFPA 99-2015, Health Care
Facilities Code [ 99: A .6.5.2.1.1]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 17:40:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision correlates with the requirement in NFPA 99. CMP-15 editorially
corrects the extract references to NFPA 99.
Public Comment No. 1665-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.42(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
384/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4220-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.42(B) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
385/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Transfer Switches.
The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based on reliability, design, and load
considerations.99:6.5.2.2.1.1]
(1) Each branch of the essential electrical system shall have one or more transfer
switches. [99:6.5.2.2.1.3] Transfer equipment shall meet the requirements in
700.5(A) 700.5(A), (B), and (C) where commercially available.
(2) One transfer switch shall be permitted to serve one or more branches or systems in a
facility with a continuous load on the switch of 150 kVA (120 kW) or less.
[99:6.5.2.2.1.6]
Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 99-2015, Health Care Facilities Code, 6.5.3.2,
Transfer Switch Operation Type II; 6.4.2.1.5, Automatic Transfer Switch Features;
and 6.4.2.1.7, Nonautomatic Transfer Device Features.
Informational Note No. 2: See Informational Note Figure 517.42(a).
Informational Note No. 3: See Informational Note Figure 517.42(b).
Informational Note Figure 517.42(a) Nursing Home and Limited Health Care
Facilities — Minimum Requirement (greater than 150 kVA) for Transfer Switch
Arrangement.
Informational Note Figure 517.42(b) Nursing Home and Limited Health Care
Facilities — Minimum Requirement (150 kVA or less) for Transfer Switch
Arrangement.
Submitter Information Verification
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
386/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 17:48:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee NFPA 99:6.5.2.2.1.4 states that NFPA 70, Article 700 shall only apply to the life
Statement: safety branch. CMP-15 deletes the last sentence added in the FR, (“Transfer
equipment shall meet the requirements in 700.5(A), 700.5(A), (B), and (C) where
commercially available.”) as it not consistent with the requirements of NFPA 99.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1713-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.42(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
387/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4229-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.44(A) ]
See attachment
(A) Delayed Automatic Connection.
The following equipment shall be permitted to be connected to the equipment branch and
shall be arranged for delayed automatic connection to the alternate power source:
(1) Task illumination and selected receptacles in the following:
Patient care spaces
Medication preparation areas
Pharmacy dispensing areas
Nurses’ stations (unless adequately lighted by corridor luminaires)
(2) Supply, return, and exhaust ventilating systems for air-born infectious isolation rooms.
(3) Sump pumps and other equipment required to operate for the safety of major apparatus
and associated control systems and alarms
(4) Smoke control and stair pressurization systems
(5) Kitchen hood supply and/or exhaust systems, if required to operate during a fire in or
under the hood
(6) Nurse call systems [ 99: 6.5.2.2.3.3]
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR-4229.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 13:42:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision correlates with the requirement extracted from NFPA 99.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1717-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.44(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
388/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4222-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.61(A)(2) ]
(2) Design and Installation.
Where an isolated power system is utilized, the isolated power equipment shall be listed
and labeled as isolated power equipment, and the isolated power system shall be designed
and installed in accordance with 517.160.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 17:51:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The proposed addition of the words “and labeled” adds clarity. The Panel agrees with
Statement: the submitter’s substantiation and believes that it complies with 517.100.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1268-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.61(A)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
389/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4223-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.63(E) ]
(E) Location of Isolated Power Systems.
Where an isolated power system is utilized, the isolated power equipment shall be listed
and labeled as isolated power equipment. Isolated power system equipment and its supply
circuit shall be permitted to be located in an anesthetizing location, provided it is installed
above a hazardous (classified) location or in an other-than-hazardous (classified) location.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 17:54:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The proposed addition of the words “and labeled” adds clarity. The Panel agrees with
Statement: the submitter’s substantiation and believes that it complies with 517.100.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1272-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.63(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
390/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4230-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 517.71(C) ]
(C) Over 2000 1000 -Volt Supply.
Circuits and equipment operated on a supply circuit of over 2000 1000 volts shall comply
with Article 490.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 13:55:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: CMP-15 makes this revision to correlate with Article 490.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1818-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 517.71(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
391/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4227-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Two-Fer. ]
Two-Fer.
An adapter cable assembly containing one male plug and two female cord connectors
used to connect two loads to one branch circuit.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 11:52:17 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Correlating Committee correctly pointed out a conflict between First Revision
Statement: addition of “adapter” definition and other uses of “adapter” in article 520. This Second
Revision change to the definition of “Two-Fer” (the only conflicting use of “adapter”) is
required to correct that conflict.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1819-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Adapter.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
392/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4203-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 520.9 ]
520.9 Branch Circuits.
A branch circuit of any size supplying one or more receptacles shall be permitted to supply
stage set lighting. The voltage rating of the receptacles shall be not less than the circuit
voltage. Receptacle ampere ratings and branch-circuit conductor ampacity shall be not less
than the branch-circuit overcurrent device ampere rating. Table 210.21(B)(2) and Section
210.23 shall not apply. The application of 210.8(B)(3)(d) shall be optional.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 11:46:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 210.8(B)(3)(d) was changed in the First Revision to add requirements for
Statement: GFCI protection on all outdoor branch circuits. No technical substantiation was
provided to warrant the addition of these requirements to section 520.9. In addition,
due to the nature of the equipment used in venues covered by article 520 such as
phase-controlled dimmed branch circuits, there is typically no practical way to comply
with the new requirements of section 210.8(B)(3)(d).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1024-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 520.9]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
393/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4204-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 520.21 ]
520.21 General.
Fixed stage switchboards shall comply with 520.21(1) through (4):
(1) Fixed stage switchboards shall be listed and labeled .
(2) Fixed stage switchboards shall be readily accessible but shall not be required to be
located on or adjacent to the stage. Multiple fixed stage switchboards shall be
permitted at different locations.
(3) A fixed stage switchboard shall contain overcurrent protective devices for all branch
circuits supplied by that switchboard.
(4) A fixed stage switchboard shall be permitted to supply both stage and non-stage
equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 11:53:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Labeling of listed equipment harmonizes the NEC with requirements of Nationally
Statement: Recognized Testing Laboratories and provides a valuable tool for users and AHJ’s.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1275-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 520.21]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
394/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4205-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 520.44(C)(3) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
395/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(3) Identification of Conductors in Multiconductor Extra-Hard-Usage Cords and Cables.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
396/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Grounded (neutral) conductors shall be white without stripe or shall be identified by a
distinctive white marking at their terminations. Grounding conductors shall be green with or
without yellow stripe or shall be identified by a distinctive green marking at their
terminations.
Table 520.44(C)(3) Ampacity of Listed Extra-Hard-Usage Cords and Cables with
Temperature Ratings of 75°C (167°F) and 90°C (194°F)* [Based on Ambient Temperature
of 30°C (86°F)]
Temperature Rating of
Size (AWG)
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Cords and Cables
75°C
90°C
(167°F)
(194°F)
24
32
41
57
77
101
133
28
35
47
65
87
114
152
Maximum Rating of Overcurrent Device
15
20
25
35
45
60
80
*Ampacity shown is the ampacity for multiconductor cords and cables where only three
copper conductors are current-carrying as described in 400.5. If the number of currentcarrying conductors in a cord or cable exceeds three and the load diversity is a minimum of
50 percent or less, the ampacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in the
following table:
Table 520.44(C)(3)(a) Ampacity Adjustment Factors for More Than Three Current-Carrying
Conductors in a Cord or Cable Where Load Diversity Is 50% or Less
Number of Conductors
Percent of Ampacity Value in Table 520.44(C)(3)
4–6
7–24
25–42
43 and above
80
70
60
50
Note: Ultimate insulation temperature. In no case shall conductors be associated together
in such a way with respect to the kind of circuit, the wiring method used, or the number of
conductors such that the temperature limit of the conductors is exceeded.
A neutral conductor that carries only the unbalanced current from other conductors of the
same circuit need not be considered as a current-carrying conductor.
In a 3-wire circuit consisting of 2- two phase conductors and the neutral conductor of a
4-wire, 3-phase, wye-connected system, the neutral conductor carries approximately the
same current as the line-to-neutral currents of the other conductors and shall be considered
to be a current-carrying conductor.
On a 4-wire, 3-phase wye circuit where the major portion of the load consists of nonlinear
loads, there are harmonic currents in the neutral conductor. Therefore, the neutral conductor
shall be considered to be a current-carrying conductor.
Informational Note: For the purposes of Table 520.44(C)(3)(a), load diversity is the
percentage of the total current of all simultaneously energized circuits fed by the
cable to the sum of the ampacity ratings of all circuits in that cable.
Submitter Information Verification
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
397/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:08:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee In the asterisk note following Table 520.44(C)(3), the removal of "a minimum of" is an
Statement: editorial change to correct self-contradictory wording inadvertently inserted in the First
Revision “2-phase” rather than “two phase” was inserted in the FR. The change corrects that
error.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1155-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 520.44(C)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1161-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 520.44(C)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
398/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4212-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 520.45 ]
520.45 Receptacles.
Receptacles for electrical equipment on stages shall be rated in amperes. Conductors
supplying receptacles shall be in accordance with Articles 310 and 400. Section 406.15
shall not apply.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:12:46 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP-15 edits 520.45 to correlate with the deletion of 406.15 per First Revision FR
Statement: 5113.
CMP-15 requests the CC review this action and the actions of CMP-18. The Panel
deletes the last sentence “Section 406.15 shall not apply” to correlate with the
removal of that section in the FD. Should CMP-18 reverse their action on FR 5113,
CMP-15 requests that the CC reverse this action as well.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
399/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4206-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 520.48 ]
520.48 Curtain Machines.
Curtain machines shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:14:03 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Labeling of listed equipment harmonizes the NEC with requirements of Nationally
Statement: Recognized Testing Laboratories and provides a valuable tool for users and AHJ’s.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1279-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 520.48]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
400/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4207-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 520.68(B) ]
(B) Conductor Ampacity.
The ampacity of conductors shall be as given in 400.5, except multiconductor, listed,
extra-hard usage portable cords that are not in direct contact with equipment containing
heat-producing elements shall be permitted to have their ampacity determined by Table
520.44(C)(3). Maximum load current in any conductor with an ampacity determined by
Table 520.44(C)(3) shall not exceed the values in Table 520.44(C)(3). Where the ampacity
adjustment factors of Table 520.44(C)(3)(a) are applied for more than three current-carrying
conductors in a portable cord, the load diversity shall be 50 percent or less.
Exception: Where alternate conductors are allowed in 520.68(A)(3 4 ), their ampacity
shall be as given in the appropriate table in this Code for the types of conductors
employed.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:20:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This Second Revision corrects an incorrect reference.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1166-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 520.68(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
401/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4208-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 525.23 ]
525.23 Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) Protection.
Where GFCI protection is provided through the use of GFCI receptacles, and the branch
circuits supplying receptacles utilize flexible cord, the receptacles shall be identified for
portable use.
(A) Where GFCI Protection Is Required.
GFCI protection for personnel shall be provided for the following:
(1) All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere non-locking-type receptacles used for
disassembly and reassembly or readily accessible to the general public
(2) Equipment that is readily accessible to the general public and supplied from a 125volt, single-phase, 15- or 20-ampere branch circuit
The GFCI shall be permitted to be an integral part of the attachment plug or located in the
power-supply cord within 300 mm (12 in.) of the attachment plug. Listed cord sets
incorporating GFCI for personnel shall be permitted.
(B) Where GFCI Protection Is Not Required.
Receptacles that are not accessible from grade level and that only facilitate quick
disconnecting and reconnecting of electrical equipment shall not be required to be provided
with GFCI protection. These receptacles shall be of the locking type.
(C) Where GFCI Protection Is Not Permitted.
Egress lighting shall not be protected by a GFCI.
(D) Receptacles Supplied by Portable Cords.
Where GFCI protection is provided through the use of GFCI receptacles, and the branch
circuits supplying receptacles utilize flexible cord, the GFCI protection shall be listed,
labeled and identified for portable use.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:41:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Per the Correlating Committee comment, this Second Revision alters the section
Statement: numbering in order to comply with the NEC Style Manual. CMP-15 adds a first level
title. The term “receptacles” is changed to “GFCI protection…listed, labeled and” for
clarity.
Response
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
402/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Message:
Public Comment No. 1821-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 525.23]
Second Revision No. 4213-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 530.21(A) ]
(A) Rating.
Plugs and receptacles, including cord connectors and flanged surface devices, shall be
rated in amperes. The voltage rating of the plugs and receptacles shall be not less than the
nominal circuit voltage. Plug and receptacle ampere ratings for ac circuits shall not be less
than the feeder or branch-circuit overcurrent device ampere rating. Table 210.21(B)(2) and
Section 406.15 shall not apply.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 13:23:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP-15 edits 530.21 to correlate with the deletion of 406.15 per First Revision FR
Statement: 5113. CMP-15 requests the CC review this action and the actions of CMP-18. The Panel
deletes the last sentence “and Section 406.15” to correlate with the removal of that
section in the FD. Should CMP-18 reverse their action on FR 5113, CMP-15 requests
that the CC reverse this action as well.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
403/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4209-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 530.23 ]
530.23 Branch Circuits.
A branch circuit of any size supplying one or more receptacles shall be permitted to supply
stage set lighting loads. S The application of 2 10.8 (B) (3)(d) shall be optional .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:48:06 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Section 210.8(B)(3)(d) was changed in the First Revision to add requirements for
Statement: GFCI protection on all outdoor branch circuits. No technical substantiation was
provided to warrant the addition of these requirements to section 530.23. In addition,
due to the nature of the equipment used in venues covered by article 530 such as
phase-controlled dimmed branch circuits, there is typically no practical way to comply
with the new requirements of section 210.8(B)(3)(d).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1025-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 530.23]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
404/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4210-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 540.20 ]
540.20 Listing Requirements.
Projectors and enclosures for arc, xenon, and incandescent lamps and rectifiers,
transformers, rheostats, and similar equipment shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:52:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Labeling of listed equipment harmonizes the NEC with requirements of Nationally
Statement: Recognized Testing Laboratories and provides a valuable tool for users and AHJ’s.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1282-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 540.20]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
405/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4211-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 540.32 ]
540.32 Listing Requirements.
Projection equipment shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Dick
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 12:53:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Labeling of listed equipment harmonizes the NEC with requirements of Nationally
Statement: Recognized Testing Laboratories and provides a valuable tool for users and AHJ’s.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1285-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 540.32]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
406/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5406-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Manufactured
Home. ]
550.2,
Manufactured Home.
A structure, transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode is 2.4 m (8
ft) or more in width or 12.2 m (40 ft) or more in length, or when erected on site is 29.77 m2
(320 ft2) or more. When not transportable , it is built on a permanent chassis and is
designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation, whether or not
connected to the utilities, and includes plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical
systems contained therein. The term manufactured home shall include includes any
structure that meets all the requirements of this paragraph except the size requirements
and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by the
regulatory agency. Calculations used to determine the number of square meters (square
feet) in a structure are based on the structure's exterior dimensionsand include all
expandable rooms, cabinets, and other projections containing interior space, but do not
include bay windows [501:1.2.14]. For the purpose of this Code and unless otherwise
indicated, the term mobile home includes manufactured homes and excludes park trailers
defined in Article 552.4.
A structure, transportable in one or more sections, that, in the traveling mode, is 2.4 m (8
ft) or more in width or 12.2 m (40 ft) or more in length, or, when erected on site, is 29.7 m 2
(320 ft 2 ) or more and that is built on a permanent chassis and is designed to be used as a
dwelling, with or without a permanent foundation, whether or not connected to the utilities,
and includes plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical systems contained therein
connected therein.
Informational Note No. 1: See the applicable building code for definition of the term
permanent foundation.
Informational Note No. 2: See 24 CFR Part 3280, Manufactured Home Construction
and Safety Standards, of the Federal Department of Housing and Urban
Development, for additional information on the definition.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 15:01:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The definition is consistent with NFPA 501 (Standard on Manufactured
Housing).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
407/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1822-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Manufactured Home.]
Second Revision No. 5405-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 550.4(D) ]
(D) Listed or and Labeled.
All electrical materials, devices, appliances, fittings, and other equipment shall be listed or
and labeled by a qualified testing agency and shall be connected in an approved manner
when installed.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 14:34:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 19 doesn’t agree with renumbering the section. However, the revision of the
Statement: current section to add the word “and” is appropriate for enforceability and to clarify the
intent of the panel.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 530-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 550.4(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
408/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5414-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 550.13(B) ]
**see attachment**
(B) Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI).
All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets installed outdoors, in
compartments accessible from outside the unit, or in bathrooms (including receptacles in
luminaires), receptacle outlets serving countertops in kitchens, receptacle outlets located
within 1.8 m (6 ft) of any sink and dishwasher outlets shall have GFCI protection.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_5414_550.13_B_staff_use_only.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 20:15:06 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The proposed changes add enforceability and clarity to the section.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1823-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 550.13(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
409/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5407-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 550.15(H) ]
(H) Under-Chassis Wiring (Exposed to Weather).
(1) Where outdoor or under-chassis line-voltage (120 volts, nominal, or higher) wiring is
exposed, it shall be protected by a conduit or raceway listed identified for use in wet
locations. The conductors shall be listed for use in wet locations.
(2) Where wiring is exposed to physical damage, it shall be protected by a raceway,
conduit, or other means.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:29:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Raceways are identified as suitable for the use by permission within the applicable
Statement: Code article. The format was changed per the NEC Style Manual.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1142-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 550.15(H)]
Public Comment No. 1824-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 550.15(H)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
410/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5403-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 550.25(B) ]
(B) Mobile Homes and Manufactured Homes.
All 120-volt branch circuits that supply 15- and 20-ampere outlets installed in those rooms
and areas identified in 210.12(A) shall comply with 210.12.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:26:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The new revisions are consistent with the action taken on 210.12(A) by Panel 2 to
eliminate the list of rooms and locations in the First Draft.
Public Comment No. 776-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 550.25(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
411/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5402-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 551.40(B) ]
(B) Materials and Equipment.
Electrical materials, devices, appliances, fittings, and other equipment installed in, intended
for use in, or attached to the recreational vehicle shall be listed and labeled . All products
shall be used only in the manner in which they have been tested and found suitable for the
intended use.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 11:59:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 19 proposes language for clarity and uniformity throughout the Code and to
Statement: promote enforceability so that only products bearing the certification mark of the
certifier are to be considered as certified/listed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 536-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 551.40(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
412/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5408-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 551.71 ]
** see attachment **
551.71 Type Receptacles Provided.
Every recreational vehicle site with electrical supply shall be equipped with recreational
vehicle site supply equipment with at least one 20-ampere, 125-volt receptacle. A minimum
of 40 percent of all new recreational vehicle sites, with electrical supply, shall each be
equipped with a 50-ampere, 125/250-volt receptacle conforming to the configuration as
identified in Figure 551.46(C)(1). Every recreational vehicle site equipped with a 50-ampere
receptacle shall also be equipped with a 30-ampere, 125-volt receptacle conforming to
Figure 551.46(C)(1). These electrical supplies shall be permitted to include additional
receptacles that have configurations in accordance with 551.81. A minimum of 70 percent
of all recreational vehicle sites with electrical supply shall each be equipped with a 30ampere, 125-volt receptacle conforming to Figure 551.46(C)(1). This supply shall be
permitted to include additional receptacle configurations conforming to 551.81. The
remainder of all recreational vehicle sites with electrical supply shall be equipped with one
or more of the receptacle configurations conforming to 551.81. Dedicated tent sites with a
15- or 20-ampere electrical supply shall be permitted to be excluded when determining the
percentage of recreational vehicle sites with 30- or 50-ampere receptacles.
Additional receptacles shall be permitted for the connection of electrical equipment outside
the recreational vehicle within the recreational vehicle park.
All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles shall have listed ground-fault
circuit-interrupter protection for personnel. The GFCI devices used in RV site electrical
equipment are not required to be weather or tamper resistant in accordance with 406.9 and
406.12.
Informational Note: The percentage of 50 ampere sites required by 551.71 may be
inadequate for seasonal recreational vehicle sites serving a higher percentage of
recreational vehicles with 50 ampere electrical systems. In that type of recreational
vehicle park, the percentage of 50 ampere sites could approach 100 percent.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_5408_551.71_staff_use_only.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:59:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
413/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP 19 re-formatted the text for readability. CMP 19 added language to clarify
the of 40 percent requirement for new installations.
Public Comment No. 371-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 551.71]
Public Comment No. 968-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 551.71]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
414/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5410-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 551.72(C), 551.72(D)
]
**see attachment**
Sections 551.72(C), 551.72(D)
(C) Receptacles.
Receptacles rated at 50 amperes shall be supplied from a branch circuit of the voltage
class and rating of the receptacle. Other recreational vehicle sites with 125-volt, 20- and
30-ampere receptacles shall be permitted to be derived from any grounded distribution
system that supplies 120-volt, single-phase power. The neutral conductors shall not be
reduced in size below the size of the ungrounded conductors for the site distribution.
(D) Neutral Conductors.
Neutral conductors shall be permitted to be reduced in size below the minimum required
size of the ungrounded conductors for 240-volt, line-to-line, permanently connected loads
only.
Informational Note No. 1: Due to the long circuit lengths typical in most recreational
vehicle parks, feeder conductor sizes found in the ampacity tables of Article 310
may be inadequate to maintain the voltage regulation suggested in 215.2(A)(1)
Informational Note No. 2. Total circuit voltage drop is a sum of the voltage drops of
each serial circuit segment, where the load for each segment is calculated using the
load that segment sees and the demand factors shown in Table 551.73(A).
Informational Note No. 2: The requirements to size wire at 125 percent of maximum
load of 210.19(A)(1) and 215.2(A)(1) (branch circuits and feeder circuits) do not
apply to RV site supply circuits as they are not continuous loads.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_5410_551.72_staff_use_only.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:52:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP-19 agrees with the Public Comment from the Correlating Committee with the
Statement: editorial change in Informational Notes 1 and 2 and edits the text for clarity.
Response
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
415/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Message:
Public Comment No. 1825-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 551.72]
Second Revision No. 5409-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 551.73(B) ]
(B) Transformers and Secondary Panelboards.
For the purpose of this Code , where the park service exceeds 240 volts, transformers and
secondary panelboards shall be treated as services.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:16:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
CMP 19 agrees that these transformer secondary conductors and
panelboards are not services.
Public Comment No. 850-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 551.73(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
416/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5404-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 552.48(O) ]
(O) Method of Connecting Expandable Units.
The method of connecting expandable units to the main body of the park trailer shall
comply with the following as applicable:
(1) Cord-and-Plug Connected.
Cord-and-plug connections shall comply with 552.48(O)(1) ( 1 a ) through (O)(1)(4 d ).
(a) That portion of a branch circuit that is installed in an expandable unit shall be permitted
to be connected to the portion of the branch circuit in the main body of the vehicle by
means of an attachment plug and cord listed for hard usage. The cord and its connections
shall comply with all provisions of Article 400 and shall be considered as a permitted use
under 400.10 . Where the attachment plug and cord are located within the park trailer’s
interior, use of plastic thermoset or elastomer parallel cord Type SPT-3, SP-3, or SPE shall
be permitted.
(b) Where the receptacle provided for connection of the cord to the main circuit is located
on the outside of the
vehicle
park trailer , it shall be protected with a ground-fault circuit interrupter for personnel and be
listed for wet locations. A cord located on the outside of a park trailer shall be identified for
outdoor use.
(c) Unless removable or stored within the park trailer interior, the cord assembly shall have
permanent provisions for protection against corrosion and mechanical damage while the
park trailer is in transit.
(d) The attachment plug and cord shall be installed so as not to permit exposed live
attachment plug pins
(2) Direct Wires Connected.
That portion of a branch circuit that is installed in an expandable unit shall be permitted to
be connected to the portion of the branch circuit in the main body of the park trailer by
means of flexible cord installed in accordance with 552.48(O)(2)(1 a ) through (O)(2)(6 f ) or
other approved wiring method.
(a) The flexible cord shall be listed for hard usage and for use in wet locations.
(b) The flexible cord shall be permitted to be exposed on the underside of the vehicle.
(c) The flexible cord shall be permitted to pass through the interior of a wall or floor
assembly or both a maximum concealed length of 600 mm (24 in.) before terminating at an
outlet or junction box.
(d) Where concealed, the flexible cord shall be installed in nonflexible conduit or tubing
that is continuous from the outlet or junction box inside the park trailer to a weatherproof
outlet box, junction box, or strain relief fitting listed for use in wet locations that is located
on the underside of the park trailer. The outer jacket of flexible cord shall be continuous into
the outlet or junction box.
(e) Where the flexible cord passes through the floor to an exposed area inside of the park
trailer, it shall be protected by means of conduit and bushings or equivalent.
(f) Where subject to physical damage, the flexible cord shall be protected with RMC,
IMC, Schedule 80 PVC, reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC) listed for exposure
to physical damage, or other approved means and shall extend at least 150 mm (6 in.)
above the floor. A means shall be provided to secure the flexible cord where it enters the
park trailer.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
417/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 13:44:09 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The paragraph has been reformatted to comply with the NEC Style Manual. The
Statement: term park trailer replaces vehicle for consistency in terminology.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 851-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 552.48(O)]
Second Revision No. 5413-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 555.3 ]
555.3 Ground-Fault Protection.
The overcurrent protective devices that supply the marina, boat yards, commercial and
noncommercial docking facilities shall have ground-fault protection not exceeding 30 mA.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:54:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response Message:
CMP 19 added the word "commercial" to remain consistent with SR
5412.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
418/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5411-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 555.23 ]
555.x Precautionary Signage for Electric Shock Hazard in Water
(A) Permanent safety signs shall be installed to give adequate notice of electrical shock
hazard risks to persons using or swimming near a boat dock or marina.
(B) The signage shall comply with 110.21(B)(1) and be of sufficient durability to withstand the
environment.
(C) The signs shall be clearly visible from all approaches to a marina or boatyard facility.
(D) The signs shall state "WARNING - POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD - ELECTRICAL
CURRENTS MAY BE PRESENT IN THE WATER"
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_5411_555.24_staff_use_only.docx
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:25:19 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The posting of signage will alert personnel coming into the vicinity of the potential for
Statement: shock hazards. Numerous Electric Shock Drowning (including electrocution in the
water) deaths and injuries have been documented and investigated over the last
decade. In all cases these accidents would have been prevented if the victims did not
swim in the water around boats and docks using AC electrical power.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 453-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 555.23]
Public Comment No. 733-NFPA 70-2015 [New Article after 555]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
419/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 606-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 590.4(G) ]
(G) Splices.
A box, conduit body, or other enclosure, with a cover installed, shall be required for all
splices except where:
(1) The circuit conductors being spliced are all from nonmetallic multiconductor cord or
cable assemblies, provided that the equipment grounding continuity is maintained with
or without the box.
(2) The circuit conductors being spliced are all from metal sheathed cable assemblies
terminated in listed fittings that mechanically secure the cable sheath to maintain
effective electrical continuity.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:08:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The addition of “nonmetallic” ensures that (1) applies to splices of multiconductor
cords or cable assemblies with a nonmetallic jacket.
Public Comment No. 826-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 590.4(G)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
420/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 607-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 590.4(J) ]
(J) Support.
Cable assemblies and flexible cords and cables shall be supported in place at intervals that
ensure that they will be protected from physical damage. Support shall be in the form of
staples, cable ties, straps, or similar type fittings installed so as not to cause damage.
Cable assemblies and flexible cords and cables installed as branch circuits or feeders shall
not be installed on the floor or on the ground. Extension cords shall not be required to
comply with 590.4(J). Multiconductor cord or cable of a type identified in Table 400.4 for
hard usage or extra-hard usage shall not be required to comply with 590.4(J). Vegetation
shall not be used for support of overhead spans of branch circuits or feeders.
Exception: For holiday lighting in accordance with 590.3(B), where the conductors or
cables are arranged with strain relief devices, tension take-up devices, or other approved
means to avoid damage from the movement of the live vegetation, trees shall be
permitted to be used for support of overhead spans of branch-circuit conductors or
cables.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:11:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Multiconductor cords or cables that are identified in Table 400.4 for hard usage or
Statement: extra hard usage shall not be required to comply with 590.4(J) as far as support is
concerned. The extra text helps clarify what types of cords are acceptable for this
temporary application.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1143-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 590.4(J)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
421/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 608-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 590.6(B) ]
[SEE ATTACHED WORD FILE FOR CHANGES]
(B) Use of Other Outlets.
For temporary wiring installations, receptacles, other than those covered by 590.6(A)(1)
through (A)(3) used to supply temporary power to equipment used by personnel during
construction, remodeling, maintenance, repair, or demolition of buildings, structures, or
equipment, or similar activities, shall have protection in accordance with (B)(1) or the
assured equipment grounding conductor program in accordance with (B)(2).
(1) GFCI Protection.
Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.
(2) Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program.
A written assured equipment grounding conductor program continuously enforced at the site
by one or more designated persons to ensure that equipment grounding conductors for all
cord sets, receptacles that are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or
structure, and equipment connected by cord and plug are installed and maintained in
accordance with the applicable requirements of 250.114, 250.138, 406.4(C), and
590.4(D).
(a) The following tests shall be performed on all cord sets, receptacles that are not
part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure, and cord-and-plug-connected
equipment required to be connected to an equipment grounding conductor:
(2) All equipment grounding conductors shall be tested for continuity and shall be
electrically continuous. (3) Each receptacle and attachment plug shall be tested for correct attachment of the
equipment grounding conductor. The equipment grounding conductor shall be
connected to its proper terminal. (4) All required tests shall be performed as follows:
(5) Before first use on site (6) When there is evidence of damage (7) Before equipment is returned to service following any repairs (8) At intervals not exceeding 3 months (i) The tests required in item (2)(a) shall be recorded and made available to the
authority having jurisdiction.
Supplemental Information
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
422/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
File Name
590.6_B_SR608_JS.docx
Description
Word document shows changes made in SR 608 Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 16:19:21 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The changes to 590.6(B) involving special purpose ground-fault circuit-interrupter
Statement: protection (SPGFCI) for personnel are accepted since Panel 2 has accepted a new
definition of SPGFCI, however, Equipment Ground-Fault Protective Devices (EGFPD)
is listed by UL for equipment protection, not personnel protection. Since the
requirements in 590.6 are for protection of personnel, the changes suggested for
EGFPD are not accepted.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 615-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 590.6(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
423/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5119-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.1 ]
600.1 Scope.
This article covers the installation of conductors, equipment, and field wiring for electric
signs and , retrofit kits and outline lighting, regardless of voltage. All installations, retrofit
kits, and equipment using neon tubing, such as signs, decorative elements, skeleton
tubing, or art forms, are covered by this article.
Informational Note: Sign and outline lighting illumination systems include, but are not
limited to, cold cathode neon tubing, high-intensity discharge lamps (HID),
fluorescent or incandescent lamps, light-emitting diodes (LEDs), and
electroluminescent and inductance lighting.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 20:15:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The location of “and Retrofit Kits” in the first sentence is a better location. The
Statement: second sentence relates to all neon type products and does not refer to field wiring.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 953-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.1]
Public Comment No. 1222-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
424/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5114-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.3 ]
600.3 Listing.
Fixed, mobile, or portable electric signs, section signs, outline lighting, photovoltaic (PV)
powered signs, and retrofit kits, regardless of voltage, shall be listed and labeled , provided
with installation instructions, and installed in conformance with that listing, unless
otherwise approved by special permission.
(A) Field-Installed Skeleton Tubing.
Field-installed skeleton tubing shall not be required to be listed where installed in
conformance with this Code.
(B) Outline Lighting.
Outline lighting shall not be required to be listed as a system when it consists of listed and
labeled luminaires wired in accordance with Chapter 3 .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 19:54:28 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1333-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
425/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5120-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.4(B) ]
(B) Signs with a Retrofitted Illumination System.
(1) The retrofitted sign shall be marked that the illumination system has been replaced.
(2) The marking shall include the kit providers and installer’s name, logo, or unique
identifier.
(3) Signs equipped with tubular light-emitting diode lamps powered by the existing sign
sockets shall require an additional warning label. include a label alerting the service
personnel that the sign has been modified. The label shall meet the requirements of
110.21(B). The label shall include a warning not to install fluorescent lamps, and shall
be visible during relamping.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 20:24:28 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision provides necessary clarity to address replacement of fluorescent lamps
Statement: after a retrofit kit with tubular LEDs has been installed. The reference to 110.21(B) will
require the label to address the hazard with words and/or symbols as required.
Additionally, the location of the required label is clarified.
Need to define what message warning label needs to convey, as well as where this
label needs to be placed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 399-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.4(B)]
Public Comment No. 1465-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.4(B)]
Public Comment No. 472-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.4(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
426/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5126-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.6 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Each sign and outline lighting system, feeder circuit conductor(s) , or branch circuit(s)
supplying a sign, outline lighting system, or skeleton tubing shall be controlled by an
externally operable switch or circuit breaker that opens all ungrounded conductors and
controls no other load. The switch or circuit breaker shall open all ungrounded conductors
simultaneously on multi-wire branch circuits in accordance with 210.4(B). Signs and outline
lighting systems located within fountains shall have the disconnect located in accordance
with 680.13.
Exception No. 1: A disconnecting means shall not be required for an exit directional sign
located within a building.
Exception No. 2: A disconnecting means shall not be required for cord-connected signs
with an attachment plug.
Informational Note: The location of the disconnect is intended to allow service or
maintenance personnel complete and local control of the disconnecting means.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:48:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The new informational note and existing text is properly located in the parent text of
Statement: 600.6 to provide the code user with information related to revisions in First Revision
No. 5137.
Editorially, "circuit" is revised to "conductor" for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1669-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.6(A)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
427/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5127-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.6(A)(1) ]
(1) At Point of Entry to a Sign.
The disconnect shall be located at the point the feeder circuit or branch circuit(s) supplying
a sign or outline lighting system enters a sign enclosure, a sign body, or a pole in
accordance with 600.5(C)(3) and . The disconnect shall disconnect all ungrounded
conductors where it enters the enclosure of the sign or pole.
Exception No. 1: A disconnect shall not be required for branch circuit(s) or feeder circuits
conductor(s) passing through the sign where enclosed in a Chapter 3 listed raceway or
metal-jacketed cable identified for the location .
Exception No. 2: A disconnect shall not be required at the point of entry to a sign
enclosure or sign body for feeders or branch circuits branch circuit(s) or feeder
conductor(s) that supply an internal panelboard(s) in a sign enclosure or sign body. The
conductors shall be enclosed in a Chapter 3 listed raceway or metal-jacketed cable
identified for the location . A field-applied permanent warning label that is visible during
servicing shall be applied to the raceway at or near the point of entry into the sign
enclosure or sign body. The warning label shall comply with 110.21(B) and state the
following: “Danger. This raceway contains energized conductors. Do not open. ” The
marking shall include the location of the disconnecting means for the energized feeders or
branch circuit conductor (s). The disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in
the open position in compliance accordance with 110.25.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 13:12:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The word circuit was replaced with conductor(s) after feeder for clarity in the first
Statement: sentence and in the exceptions. The words “Do Not Open” were removed from the
label for clarity.
The reference to specific cable types was changed to “metal-jacketed identified for
the location” to accommodate the different environmental locations where a sign may
be installed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1230-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.6(A)(1)]
Public Comment No. 473-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.6(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Public Comment No. 757-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.6(A)(1)]
428/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 757-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.6(A)(1)]
Second Revision No. 5125-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.12(C) ]
(C) Class 2.
Where the installation complies with 600.33 and the power source provides a Class 2
output that complies with 600.24, either of the following wiring methods shall be permitted
as determined by the installation instructions and conditions.
(1) Wiring methods identified in Chapter 3
(2) Class 2 cables complying with Part III of Article 725 Table 600.33(A)(1) and Table
600.33(A)(2).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:40:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Inadvertently left reference to Article 725 in First Draft, this action removes
the references.
This action should satisfy the Correlating Committee recommendation in PC#
1827
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1296-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.12(C)]
Public Comment No. 1443-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.12(C)]
Public Comment No. 1827-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.33 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
429/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5115-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.22(A) ]
(A) Type.
Ballasts shall be identified for the use and shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 20:01:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1287-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.22(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
430/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5116-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.23(A) ]
(A) Type.
Transformers and electronic power supplies shall be identified for the use and shall be
listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 20:02:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1289-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.23(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
431/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5117-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.24(A) ]
(A) Listing.
Class 2 power supplies and power sources shall be listed and labeled for use with electric
signs and outline lighting systems or shall be a component in a listed and labeled electric
sign.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 20:03:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1291-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.24(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
432/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5124-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.33(A)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Listed Class 2 cable listed for the application that complies with Table 600.33(A)(1) and
or Substitution Table (A)(2) shall be installed on the load side of the Class 2 power source.
The conductors shall have an ampacity not less than the load to be supplied and shall not
be sized smaller than 18 AWG.
Table 600.33(A)(1) Applications of Power Limited Cable in Signs and Outline Lighting
Location
Non-concealed spaces
inside buildings
Concealed spaces inside
buildings that are not
used as plenums or
risers
Environmental air spaces
plenums - or risers
Wet locations
CL2
CL3
CL2R
CL3R
CL2P
CL3P
PLTC
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y = Permitted. N = Not Permitted.
Table 600.33(A)(2) Class 2 Cable Substitutions
Cable Type Permitted Substitutions
CL3P
CL2P
CL3R
CL2R
PLTC
CL3
CL2
CL3X
CL2X
CMP
CMP, CL3P
CMP, CL3P, CMR
CMP, CL3P, CL2P, CMR, CL3R
CL2, CL3X, CL2X
CMP, CL3P, CMR, CL3R, CMG, CM, PLTC
CMP, CL3P, CL2P, CMR, CL3R, CL2R, CMG CM, PLTC, CL3
CMP, CL3P, CMR, CL3R, CMG, CM, PLTC, CL3, CMX
CMP, CL3P, CL2P, CMR, CL3R, CL2R, CMG, CM, PLTC, CL3, CL2,
CMX,CL3X
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:07:29 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
433/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Made multiple editorial revisions to improve clarity and usability.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 400-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.33(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 1325-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.33(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Second Revision No. 5123-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.33(B) ]
(B) Installation.
Secondary wiring shall be installed in accordance with (B)(1) and (B)(2).
(1) Support wiring Wiring shall be installed and supported in a neat and workmanlike
manner. Cables and conductors installed exposed on the surface of ceilings and
sidewalls shall be supported by the building structure in such a manner that the cable
is not be damaged by normal building use. The cable shall be supported and secured
at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft). Such cables shall be supported by straps,
staples, hangers, cable ties, or similar fittings designed and installed so as not to
damage the cable. The installation shall also comply with 300.4(D).
(2) Connections in cable and conductors shall be made with listed insulating devices and
be accessible after installation. Where made in a wall, connections shall be enclosed
in a listed box.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:04:18 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Language revised for clarity.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1364-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.33(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
434/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5122-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.34 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
All field wiring of components and subassemblies for an off-grid stand-alone, on-grid
interactive, or non-grid interactive PV installation shall be installed in accordance with
Article 690 , as applicable, Article 600.34, and the PV powered sign installation
instructions.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:02:55 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The section was corrected editorially by removing the word “Article” before
Statement:
600.34
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 474-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.34 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
435/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5121-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.34(D) ]
(D) Grounding.
Grounding a PV powered sign shall comply with Article 690 , Part V and Article 600.7.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 06 12:01:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The section was corrected editorially by removing the word “Article” before
Statement:
600.7.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 475-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.34(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
436/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5118-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 600.42(H) ]
(H) Electrode Enclosures.
Electrode enclosures shall be listed and labeled .
(1) Dry Locations.
Electrode enclosures that are listed and labeled, and identified for use in dry, damp, or wet
locations shall be permitted to be installed and used in such locations.
(2) Damp and Wet Locations.
Electrode enclosures installed in damp and wet locations shall be specifically listed and
labeled, and identified for use in such locations.
Informational Note: See 110.3(B) covering installation and use of electrical
equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 20:04:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Qualified Electrical Testing Laboratories do not
consider a product to be listed unless the label has actually been applied.
Additionally, the Article 100 definition for “labeled” includes the provision for labeling
the smallest unit carton for parts which are too small to include the listing mark on the
parts themselves. Labeling includes listing marks that are stamped or molded on or
into the product.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1294-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 600.42(H)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
437/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 5416-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 604.6 ]
604.6 Listing Requirements.
Manufactured wiring systems and associated components shall be listed and labeled .
Informational Note: ANSI/UL 183, Standard for Manufacturing Wiring Systems, is a
safety standard for manufactured wiring systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Chris Farrell
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:23:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee CMP 19 proposes language for clarity and uniformity throughout the Code and to
Statement: promote enforceability so that only products bearing the certification mark of the
certifier are to be considered as certified/listed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 983-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 604.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
438/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3301-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 610.1 ]
610.1 Scope.
This article covers the installation of electrical equipment and wiring used in connection
with cranes, monorail hoists, hoists, and all runways.
Informational Note: For further information, see ANSI ASME B30 , Safety Code
Standards for Cableways, Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 11:58:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The reference to ASME is correct. ASME develops the standards whereas ANSI
Statement: accredits the standards. Correction to the B30 title is necessary to agree properly with
ASME and the fact that it is a set of safety standards. Panel 12 does not accept that
it is referring only to one specific standard (B30.21) as the PC suggests.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 76-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 610.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
439/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3327-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.1 ]
620.1 Scope.
This article covers the installation of electrical equipment and wiring used in connection
with elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, platform lifts, and stairway
chairlifts.
Informational Note No. 1: For further information, see ASME A17.1-2010 2013 /CSA
B44-10 13 , Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see CSA B44.1-11 14 /ASMEA17.5-2011 2014 , Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment Certification
Standard .
Informational Note No. 3: The term wheelchair lift has been changed to platform lift.
For further information, see ASME A18.1-2008 2014 , Safety Standard for Platform
Lifts and Stairway Lifts Chairlifts .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:05:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This change updates the referenced standards to the latest editions.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 95-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
440/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3328-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.5(B) ]
(B) Guards.
Live parts of the electrical equipment are suitably guarded to the requirements of
110.27(A) , isolated, or insulated , so as to remove reduce the likelihood of inadvertent
contact between a qualified person in the working space and live voltage with live parts
operating at voltages greater than 30 volts rms, 42 volts peak, or 60 volts dc and the
equipment can be examined, adjusted, serviced, or maintained while energized without
removal of this protection.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:07:36 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The submitter of the Public Input No. 2885 wanted to reference 110.27(A) to help
Statement: clarify the term “suitable guarded”. Referencing 110.27(A) does not accomplish that
intent. Section 110.27(A) addresses Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact and
providing isolation by location, partitions or screens, and elevation NOT isolated, or
insulated for working clearances as addressed in 620.5(B). The removal of “to the
requirements of 110.27(A)” eliminates the conflict. Also, the removal of “so as”, “between a qualified person in the working space and”
and the addition of “with”, “parts operating at” and the “s” after voltage provide
additional clarity and usability per the request of the Correlating Committee. Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1828-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.5(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
441/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3329-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.11(A) ]
(A) Hoistway Door Interlock Wiring.
The conductors to the hoistway door interlocks from the hoistway riser shall be one of the
following:
(1) Flame retardant and suitable for a temperature of not less than 200°C (392°F).
Conductors shall be Type SF or equivalent.
(2) Physically protected using a method listed for that purpose an approved method ,
such that the conductor assembly is flame retardant and suitable for a temperature of
not less than 200°C (392°F).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:14:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Replaces the phrase " for that purpose" with language to provide better clarity. The
Statement: first sentence is retained as its deletion would increase the scope of the requirement
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1829-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.11 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
442/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3330-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 620.16(A), 620.16(B)
]
Sections 620.16(A), 620.16(B)
(A) Marking.
Where an elevator control panel is utilized installed , it shall be marked with its short-circuit
current rating, based on one of the following:
(1) Short-circuit current rating of a listed assembly
(2) Short-circuit current rating established utilizing an approved method
Informational Note: UL 508A-2013, Supplement SB, is an example of an approved
method.
(B) Installation.
The elevator control panel shall not be installed where its the available short-circuit current
exceeds its short-circuit current rating, as marked in accordance with 620.16(A), is less
than the available short-circuit current .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:25:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised text in (A) replaces "utilized" with "installed" which is the correct term.
Statement: The revised text in (B) rearranges the sentence for clarity and consistency with a
similar requirement in 409.22.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1304-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 620.16(A), 620.16(B)]
Public Comment No. 1840-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.16(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
443/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3331-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.23 ]
620.23 Branch Circuits for Machine Room or Control Room/Machinery Space or Control
Space Lighting and Receptacle(s).
(A) Separate Branch Circuit Circuits .
Separate The branch circuit(s) shall supply supplying the lighting for machine room or
control room/machinery space or control space lighting and rooms, control rooms,
machinery spaces, or control spaces shall be separate from the branch circuit(s) supplying
the receptacle(s) in those places . These circuits shall supply no other loads.
Required lighting shall not be connected to the load side of a ground-fault circuit interrupter.
(B) Lighting Switch.
The machine room or control room/machinery space or control space lighting switch shall
be located at the point of entry.
(C) Duplex Receptacle.
At least one 125-volt, single-phase, 15- or 20-ampere duplex receptacle shall be provided in
each machine room or control room and machinery space or control space.
Informational Note: See ASME A17.1-2010 2013 /CSA B44-10 13 , Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators, for illumination levels.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:30:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 has changed the title of section 620.23(A) plural and relocated “the lighting
Statement: and receptacle(s)” to add clarity to the rule and to clarify the intent of FR 3386 per the
request of the Correlating Committee. The Panel action also updates the referenced
standards to the most recent edition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 66-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.23(C)]
Public Comment No. 1260-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.23(A)]
Public Comment No. 1830-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.23]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
444/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3332-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.24 ]
620.24 Branch Circuit for Hoistway Pit Lighting and Receptacle(s).
(A) Separate Branch Circuit Circuits .
Separate branch circuit(s) circuits shall supply the hoistway pit lighting and receptacle(s).
Required lighting shall not be connected to the load side of a ground-fault circuit interrupter.
(B) Lighting Switch.
The lighting switch shall be so located as to be readily accessible from the pit access door.
(C) Duplex Receptacle.
At least one 125-volt, single-phase, 15- or 20-ampere duplex receptacle shall be provided in
the hoistway pit.
Informational Note No. 1: See ASME A17.1-2010 2013 /CSA B44-10 13 , Safety
Code for Elevators and Escalators, for illumination levels.
Informational Note No. 2: See 620.85 for ground-fault circuit-interrupter
requirements.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:43:30 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This change complies with the request of the Correlating Committee to clarify the
Statement: intent of First Revision No. 3387. This rule requires at least two circuits, and so the
parenthetic (s) in "circuit(s)" is incorrect. This change also updates the referenced
standards to the most recent edition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1831-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.24]
Public Comment No. 1264-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.24(A)]
Public Comment No. 67-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.24(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
445/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3333-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.51(A) ]
(A) Type.
The disconnecting means shall be an enclosed externally operable fused motor circuit
switch or circuit breaker that is lockable open in accordance with 110.25.
The disconnecting means shall be a listed device.
Informational Note: For additional information, see ASME A17.1-2010 2013 /CSA
B44-10 13 , Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.
Exception No. 1: Where an individual branch circuit supplies a platform lift, the
disconnecting means required by 620.51(C)(4) shall be permitted to comply with
430.109(C). This disconnecting means shall be listed and shall be lockable open in
accordance with 110.25.
Exception No. 2: Where an individual branch circuit supplies a stairway chairlift, the
stairway chairlift shall be permitted to be cord-and-plug-connected, provided it complies
with 422.16(A) and the cord does not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) in length.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:49:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Updated to latest reference standard names and editions.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 68-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.51(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
446/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3334-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.51(D)(2) ]
(2) Available Short-Circuit Current Field Marking.
Where an elevator control panel is used, it shall be legibly marked in the field with the
maximum available short-circuit current at its line terminals . The field marking(s) shall
include the date the short-circuit current calculation was performed and be of sufficient
durability to withstand the environment involved.
When modifications to the electrical installation occur that affect the maximum available
short-circuit current at the elevator control panel, the maximum available short-circuit
current shall be verified or recalculated as necessary to ensure the elevator control panel’s
short-circuit current rating is sufficient for the maximum available short-circuit current at the
line terminals of the equipment. The required field marking(s) shall be adjusted to reflect the
new level of maximum available short-circuit current.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 11:52:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The addition of the this language improves clarity.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
447/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3335-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 620.91 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
An elevator(s) shall be permitted to be powered by an emergency or standby power system.
Informational Note: See ASME A17.1-2010 2013 /CSA B44-10 13 , Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators, 2.27.2, for additional information.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 12:24:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This Panel action updates the informational note to reference the latest
standard names and editions.
Public Comment No. 69-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 620.91 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
448/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3338-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.1 ]
625.1 Scope.
This article covers the electrical conductors and equipment external to an electric vehicle
that connect an electric vehicle to a supply of electricity by conductive, inductive, or
wireless power transfer (contactless inductive charging) means, and the installation of
equipment and devices related to electric vehicle charging.
Informational Note No. 1: For industrial trucks, see NFPA 505-2013, Fire Safety
Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including Type Designations, Areas of Use,
Conversions, Maintenance, and Operation.
Informational Note No. 2: UL 2594-2013, Standard for Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment, is a safety standard for conductive electric vehicle supply equipment.
UL 2202-2009, Standard for Electric Vehicle Charging System Equipment, is a
safety standard for conductive electric vehicle charging equipment.
Informational Note No. 3: UL 2750, Wireless Charging Equipment for Electric
Vehicles, is the safety standard for inductive power transfer equipment for electric
vehicles .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 16:08:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel made revisions to clarify the informational note as directed by the
Statement: Correlating Committee. Informational Note No. 3 should be excluded from final draft if
document has not been published at that time.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1832-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
449/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3339-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Portable. ]
625.2,
Portable (as applied to EVSE) .
An EVSE intended Intended for indoor or outdoor use, that can be carried from charging
location to location and is designed to be transported in the vehicle when not in use. This
type of cord set will be subject to changing environmental conditions.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 16:25:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision clarifies this definition of portable as applying only to EVSE as there are
Statement: other definitions for portable in the Code. The last sentence was deleted as it does
not relate to portability.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1292-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Portable.]
Public Comment No. 1462-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Portable.]
Public Comment No. 1833-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Portable.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
450/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3340-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Wireless Power
Transfer Equipment (WPTE). ]
625.2,
Wireless Power Transfer Equipment (WPTE).
Equipment consisting of a charger power converter and a primary pad. The two devices are
either of the following:
Interconnected by an output cable or suitable conduit system
Contained within a single enclosure without an output cable or other suitable wiring means
separate units or contained within one enclosure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 16:30:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The deleted text simplifies and clarifies the definition. The modified text
completely defines the equipment.
Public Comment No. 1297-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Wireless Power Transfer Equipment
(WPTE).]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
451/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3341-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.5 ]
625.5 6 Listed and Labeled .
EVSE or WPTE shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 16:49:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel reaffirms that First Revision No. 3365 intended to add "and labeled" in the
Statement: body of the text. Additionally, "and Labeled" is added to the section title, and it is
renumbered to 625.6 for consistency throughout the Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 984-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.5]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
452/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3342-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.16 ]
625.16 Means of Coupling.
The means of coupling to the electric vehicle shall be conductive, inductive, or wireless
power transfer. Attachment plugs, electric vehicle connectors, and electric vehicle inlets
shall be listed or labeled for the purpose.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 16:53:09 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Listing and labeling is covered by 625.5 (new 625.6 per Second Revision No.
3341) and does not need to be repeated here.
Public Comment No. 561-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.16]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
453/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3337-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.18 ]
625.18 Interlock.
Electric vehicle supply equipment shall be provided with an interlock that de-energizes the
electric vehicle connector whenever the electrical connector is uncoupled from the electric
vehicle. An interlock shall not be required for portable cord-and-plug-connected electric
vehicle supply equipment intended for connection to receptacle outlets rated at 125 volts,
single phase, 15 and 20 amperes. An interlock shall not be required for dc supplies less
than 50 60 volts dc.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 16:00:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The Panel has revised the requirements to 60V to cover charging of DC systems
where float voltages can exceed 50V.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
454/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3343-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.22 ]
625.22 Personnel Protection System.
The equipment shall have a listed system of protection against electric shock of personnel.
Where cord-and plug-connected equipment is used, the interrupting device of a listed
personnel protection system shall be provided and shall be an integral part of the
attachment plug or shall be located in the power-supply cord not more than 300 mm (12 in.)
from the attachment plug. A personnel protection system shall not be required for supplies
less than 50 60 volts dc.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 17:55:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The Panel has revised the requirements to 60V to cover charging of DC systems
where float voltages can exceed 50V.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
455/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3345-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.44(A) ]
(A) Portable Equipment.
Portable equipment shall be connected to the premises wiring systems by one of the
following methods:
(1) A nonlocking, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding-type receptacle outlet rated at 125 volt, single
phase, 15 or 20 amperes
(2) A nonlocking, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding-type receptacle outlet rated 50 volts 60 volt
dc maximum, 15 or 20 amperes
The length of the power supply cord, if provided, between the receptacle outlet and the
equipment shall be in accordance with 625.17(A) (3).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:46:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The Panel has revised the requirements to 60V to cover charging of DC systems
where float voltages can exceed 50V.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
456/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3344-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.44(B) ]
(B) Stationary Equipment.
Stationary equipment intended to be fastened in place in such a way as to permit ready
removal for interchange, facilitation of maintenance or repair, or repositioning, shall be
connected to the premises wiring system by one of the following methods:
(1) A nonlocking, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding-type receptacle outlets rated 125 volt or 250
volt, single phase, up to 50 amperes
(2) A nonlocking, 3-pole, 4-wire grounding-type receptacle outlet rated 250 volt, three
phase, up to 50 amperes
(3) Any of the receptacle outlets in 625.44(A) (1) or (2)
The length of the power supply cord, if provided, between the receptacle outlet and
the equipment shall be in accordance with 625.17(A)(3).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:40:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The addition allows for 125 volt or 250 volt stationary equipment.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1481-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 625.44(A), 625.44(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
457/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3346-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.44(C) ]
(C) Fixed Equipment.
All other equipment shall be permanently wired and fastened fixed in place to the
supporting surface, a wall, a pole, or other structure .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:48:01 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Eliminating the specific types of structures does not restrict the type of support.
Statement: Panel 12 changed "fastened" to "fixed" to remain consistent with the definition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 758-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.44(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
458/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3347-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.47 ]
625.47 47 Multiple Feeder or Branch Circuits
Where equipment is identified for the application, more than one feeder or branch circuit
shall be permitted to supply equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:53:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Panel 12 revised to eliminate syntax error and added a section title.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1834-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.46]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
459/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3348-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 625.102 ]
625.102 Construction.
(A) Type.
The charger power converter, where integral to the primary pad, shall comply with
625.102(C). The charger power converter, if not integral to the primary pad, shall be
provided with a suitable enclosure rating minimum Type 3R and shall be mounted in one of
the following forms:
(1) Pedestal
(2) Wall or pole mounted
(3) Raised concrete pad
enclosure rating.
(B) Mounting Height Installation .
If the charger power converter is not integral to the primary pad, it shall be mounted at a
height of not less than 450 mm (18 in.) above the floor level for indoor locations or 600 mm
(24 in) above grade level for outdoor locations. The charger power converter shall be
mounted in one of the following forms:
(1) Pedestal
(2) Wall or Pole
(3) Building or structure
(4) Raised concrete pad
(C) Primary Pad.
The primary pad shall be installed on the surface, embedded in the surface of the floor with
its top flush with the surface, or embedded in the surface of the floor with its top below the
surface. This includes primary pad constructions with the charger power converter located
in the primary pad enclosure.
(1) If the primary pad is located in an area requiring snow removal, it shall not be located
on or above the surface.
Exception: Where installed on private property where snow removal is done
manually, the primary pad shall be permitted to be located on or above the surface.
(2) The enclosure shall be provided with a suitable enclosure rating minimum Type 3. If
the primary pad is located in an area subject to severe climatic conditions (e.g.,
flooding), it shall be suitably rated for those conditions or be provided with a suitably
rated enclosure.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
460/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(D) Protection of the Output Cable.
The output cable to the primary pad shall be secured in place over its entire length for the
purpose of restricting its movement and to prevent strain at the connection points. If
installed in conditions where drive-over could occur, the cable shall be provided with
supplemental protection. Where the charger power converter is a part of the primary pad
assembly, the power supply cord to the primary pad shall also be protected.
(E) Other Wiring Systems.
Other wiring systems and fittings specifically listed for use on the WPTE shall be
permitted.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 18:59:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 moved text from the “Type” section (A) to the renamed “Installation” section
Statement: (B). The text is an installation requirement and is better served in the installation
section.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 759-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.102(A)]
Public Comment No. 760-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 625.102(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
461/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3318-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 626.24(B) ]
(B) Receptacle.
All receptacles shall be listed and of the grounding type. Every truck parking space with
electrical supply shall be equipped with (B)(1) and (B)(2).
(1) A maximum of three receptacles, each 2-pole, 3-wire grounding type and rated 20
amperes, 125 volts, and two of the three connected to two separate branch circuits.
Informational Note: For the nonlocking-type and grounding-type 20-ampere
receptacle configuration, see ANSI/NEMA WD62002, Standard for Dimensions of Attachment Plugs and Receptacles
2012, Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications , Figure 5-20.
(2) One single receptacle, 3-pole, 4-wire grounding type, single phase rated either 30
amperes 208Y/120 volts or 125/250 volts. The 125/250-volt receptacle shall be
permitted to be used on a 208Y/120-volt, single-phase circuit.
Informational Note: For various configurations of 30-ampere pin and sleeve
receptacles, see ANSI/UL1686, Standard for Pin and Sleeve Configurations ,
Figure C2.9 or Part C3.
Exception: Where electrified truck parking space supply equipment provides the
heating, air-conditioning, and comfort-cooling function without requiring a direct
electrical connection at the truck, only two receptacles identified in 626.24(B)(1)
shall be required.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:31:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Panel 12 updated reference to current edition.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
462/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3302-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 630.6 ]
630.6 Listing.
All All welding and cutting power equipment under the scope of this article shall be listed.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:15:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The term “equipment” in the section heading can be misinterpreted to include ancillary
Statement: equipment that is not directly connected to an electrical supply system but is
connected to an arc welding power source. The change will provide clarity for
intended listing requirements.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 836-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 630.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
463/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3303-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Equipment Rack. ]
640.2,
Equipment Rack.
A framework for the support, enclosure, or both, of equipment; may be portable or
stationary.
Informational Note: See ANSI/ EIA/ ECIA 310- D E - 1992 2005 , Cabinets,
Racks, Panels and Associated Equipment .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:22:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Panel 12 is making these edits to keep the referenced standard current.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 96-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Equipment Rack.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
464/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3304-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 640.3(B) ]
(B) Ducts, Plenums, and Other Air-Handling Spaces.
Section300.22(B)shall apply to circuits and equipment installed in ducts specifically
fabricated for environmental air. Section 300.22(C) shall apply to circuits and equipment
installed in other spaces used for environmental air (plenums).
Exception No. 1: Class 2 and Class 3 cables installed in accordance with 725.135(B)
and Table 725.154 shall be permitted to be installed in ducts specifically fabricated for
environmental air.
Exception No. 2: Class 2 and Class 3 cables installed in accordance with 725.135(C)
and Table 725.154 shall be permitted to be installed in other spaces used for
environmental air (plenums).
Informational Note: NFPA 90A-2015, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems, 4.3.10.2.6.5, permits loudspeakers, loudspeaker
assemblies, and their accessories listed in accordance with UL 2043-2008 2013 ,
Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and Their
Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces, to be installed in other spaces used
for environmental air (ceiling cavity plenums).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:26:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 is making these edits to keep the referenced standard current. The Panel
Statement: action complies with the CC directive to reconsider. The error noted in balloting was
corrected by NFPA staff and does not require further action.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 164-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 640.3(B)]
Public Comment No. 1835-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 640.3(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
465/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3305-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 640.25 ]
640.25 Loudspeaker Installation in Fire Resistance-Rated Partitions, Walls, and
Ceilings.
Loudspeakers installed in a fire resistance–rated partition, wall, or ceiling shall be listed for
that purpose and labeled, or identified as speaker assemblies for fire resistance or
installed in an enclosure or recess that maintains the fire resistance rating.
Informational Note: Fire-rated construction is the fire-resistive classification used in
building codes. One method of determining fire rating is testing in accordance with
NFPA 256-2003, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:34:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 revised the requirements by adding the words "and labeled, or identified" to
Statement: ensure the integrity of the fire resistive rated wall, partition or ceiling. If a product is
listed and labeled it would be identified for the purpose. The term is redundant and not
needed. Added “as speaker assemblies for fire resistance” to characterize the types
of speaker assemblies required from others that would not fulfill the requirements.
Additionally, removed the portion of the Informational Note referencing NFPA 256,
since that standard has been withdrawn.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 166-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 640.25]
Public Comment No. 1300-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 640.25]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
466/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3306-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 640.42 ]
640.42 Use of Flexible Cords and Cables.
(A) Between Equipment and Branch-Circuit Power.
Power supply cords for audio equipment shall be listed and shall be permitted to be used
where the interchange, maintenance, or repair of such equipment is facilitated through the
use of a power-supply cord.
(B) Between Loudspeakers and Amplifiers, or Between Loudspeakers.
Flexible Installation of flexible cords and cables used to connect loudspeakers to each
other or to an amplifier shall comply with Part I of Article 400 and Parts I, II, III and IV of
Article 725, respectively. Cords and cables listed for portable use, either hard or extra-hard
usage as defined by Article 400, shall also be permitted. Other listed cable types and
assemblies, including optional hybrid communications, signal, and composite optical fiber
cables, shall be permitted.
(C) Between Equipment and/or Between Equipment Racks.
Flexible Installation of flexible cords and cables used for the distribution of audio signals
between equipment shall comply with Parts I and II of Article 400 and Parts I, II and III of
Article 725, respectively. Cords and cables listed for portable use, either hard or extra-hard
service as defined by Article 400, shall also be permitted. Other listed cable types and
assemblies, including optional hybrid communications, signal, and composite optical fiber
cables, shall be permitted.
(D) Between Equipment, Equipment Racks, and Power Supplies Other Than BranchCircuit Power.
Wiring between the following power supplies, other than branch-circuit power supplies,
shall be installed, connected, or wired in accordance with the requirements of this Code for
the voltage and power required:
(1) Storage batteries
(2) Transformers
(3) Transformer rectifiers
(4) Other ac or dc power supplies
(E) Between Equipment Racks and Branch-Circuit Power.
The supply to a portable equipment rack shall be by means of listed extra-hard usage cords
or cables, as defined in Table 400.4. For outdoor portable or temporary use, the cords or
cables shall be further listed as being suitable for wet locations and sunlight resistant.
Sections 520.5, 520.10, and 525.3 shall apply as appropriate when the following
conditions exist:
(1) Where equipment racks include audio and lighting and/or power equipment
(2) When using or constructing cable extensions, adapters, and breakout assemblies
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
467/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:51:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 revised 640.42 to meet the requirements of the Style Manual as per the
Statement: CC direction. Added “Installation of” to provide clarity to the requirement.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1836-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 640.42(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
468/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3307-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.1 ]
645.1 Scope.
This article covers equipment, power-supply wiring, equipment interconnecting wiring, and
grounding of provides optional alternative wiring methods and materials to those methods
and materials required in other chapters of this code for information technology equipment
and systems in an information technology equipment room.
Informational Note: For further information, see NFPA 75-2013 2017 , Standard for
the Fire Protection of Information Technology Equipment, which covers the
requirements for the protection of information technology equipment and information
technology equipment areas.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 12:59:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The rewording of the scope of Article 645 is to clarify the Panel’s intent of Article
Statement: 645. This intent is clearly worded in 645.4 (2011 and 2014), but has been
misinterpreted as being mandatory. The Panel requests that the Correlating
Committee approve this scope editing.
Additionally, the Panel updated the edition date of NFPA 75 to the current edition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 25-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
469/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3308-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.3 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Circuits and equipment shall comply with 645.3(A) through (G I ), as applicable.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:02:56 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This is an editorial correction of section number.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 537-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
470/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3309-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.3(B) ]
(B) Wiring and Cabling in Other Spaces Used for Environmental Air (Plenums).
The following sections and tables shall apply to wiring and cabling in other spaces used for
environmental air (plenums) above an information technology equipment room:
(1) Wiring methods: 300.22(C)(1)
(2) Class 2, Class 3, and PLTC cables: 725.135(C) and Table 725.154
(3) Fire alarm systems: 760.53(B)(2), 725 760 .135(C) and Table 760.154
(4) Optical fiber cables: 770.113(C), and Table 770.154(a)
(5) Communications circuits: 820 800 .113(C) and Table Tables 800.154(a), (b), and (c)
(6) CATV and radio distribution systems: 820.113(C) and Table 820.154(a)
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:06:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This is an editorial correction of section numbers.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 45-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.3(B)]
Public Comment No. 1837-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.3(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
471/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3310-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.3(C) ]
(C) Bonding and Grounding.
The non–current-carrying conductive members of optical fiber cables in an information
technology equipment room shall be bonded and grounded in accordance with 770.114.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:12:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Panel 12 revised the title to include "Bonding and" to match the language in
Statement:
the text.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 442-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.3(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
472/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3311-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.4 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
473/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
645.4 Special Requirements for Information Technology Equipment Room.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
474/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Alternate The alternative wiring methods to the provisions of Chapter 3 and Article 708 for
power wiring, Parts I and III of Article 725 for signaling wiring, Section 708.14 and Parts I
and V of Article 725 770 for optical fiber cabling, shall be permitted where all of the
following conditions are met:
(1) Disconnecting means complying with 645.10 are provided.
(2) A heating/ventilating/air-conditioning (HVAC) system is provided in one of the
methods identified in 645.4(2) a or b.
(3) A separate HVAC system that is dedicated for information technology
equipment use and is separated from other areas of occupancy; or (4) An HVAC system that serves other occupancies and meets all of the
following:
(5) Also serves the information technology equipment room (6) Provides fire/smoke dampers at the point of penetration of the room
boundary (7) Activates the damper operation upon initiation by smoke detector alarms,
by operation of the disconnecting means required by 645.10 , or by both Informational Note: For further information, see NFPA 752013
2017 , Standard for the Fire Protection of Information Technology Equipment ,
Chapter 10, 10.1, 10.1.1, 10.1.2, and 10.1.3.
(8) All information technology and communications equipment installed in the room is
listed.
(9) The room is occupied by, and accessible to, only those personnel needed for the
maintenance and functional operation of the installed information technology
equipment.
(10) The room is separated from other occupancies by fire-resistant-rated walls, floors,
and ceilings with protected openings.
Informational Note: For further information on room construction requirements,
see NFPA 752013
2017 , Standard for the Fire Protection of Information Technology Equipment ,
Chapter 5.
(11) Only electrical equipment and wiring associated with the operation of the information
technology room is installed in the room.
Informational Note: HVAC systems, communications systems, and
monitoring systems such as telephone, fire alarm systems, security systems,
water detection systems, and other related protective equipment are examples
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
475/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
of equipment associated with the operation of the information technology
room.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 13:24:09 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 removed references to Article 708 to resolve a conflict with Article 708 and
Statement: made editorial corrections. Additionally, the Panel updated the reference to NFPA 75
to current edition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 26-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.4]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
476/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3312-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.5(E) ]
(E) Under Raised Floors.
Power
Where the area under the floor is accessible and openings minimize the entrance of debris
beneath the floor, power cables,
communications
communication cables, connecting cables, interconnecting cables, cord-and-plug
connections, and receptacles associated with the information technology equipment shall
be permitted
to be installed
under a raised floor
, provided the following conditions are met:The raised floor is
of approved construction
, and the area under the floor is accessible
.
Ventilation in the underfloor area is used for the information technology equipment
room only, except as provided in 645.4(2) .
Openings in raised floors for cords and cables protect cords and cables against
abrasion and minimize the entrance of debris beneath the floor.
The installation of branch circuit conductors shall be in accordance with 645.5(E)(1) . The
installation of electrical supply cords, data cables, interconnecting cables, and grounding
conductors shall be in accordance with 645.5(E)(2) . The installation of optical fiber cables
shall be in accordance with 645.5(E)(3) .
The installation requirement shall comply with the following:
(1) Installation Requirements for Branch Circuit Supply Conductors Under a Raised
Floor.
(a) The supply conductors shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of 300.11.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
477/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(b) In addition to the wiring methods of 300.22(C), the following wiring methods shall also be
permitted:
(1) Rigid metal conduit
(2) Rigid nonmetallic conduit
(3) Intermediate metal conduit
(4) Electrical metallic tubing
(5) Electrical nonmetallic tubing
(6) Metal wireway
(7) Nonmetallic wireway
(8) Surface metal raceway with metal cover
(9) Surface nonmetallic raceway
(10) Flexible metal conduit
(11) Liquidtight flexible metal conduit
(12) Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit
(13) Type MI cable
(14) Type MC cable
(15) Type AC cable
(16) Associated metallic and nonmetallic boxes or enclosures
(17) Type TC power and control tray cable
(2) Installation Requirements for Electrical Supply Cords, Data Cables, Interconnecting
Cables and Grounding Conductors Under a Raised Floor.
The following cords, cables and conductors shall be permitted to be installed under a raised
floor:
(1) Supply cords of listed information technology equipment in accordance with 645.5(B)
(2) Interconnecting cables enclosed in a raceway
(3) Equipment grounding conductors
(4) In addition to wiring installed in compliance with 725.135(C), Types CL2R, CL3R,
CL2, and CL3 and substitute cables including CMP, CMR, CM, and CMG installed in
accordance with 725.154(A) shall be permitted under raised floors. Informational
Note: Figure 725.154(A) illustrates the cable substitution hierarchy for Class 2 and
Class 3 cables.
(5) Listed Type DP cable having adequate fire-resistant characteristics suitable for use
under raised floors of an information technology equipment room
Informational Note: One method of defining fire resistance is by establishing
that the cables do not spread fire to the top of the tray in the “UL Flame
Exposure, Vertical Tray Flame Test” in UL 1685-2011, Standard for Safety for
Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke-Release Test for Electrical and
Optical-Fiber Cables. The smoke measurements in the test method are not
applicable. Another method of defining fire resistance is for the damage (char
length) not to exceed 1.5 m (4 ft 11 in.) when performing the CSA “Vertical
Flame Test — Cables in Cable Trays,” as described in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3-M2001 09 , Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
478/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(3) Installation Requirements for Optical Fiber Cables Under a Raised Floor.
In addition to optical fiber cables installed in accordance with 770.113(C), Types OFNR,
OFCR, OFN, and OFC shall be permitted under raised floors.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 14:44:53 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 revised 645.5(E) to improve clarity by eliminating the list items and the
Statement: redundancies that were included. This complies with the Correlating Committee
directive.
Updating the reference to CSA 22.2, the official CSA standard number is C22.2 NO.
0.3-09.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1839-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.5(E)]
Public Comment No. 70-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.5(E)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
479/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3313-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.5(F) ]
(F) Securing in Place.
Power cables; communications cables; connecting cables; interconnecting cables; and
associated boxes, connectors, plugs, and receptacles that are listed as part of, or for,
information technology equipment shall not be required to be secured in place where
installed under raised floors.
Informational Note: Securement requirements for raceways and cables not listed as part of,
or for, information technology equipment are found in Section 300.11.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 16:46:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Added informational note referencing section 300.11 for securement
requirements.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 538-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.5(F)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
480/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3314-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.10(A)(4) ]
(4) Additional means to prevent unintentional operation of remote disconnect controls shall be
permitted.
Informational Note: For further information, see NFPA 75-2013 2017 , Standard for
the Fire Protection of Information Technology Equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 17:00:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Panel 12 updated the reference to NFPA 75 to current edition.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 29-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.10(A)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
481/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3315-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 645.10(B) ]
(B) Critical Operations Data Systems.
Remote disconnecting controls shall not be required for critical operations data systems
when all of the following conditions are met:
(1) An approved procedure has been established and maintained for removing power and
air movement within the room or zone.
(2) Qualified personnel are continuously available to advise emergency responders and
to instruct them of disconnecting methods.
(3) A smoke-sensing fire detection system is in place.
Informational Note: For further information, see NFPA 72 2013
2016 , National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code .
(4) An approved fire suppression system suitable for the application is in place.
(5) Cables installed under a raised floor, other than branch-circuit wiring, and power
cords are installed in compliance with 645.5(E)(2) or (E)(3), or in compliance with
Table 645.10(B)(5).
Table 645.10(B)(5) Cables Installed Under Raised Floors
Cable Type
Applicable Sections
Branch circuits under raised floors
Supply cords of listed information technology
Equipment
645.5(E)(1)
Class 2 & Class 3 remote control, & PLTC cables in
other spaces used for environmental air (plenums)
725.135(BC C ) and
Optical fiber cable in other spaces used for
environmental air (plenums)
Communications wire & cable, cable routing
assemblies, and communications raceways in other
spaces used for environmental air (plenums)
Coaxial CATV & radio distribution cables in other
spaces used for environmental air (plenums)
645.5(E)(2)(a), 300.22(C)
Table 725.154
770.113(C) and Table 770.154(a)
770 800 .113(C) and
Table 770 Tables 800 .154(a), (b),
& (c)
800 820 .113(C) and
Tables 800 Table 820 .154(a), (b)
& (C)
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
482/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 17:05:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The Panel action corrects typographical errors in the text. Updated reference to
NFPA 72 to the current edition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 48-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.10(B)]
Public Comment No. 1841-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 645.10(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
483/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3320-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.1 ]
646.1 Scope.
This article covers modular data centers.
Informational Note No. 1: Modular data centers include the installed information
technology equipment (ITE) and support equipment, electrical supply and
distribution, wiring and protection, working space, grounding, HVAC, and the like,
that are located in an equipment enclosure.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see NFPA 75-2013 2017 ,
Standard for the Protection of Information Technology Equipment, which covers the
requirements for the protection of information technology equipment and systems in
an information technology equipment room.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:49:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Panel 12 updated the reference to NFPA 75 to current edition.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 30-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
484/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3321-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.3(B) ]
(B) Wiring and Cabling in Other Spaces Used for Environmental Air (Plenums).
The following sections and tables shall apply to wiring and cabling in other spaces used for
environmental air (plenums) above an information technology equipment room within a
modular data center space :
(1) Wiring methods: 300.22(C)(1)
(2) Class 2, Class 3, and PLTC cables: 760 725 .135(C) and Table 725.154
(3) Fire alarm systems: 760.53(B)(2), 725 760 .135(C) and Table 760.154
(4) Optical fiber cables: 770.113(C) and Table 770.154(a)
(5) Communications circuits: 800 .113(C) and Table 770 Tables 800 .154(a), (b), and (c)
(6) CATV and radio distribution systems: 800 820 .113(C) and Table 800 820 .154(a)
Informational Note: Environmentally controlled working spaces, aisles, and
equipment areas in an MDC are not considered a plenum.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:51:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 clarifies that 646.3(B) applies to all environmental air spaces (plenums)
Statement: within the Modular Data Center. The Panel also edited the references in list items to
the correct sections and tables.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 46-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.3(B)]
Public Comment No. 540-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.3(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
485/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3322-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.3(F) ]
(F) Cable Routing Assemblies, and Communications Wires, Cables, Raceways, and
Equipment.
Parts I, II, III, IV, and V of Article 800 shall apply to cable routing assemblies,
communications wires, cables, raceways, and equipment installed in an MDC. Only
communications wires and cables listed in accordance with 800.179, cable routing
assemblies and communications raceways listed in accordance with 800.182, and
communications equipment listed in accordance with 800.170 shall be permitted to be
installed in an MDC.
Informational Note: See Part I of Article 100 for a definition of communications
equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 19:02:16 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 inserted the word "and" to distinguish cable routing assemblies from
Statement: communications equipment; cable routing assemblies are not communications wires,
cables, raceways or equipment.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 541-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.3(F)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
486/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3323-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.3(H) ]
(H) Storage Batteries. Installation of storage batteries shall comply with Article 480 .
Exception: Batteries that are part of listed and labeled equipment and installed in
accordance with the listing requirements shall not be required to be installed in
compliance with Article Section 480. 1 .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 19:04:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 made editorial revisions to comply with Correlating Committee directive by
Statement: rewording the section to be Style Manual compliant while maintaining the intended
requirements and permissions.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 542-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.3(H)]
Public Comment No. 1842-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.3(H)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
487/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3324-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.7(B) ]
(B) MDCs Connected to Branch Circuits and Feeders.
Modular data centers that connect to a branch circuit or a feeder circuit shall have a shortcircuit current rating not less than the available fault current of the branch circuit or feeder.
The short-circuit current rating of the MDC shall be based on the short-circuit current rating
of a listed and labeled MDC or the short-circuit current rating established utilizing an
approved method.
Informational Note No. 1 Exception: This requirement shall not apply to listed and
labeled equipment connected to branch circuits located inside of the MDC
equipment enclosure.
Informational Note : UL 508A-2001 2013 , Standard for Industrial Control Panels,
Supplement SB, is an example of an approved method.
Informational Note No. 2: This requirement does not apply to listed and labeled
equipment connected to branch circuits located inside of the MDC equipment
enclosure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 19:35:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 updated reference to the current edition of UL508A. Also changed
Statement: Informational Note No. 2 to an exception in order to be compliant with Style Manual
while retaining the intended exception.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 339-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.7(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
488/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3325-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.7(C) ]
(C) MDCs Powered from Separate MDC System Enclosures.
Modular data center equipment enclosures, powered from a separate MDC system
enclosure that is part of the specific MDC system, shall have a short-circuit current rating
coordinated with the powering module in accordance with 110.10.
Informational Note: UL 508A-2001 2013 , Standard for Industrial Control Panels,
Supplement SB, is an example of an approved method for determining short-circuit
current ratings.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 19:48:53 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Panel 12 updated reference to the current edition of UL508A.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 71-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.7(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
489/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3326-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 646.13 ]
646.13 Other Electrical Equipment.
Only listed information technology equipment shall be permitted to be installed in an MDC.
Electrical equipment that is an integral part of the MDC, including information technology
equipment, lighting, control, power, HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning),
emergency lighting, alarm circuits, and so forth, shall comply with the requirements for its
use and installation and shall be listed and labeled.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 19:50:30 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Panel 12 removed the first sentence for clarification. The sentence implied that only
Statement: listed information technology equipment could be installed in the MDC, which is
incorrect.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 543-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.13]
Public Comment No. 1843-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 646.13]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
490/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3316-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 650.1 ]
650.1 Scope.
This article covers those electrical circuits and parts of electrically operated pipe organs
that are employed for the control of the keyboards and of the sounding apparatus, typically
organ pipes.
Informational Note: The typical pipe organ is a very large musical instrument . See
Informational Note Figure 650.1 .
Informational Note Figure 650.1 The
illustration shows the pipes of a pipe
organ.
that is built as part of a building or structure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:12:21 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised text complies with the Correlating Committee directive. The Panel has
Statement: deleted the illustration and added additional text to the informational note for clarity.
The revision to the Informational Note makes the section in compliance with the Style
Manual.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1844-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 650.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
491/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3317-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 668.1 ]
668.1 Scope.
The provisions of this article apply This article applies to the installation of the electrical
components and accessory equipment of electrolytic cells, electrolytic cell lines, and
process power supply for the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorine, copper, fluorine,
hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, sodium chlorate, and zinc.
Not covered by this article are cells used as a source of electric energy and for
electroplating processes and cells used for the production of hydrogen.
Informational Note No. 1: In general, any cell line or group of cell lines operated as a
unit for the production of a particular metal, gas, or chemical compound may differ
from any other cell lines producing the same product because of variations in the
particular raw materials used, output capacity, use of proprietary methods or
process practices, or other modifying factors to the extent that detailed Code
requirements become overly restrictive and do not accomplish the stated purpose of
this Code.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see IEEE 463-1993 2013 ,
Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:25:19 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel updated the standard referenced in Informational note 2 to the current
Statement: edition and kept the wording “Standard for” to correlate with the title of IEEE463. The
scope was editorially revised to remove the superfluous words “The provisions of”.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 98-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 668.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
492/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3319-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 669.6 ]
669.6 Wiring Methods.
Conductors connecting the electrolyte tank equipment to the conversion equipment shall
be in accordance with 669.6(A) and (B).
(A) Systems Not Exceeding 50 60 Volts Direct Current.
Insulated conductors shall be permitted to be run without insulated support, provided they
are protected from physical damage. Bare copper or aluminum conductors shall be
permitted where supported on insulators.
(B) Systems Exceeding 50 60 Volts Direct Current.
Insulated conductors shall be permitted to be run on insulated supports, provided they are
protected from physical damage. Bare copper or aluminum conductors shall be permitted
where supported on insulators and guarded against accidental contact up to the point of
termination in accordance with 110.27.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 12 18:44:17 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The Panel has revised the requirements to 60V to cover charging of DC systems
where float voltages can exceed 50V.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
493/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3336-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 670.5(1), 670.5(2) ]
Sections 670.5(1), 670.5(2)
(1) Industrial machinery shall not be installed where the available fault available short-circuit
current exceeds its short-circuit current rating as marked in accordance with 670.3(A)(4).
(2) Industrial machinery shall be legibly marked in the field with the maximum available fault
current available short-circuit current . The field marking(s) shall include the date the faultcurrent calculation the short-circuit current calculation was performed and be of sufficient
durability to withstand the environment involved.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Fri Nov 13 13:00:37 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: "Short-circuit current" is the correct terminology.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1301-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 670.5(1), 670.5(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
494/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4815-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.4 ]
680.4 Approval of Equipment.
All electrical equipment installed in the water, walls, or decks of pools, fountains, and
similar installations shall comply with the provisions of this article. Equipment and products
shall be listed and labeled .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:03:35 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product
or its smallest unit container for small components such as wire connectors. The text
“for swimming pool use” was not added to this section as it would then apply to all
electrical products used in the Article. This would include conduit, wire connectors
and grounding and bonding equipment that are not listed for swimming pool use. Text
such as “identified for swimming pool and spa use” would be appropriate in other
sections of the Article.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1089-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.4]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
495/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4816-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.7 ]
680.7 Grounding and Bonding Terminals.
Grounding and bonding terminals shall be identified for use in wet and corrosive
environments. Field-installed grounding and bonding connections in a damp, wet, or
corrosive environment shall be composed of copper, copper alloy, or stainless steel. They
shall be listed and labeled for direct burial use.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:05:58 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirements for grounding and bonding equipment in UL 467 do not at present
Statement: have an option of a rating “wet or corrosive environments”. Requirements in UL 467
for a rating of direct burial would mandate materials that have proven resistant to the
corrosive environments around swimming pool equipment: stainless steel, copper and
high copper content copper alloys. The text “or concrete encasement” is not
necessary as the marking for the listed terminal would be “direct burial or DB”. The
text “and labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on
the product or its smallest unit container for small components such as wire
connectors. The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the
Inspection Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while
conducting inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1098-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.7]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
496/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4817-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 680.13 ]
680.14 Corrosive Environment
(A) General
Areas where pool sanitation chemicals are stored as well as areas with circulation
pumps, automatic chlorinators, filters, open areas under decks adjacent to or
abutting the pool structure, and the like shall be considered to be a corrosive
environment. The air in such areas shall be considered to be laden with acid,
chlorine and/or bromine vapors, and any liquids or condensation in those areas shall
be considered to be laden with acids, chlorine and/or bromine.
(B) Wiring Methods
Wiring methods in the areas described in 680.14(A) shall be listed, labeled and identified for
use in such areas. Rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, rigid polyvinyl chloride
conduit, and reinforced thermosetting resin conduit are considered to be resistant to the
corrosive environment specified in 680.14(A).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:08:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The topic of suitability to physical damage should be separate text. The reference to
Statement: specific wiring methods should be deleted from the Article. Wiring methods that have
been specifically evaluated for the type of corrosive environment around swimming
pool pumps and sanitation chemicals are not as yet readily available. A new Section
680.14 should be created to detail the corrosion resistance necessary of wiring
methods needed in swimming pool installations.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
497/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4818-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.21(A)(1) ]
(1) General.
Where branch circuits for pool-associated motors are subject to physical damage and/or
installed in wet, damp, or corrosive environments, that portion of the branch circuit shall be
installed in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit,
reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, or Type MC cable, suitable for the conditions
subject to Wiring methods installed in the corrosive environment described in 680.14 shall
comply with 680.14(B) or shall be type MC cable listed and labeled for that location. Wiring
methods installed in these locations shall contain an insulated copper equipment grounding
conductor sized in accordance with Table 250.122 but not smaller than 12 AWG.
Where installed in dry, noncorrosive environments, branch circuits shall comply with the
general requirements in Chapter 3.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:43:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Wiring methods that have been specifically evaluated for the type of corrosive
Statement: environment around swimming pool pumps and sanitation chemicals are not as yet
readily available. Made revisions to correlate with new Section 680.14. The wiring
methods have had acceptable field history in swimming pool installations. The First
Draft text referencing resistance to physical damage is not necessary as it applies to
all wiring methods.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 732-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.21(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
498/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4819-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.22(B)(7) ]
(7) Low-Voltage Gas-Fired Electronic Luminaires. Fired Luminaires, Decorative
Fireplaces, Fire Pits ans Similar Equipment
Listed and labeled low-voltage gas-fired electronically ignited luminaires and outdoor
luminaire lighting appliances with fired luminaires, decorative fireplaces, fire pits and
similar equipment using low-voltage ignitors that do not require grounding, that do not
exceed the low-voltage contact limit, and that are supplied by listed and labeled
transformers or power supplies that comply with 680.23(A)(2) with outputs that do not
exceed the low-voltage contact limit, shall be permitted to be located less than 1.5 m (5 ft)
from the inside walls of the pool. Metallic luminaires and outdoor luminaire lighting
appliances equipment shall be bonded in accordance with the requirements in 680.26(B).
Transformers or power supplies supplying these luminaires and outdoor lluminaire lighting
appliances this type of equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements in
680.24. Metallic gas piping shall be bonded in accordance with the requirements in
250.104(B) and 680.26(B)(7).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:35:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Clarification of the meaning of “outdoor luminated lighting appliances” is required.
Statement: This type of equipment includes gas-fired fireplaces, fire pits and similar equipment. In
addition, clarification is needed that it is the equipment power supply that is “low
voltage.” The text “and labeled” was added to replicate similar changes made by the
Panel.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 947-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.22(B)(7)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
499/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4820-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.23(A)(2) ]
(2) Transformers and Power Supplies.
Transformers and power supplies used for the supply of underwater luminaires, together
with the transformer or power supply enclosure, shall be listed, labeled and identified for
swimming pool and spa use. The transformer or power supply shall incorporate either a
transformer of the isolated winding type, with an ungrounded secondary that has a
grounded metal barrier between the primary and secondary windings, or one that
incorporates an approved system of double insulation between the primary and secondary
windings.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:39:21 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product.
The additional text “and identified” accurately reflects the Definitions in Chapter 1. It is
appropriate in this instance as there are Listed and Labeled transformers readily
available that are not intended for swimming pool installations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1302-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.23(A)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
500/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4828-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.23(F)(1) ]
(1) Wiring Methods.
Where branch-circuit wiring on the supply side of enclosures and junction boxes connected
to conduits run to underwater luminaires are subject to physical damage and/or are
installed in wet, damp, or corrosive environments as described in 680.14 , the wiring
method of that portion of the branch circuit shall be installed using rigid metal conduit,
intermediate metal conduit, as required in 680.14(B) or shall be liquidtight flexible
nonmetallic conduit, rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit, or reinforced thermosetting resin
conduit suitable for the location. Where installed in dry, noncorrosive environments, branch
circuits shall comply with the general requirements in Chapter 3 . . Wiring methods
installed in wet, damp, or corrosive environments as described in 680.14 shall contain an
insulated copper equipment grounding conductor sized in accordance with Table 250.122,
but not less smaller than 12 AWG shall be required .
Where installed in noncorrosive environments, branch circuits shall comply with the general
requirements in Chapter 3 .
Exception: Where connecting to transformers for pool lights, liquidtight flexible metal
conduit shall be permitted. The length shall not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) for any one length or
exceed 3.0 m (10 ft) in total length used.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:37:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: A modification required due to the creation of 680.14.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
501/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4821-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.24(A)(1) ]
(1) Construction.
The junction box shall be listed, labeled and identified as a swimming pool junction box
and shall comply with the following conditions:
(1) Be equipped with threaded entries or hubs or a nonmetallic hub
(2) Be comprised of copper, brass, suitable plastic, or other approved corrosion-resistant
material
(3) Be provided with electrical continuity between every connected metal conduit and the
grounding terminals by means of copper, brass, or other approved corrosion-resistant
metal that is integral with the box
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:50:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product.
The additional text “and identified” accurately reflects the Definitions in Chapter 1. It is
appropriate in this instance as there are Listed and Labeled equipment readily
available that are not intended for swimming pool installations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1303-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.24(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
502/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4829-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.25(1) ]
(1) Feeders.
Where feeders are subject to physical damage and/or installed in wet, damp, or corrosive
environments as described in 680.14 , the wiring method of that portion of the feeder shall
be installed in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit,rigid polyvinyl chloride
conduit, or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, suitable for the conditions. Where
installed in dry, noncorrosive environments, feeders shall comply with the general
requirements in Chapter 3 . as required in 680.14(B) or shall be liquidtight flexible
nonmetallic conduit. Wiring methods installed in wet, damp, or corrosive environments as
described in 680.14 shall contain an insulated copper equipment grounding conductor sized
in accordance with Table 250.122, but not less smaller than 12 AWG shall be required .
Where installed in noncorrosive environments, feeders shall comply with the general
requirements in Chapter 3 .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 14:23:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: A modification required due to the creation of 680.14.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 731-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.25(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
503/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4822-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.42(A)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Listed and labeled packaged spa or hot tub equipment assemblies or self-contained spas or
hot tubs utilizing a factory-installed or assembled control panel or panelboard shall be
permitted to use flexible connections as covered in 680.42(A)(1) and (A)(2).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:52:32 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Listing agencies do not consider a product to be listed
unless the listing mark has been applied.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1305-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.42(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
504/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4823-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.42(B) ]
(B) Bonding.
Bonding by metal-to-metal mounting on a common frame or base shall be permitted. The
metal bands or hoops used to secure wooden staves shall not be required to be bonded as
required in 680.26.
Equipotential bonding of perimeter surfaces in accordance with 680.26(B)(2) shall not be
required to be provided for spas and hot tubs where all of the following conditions apply:
(1) The spa or hot tub shall be listed, labeled and identified as a self-contained spa for
aboveground use.
(2) The spa or hot tub shall not be identified as suitable only for indoor use.
(3) The installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall
be located on or above grade.
(4) The top rim of the spa or hot tub shall be at least 710 mm (28 in.) above all perimeter
surfaces that are within 760 mm (30 in.), measured horizontally from the spa or hot
tub. The height of nonconductive external steps for entry to or exit from the selfcontained spa shall not be used to reduce or increase this rim height measurement.
Informational Note: For information regarding listing requirements for self-contained
spas and hot tubs, see ANSI/UL 1563 - 2010, Standard for Electric Spas,
Equipment Assemblies, and Associated Equipment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:55:53 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product.
The additional text “and identified” accurately reflects the Definitions in Chapter 1. It is
appropriate in this instance as there are Listed and Labeled equipment readily
available that are not intended for swimming pool installations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1308-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.42(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
505/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4824-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.43 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
A spa or hot tub installed indoors shall comply with the provisions of Parts I and II of this
article except as modified by this section and shall be connected by the wiring methods of
Chapter 3 .
Exception No. 1: Listed and Labeled spa and hot tub packaged units rated 20 amperes or
less shall be permitted to be cord-and-plug-connected to facilitate the removal or
disconnection of the unit for maintenance and repair.
Exception No. 2: The equipotential bonding requirements for perimeter surfaces in
680.26(B)(2) shall not apply to a listed and labeled self-contained spa or hot tub installed
above a finished floor.
Exception No. 3: For a dwelling unit(s) only, where a listed and labeled spa or hot tub is
installed indoors, the wiring method requirements of 680.42(C) shall also apply.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:57:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel agrees with public comment clarifying certain equipment be “listed and
Statement: labeled” instead of just “listed.” Listing agencies do not consider a product to be listed
unless the listing mark has actually been applied.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1309-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.43 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
506/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4825-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.43(D) ]
(D) Bonding.
The following parts shall be bonded together:
(1) All metal fittings within or attached to the spa or hot tub structure
(2) Metal parts of electrical equipment associated with the spa or hot tub water
circulating system, including pump motors, unless part of a listed self , labeled and
identified self -contained spa or hot tub
(3) Metal raceway and metal piping that are within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the inside walls of the
spa or hot tub and that are not separated from the spa or hot tub by a permanent
barrier
(4) All metal surfaces that are within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the inside walls of the spa or hot tub
and that are not separated from the spa or hot tub area by a permanent barrier
Exception: Small conductive surfaces not likely to become energized, such as air
and water jets and drain fittings, where not connected to metallic piping, towel bars,
mirror frames, and similar nonelectrical equipment, shall not be required to be
bonded.
(5) Electrical devices and controls that are not associated with the spas or hot tubs and
that are located less than 1.5 m (5 ft) from such units; otherwise, they shall be
bonded to the spa or hot tub system
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:00:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product.
The additional text “and identified” accurately reflects the Definitions in Chapter 1. It is
appropriate in this instance as there are Listed and Labeled equipment readily
available that are not intended for spa installations.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Public Comment No. 1310-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.43(D)]
507/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 1310-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.43(D)]
Second Revision No. 4826-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.44(A) ]
(A) Listed Units.
If so marked, a listed, labeled and identified self-contained unit or listed, labeled and
identified packaged equipment assembly that includes integral ground-fault circuitinterrupter protection for all electrical parts within the unit or assembly (pumps, air blowers,
heaters, lights, controls, sanitizer generators, wiring, and so forth) shall be permitted
without additional GFCI protection.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:05:25 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product.
The additional text “and identified” accurately reflects the Definitions in Chapter 1. It is
appropriate in this instance as there are Listed and Labeled equipment readily
available that are not intended for spa installations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1311-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.44(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
508/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4827-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.62(A)(1) ]
(1) Listed Units.
If so marked, a listed, labeled and identified self-contained unit or listed, labeled and
identified packaged equipment assembly that includes integral ground-fault circuitinterrupter protection for all electrical parts within the unit or assembly (pumps, air blowers,
heaters, lights, controls, sanitizer generators, wiring, and so forth) shall be permitted
without additional GFCI protection.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:07:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The text “listed” alone would allow for listed units that would require the Inspection
Statement: Authority to search in various databases of the certification agencies while conducting
inspection in the field. This is inconvenient and sometimes difficult. The text “and
labeled” was added as this would mandate a certification (listing) mark on the product.
The additional text “and identified” accurately reflects the Definitions in Chapter 1. It is
appropriate in this instance as there are Listed and Labeled equipment readily
available that are not intended for therapeutic pool and tub installations.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1313-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.62(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
509/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 4830-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 680.81 ]
680.81 Equipment Approval.
Lifts shall be listed, labeled and identified for swimming pool and spa use .
Exception No. 1: Lifts where the battery is removed for charging at another location and
the battery is rated less than or equal to the low-voltage contact limit shall not be required
to be listed or labeled.
Exception No. 2: Solar-operated or -recharged lifts where the solar panel is attached to
the lift and the battery is rated less than or equal to 24 volts shall not be required to be
listed or labeled.
Exception No. 3: Lifts that are supplied from a source not exceeding the low-voltage
contact limit and supplied by listed transformers or power supplies that comply with
680.23(A)(2) shall not be required to be listed or labeled.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Daniel Gorham
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 14:43:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The revision allows any lift to be used in the swimming pool and spa
Statement:
environment.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1185-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 680.81]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
510/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 928-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.1 ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
511/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
690.1 Scope.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
This article applies to solar PV systems, other than those covered by Article 691,
512/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
This article applies to solar PV systems, other than those covered by Article 691,
including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems. [See Figure
690.1(a) and Figure 690.1(b).]The systems covered by this article may be interactive with
other electrical power production sources or stand-alone or both, and may or may not be
connected to energy storage systems such as batteries. These PV systems may have ac
or dc output for utilization.
Informational Note: Article 691 covers the installation of large-scale PV electric
supply stations.
Figure 690.1(a) Identification of PV Power Source Components With or Without
DC-to-DC Converters.
Figure 690.1(b) Identification of PV System Components in Common
Configurations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
513/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_928_-_Figure_Revisions.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
514/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:55:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision addresses the errors in the First Draft.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1845-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.1]
Public Comment No. 647-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.1]
Second Revision No. 929-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Engineering
Supervision. ]
[690.2, delete definition of Engineering Supervision .
Designed and approved by a licensed professional engineer competent in the specific area
under supervision.
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:04:13 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This definition has been removed because it is problematic and difficult to
universally define.
Public Comment No. 702-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Engineering Supervision.]
Public Comment No. 1846-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Engineering Supervision.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
515/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 930-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Generating
Capacity. ]
690.2, Generating Capacity.
The sum of parallel-connected inverter maximum continuous output power at 40°C in
kilowatts.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:30:26 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The use of the term parallel-connected clarifies the definition and removes
ambiguity.
Public Comment No. 648-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Generating Capacity.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
516/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 931-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Photovoltaic
System Voltage. ]
[690.2, delete the definition for Photovoltaic System Voltage.
The direct current (dc) voltage of any PV source or PV output circuit. For multiwire
installations, the PV system voltage is the highest voltage between any two dc conductors.
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:34:07 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This definition was removed in the first draft to address PIs 4708, 4685, and 3771.
Statement: This SR removes this definition as balloted in the first revision meeting.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
517/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 932-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Reference
Grounded PV System. ]
Reference 690.2, Functional Grounded PV System.
A PV system that has an electrical reference to ground that is not solidly grounded.
Informational Note: The reference A functional grounded PV system is often
connected to ground is often through a fuse, circuit breaker, resistance device,
non-isolated grounded ac circuit, or electronic means that is part of a listed groundfault protection system. Conductors in these systems that are normally at ground
potential may have voltage to ground during fault conditions.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:38:41 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel changed the term from “reference” to “functional” so that it does not conflict
Statement: with the concepts in Article 517 and matches the International Electrotechnical
Committee’s use of the term internationally.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1018-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Reference Grounded PV System.]
Public Comment No. 1847-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Photovoltaic System Voltage.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
518/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 933-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.4(B) ]
(B) Equipment.
Inverters, motor generators, PV modules, PV panels, ac PV modules, dc combiners, dc-todc converters, and charge controllers intended for use in PV systems shall be listed and
labeled or field labeled for the PV application.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:41:52 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The addition of “PV” does not improve the understanding of the sentence. 690.2
Statement: actually has both "ac module" and "ac PV module" in the definition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 586-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.4(B)]
Public Comment No. 1324-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.4(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
519/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 934-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.4(D) ]
(D) Multiple PV Systems.
Multiple PV systems shall be permitted to be installed in or on a single building or structure.
Where the PV systems are remotely located from each other, a directory in accordance
with 705.10 shall be provided at each dc PV system disconnecting means.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 19:47:31 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The panel removed the word “dc” from 690.4(D) in the first revision, but it was
not properly reflected in the first draft.
Public Comment No. 649-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.4(D)]
Public Comment No. 889-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.4(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
520/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 935-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.7 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
The maximum voltage of PV system dc circuits shall be the highest voltage between any
two circuit conductors or any conductor and ground. PV system dc circuits on or in oneand two- family dwellings shall be permitted to have a maximum voltage of 600 volts or
less. PV system dc conductors circuits on or in other types of buildings shall be permitted
to have a maximum voltage of 1000 volts or less. Equipment in the dc portion of PV
systems not on or in buildings that is listed and labeled and rated with a maximum voltage
of 1500 volts or less need not comply with Article 490.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 10:49:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The lead sentence was added to clearly define what maximum voltage is in PV
Statement: system dc circuits.
A dash is added between "two" and "family" for consistency of terminology.
In the first and second sentence, the word “conductors” is changed to “circuits" for
clarity.
A sentence was added to the first paragraph to address equipment in the dc portion
PV systems up to 1500V off of buildings. The listing process covers the proper
requirements for 1500Vdc and corresponds to 1000Vac above which Article 490
applies.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 477-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 587-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 1074-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
521/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 936-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.7(A) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
522/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(A) Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
523/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
In a dc PV source circuit or output circuit, the maximum PV system voltage for that circuit
shall be calculated in accordance with one of the following methods:
Informational Note: One source for statistically valid, lowest-expected, ambient
temperature design data for various locations is the chapter titled Extreme Annual Mean
Minimum Design Dry Bulb Temperature found in the ASHRAE Handbook —
Fundamentals , 2013. These temperature data can be used to calculate maximum voltage.
(1) The sum of the PV module rated open-circuit voltage of the series connected
modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature using the open-circuit
voltage temperature coefficients in accordance with the instructions included in the
listing or labeling of the module
(2) For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the sum of the PV module rated
open-circuit voltage of the series connected modules corrected for the lowest
expected ambient temperature using the correction factor provided in Table 690.7(A) Informational Note: One source for statistically valid, lowest-expected, ambient
temperature design data for various locations is the chapter titled Extreme Annual
Mean Minimum Design Dry Bulb Temperature found in the ASHRAE Handbook —
Fundamentals , 2009. These temperature data can be used to calculate maximum
voltage using the manufacturer’s temperature coefficients relative to the rating
temperature of 25°C.
(3) For PV systems with a generating capacity of 100 kilowatts kW or greater, an
industry standard method shall be permitted to be used under engineering
supervision in a documented and stamped PV system design performed by a licensed
professional electrical engineer .
Informational Note: One industry standard method for calculating maximum
voltage of a PV system is published by Sandia National Laboratories,
reference SAND 2004-3535, Photovoltaic Array Performance Model.
Maximum voltage shall be corrected using one of the three following methods to calculate
the module voltage: The open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients module voltage in
accordance with the instructions included in the listing of the module.
For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the correction factors provided in
Table 690.7(A) shall be permitted to be used.
For PV systems with a generating capacity of 100 kilowatts or greater, alternate
methods shall be permitted to be used under engineering supervision.
Informational Note: A method is published by Sandia National Laboratories,
reference SAND 2004-3535, Photovoltaic Array Performance Model .
The maximum voltage shall be used to determine the voltage rating of conductors, cables,
disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment.
Table 690.7(A) Voltage Correction Factors for Crystalline and Multicrystalline Silicon
Modules
Correction Factors for Ambient Temperatures Below 25°C (77°F). (Multiply the rated
open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown below.)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
24 to 20
19 to 15
14 to 10
9 to 5
Factor
1.02
1.04
1.06
1.08
Ambient Temperature (°F)
76 to 68
67 to 59
58 to 50
49 to 41
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
524/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
4 to 0
–1 to –5
–6 to –10
–11 to –15
–16 to –20
–21 to –25
–26 to –30
–31 to –35
–36 to –40
1.10
1.12
1.14
1.16
1.18
1.20
1.21
1.23
1.25
40 to 32
31 to 23
22 to 14
13 to 5
4 to –4
–5 to –13
–14 to –22
–23 to –31
–32 to –40
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_936.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:22:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee 1. The informational note, formerly under 690.7(A)(2) is moved directly under 690.7(A)
Statement: and the last phrase is removed to make it generally applicable. Also, the ASHRAE
reference is updated.
2. In 690.7(A)(3), the word “kilowatts” is changed to “kW” to match the style manual.
3. The language related to “engineering supervision” is revised to be more specific as
to what engineers are allowed to perform this calculation. Competency of professional
electrical engineers is governed by the licensing boards.
4. The duplicative language related to voltage calculations is removed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 651-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7]
Public Comment No. 1883-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(A)]
Public Comment No. 276-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(A)]
Public Comment No. 588-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(A)]
Public Comment No. 101-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7]
Public Comment No. 1198-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(A)]
Public Comment No. 995-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
525/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 937-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.7(B) ]
(B) DC-to-DC Converter Source and Output Circuits.
In a dc-to-dc converter source and output circuit, the maximum voltage shall be calculated
in accordance with 690.7(B) (1) or (2).
(1) For circuits connected to the output of a single dc-to-dc converter, the maximum
voltage shall be the maximum rated voltage output of the dc-to-dc converter.
(2) For circuits connected to the output of two or more series-connected dc-to-dc
converters, the maximum voltage shall be determined in accordance with the
instructions included in the listing or labeling of the dc-to-dc converter. If these
instructions do not state the rated voltage of series-connected converters, the
maximum voltage shall be the sum of the maximum rated voltage output of the dc-todc converters in series.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:47:32 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The maximum voltage is the sum of the devices if no end-to-end control of the circuit
Statement: has been evaluated. The list was reworded to remove the second list within the list
and to remove repetitious language.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 492-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
526/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 938-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.7(C) ]
(C) Bipolar Source and Output Circuits.
For 2-wire dc circuits connected to bipolar systems PV arrays , the maximum voltage shall
be the highest voltage between the 2-wire circuit conductors where one conductor of the
2-wire circuit if all of the following conditions apply: One conductor of each circuit of a
bipolar subarray is referenced to ground to prevent overvoltage of the circuit. The operation
of is connected to the functional ground reference (center tap). To prevent overvoltage in
the event of a ground-fault or arc-fault devices (abnormal operation) , the array shall be permitted to interrupt isolated from the ground reference when the entire bipolar array
becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each other and the utilization equipment.
Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray.
and isolated into two 2-wire circuits .
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR-938_690.7_C_Panel_4_BC.docx
Description
For staff use Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 11:50:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The section was rewritten to better comply with the style manual and to be more
Statement: understandable. The term "reference ground" is changed to "functional ground" to
correlate with the rest of the Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1362-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.7(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
527/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 939-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.8(A)(1) ]
(1) Photovoltaic Source Circuit Currents.
The maximum current shall be calculated by one of the following methods:
(1) The sum of parallel-connected PV module rated short-circuit currents multiplied by
125 percent
(2) For PV systems with a generating capacity of 100 kilowatts kW or greater, an
industry standard method , performed under engineering supervision, that accounts for
the maximum current variables of elevation, array orientation, and irradiance. The
calculated maximum shall be permitted in a documented and stamped PV system
design, performed by a licensed professional electrical engineer. The calculated
maximum current value shall be based on the highest 3-hour current average resulting
from the simulated local irradiance on the PV array accounting for elevation and
orientation. The current value used by this method shall not be less than 70 percent
of the value calculated using 690.8(A)(1) (a)
Informational Note: One industry standard method for calculating maximum current
of a PV system is available from Sandia National Laboratories, reference SAND
2004-3535, Photovoltaic Array Performance Model. This model is used by the
System Advisor Model simulation program provided by the National Renewable
Energy Laboratory.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:10:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The numbering was inconsistent with the style manual.
Statement:
The panel includes the word “-connected” to modify the word parallel for clarity.
The language related to engineering supervision is revised to more clearly define what
an engineer must do to meet this provision. The competency of professional
engineers is governed by the licensing boards.
The First Draft recognized the variables of current as irradiance, elevation, and
orientation. In the rewording for the SR, it is made clearer that elevation and
orientation are modifiers of the local irradiance. Irradiance on the surface of the PV
array is what establishes how much current is available.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Public Comment No. 493-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.8(A)(1)]
528/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 493-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.8(A)(1)]
Public Comment No. 996-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.8(A)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
529/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 940-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.8(B) ]
(B) Conductor Ampacity.
PV system currents shall be considered to be continuous. Circuit conductors shall be
sized to carry not less than the larger of 690.8(B)(1) or (2) or where protected by a listed
adjustable electronic overcurrent protective device as per 690 .9(B)(3), not less than the
current in 690.8(B)(3).
(1) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the maximum currents calculated in 690.8(A)
before the application of adjustment and correction factors
Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that
is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be used
at 100 percent of its rating.
(2) The maximum currents calculated in 690.8(A) after the application of adjustment and
correction factors
(3)
The rating or setting of the adjustable electronic overcurrent protective device installed in
accordance with 240.6.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 12:35:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel recognizes that electronic overcurrent protective devices are well-suited to
Statement: PV circuits in that they can react accurately to overload and fault conditions and
adequately protect PV output circuit conductors in a PV array. The word “listed” was
added in front of “adjustable electronic overcurrent protective devices” to make it clear
that non-listed equipment should not be allowed in this type of application. The word
“protection” is changed to “protective device” in two places for consistency with the
rest of the Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1085-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.8(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
530/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 941-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.9(A) ]
(A) Circuits and Equipment.
PV system dc circuitand circuit and inverter output conductors and equipment shall be
protected against overcurrent. Overcurrent protection protective devices are not required
for circuits with sufficient ampacity for the highest available current. Circuits connected to
current limited supplies (e.g., PV modules, dc-to-dc converters, interactive inverter output
circuits) and also connected to sources having higher current availability (e.g., parallel
strings of modules, utility power) shall be protected at the higher current source connection.
Exception: An overcurrent device shall not be required for PV modules or PV source
circuit or dc-to-dc converters source circuit conductors sized in accordance with 690.8(B)
where one of the following applies:
(1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries,
or backfeed from inverters.
(2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the
conductors and the maximum overcurrent protective device size rating specified for
the PV module or dc-to-dc converter.
Informational Note: Photovoltaic system dc circuits are current limited circuits that
only need overcurrent protection when connected in parallel to higher current
sources. Where necessary, the overcurrent device is installed at the higher current
source end of the circuit.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:09:36 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The term "protective device" is used instead of "protection device" for consistency of
Statement: terminology. Also, the addition of the words "interactive inverter" to "output circuits"
was part of the FR but inadvertently dropped from the draft. This revision reinstates
those words.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1848-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9]
Public Comment No. 998-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
531/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 942-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.9(B) ]
(B) Overcurrent Device Ratings.
Overcurrent devices used in any dc portion of a PV system dc circuits shall be listed and
labeled for use in PV systems. Overcurrent device ratings shall be not devices, where
required, shall be rated in accordance with one of the following:
(1) Not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents calculated in 690.8(A).
Exception: Circuits containing an (2) An assembly, together with its overcurrent
device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be
permitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating.
(3) Adjustable electronic overcurrent protective devices rated or set in accordance with
240.6
Informational Note: Some electronic overcurrent protective devices prevent backfeed
current.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:22:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The newly defined “PV system dc circuit” addresses all the circuits that would
require listed PV overcurrent devices.
The exceptions are turned into a list to reduce the number exceptions in Article
690 and to fix style issues.
The panel accepts the addition of the words “and labeled” as originally voted on in
the First Revision language.
The new informational note to 690.9(B)(3) clarifies that listed devices can prevent
backfeed current.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1710-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(C)]
Public Comment No. 1314-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(B)]
Public Comment No. 1090-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(B)]
Public Comment No. 989-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
532/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 989-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(B)]
Second Revision No. 943-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.9(C) ]
(C) Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits.
A single overcurrent protection protective device, where required, shall be permitted to
protect the PV modules and conductors of each source circuit or the conductors of each
output circuit. Where single overcurrent protection devices are used to protect PV source or
output circuits, all overcurrent devices shall be placed in the same polarity for all circuits
within a PV system. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required
to be readily accessible.
Informational Note: Due to improved ground-fault protection required in PV systems
by 690.41(B), a single overcurrent protection protective device in either the positive
or negative conductors of a PV system in combination with this ground-fault
protection provides adequate overcurrent protection.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:43:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The revision changes "protection" to "protective" for consistency of
Statement:
terminology.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 999-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.9(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
533/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 944-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.10 ]
690.10 Stand-Alone Systems.
The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet the requirements of this Code for
a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building
or structure disconnecting means shall comply with the requirements of this Code , except
as modified by 690.10(A) through (D).
(A) Inverter Output.
The ac output from a
stand-alone
inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac power to the building or structure disconnecting
means at current levels less than the calculated load connected to that disconnect. The
inverter output rating or the rating of an alternate energy source shall be equal to or greater
than the load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected to the
system
. Calculated general lighting loads
shall
not be considered as a single load.
(B) Sizing and Protection.
The circuit conductors between the inverter output and the building or structure
disconnecting means shall be sized based on the output rating of the inverter. These
conductors shall be protected from overcurrents
be installed in accordance with Article
240 . The overcurrent protection shall be located at the output of the inverter.
(C) Single 120-Volt Supply.
The inverter output of a stand-alone solar PV system shall be permitted to supply 120 volts
to single-phase, 3-wire, 120/240-volt service equipment or distribution panels where there
are no 240-volt outlets and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In all installations,
the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the output of the inverter shall be less
than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked
with the following words or equivalent:
WARNING
SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS!
The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .
(D) Back-Fed Circuit Breakers.
Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to the stand-alone output of a stand-alone
inverter or multimode inverter shall be secured in accordance with 408.36(D) . Circuit
breakers marked “line” and “load” shall not be back-fed.
710.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
534/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:45:53 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The deleted language is included in the new Article 710.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 499-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.10]
Public Comment No. 1169-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.10]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
535/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 945-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.11 ]
690.11 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (Direct Current).
Photovoltaic systems operating at 80 volts dc or greater between any two conductors
shall be protected by a listed and labeled PV arc-fault circuit interrupteror other system
components listed to provide equivalent protection. The system shall detect and interrupt
arcing faults resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a conductor, connection,
module, or other system component in the PV system dc circuits.
Informational Note: Annex A includes the reference for the Photovoltaic DC ArcFault Circuit Protection product standard.
Exception: For PV systems not installed on or in buildings, PV output circuits and dc-todc converter output circuits that are direct buried, installed in metallic raceways, or
installed in enclosed metallic cable trays are permitted without arc-fault circuit protection.
Buildings Detached structures whose sole purpose is to house PV system equipment
shall not be considered buildings according to this exception.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 13:58:22 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The correlating committee comment requested a relook at the comments from the
Statement: First Revision language. Bipolar systems are addressed by the addition of “between
any two conductors”. The terms related to listing and labeling were returned to the first revision language.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 500-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.11]
Public Comment No. 890-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.11]
Public Comment No. 1318-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.11]
Public Comment No. 1849-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.11]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
536/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1002-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.12 ]
690.12 Rapid Shutdown of PV Systems on Buildings.
PV system circuits installed on or in buildings shall include a rapid shutdown function to
reduce shock hazard for emergency responders in accordance with 690.12 (A) through
(E D ).
Exception: Ground mounted PV system circuits that enter buildings, of which the sole
purpose is to house PV system equipment, shall not be required to comply with 690.12.
(A) Controlled Conductors.
Requirements for controlled conductors shall apply to PV system dc circuits and inverter
output circuits supplied by the PV system. PV system dc circuits shall be controlled from
all sources of supply, including energy storage or other dc power sources, as applicable.
PV inverter output circuits shall only be required to be controlled from the PV source.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
537/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(B) Controlled Limits.
The use of the term, array boundary, in this section is defined as 30 cm 305 mm (1 ft)
from the array in all directions. Controlled conductors shall apply to outside the array
boundary shall comply with 690.12(B) (1) and inside the array boundary shall comply with
690.12 (B)( 2).
(1) Outside the Array Boundary. Controlled conductors located outside the boundary
or more than 1 m (3 ft) from the point of entry inside a building shall be limited to not
more than 30 volts within 10 30 seconds of rapid shutdown initiation. Voltage shall
be measured between any two conductors and between any conductor and ground.
(2) Inside the Array Boundary. The PV system shall comply with (a), (b), or (c):
(a) The PV array is listed and labeled or field labeled as a rapid shutdown PV array. Such a
PV array is installed and used in accordance with the instructions included with the rapid
shutdown PV array listing and labeling or field labeling.
Informational Note: A listed and labeled or field labeled rapid shutdown PV array is
evaluated as an assembly or system as defined in the installation instructions to reduce but
not eliminate risk of electric shock hazard within a damaged PV array during fire-fighting
procedures. These rapid shutdown PV arrays are designed to reduce shock hazards by
methods such as limiting access to energized components, reducing the voltage difference
between energized components, limiting the electric current that might flow in an electrical
circuit involving personnel with increased resistance of the conductive circuit, or by a
combination of such methods.
(b) Controlled conductors located inside the boundary or
less
not more than 1 m (3 ft) from the point of
entry inside a
penetration of the surface of the building shall be limited to not more than 80 volts within
10
30 seconds of rapid shutdown initiation. Voltage shall be measured between any two
conductors and between any conductor and ground.
This requirement
(c) PV arrays with no exposed wiring methods, no exposed conductive parts, and installed
more than 2.5m (8 ft) from exposed grounded conductive parts or ground.
The requirement of 690.12(B)(2) shall become effective January 1,
2018, Informational Note: Inverter input circuit conductors can remain energized for up to 5
minutes with inverters not listed for rapid shutdown
2019 .
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
538/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(C) Initiation Device.
Where multiple PV systems are installed on a single service, a single device
The initiation device(s) shall initiate the rapid shutdown function of the PV system. The
device “off” position shall indicate that the rapid shutdown function has been initiated for all
PV systems
on
connected to that
service. Additional auxiliary initiation devices operating in accordance with rapid shutdown
equipment listings shall be permitted.
device. For one-family and two-family dwellings, an initiation device(s) shall be located at a
readily accessible location outside the building.
The rapid shutdown initiation device
shall comply with
(s) shall consist of at least one of the following:
Where the PV system is connected in accordance with 705.12(D) and rapid shutdown
initiates upon loss of voltage from the utility, the service disconnecting means shall be the
initiation device.
Where the PV system is connected in accordance with 705.12(A) and rapid shutdown
initiates upon loss of voltage from the utility, the PV system disconnecting means shall be
the initiation device.
Where rapid shutdown does not initiate upon loss of voltage from the utility, the
initiation device shall be readily accessible and clearly indicate whether the PV system is
“off” or “on.” The initiation device shall be lockable in the “off” position.
Informational Note: (1) Service disconnecting means
(2) PV system disconnecting means
(3) Readily accessible switch that plainly indicate whether it is in the “off” or “on”
position
Informational Note: One example of why an initiation device that complies with
690.12(C)(3) would apply to, for example, be used is where a PV system with
standby operation where conductors are not controlled is connected to an optional
standby system that remains energized upon loss of utility voltage from the utility .
(D) Manually Reset.
When the rapid shutdown system is manually initiated the PV system shall not reset
without manual intervention.
(E
Where multiple PV systems are installed with rapid shutdown functions on a single
service, the initiation device(s) shall consist of not more than six switches or six sets of
circuit breakers, or a combination of not more than six switches and sets of circuit
breakers, mounted in a single enclosure, or in a group of separate enclosures. These
initiation device(s) shall initiate the rapid shutdown of all PV systems with rapid shutdown
functions on that service. Where auxiliary initiation devices are installed, these auxiliary
devices shall control all PV systems with rapid shutdown functions on that service.
(D ) Equipment.
Equipment that performs the rapid shutdown functions, other than initiation devices such as
listed disconnect switches, circuit breakers, or control switches, shall be listed , and
labeled , and identified for providing rapid shutdown protection.
(F) Marking.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
539/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(1) The rapid shutdown initiation device shall have a sign complying with 690.56 located on
or no more than 1 meter (3 ft) from the device that includes the following wording:
RAPID SHUTDOWN PV SYSTEM DISCONNECT
(2) If a rapid shutdown initiation device is not located near the service disconnecting means, a
sign shall be installed at the service disconnecting means location, identifying the location
of the initiation device.
Exception: Ground mounted PV system circuits that enter buildings or structures, of
which the sole purpose is to house PV power generating equipment, are not required to
comply with 690.12 .
Informational Note: Inverter input circuit conductors often remain energized for up to 5
minutes with inverters not listed for rapid shutdown.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1002.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 18:59:08 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This SR represents the revised text of 690.12 as developed by CMP4 in reviewing
Statement: the 35 PCs received on this one section. Many of the PCs were in support of one of
three main concepts, and the majority of the PCs were focused on 690.12(B)2(b). In
an effort to formulate the final version for ballot, PC 1332 was produced by the NFPA
Fire Fighter Safety and PV Systems (FFSPVS) Task Group and was used as the
basis for SR. Changes from the First Draft language are reflected in this statement.
Where specific PCs edited the language of PC 1332, those changes are specifically
called out. All other changes were either part of the original PC or added by CMP4.
A section-by-section summary of the changes are described below.
Main paragraph:
Renumbered list since two of the sections were removed. Also, the prime reason for
rapid shutdown is clearly stated in the main paragraph as relating to the reduced
shock hazard for emergency responders. The benefit of this reduced shock hazard to
other personnel is not the purpose of this requirement or the standards that will
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
540/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
support this requirement. This is an important distinction since some may try to use
this equipment for purposes other than what they were intended for. For instance,
690.12 is not intended to provide electrical isolation for electrical worker safety. That
electrical isolation is covered by the disconnecting means requirements in Part III,
Disconnecting Means, of Article 690.
The exception in the main paragraph was edited based on PC 502 to change “PV
power generating equipment” to “PV system equipment’ for consistency of
terminology. Section (A):
This section was greatly simplified since the definition of a PV system has also been
greatly simplified in the 2017 NEC cycle. The PV system can only control the ac
output of PV inverters on the PV supply side of the circuit. If that circuit is connected
to a utility-connected circuit breaker, only the PV end of the circuit can be
deenergized since the circuit breaker is connected to a utility source that may need to
be separately turned off. This also addresses several PCs requesting similar
simplification and clarification.
Section (B): This section saw the most significant debate as it is the key difference between the
2014 NEC and the first draft of the 2017 NEC. The heading was changed to further
clarify which section refers to outside versus inside the array boundary. Each
subsection was given a heading for even further clarification. The subsection related to within the array boundary [690.12(B)(2)] now provides for
two methods of compliance. The first method is a performance requirement that
requires the PV array be evaluated as a rapid shutdown PV array. Currently, there is
no standard for this option, but it is key that this option be made available so that the
standards process will see the need to develop a standard to which this equipment
will be evaluated. It is expected that, once a standard is developed, many PV arrays
will be listed and labeled for this function. However, some configurations may require
field labeling which is why this option is also provided. PC 1408, the PC produced by
the Solar Energy Industries Association (SEIA) recommended slightly different
terminology, “PV Equipment Safe for Proximity Fire Fighting.” Both the term “Rapid
Shutdown PV Array” and “PV Equipment Safe for Proximity Fire Fighting” can mean
the same thing since the standard is yet to be written.
The fire service has expressed concern that the lack of a rapid shutdown PV array
standard may result in lesser safety than the 80 volts required in 690.12(B)(2)(b). To
further clarify that the intent of this listing process is for fire fighter safety, the
informational note clarifies the intent that a listed product will equivalent or lesser
hazard than a system built in accordance with 690.12(B)(2)(b). This clearly signals to
the relevant standards committees, what the code intent is for this new standard.
Option (c) is included to address PV arrays that present reduced shock hazard, other
than 80 V arrays.
The informational note about capacitors in inverters was moved to the equipment
section where it more relevant. Lastly, the wording of the start date of the
requirements inside the array boundary were clarified to specifically only apply to the
area inside the array boundary. All other requirements in 690.12 are intended to be
enforced when this version is enforce by a jurisdiction.
Section (C):
The initiation device section was reorganized, simplified, and clarified for better
enforcement. The list of devices is the same, but all the additional language about
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
541/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
initiation on loss of utility voltage is removed since it is not relevant. The standard,
which is already under development, addresses these different scenarios. The NEC
only needs a simple list.
The main paragraph has been added to clarify that the function of the initiation device
is to initiate rapid shutdown. It further clarifies that an initiation device in the “off”
position puts the PV system in the rapid shutdown mode. Lastly, the first paragraph
requires that the rapid shutdown initiator be located on the outside of the building for
one- and two-family dwellings. This was requested by the fire service as many
service disconnects may be internal to a building and difficult for fire fighters to
access.
Section (D):
This section was removed since the three initiator options are all switches that have
an “on” or “off” position. The new clarified wording requires that an initiator in the “off”
position requires that the PV system be in the rapid shutdown mode. If not initiators
are turned “off” and the rapid shutdown system initiates on a loss of utility voltage, the
fire fighter must know that they are unprotected until the initiator is moved to the “off”
position since the power could be restored, which would reenergize the PV system
(and potentially other ac wiring in the building).
Section (E):
The word identified was changed to “labeled” since that is consistent with numerous
changes in the first draft. The informational note was moved to this section as it is
more relevant to equipment since inverters are one prominent piece of equipment.
Section (F):
The marking section has been completely moved to the marking section of 690.56(C)
and the intent of 690.12(F) has been captured in that new, much longer and detailed
section.
Public Comment No. 1850-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12]
Public Comment No. 502-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(F)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1386-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 516-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 518-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1503-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1224-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1255-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12]
Public Comment No. 1338-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(A)]
Public Comment No. 1342-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1382-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1388-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1664-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1407-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1408-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12]
Public Comment No. 1413-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Public Comment No. 1433-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
542/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 1433-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1444-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12]
Public Comment No. 1536-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12]
Public Comment No. 1569-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Public Comment No. 1693-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(E)]
Public Comment No. 1696-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.12(B)]
Second Revision No. 946-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.13(A) ]
(A) Location.
The PV system disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location.
Informational Note: PV systems installed in accordance with 690.12 address the
concerns related to live energized conductors entering a building.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 14:09:18 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The panel makes the editorial change as requested by the correlating
committee and this PC.
Public Comment No. 1000-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.13(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
543/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 947-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.13(B) ]
(B) Marking.
Each PV system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to identify it as a PV
system disconnect and shall plainly indicate whether in the open (off) or closed (on)
position and be permanently marked “PV SYSTEM DISCONNECT’ or equivalent .
Additional markings shall be permitted based upon the specific system configuration. For
PV system disconnecting means where the line and load terminals may be energized in the
open position, the device shall be marked with the following words or equivalent:
WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD
TERMINALS ON THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE
ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION
The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 14:10:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel adds specific language for marking of the PV system disconnecting means
Statement: and adds a sentence to address markings for other system configurations. The words
"(off)" and "(on)" were added to be consistent with the Code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 924-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.13(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
544/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 948-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.13(E) ]
(E) Interrupting Rating Ratings .
The PV system disconnecting means shall have an interrupting rating ratings sufficient for
the maximum circuit current, available short circuit current, and voltage that is available at
the terminals of the PV system disconnect.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 14:18:58 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel changes the title of this section to “Ratings” rather than “Interrupting
Statement: Rating” since disconnecting means do not include interrupting ratings unless they
have overcurrent protection as well. This will help reduce the confusion created by
original title. The short circuit current rating of an unfused disconnect is a function of
the upstream overcurrent device as covered in the listing of the disconnect.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 653-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.13(C)]
Public Comment No. 1692-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.13(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
545/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 949-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.13(F) ]
(F) Type of Disconnect.
The PV system disconnecting means shall simultaneously disconnect the PV system
conductors of the circuit from all conductors of other wiring systems. The PV system
disconnecting means shall be an externally operable general-use switch or circuit breaker,
or other approved means. A dc PV system disconnecting means shall be marked for use in
PV systems or be suitable for backfeed operation.
Informational Note: Devices marked with “line” and “load” are not suitable for backfeed or
reverse current. Dc-rated enclosed switches, open-type switches, and low-voltage power
circuit breakers are suitable for backfeed operation.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 14:22:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The first draft mistakenly omitted the informational note that was in the FR. A
Statement: sentence was added to the informational note to identify which devices are not
suitable for backfeed operation.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1001-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.13(F)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
546/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 951-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.15(A) ]
(A) Location.
Isolating devices or equipment disconnecting means shall be installed in circuits connected
to equipment at a location within the equipment, or within sight and within 10 feet of the
equipment. An equipment disconnecting means shall be permitted to be remote from the
equipment where the equipment disconnecting means can be remotely operated from within
10 feet of the equipment. Where an equipment disconnecting means is a contactor or relay,
an isolating device shall be installed in the circuit within sight and within 10 feet of the
equipment in addition to the equipment disconnecting means.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 16:07:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The wording added to 690.15(A) addresses the concern of isolation for circuits
connected to relays or contactors.
Public Comment No. 1598-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.15(D)]
Public Comment No. 654-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.15(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
547/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 950-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.15(C) ]
(C) Isolating Device.
An isolating device shall not be required to simultaneously disconnect all current carrying
conductors of a circuit. The isolating device shall be one of the following:
(1) A connector meeting the requirements of 690.33 and listed and identified for use with
specific equipment
(2) A finger safe fuse holder
(3) An isolating switch that requires a tool to open
(4) An isolating device listed for the intended application
An isolating device shall be rated to open the maximum circuit current under load or be
marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Not for Current Interrupting”.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 15:58:46 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The revision clarifies that only devices not rated to break the maximum circuit
current under load are required to be marked.
Public Comment No. 1728-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.15(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
548/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 952-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.15(D) ]
(D) Equipment Disconnecting Means.
An equipment disconnecting means shall simultaneously disconnect all current carrying
conductors that are not solidly grounded of the circuit to which it is connected. An
equipment disconnecting means shall be externally operable without exposing the operator
to contact with live energized parts and shall indicate whether in the open (off) or closed
(on) position, and shall be lockable in accordance with 110 .25. An equipment
disconnecting means shall be one of the following devices:
(1) A manually operable switch or circuit breaker
(2) A connector meeting the requirements of 690.33(E) (1)
(3) A load break fused pull out switch
(4) A remote controlled circuit breaker, contactor, or relay that is operable locally and
opens automatically when control power is interrupted
Informational Note: Devices marked with “line” and “load” are not suitable for
backfeed or reverse current. Dc-rated enclosed switches, open-type switches, and
low-voltage power circuit breakers are suitable for backfeed operation.
For equipment disconnecting means, other than those complying with 690.33, where the
line and load terminals may be energized in the open position, the device shall be marked
in accordance with the following words or equivalent:
WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD
TERMINALS ON THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN
POSITION
The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21 warning in 690.13 (B) .
Exception: Connectors that meet 690.33 are exempt from this marking requirement.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 16:13:33 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The revision adds “lockable” to equipment disconnecting means to comply
with 110.25.
“Live” was changed to “energized” for consistency.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
549/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
The words "(off)" and "(on)" were added for consistency.
The reference to the warning in 690.13(B) makes repeating the warning
unnecessary.
The informational note is removed and the content is captured in 690.13(F).
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1002-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.15(D)]
Public Comment No. 925-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.15(D)]
Public Comment No. 1852-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.15 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
550/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 953-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(A) ]
(A) Wiring Systems.
All raceway and cable wiring methods included in this Code, other wiring systems and
fittings specifically listed for use on PV arrays, and wiring as part of a listed system shall
be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of
cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement.
Where PV source and output circuits operating at voltages greater than 30 volts are
installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be guarded or installed in
Type MC cable or in a raceway. For ambient temperatures exceeding 30°C (86°F),
conductor ampacities shall be corrected in accordance with Table 690.31(A).
[relocate existing Table 690.31(E) Correction Factors]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 16:31:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel removes the word “a” before “raceway.” The panel moves the general
Statement: temperature correction factor table from 690.31(E) to 690.31(A) since it is relevant to
all PV systems and not just flexible cords and cables. Moving this table makes it
clearer as a new Table 690.31(E) is being added that directly relates to flexible cords
and cables.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 503-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(A)]
Public Comment No. 670-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(E)]
Public Comment No. 1601-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(E)]
Public Comment No. 1854-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
551/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 954-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(B)(1) ]
(1) Identification.
PV system circuit conductors shall be identified at all accessible points of termination,
connection, and splices.
The means of identification shall be permitted by separate color coding, marking tape,
tagging, or other approved means. Only solidly grounded PV system circuit conductors, in
accordance with 690.41(A)(5), shall be marked in accordance with 200.6. PV system
circuit conductors that are not solidly grounded shall not be marked white unless part of a
multiconductor cable assembly.
Exception: Where the identification of the conductors is evident by spacing or
arrangement, further identification shall not be required.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 16:37:35 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel removes the last sentence as it is redundant. Additional reference to
Statement: 690.41(A)(5) is provided to make it clear how restrictive this marking is in PV
systems.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 511-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(B)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
552/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 955-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(C) ]
(C) Single-Conductor Cable.
(1) General. Single-conductor cable Type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and
labeled identified as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor
locations in PV source circuits within the PV array . PV wire shall be installed in
accordance with 338.10(B)(4) (b) and 334.30.
Exception: Single-conductor cable Type USE-2 shall be permitted in solidly
grounded PV systems.
(2) Cable Tray. PV source circuits and PV output circuits using single-conductor cable
listed and labeled identified as photovoltaic (PV) wire of all sizes, with or without a
cable tray marking/rating, shall be permitted in cable trays installed in outdoor
locations, provided that the cables are supported at intervals not to exceed 300 mm
(12 in.) and secured at intervals not to exceed 1.4 m (4 1∕2 ft).
Informational Note: Photovoltaic wire and PV cable have a nonstandard outer
diameter. See Table 1 of Chapter 9 for conduit fill calculations. The warning sign(s)
or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) . contains the allowable percent of cross
section of conduit and tubing for conductors and cables.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 16:46:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This SR returns Type USE-2 as an allowable single conductor cable as the doubleStatement: insulated nature of PV Wire is not required in functionally grounded or ungrounded
systems as was previously thought. The functionally grounded and ungrounded PV
systems, as shown in 690.41(A) are similar to Class I systems in Europe since they
include equipment grounding conductors. The previous understanding that ungrounded
PV systems needed to be similar to European Class II wiring systems has been
found to be false. The term “identified” replaces “labeled” since cables are identified with the marking on
the cable. The cable reel will have the listing label, but this may not be available
during an inspection whereas the marking is visible at 40” intervals for the AHJ. The
phrase, “within the PV array” was lost from the first revision language and reinstated
in this SR. The rewording of the informational note was at the request of the
correlating committee.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
553/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1853-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(C)]
Public Comment No. 1320-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(C)]
Public Comment No. 1003-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(C)]
Public Comment No. 478-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(C)]
Second Revision No. 956-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(D) ]
(D) Multiconductor Cable.
Jacketed multiconductor cable assemblies listed and identified for the application shall be
permitted in outdoor locations. The cable shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m
(6 ft).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 17:06:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The term “identified” is correct in the context of cable and wire.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1398-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
554/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 957-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(E) ]
(E) Flexible Cords and Cables Connected to Tracking PV Arrays.
Flexible cords and flexible cables, where connected to moving parts of tracking PV arrays,
shall comply with Article 400 and shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or
portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use,
water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Flexible PV wire shall also Allowable ampacities
shall be in accordance with 400.5. Stranded copper PV Wire shall be permitted to be
connected to moving parts of tracking PV arrays in accordance with the minimum number
of strands specified in table 690 .31(E) .
Table 690.31(E) Minimum PV Wire Strands
[INSERT NEW TABLE FROM ATTACHED]
[EXISTING TABLE 690.31(E), BELOW, IS MOVED TO 690.31(A)]
Table 690.31(E) Correction Factors
Ambient
Temperature (°C)
30
31–35
36–40
41–45
46–50
51–55
56–60
61–70
71–80
Temperature Rating of Conductor
60°C
(140°F)
1.00
0.91
0.82
0.71
0.58
0.41
—
—
—
75°C
(167°F)
1.00
0.94
0.88
0.82
0.75
0.67
0.58
0.33
—
90°C
(194°F)
1.00
0.96
0.91
0.87
0.82
0.76
0.71
0.58
0.41
105°C
(221°F)
1.00
0.97
0.93
0.89
0.86
0.82
0.77
0.68
0.58
Ambient
Temperature (°F)
86
87–95
96–104
105–113
114–122
123–131
132–140
141–158
159–176
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_957_-_Table.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 17:12:04 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
555/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee This SR reinstates the language related to the ampacity of flexible cables using
Statement: 400.5. It also strikes the troublesome last sentence of the paragraph and replaces it
with a more accurate statement and a new Table 690.31(E). The old Table 690.31(E)
did not relate specifically to this section and has been moved up to 690.31(A) since it
relates to all wiring methods used in hot outdoor conditions.
Response
Message:
Second Revision No. 959-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(G)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Where dc PV source or system dc PV output circuits run inside a building or structure ,
they shall be contained in metal raceways, Type MC metal-clad cable that complies with
250.118(10), or metal enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building
or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means
shall comply with 690.13(B) and (C) and 690.15(A) and (B). The wiring methods shall
comply with the additional installation requirements in 690.31(G)(1) through (4).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 17:39:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision uses the newly defined term “PV system dc circuits” to simplify the
Statement: language. The SR also removes the incorrect phrase “or structure” in two places since
that term could be interpreted to require metal wiring methods in all PV systems,
when this section is only intended to address PV systems in or on buildings.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1004-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(G)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
556/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 961-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(G)(3) ]
(3) Marking and Labeling Required.
The following wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source system dc
circuit conductors shall be marked with the wording WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC
POWER SOURCE by means of permanently affixed labels or other approved permanent
marking:
(1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring methods
(2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction boxes
(3) Conduit bodies in which any of the available conduit openings are unused
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 17:56:10 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The revision replaces "PV power source" with "PV system dc circuit" which is
a newly defined term.
Public Comment No. 897-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(G)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
557/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 962-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(G)(4) ]
(4) Marking and Labeling Methods and Locations.
The labels or markings shall be visible after installation. The labels shall be reflective, and
all letters shall be capitalized and shall be a minimum height of 9.5 mm ( 3∕8 in.) in white on
a red background. PV power dc system circuit labels shall appear on every section of the
wiring system that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors. Spacing
between labels or markings, or between a label and a marking, shall not be more than 3 m
(10 ft). Labels required by this section shall be suitable for the environment where they are
installed.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 17:58:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
"PV power circuit" is replaced with "PV system dc circuit," which is a newly
defined term.
Public Comment No. 898-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(G)(4)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
558/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 963-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.31(J) ]
[delete 690.31 (J) Module Connection Arrangement.
For solidly grounded PV systems, the connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so
that removal of a module or panel from a PV source circuit does not interrupt a grounded
conductor connection to other PV source circuits.
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:00:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This SR removes this antiquated language from Article 690 as the original intent was
Statement: to make sure that the equipment grounding conductor not be interrupted rather than
the grounded conductor of the circuit. There is no scenario addressed by this
requirement since it is impossible to have a circuit if the grounded conductor were
removed from a grounded source circuit.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 519-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.31(J)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
559/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 964-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.33 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Connectors, other than those allowed covered by 690.32, shall comply with 690.33(A)
through (E).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:02:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision addresses concerns regarding style and application of this section in
Statement: relationship to 690.32 by means of commas to separate the clause “other than those
covered by.”
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1855-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.33 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
560/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 965-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.33(C) ]
(C) Type.
The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily
accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts dc or 15 volts ac shall
require a tool for opening.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:09:00 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The proposed text conflicts with the existing wet location shock hazard voltage limits
Statement: within the NEC and most safety standards, which are different between ac and dc
circuits.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1610-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.33(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
561/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 966-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 690.41(A), 690.41(B) ]
Sections 690.41(A), 690.41(B)
(A) PV System Grounding Configurations.
One or more of the following system grounding configurations shall be employed:
(1) Reference grounded 2-wire PV systems arrays with one functional grounded
conductor referenced to ground
Reference grounded bipolar PV systems with the reference (center tap) conductor
referenced to ground and meets the requirements of
(2)
(3) Bipolar PV arrays according to 690.7(C) with a functional ground reference (center
tap)
(4) PV systems arrays not isolated from the grounded inverter output circuit
(5) Ungrounded PV systems arrays
(6) Solidly grounded PV systems arrays as permitted in 690.41(B) Exception
(7) PV systems that use other methods that accomplish equivalent system protection in
accordance with 250.4(A) with equipment listed and identified for the use
(B) Ground-Fault Protection.
DC PV arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection meeting the requirements
of 690.41(B)(1) and (2) to reduce fire hazards.
Exception: Ground-mounted or pole-mounted PV arrays with not more than two
paralleled PV source circuits and with all PV system dc source and dc output circuits
isolated from circuits not on or in buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault
protection . PV systems with no ground-fault protection shall be where solidly grounded.
(1) Ground-Fault Detection and Interruption .
The ground fault protection protective device or system shall detect ground fault(s) in the
PV array dc current–carrying conductors and components, including any reference
functional grounded conductors, and be listed for providing PV ground-fault protection.
(2) Isolating Faulted Circuits.
The faulted circuits shall be isolated by one of the following two methods:
(1) The current-carrying conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically
disconnected.
(2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit shall automatically cease to
supply power to output circuits and isolate the PV system dc circuits from the ground
reference in a functional grounded system .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
562/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:21:49 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revision changes “reference grounded PV system” to “functional grounded PV
Statement: system” to be similar to the terminology used in the IEC and different from the
reference ground terms in Article 517. The list in 690.41(A) is reworded for simplicity
and understanding. The SR adds the phrase “and isolate the PV system dc circuits from the ground
reference in a functional grounded system” to the second option for isolating faulted
circuits which addresses the need to interrupt the flow of fault current.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 521-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.41(A)]
Public Comment No. 1013-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.41]
Public Comment No. 1562-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.41(B)(1)]
Public Comment No. 1631-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.41(B)(2)]
Public Comment No. 671-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.41(B)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
563/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 967-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.42 ]
690.42 Point of System Grounding Connection.
Systems with a ground-fault protection devicein protective device in accordance with
690.41(B) shall have any required grounded current-carrying conductor-to-ground bond
connection made by the ground-fault protection protective device. This bond, where
internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection.
For solidly grounded PV systems, the dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any
single point on the PV output circuit.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:35:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision changes protection to protective to be more consistent with the rest of
Statement: this Code. This SR also clarifies the section by removing wording that was initially
written to clarify the confusion caused by an informational note that was removed in
the First Draft.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1007-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.42]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
564/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 968-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.45 ]
690.45 Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors.
Equipment grounding conductors for PV source and PV output circuits shall be sized in
accordance with 250.122. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an
assumed overcurrent device rated in rating in accordance with 690.9(B) shall be used
when applying Table 250.122. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address
voltage drop considerations shall not be required. An equipment grounding conductor shall
not be smaller than 14 AWG.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:38:15 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision is editorial.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 522-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.45]
Public Comment No. 672-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.45]
Public Comment No. 1008-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.45]
Public Comment No. 1611-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.45]
Public Comment No. 1856-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.45]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
565/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 969-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.47(A) ]
(A) Buildings or Structures Supporting a PV System Array .
A building or structure supporting a PV system array shall have a grounding electrode
system installed in accordance with Part III of Article 250.
The PV system array equipment grounding conductors shall be connected to the
grounding electrode system of the building or structure supporting the PV system by means
of the grounding electrode conductor, or the grounding bus of associated equipment
connected to the grounding electrode conductor array in accordance with Part VII of Article
250 . This connection shall be in addition to any other equipment grounding conductor
requirements in 690.43(C). The PV system array equipment grounding conductors shall
be sized in accordance with 690.45.
For PV systems that are not solidly grounded, the equipment grounding conductor for the
output of the PV system, connected to associated distribution equipment, shall be
permitted to be the connection to ground for ground-fault protection and equipment
grounding of the PV array.
For solidly grounded PV systems, as permitted in 690.41(A)(5), the grounded conductor
shall be connected to a grounding electrode system with by means of a grounding
electrode conductor sized in accordance with 250.166.
Informational Note: Previous versions of this Code treated all grounded PV
systems as solidly grounded systems and therefore required a dc grounding
electrode conductor to be connected to grounded PV system dc circuits. Since most
PV systems Most PV systems installed in the past decade are not actually
functional grounded systems rather than solidly grounded , this Code narrows the
requirement for a dc grounding electrode to only those that are actually solidly
grounded in accordance with 690.41(A)(5) . All other PV system grounding
configurations listed in 690.41(A) do not require a dc grounding electrode
conductor. systems as defined in this Code. For functional grounded PV systems
with an interactive inverter output, the ac equipment grounding conductor is
connected to associated grounded ac distribution equipment. This connection may
be adequate as the connection to ground for ground-fault protection and equipment
grounding of the PV array.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:40:24 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The language in the first draft caused concerns over wording in the informational note
Statement: about grounded PV systems. With the rewriting of 690.41(A), it is more appropriate to
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
566/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
explain that most PV systems are actually functional grounded systems with groundfault detection systems. These systems must still have a connection to the grounding
electrode conductor, but this connection typically occurs at the associated equipment
connected to the output of an interactive inverter or dc charge controller. That
equipment already has an established connection to the grounding electrode
conductor. This provides the appropriate point to connect the equipment grounding
conductor and ground-fault detector to ground.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 936-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.47(A)]
Public Comment No. 1363-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.47(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
567/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 970-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.53 ]
690.53 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Power Source.
A permanent label for the dc PV power source indicating the information specified in (1)
through (3) shall be provided by the installer at dc PV system disconnecting means and at
each dc equipment disconnecting means required by 690.15. Where a disconnecting
means has more than one dc PV power source, the values in 690.53(1) through (3) shall be
specified for each source.
(1) Maximum voltage
Informational Note to (1): See 690.7 for voltage.
(2) Maximum circuit current
Informational Note to (2): See 690.8(A) for calculation of maximum circuit
current.
(3) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller or dc-to-dc converter (if
installed)
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 18:57:23 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The word “dc” improves the clarity of the sentence.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 903-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.53]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
568/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 971-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.55 ]
690.55 Photovoltaic Systems Connected to Energy Storage Systems.
Energy storage systems shall be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including
any equalization voltage. If solidly grounded, the grounded circuit conductor The PV
system output circuit conductors shall be marked to indicate the polarity where connected
to energy storage systems .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 19:04:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The first draft language applied to requirements in the new Article 706. Article 690
Statement: should not be making requirements for Article 706. This marking requirement is
focused on polarity and is only relevant to the polarity of a dc PV system that is
connected to an energy storage system.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1009-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.55]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
569/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1003-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.56(C) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
570/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(C) Facilities Buildings with Rapid Shutdown.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Buildings or structures with both utility service and a PV system complying with 690.12
571/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Buildings or structures with both utility service and a PV system complying with 690.12
shall have a permanent plaque or directory that includes the following wording:
PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM EQUIPPED WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN
The plaque or directory shall be reflective, with all letters capitalized and having a minimum
height of PV systems shall have permanent as described in (1) through (3).
(1) Rapid Shutdown Type.
The type of PV system rapid shutdown shall be labeled as described in (a) or (b):
(a) For PV systems that shutdown the array and conductors leaving the array:
SOLAR PV SYSTEM IS EQUIPPED WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN
TURN RAPID SHUTDOWN SWITCH TO THE "OFF" POSITION TO SHUTDOWN PV
SYSTEM AND REDUCE SHOCK HAZARD IN ARRAY
The first two lines of the label shall be capitalized characters with a minimum height of 9.5
mm (3/8 in.) in black on yellow background and the remaining characters shall be
capitalized with a minimum height of 4.8 mm (3/16 in.) in black on white background.
[INSERT FIGURE 690.56(C)(1)(a)]
Figure 690.56(C)(1)(a)
(b) For PV systems that only shutdown conductors leaving the array:
SOLAR PV SYSTEM IS EQUIPPED WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN
TURN RAPID SHUTDOWN SWITCH TO THE "OFF" POSITION TO SHUTDOWN
CONDUCTORS OUTSIDE THE ARRAY. CONDUCTORS IN ARRAY REMAIN
ENERGIZED IN SUNLIGHT.
The first two lines of the label shall be capitalized characters with a minimum height of 9.5
mm (3 ∕ / 8 in.) , in white on red background and the remaining characters shall be
capitalized with a minimum height of 4 . The plaque or directory shall be located on, 8 mm
(3/16 in.) in black on white background.
[INSERT FIGURE 690.56(C)(1)(b)]
Figure 690.56(C)(1)(b)
The labels in 690.56(C)(1)(a) and (b) shall include a simple diagram of a building with a roof.
Diagram sections in red signify sections of the PV system that are not shutdown when the
rapid shutdown switch is operated.
The rapid shutdown label in 690.56(C)(1) shall be located on or no more than 1
m
meter (3 ft) from
,
the service disconnecting means to which the PV systems are connected,
or in accordance with 690.56(A) or (B), as applicable,
and shall indicate the location of
the
all identified rapid shutdown
initiator
switches if not at the same location.
(2) Buildings with More Than One Rapid Shutdown Type.
For buildings that have PV systems with both rapid shutdown types or a PV system with a
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
572/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
rapid shutdown type and a PV system with no rapid shutdown, a detailed plan view
diagram of the roof shall be provided showing each different PV system and a dotted line
around areas that remain energized after the rapid shutdown switch is operated.
(3) Rapid Shutdown Switch.
A rapid shutdown switch shall have a label located on or no more than 1 meter (3 ft) from
the switch that includes the following wording:
RAPID SHUTDOWN SWITCH FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEM
The label shall be reflective, with all letters capitalized and having a minimum height of 9.5
mm (3∕8 in.), in white on red background.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_1003.docx
SR_1003_-_Figure_690.56_C_1_a_.jpg
SR_1003_-_Figure_690.56_C_1_b_.jpg
Description
STAFF USE ONLY color image. needs to be converted to grayscale. color image. needs to be converted to grayscale. Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Thu Nov 05 10:25:29 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee These new marking requirements for Rapid Shutdown PV systems were initially
Statement: developed by the NFPA Fire Fighter Safety and PV Systems Task Group that was
reorganized in December of 2014. This collaborative Task Group is working on
proposals for NFPA 1, NFPA 70, and other related documents. This Task Group is
made up of over 20 participants from Code Making Panel 4, the solar industry, the fire
service, the insurance industry, test laboratories, and other relevant stakeholders. The Rapid Shutdown marking requirements proposed in this second revision input
includes the language for these signs and greyscale figures of the color signs to print
in the Code. Actual examples of these signs will exist in the handbook of the 2017
NEC Handbook for section 690.56(C) and the Annex of NFPA 1, 2018 edition. The
signs are provided here so that reviewers can visualize what the signs are intended to
look like. Two different signs are required on buildings depending on what type of rapid
shutdown system is on the building. Systems with multiple rapid shutdown types will
be required to have a detailed directory since a simple sign will not be sufficient to
clarify the levels of hazard on the roof.
Lastly, all switches that are intended to be used as rapid shutdown switches shall be
labeled with the words, “RAPID SHUTDOWN SWITCH FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEM.” http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Public Comment No. 1858-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56(B)]
573/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 1858-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56(B)]
Public Comment No. 619-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56(C)]
Public Comment No. 673-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56]
Public Comment No. 997-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56(C)]
Public Comment No. 1355-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56(C)]
Public Comment No. 1658-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.56(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
574/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 972-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 690.57, 690.60,
690.61, 690.63, 690.64 ]
Sections 690.57, 690.60, 690.61, 690.63, 690.64
690.
57 Load Disconnect.
A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources when in
the off position.
690.60 Identified Interactive Equipment.
Only inverters and ac modules listed or field labeled and identified as interactive shall be
permitted in interactive systems.
690.61 Loss of Interactive System Power.
An inverter or an ac module in an interactive PV system shall automatically de-energize its
output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage
in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution
network voltage has been restored.
690.63 Unbalanced Interconnections.
Unbalanced connections shall be in accordance with 705.100 .
690.64 Point of Connection.
Point of connection shall be in accordance with 705.12 . 59 Connection to Other Sources.
PV systems connected to other sources shall be installed in accordance with the
provisions of Article 705.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 19:07:32 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revision removes the content of Part VII and replaces it with a reference to
Statement: Article 705 where all these requirements are duplicated with the exception of 690.57,
Load Disconnect, which is antiquated language no longer relevant to PV systems
particularly with the rewriting of Article 690 to specifically exclude the discussion of
loads that are covered elsewhere in this Code. The SR removes the duplicated
language with Article 705.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
Public Comment No. 1337-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.60]
575/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 1337-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.60]
Public Comment No. 1158-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.61]
Public Comment No. 1290-NFPA 70-2015 [New Section after 690.61]
Public Comment No. 905-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.63]
Public Comment No. 906-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.64]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
576/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 973-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.72 ]
690.
72 (A) General.
Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control
shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic
72 Self-regulated PV Charge Control
.
Where the PV source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current
requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied
by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or
as recommended by the battery manufacturer
.
All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified
persons.
Informational Note: Certain battery types such as valve-regulated lead acid or nickel
cadmium can experience thermal failure when overcharged.
(B) Diversion Charge Controller.
(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging.
A photovoltaic power system employing a diversion charge controller as the sole means of
regulating the charging of a battery shall be equipped with a second independent means to
prevent overcharging of the battery.
(2) Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load.
Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with
the following:
(1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating
of the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall be
greater than the maximum battery voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall
be at least 150 percent of the power rating of the photovoltaic array.
(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall
be at least 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the diversion charge
controller.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
577/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(3) PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters.
Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-ofcharge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2):
(1) These systems shall not be required to comply with 690.72(B)(2) . The charge
regulation circuits used shall comply with the requirements of 690.8 .
(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery
charging process for use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge
controller fails or is disabled.
(C) Buck/Boost Direct-Current Converters.
When buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase or
decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input
voltage are installed, the requirements shall comply with 690.72(C)(1) and (C)(2).
(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum
rated continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected
output voltage range.
(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage
output of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.
, the PV source circuit complies with the requirements of 706.23.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 19:26:40 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The deleted text should have been removed in the first draft.
The remaining text was modified to be consistent.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 645-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.72]
Public Comment No. 915-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.72(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1010-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.72]
Public Comment No. 1146-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 690.72(B), 690.72(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
578/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 974-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 690.74 ]
[delete 690.
74 Battery Interconnections.
(A) Flexible Cables.
Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400 , in sizes 2/0 AWG and larger shall be permitted
within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall
be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted
between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such cables shall be listed for
hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant.
Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated only with terminals, lugs, devices, or
connectors in accordance with 110.14 .
74]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 03 19:28:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This language should have been removed in the first draft.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 646-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.74]
Public Comment No. 1011-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.74]
Public Comment No. 1152-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.74]
Public Comment No. 1859-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 690.74(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
579/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 975-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.1 ]
691.1 Scope.
This article covers the installation of large-scale PV electric supply stations operated for
the sole purpose of providing electric supply to the utility transmission or distribution
system a system operated by a regulated utility for the transfer of electrical energy with a
generating capacity of no less than 5,000 kW. Electric supply stations are locations
containing the generating stations and substations, including their associated generator,
storage battery, transformer, and switchgear areas. Facilities covered by this article have
specific design and safety features unique to large-scale PV facilities as indicated in
691 .4.
Informational Note: 90.2(B)(5) includes information about utility-owned properties not
covered under this Code. For additional information on electric supply stations, see
ANSI/IEEE C2-2012, National Electrical Safety Code.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 11:09:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The size of large-scale electric supply stations is maintained at the 5MW threshold
Statement: for this code cycle to ensure that only systems that represent a significant
investment, and therefore require significant engineering resources are included in the
scope. The term “transmission and distribution system” is deleted from the language in the
scope and replaced with “for the transfer of electrical energy” to address concerns
about the definition and use of transmission and distribution system. Section 691.4, which articulates the distinctions between large scale PV and that
covered by 690, is added to the scope so that it is clear how large-scale PV systems
are distinguished from other PV systems. The reference to ANSI/IEEE C2-2012 has been retained as it is useful to direct
readers to the Code that is relevant to PV systems not covered by 690 or 691.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 624-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
580/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 976-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Engineering
Supervision. ]
[delete 691.2, Engineering Supervision.
Designed and approved (or certified) by a licensed professional engineer competent in the
specific area under supervision.
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 11:18:52 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Definition of “Engineering Supervision” has been deleted and actions required of the
Statement: engineer supervising certain aspects of design have been included in the appropriate
sections of the code. This is consistent with other uses of the term “engineering
supervision” as used throughout the code.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 620-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Engineering Supervision.]
Public Comment No. 713-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Engineering Supervision.]
Public Comment No. 1360-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Engineering Supervision.]
Public Comment No. 1633-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Engineering Supervision.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
581/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 977-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Field Labeled (as
applied to evaluated products... ]
[delete 691.2, Field Labeled (as applied to evaluated products).
Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying
mark of an field evaluation body (FEB) indicating the equipment or materials were evaluated
and found to comply with requirements as described in an accompanying field evaluation
report. [ 790, 2012
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 11:21:57 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee “Field Labeled” is a term that is defined in Article 100 therefore the inclusion of the
Statement: definition in 691 is redundant so it has been deleted from 691.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
582/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 978-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Generating
Capacity. ]
691.2, Generating Capacity.
The sum of the parallel-connected inverter rated maximum continuous output power at
40°C in kilowatts (kW).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 11:40:42 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: Added term “connected” for clarity and consistency with 690.
Response Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
583/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 979-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Utility Distribution
System. ]
[DELETE Definitions (691.2): Utility Dis... to Utility Tra...
Utility Distribution System.
An electrical system operated by a regulated utility company operating at an ac voltage
greater than 1000 volts and less than 100,000 volts.
Utility Transmission System.
An electrical system operated by a regulated utility company operating at a voltage equal to
or greater than 100,000 volts.
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 11:42:21 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The definitions of a Utility Distribution System and Utility Transmission System
Statement: have been deleted since they have been removed from the scope.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 622-NFPA 70-2015 [Definitions (691.2): Utility Dis... to Utility Tra...]
Public Comment No. 716-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Utility Distribution System.]
Public Comment No. 717-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Utility Transmission System.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
584/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 980-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.4 ]
691.4 Special Requirements for Large-Scale PV Electric Supply Stations.
Large-scale PV electric supply stations shall be accessible only to authorized personnel
and comply with the following:
(1) Electrical circuits and equipment for large-scale PV electric supply stations are
accessible only to qualified personnel needed for the maintenance and operation of
the PV electric supply station maintained and operated only by qualified personnel .
Informational Note: Refer to NFPA 70E-2015, Standard for Electrical Safety in
the Workplace, for electrical safety requirements.
(2) Access to PV electric supply stations is restricted by fencing or other adequate
means in accordance with 110.31. Field applied hazard markings shall be applied in
accordance with 110.21(B).
(3) The connection between the PV electric supply station and the utility transmission or
distribution system system operated by a utility for the transfer of electrical energy is
through medium- or high-voltage switch gear, substation, switch yard, or similar
methods whose sole purpose is to safely and effectively interconnect the two
systems.
(4) The electrical loads within the supply station are only used to power auxiliary
equipment for the generation of the PV power.
(5) Large-scale PV electric supply stations shall not be installed on buildings.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 11:46:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The SR adds language in the main paragraph to clarify that access to these sites is
Statement: only available to authorized personnel. This can include guided tourists, inspectors,
and qualified persons working on the station.
The panel modified language regarding the tasks of the qualified individuals.
The term “utility transmission and distribution system” is removed and the language
modified to align with wording in 691.1. This eliminates the voltage sizing concerns
but clarifies that the PV electric supply station is connected to a utility system that
transfers electrical energy. The term “large-scale” is added to the last item on the list to make it explicit that
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
585/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
these systems are not installed on buildings.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 625-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.4]
Public Comment No. 627-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.4]
Second Revision No. 981-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.6 ]
691.6 Engineered Design Under Engineering Supervision .
Documentation of the electrical portion of the engineered design of the electric supply
station shall be stamped and provided upon request of the AHJ. An additional Additional
stamped independent engineering report reports detailing compliance of the design with
applicable electrical standards and industry practice shall be provided upon request of the
AHJ. The independent engineer shall be a licensed professional electrical engineer retained
by the system owner or installer. This documentation shall include details of conformance
of the design with Article 690, and any alternative methods to Article 690, or other articles
of this Code.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 12:16:39 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee It is necessary to retain the statement regarding the need to document alternative
Statement: methods that are used in the design of the large scale PV system.
It is the responsibility of the owner/installer to retain the independent engineer and
ensure that they are competent to perform the evaluation, not the responsibility of the
AHJ.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 721-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.6]
Public Comment No. 1524-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
586/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 982-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.7 ]
691.7 Installation Under Engineering Supervision Conformance of Construction to
Engineered Design .
Documentation that the construction of the electric supply station installation conforms to
the electrical engineered design shall be provided upon request of the AHJ. An additional
Additional stamped independent engineering report reports detailing compliance with the
construction conforms with this Code, applicable standards and industry practice shall be
provided upon request of the AHJ. This documentation shall include details of conformance
of the installation with this Code , applicable standards, and industry practice The
independent engineer shall be a licensed professional electrical engineer retained by the
system owner or installer . This documentation, where requested, shall be available prior to
the commercial operation of the station.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 12:21:01 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The SR modifies the language to better reflect the actions that will be taken to
Statement: confirm that the PV system was built in conformance to the design.
The language has also been revised to better articulate the process for choosing an
independent engineer.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 629-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.7]
Public Comment No. 723-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.7]
Public Comment No. 1556-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.7]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
587/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 983-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.8 ]
691.8 Direct Current Operating Voltage.
For large-scale PV electric supply stations operating at a dc voltage above 1000 volts ,
calculations shall be performed under engineering supervision. included in the
documentation required in 691.6.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 12:29:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee 691.6 allows design of large scale PV systems to be performed under engineering
Statement: supervision and requires documentation to be provided to the AHJ to demonstrate
compliance with Article 690 or any alternative methods to Article 690. Article 690
includes information about listed equipment, rated 1500Vdc or less not being required
to comply with 490.
The distinction between <=1kV and >1kV systems has been removed and replaced
with a reference to 691.6.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 725-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.8]
Public Comment No. 1083-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.8]
Public Comment No. 1564-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.8]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
588/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 984-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.10 ]
691.10 Arc-Fault Mitigation.
PV systems that do not comply with the requirements of 690.11 shall be designed under
engineering supervision that includes include details of fire mitigation plans to address dc
arc-faults in the documentation required in 691 .6.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 12:32:50 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee 691.6 allows design of large scale PV systems to be performed under engineering
Statement: supervision and requires documentation to be provided to the AHJ to demonstrate
compliance with Article 690 or any alternative methods to Article 690.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
589/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 985-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 691.11 ]
691.11 Fence Grounding.
Fence grounding requirements and details shall be provided under engineering
supervision. included in the documentation required in 691.6.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 12:40:03 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee 691.6 allows design of large scale PV systems to be performed under engineering
Statement: supervision and requires documentation to be provided to the AHJ.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 729-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.11]
Public Comment No. 1668-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 691.11]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
590/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 919-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 692.1 ]
692.1 Scope.
This article applies to fuel cell systems. These systems may be interactive with other
electrical power production sources or stand-alone or both, and may or may not be
connected to electric energy storage systems such as batteries. These systems may have
ac and or output(s), dc output(s), or both for utilization.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:44:59 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The revised text clarifies that the systems may have any combination of ac and
dc or a combination of these outputs for utilization.
Public Comment No. 1860-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 692.1]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
591/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 920-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 692.6 ]
692.6 Listing Requirement.
The fuel cell system shall be listed and labeled or field labeled for its intended application.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:49:47 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Listed equipment is also required to be labeled to assist AHJs in determining
whether the equipment is listed during an inspection.
Public Comment No. 1399-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 692.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
592/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 922-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 694.1 ]
694.1 Scope.
This article applies to wind (turbine) electric systems that consist of one or more wind
electric generatorsand their related alternators, generators, inverters, controllers, and
associated equipment.
Informational Note: Some wind electric systems are interactive with other electric
power sources and some are standalone systems. Some systems have ac output
and some have dc output. Some systems contain electrical energy storage, such as
batteries.
Figure 694.1(a) Identification of Wind Electric System Components — Interactive
System.
Figure 694.1(b) Identification of Wind Electric System Components — Stand-Alone
System.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_922_-_Figure_Revisions.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:09:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The addition of the word “generators” to the scope clarifies the definition and allows
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
593/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Statement: for both alternators and generators (including ac and dc types) in the related
equipment list.
The comment expressed in voting on FR 943 in regards to Figure 694.1(A). Stated:
“The word to the right of the Inverter box in Figure 694.1A was changed to 'outlet'."
This is incorrect. It should be changed to the NEC defined term "Electric Power
Production and Distribution Network", as has also been done in the introductory
figures to Article 690.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1861-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 694.1]
Public Comment No. 656-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 694.1]
Public Comment No. 1066-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 694.1]
Second Revision No. 923-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Guy. ]
Guy.
A cable that mechanically supports a wind turbine tower.
[694.2, delete definition of Guy]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:17:44 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The definition is unnecessary. The term used in 694 is "tower guy," which
qualifies the generic term.
Public Comment No. 808-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Guy.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
594/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 924-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Tower. ]
Tower (as applied to wind electric systems) .
A pole or other structure that supports a wind turbine.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:20:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The definition only pertains to wind electric systems.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 809-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Tower.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
595/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 925-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 694.7(B) ]
(B) Equipment.
Wind electric systems shall be listed and labeled or field labeled for the application. Wind
electric systems undergoing evaluation for type certification and listing shall be permitted to
be operated in a controlled location with access limited to qualified personnel.
Informational Note: Testing for certification and listing is typically performed under the
supervision of a qualified electrical testing organization.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:22:48 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Field labeling is a common activity for large wind turbines, as they are often build as
Statement: a batch using common components, but with some variation from batch to batch. It is
impractical to type test or fully fix the design of large-scale wind turbines (this applies
to listing of the overall assembly - in general, individual components are certified for
the application). Field-labeling is sometimes also used for intermediate and small wind
turbines, but they are more generally type-tested and listed. Questions regarding
appropriate wording for listing and labeling were raised across the board for all articles
in this code cycle. Wind turbines are a special case where the either listing and
labeling OR field labeling is appropriate and necessary.
The additional sentence regarding turbines under development is also important as a
wind turbine cannot be listed or certified without several months of operating at a wide
range of wind speeds. This certification testing is performed under in an accesslimited environment (for example at the National Wind Technology Center in Boulder,
CO). Provision for such testing is necessary as turbines need to feed the power grid
during testing, and so are subject to inspection and the NEC. Utility Interactive
inverters are required to be listed to applicable ANSI standards and interconnection
must comply with Article 705.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1371-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 694.7(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
596/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 921-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 694.7(F) ]
(G) - Working Clearances
Working space shall be provided for electrical cabinets and other electrical equipment in
accordance with 110.26(A).
For large wind turbines where service personnel enter the equipment, where conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons perform the work, working
clearances shall be permitted to comply with Table 694.7 for systems up to 1,000 V
nominal.
Table 694.7 Working Spaces
[INSERT TABLE FROM ATTACHMENT]
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_921_-_Table.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 17:54:26 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The 2017 first draft changed Table 110.26(A)(1) to reflect the change throughout the
Statement: Code from 600 to 1000 V. A third line was added to the table:
601–1000 V: 900 mm (3 ft) 1.2 m (4 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft)
Many wind turbines operate at 690 Vac and in the past took spacings requirements
from the 2014 Table 110.26(A)(1) line 2. The new requirements for greater than 600 V
use the 2014 values from Table 110.34(A) line 1 (601-2500V).
Requirements for 2500 V are a major change for systems that may operate at 690 V,
and 30 cm of additional space is very difficult to implement in existing designs, and
especially for wind turbine nacelles.
Access using reduced spacings is limited to qualified personnel.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1708-NFPA 70-2015 [New Part after I.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
597/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Public Comment No. 1708-NFPA 70-2015 [New Part after I.]
Second Revision No. 926-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 694.7(F) ]
(F) Poles or Towers Supporting Wind Turbines Used as a Raceway.
A pole or tower shall be permitted to be used as a raceway if evaluated as part of the
listing for the wind turbine or otherwise shall be listed and labeled or field labeled for the
purpose.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:29:38 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The addition of the words “and labeled” provides information to the AHJ regarding
the suitability of equipment they encounter.
Public Comment No. 1403-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 694.7(F)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
598/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 927-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 694.15(C) ]
(C) Direct-Current Rating.
Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any dc portion of a wind
electric system shall be listed and lableled for use in dc circuits and shall have appropriate
voltage, current, and interrupting ratings.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 02 18:32:27 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The addition of the words “and labeled” provides information to the AHJ regarding
the suitability of equipment they encounter.
Public Comment No. 1405-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 694.15(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
599/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3622-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 695.4(B)(3) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
600/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(3) Disconnecting Means.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
601/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
All disconnecting devices that are unique to the fire pump loads shall comply with items (a)
through (e).
(a) Features and Location — Normal Power Source. The disconnecting means for
the normal power source shall comply with all of the following: [20:9.2.3.1]
(2) Be identified as suitable for use as service equipment. (3) Be lockable in the closed position. The provision for locking or adding a lock to the
disconnecting means shall be installed on or at the switch or circuit breaker used as
the disconnecting means and shall remain in place with or without the lock installed.
(4) Not be located within the same enclosure, panelboard, switchboard, switchgear, or
motor control center, with or without common bus, that supplies loads other than the
fire pump. (5) Be located sufficiently remote from other building or other fire pump source
disconnecting means such that inadvertent operation at the same time would be
unlikely.
Exception to 695. 4 (B)(3)(a) : For a multibuilding campus-style complex(s)
installed under the provisions of 695.3(C) , only the requirements in 695.4(B)(3) (a)
(2) shall apply for normal power source disconnects.
(f) Features and Location — On-Site Standby Generator. The disconnecting means
for an on-site standby generator(s) used as the alternate power source shall be installed in
accordance with 700.10(B)(5) for emergency circuits and shall be lockable in the closed
position. The provision for locking or adding a lock to the disconnecting means shall be
installed on or at the switch or circuit breaker used as the disconnecting means and shall
remain in place with or without the lock installed.
(g) Disconnect Marking. The disconnecting means shall be marked “Fire Pump
Disconnecting Means.” The letters shall be at least 25 mm (1 in.) in height, and they shall
be visible without opening enclosure doors or covers. [20:9.2.3.1(5)]
(h) Controller Marking. A placard shall be placed adjacent to the fire pump controller,
stating the location of this disconnecting means and the location of the key (if the
disconnecting means is locked). [20:9.2.3.2]
(i) Supervision. The disconnecting means shall be supervised in the closed position
by one of the following methods:
(10) Central station, proprietary, or remote station signal device (11) Local signaling service that causes the sounding of an audible signal at a constantly
attended point (12) Locking the disconnecting means in the closed position (m) Sealing of disconnecting means and approved weekly recorded inspections when
the disconnecting means are located within fenced enclosures or in buildings under the
control of the owner [20:9.2.3.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
602/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 08:12:45 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision clarifies that the exception applies to all of 695.4(B)(3)(a) and not
just to 695.4(B)(3)(a)(4).
Public Comment No. 210-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.4(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 963-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.4(B)(3)]
Public Comment No. 1863-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.4(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
603/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3623-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 695.6(A)(2) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
604/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Feeders.
Fire pump supply conductors on the load side of the final disconnecting means and
overcurrent device(s) permitted by 695.4(B), or conductors that connect directly to an onsite standby generator, shall comply with all of the following:
(a) Independent Routing. The conductors shall be kept entirely independent of all
other wiring.
(b) Associated Fire Pump Loads. The conductors shall supply only loads that are
directly associated with the fire pump system.
(c) Protection from Potential Damage. The conductors shall be protected from
potential damage by fire, structural failure, or operational accident.
(d) Inside of a Building. Where routed through a building, the conductors shall be
protected from fire for 2 hours using one of the following methods:
(5) The cable or raceway is encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in) of concrete. (6) Is a listed fire resistive cable system.
Informational Note 1: Fire resistive cables are tested to ANSI/UL 2196 Tests
for Fire Resistive Cables .
Informational Note 2: The listing organization provides information for fire
resistive cable systems on proper installation requirements to maintain the
fire
(1)
?re rating.
(2) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system.
Informational Note 1: Electrical circuit protective systems could include, but
not be limited to, thermal barriers or a protective shaft and are tested to UL
1724 Fire Tests for Electrical Circuit Protection Systems .
Informational Note 2: The listing organization provides information for
electrical circuit protective systems on proper installation requirements to
maintain the fire rating.
Exception to (A)(2)(d): The supply conductors located in the electrical equipment
room where they originate and in the fire pump room shall not be required to have
the minimum 2-hour fire separation or fire resistance rating, unless otherwise
required by 700.10(D) of this Code .
Supplemental Information
File Name
Description
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
605/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
695.6_A_2_SR3623_LM.docx
Staff use only Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 08:19:09 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The permission to use 2 inches of concrete was deleted in the first revision stage
Statement: and is added back in this revision. The absence of a dimension for the depth of
concrete would cause serious confusion in practical applications.
Public Comment No. 838-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.6(A)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
606/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3624-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 695.6(G) ]
(G) Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment.
Ground-fault protection of equipment shall not be permitted for fire pumps. installed in any
fire pump power circuit. [20:9.1.8.1]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 08:41:40 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
This revision will clarify that ground-fault protection of equipment is not permitted
for the fire pump power circuit. This revision is limited to the fire pump power circuit as 695.6 is titled “Power
Wiring”. This change is necessary to clarify that multi building campus style distribution
systems may include upstream ground fault protection.
See NFPA 20: 9.1.8.1 for the NFPA 20 requirement.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 211-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.6(G)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
607/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3625-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 695.14(E) ]
(E) Electric Fire Pump Control Wiring Methods.
All electric motor–driven fire pump control wiring shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate
metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible
nonmetallic conduit, listed Type MC cable with an impervious covering, or Type MI cable.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 08:51:47 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision correctly adds electrical metallic tubing in the list of approved wire
methods based on actions taken in the First Draft stage.
Public Comment No. 658-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.14(E)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
608/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3626-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 695.14(F) ]
(F) Generator Control Wiring Methods.
Control conductors installed between the fire pump power transfer switch and the standby
generator supplying the fire pump during normal power loss shall be kept entirely
independent of all other wiring. Breakage, disconnecting, shorting of the wires, or loss of
power to the remote start circuits control conductors shall cause immediate starting and
continuous running of the generator and shall not prevent the starting of the generator(s)
due to causes other than failure of these external control circuits The integrity of the
generator control wiring shall be continuously monitored. Loss of integrity of the remote
start circuit(s) shall initiate visual and audible annunciation of generator malfunction at the
generator local and remote annunciator(s) and start the generator(s) .
Informational Note: See NFPA 20-2013, Standard for the Installation of Stationary
Pumps for Fire Protection, Section 3.3.7.2, for more information on fault-tolerant
external control circuits.
The control conductors shall be protected to resist potential damage by fire or structural
failure. They shall be permitted to be routed through a building(s) using one of the following
methods:
(1) Be encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete.
(2) Be protected by a fire-rated assembly listed to achieve a minimum fire rating of 2
hours and dedicated to the fire pump circuits.
(3) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system with a minimum 2-hour fire rating. The
installation shall comply with any restrictions provided in the listing of the electrical
circuit protective system used.
Informational Note: The listing organization provides information for electrical
circuit protective systems on proper installation requirements to maintain the
fire rating.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Tue Nov 10 08:55:37 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised text provides necessary clarity. A generator cannot start if the control
Statement: conductors lose power due to failed batteries. A new last sentence is added to require
visual and audible annunciation where a loss of power prevent the starting of the
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
609/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
generator.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1201-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 695.14(F)]
Second Revision No. 3601-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Luminaire, Directly
Controlled. ]
700.2, Luminaire, Directly Controlled.
An emergency lighting luminaire that operates on constant power and has a control input
for an integral dimming or switching function that is used to drive drives the luminaire to
full brightness illumination upon loss of normal power.
Informational Note: See ANSI/UL924, Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment for
information covering directly controlled luminaires.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 08:31:32 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel recognizes that directly controlled luminaires may not always be powered
Statement: in normal operation and revises the definition. Additional editorial revisions are made
for clarity. The panel reaffirms that “directly controlled luminaires” return to full illumination upon
loss of normal power.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 666-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Luminaire, Directly Controlled.]
Public Comment No. 1171-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Luminaire, Directly Controlled.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
610/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3602-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.3(F) ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
611/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(F) Temporary Source of Power for Maintenance or Repair of the Alternate Source of
Power.
If the emergency system relies on a single alternate source of power, which must will be
disabled for maintenance or repair, the emergency system shall include permanent
switching means to connect a portable or temporary alternate source of power, which shall
be available for the duration of the maintenance or repair. The permanent switching means
to connect a portable or temporary alternate source of power shall comply with the
following:
(1) Connection of to the portable or temporary alternate source of power shall not
require disabling of the emergency system’s normal modification of the permanent
system wiring.
(2) It shall be permissible to utilize manual switching to switch from the permanent
source of power
or disconnection of the emergency system’s
(3) to the portable or temporary alternate source of power
, other than by the switching means
(4) . Any transfer
(5) Transfer of power between the normal power source and the emergency power
source shall be in accordance with 700.12 .
It shall be permissible to utilize manual switching.
(6)
(7) The connection point for the portable or temporary alternate source shall be marked
with the phase rotation and system bonding requirements.
(8) Mechanical or electrical interlocking shall prevent inadvertent interconnection of
power sources.
(9) The switching means shall include an “emergency source disabled” contact for
connection to a contact point which shall annunciate at a generator remote
annunciator or another facility alarm data collection point monitoring system to
indicate that the permanent emergency source is disconnected from the emergency
system .
It shall be permissible to utilize the switching means for connection of a load bank.
Exception: A
Informational Note: There are many possible methods to achieve the requirements of
700.3(F). See Figure 700.3(F) for one example.
[[Insert Figure 700.3(F) here]]
Exception: The permanent switching means to temporarily connect an a portable or
temporary alternate source of power, for the duration of the maintenance or repair, shall
not be required where one any of the following conditions exists:
(1) All processes that rely on the emergency system source are capable of being
disabled during maintenance or repair of the emergency source of power.
(2) The building or structure is unoccupied and fire suppression systems are fully
functional and do not require an alternate power source.
(3) Other temporary means can be substituted for the emergency system.
(4) A permanent alternate emergency source, such as, but not limited to, a second onsite standby generator or separate electric utility service connection, capable of
supporting the emergency system, exists.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
612/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Supplemental Information
File Name
700.3_F_SR_3602_LM.pdf
Description
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 09:06:42 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The deletion of the last sentence in 700.4(B) in first revision 3617 inadvertently
Statement: removed the requirement for portable or temporary alternate sources to be available
whenever the emergency generator is out of service for maintenance or repair. This requirement is now added into the parent text of first level subdivision 700.3(F) to
require a portable or temporary alternate source to be available whenever the
emergency generator is out of service for maintenance or repair.
The previous requirement was incorrectly located in 700.4(B) Capacity, which limited
application to standby generators used in emergency systems that were also used for
selective load pickup, load shedding, and peak load shaving. The committee expands
the requirement to all emergency generators where “maintenance or repair” is to be
performed. Where an emergency system is required, provisions for supplementing the
emergency standby generator during maintenance or repair are necessary.
Editorial revisions are made throughout the requirement to increase clarity and
usability.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 318-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.4(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
613/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3603-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.10(A) ]
(A) Identification.
Emergency circuits shall be permanently marked so they will be readily identified as a
component of an emergency circuit or system by the following methods:
(1) All boxes and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels)
for emergency circuits shall be permanently marked so they will be readily as a component
of an emergency circuit or system.
(2) Where boxes or enclosures are not encountered, exposed cable or raceway systems
shall be permanently marked to be identified as a component of an emergency circuit or
system, at intervals not to exceed 25 ft .
Receptacles supplied from the emergency system shall have a distinctive color or marking
on the receptacle cover plates or the receptacles themselves.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 10:22:32 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The requirement for identifying emergency circuits is modified to address circuits that
Statement: may not include junction boxes. The intent of 700.10(A) is to provide installers,
maintainers and the AHJ with the ability to identify components of an emergency
circuit or system. There are many circuits including but not limited to metal clad cable
installations in lighting fixtures that use duplex connectors without junction boxes.
These circuits are required to be identified. It is not intended that the entire length of
raceways and cable assemblies be identified and a maximum distance between
markings of 25 feet is added for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1129-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.10(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
614/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3612-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.10(D)
[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Emergency systems shall meet the additional requirements in (D)(1) through (D)(3) in the
following occupancies:
(a) assembly occupancies for not less than 1000 persons or in
(b) buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height.
(c) health care occupancies where persons are not capable of self preservation
(d) educational occupancies with more than 300 occupants
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:46:01 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Fire protection of emergency systems is necessary in many venues in addition to
Statement: high-rise buildings and those buildings or portions of buildings with large occupancy
loads. Schools (K-12) and Institutional venues housing people who are incapable of
self-preservation must also be included. Many schools and large hospitals are not
high-rise buildings or classed as assembly occupancies, yet should require
emergency systems that are protected from fire for a minimum of 2-hours.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 395-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
615/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3604-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.10(D)(1) ]
[See attached file for changes]
(1) Feeder-Circuit Wiring.
Feeder-circuit wiring shall be protected from fire for 2 hours using meet one of the
following methods conditions :
(1) The cable or raceway is installed in spaces or areas that are fully protected by an
approved automatic fire suppression system
(2) The cable or raceway is protected by a listed electrical circuit protective system with
a minimum 2-hour fire rating
Informational Note No. 1: Electrical circuit protective systems could include
but not be limited to thermal barriers, or a protective shaft and are tested to UL
1724, Fire Tests for Electrical Circuit Protection Systems .
Informational Note No. 2: The listing organization provides information for
electrical circuit protective systems on proper installation requirements to
maintain the fire rating
(3) Be a listed fire resistive cable system
Informational Note No. 1: Fire resistive cables are tested to ANSI/UL 2196,
Tests for Fire Resistive Cables .
Informational Note No. 2: The listing organization provides information for fire
resistive cable systems on proper installation requirements to maintain the
fire
?re rating.
(4) The cable or raceway is protected by a listed fire-rated assembly that has a minimum
fire rating of 2 hours and contains only emergency circuits
(5) The cable or raceway is encased in a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete
Supplemental Information
File Name
700.10_D_1_SR_3604_LM.docx
Description
Staff use only Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
616/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 10:53:05 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee List item (4), for listed fire-rated assemblies with a minimum fire rating of 2 hours and
Statement: contains only emergency circuits was deleted during the FR cycle and is added in this
second revision. This means to achieve a 2-hour fire rating for emergency systems is
time tested, and commonly used.
The permission to use 2-inches of concrete was also deleted in the first revision stage
and is added back in this revision. The absence of a dimension for the depth of
concrete would cause serious confusion in practical application.
Public Comment No. 603-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.10(D)(1)]
Public Comment No. 786-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.10(D)(1)]
Public Comment No. 840-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.10(D)(1)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
617/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3611-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.10(D)(3) ]
(3) Generator Control Wiring.
Control conductors installed between the transfer equipment and the emergency generator
shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring and shall meet the conditions of
700.10(D)(1). Breakage, disconnecting, shorting of the wires, or loss of power to the
remote start circuits control conductors shall cause immediate starting and continuous
running of the generator and shall not prevent the starting of the generator(s) due to causes
other than failure of these external control circuits The integrity of the generator control
wiring shall be continuously monitored. Loss of integrity of the remote start circuit(s) shall
initiate visual and audible annunciation of generator malfunction at the generator local and
remote annunciator(s) and start the generator(s) .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:34:09 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The revised text provides necessary clarity. A generator cannot start if the control
Statement: conductors lose power due to failed batteries. A new last sentence is added to require
visual and audible annunciation where a loss of power prevent the starting of the
generator.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1203-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.10(D)(3)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
618/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3613-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.12 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Current supply shall be such that, in the event of failure of the normal supply to, or within,
the building or group of buildings concerned, emergency lighting, emergency power, or both
shall be available within the time required for the application but not to exceed 10 seconds.
The supply system for emergency purposes, in addition to the normal services to the
building and meeting the general requirements of this section, shall be one or more of the
types of systems described in 700.12(A) through (E). Unit equipment in accordance with
700.12(F) shall satisfy the applicable requirements of this article.
In selecting an emergency source of power, consideration shall be given to the occupancy
and the type of service to be rendered, whether of minimum duration, as for evacuation of a
theater, or longer duration, as for supplying emergency power and lighting due to an
indefinite period of current failure from trouble either inside or outside the building.
Equipment shall be designed and located so as to minimize the hazards that might cause
complete failure due to flooding, fires, icing, and vandalism.
Equipment for sources of power as described in 700.12(A) through (E) shall be installed
either in spaces fully protected by approved automatic fire suppression systems (sprinklers,
carbon dioxide systems, and so forth) or in spaces with a 1-hour fire rating where located
within the following:
(1) assembly occupancies for greater than 1000 persons or in
(2) buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height with any of the following occupancy classes —
assembly, educational, residential, detention and correctional, business, and mercantile —
shall be installed either in spaces fully protected by approved automatic fire suppression
systems (sprinklers, carbon dioxide systems, and so forth) or in spaces with a 1-hour fire
rating.
(3) health care occupancies where persons are not capable of self preservation
(4) educational occupancies with more than 300 occupants
Informational Note No. 1: For the definition of Occupancy Classification, see Section
6.1 of NFPA 101-2015, Life Safety Code.
Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see ANSI/IEEE 493-2007,
Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 13:55:34 PST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
619/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee The action taken by the committee on the Second Revision to 700.10(D) to expand
Statement: the fire protection requirements in 700.10(D) requires that correlation occur in section
700.12.
This revision adds “health care occupancies where persons are not capable of self
preservation and educational occupancies with more than 300 occupants” to correlate
with the revisions in 700.10(D).
This revision does not represent new material. Public input 1246 sought the revisions
seen in the FR to modify 700.10(D). In the first revision stage public input 1246 was
resolved. If a first revision had occurred in 700.10(D) as suggested in public comment
1246, a first revision to correlate in 700.12 would have been necessary.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 563-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
620/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3606-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.12(A) ]
(A) Storage Battery.
Storage batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain the total
load for a minimum period of 1 1∕2 hours, without the voltage applied to the load falling below
the load equipment manufacturer's minimum operating value 87-1/2 percent of normal .
Automotive-type batteries shall not be used.
An automatic battery charging means shall be provided.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:11:48 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The 87.5% minimum battery retention threshold is reinstated. The minimum voltage
Statement: requirement allows the power source and the load equipment to be independently
certified and then mated in the field without the need for field testing for compatibility.
The related product standard (UL 924) is benchmarked to this 87.5% threshold.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 431-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.12(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
621/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3607-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 700.12(F)(2) ]
(2) Installation of Unit Equipment.
Unit equipment shall be installed in accordance with 700.12(F)(2)(1) through (6).
(1) The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain the total
lamp load associated with the unit in accordance with (a) or (b):.
(a) For a period of at least 1 1∕
2 hours without the voltage falling
below
the equipment manufacturer’s minimum operating voltage value
(a) 87-1/2 percent of normal battery voltage
(a) (b) The unit equipment shall supply and maintain not less than 60 percent
1
of the initial emergency illumination for a period of at least 1 ∕
2 hours
(2) Unit equipment shall be permanently fixed in place (i.e., not portable) and shall have
all wiring to each unit installed in accordance with the requirements of any of the
wiring methods in Chapter 3. Flexible cord-and-plug connection shall be permitted,
provided that the cord does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft) in length.
(3) The branch circuit feeding the unit equipment shall be the same branch circuit as that
serving the normal lighting in the area and connected ahead of any local switches.
Exception: In a separate and uninterrupted area supplied by a minimum of three
normal lighting circuits that are not part of a multiwire branch circuit, a separate
branch circuit for unit equipment shall be permitted if it originates from the same
panelboard as that of the normal lighting circuits and is provided with a lock-on
feature.
(4) The branch circuit that feeds unit equipment shall be clearly identified at the
distribution panel.
(5) Emergency luminaires that obtain power from a unit equipment and are not part of the
unit equipment shall be wired to the unit equipment as required by 700.10 and by one
of the wiring methods of Chapter 3.
(6) Remote heads providing lighting for the exterior of an exit door shall be permitted to
be supplied by the unit equipment serving the area immediately inside the exit door.
Supplemental Information
File Name
700.12_F_2_SR_3607_LM.docx
Description
Staff use only Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
622/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:15:32 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The 87.5% minimum battery retention threshold is reinstated. The minimum voltage
Statement: requirement allows the power source and the load equipment to be independently
certified and then mated in the field without the need for field testing for compatibility.
The related product standard (UL 924) is benchmarked to this 87.5% threshold.
Public Comment No. 433-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.12(F)(2)]
Public Comment No. 434-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 700.12(F)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
623/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3608-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 701.6(D) ]
(D) Ground Fault.
To indicate a ground fault in solidly grounded wye, legally required standby systems of
more than 150 volts to ground and circuit-protective devices rated 1000 amperes or more.
The sensor for the ground-fault signal devices shall be located at, or ahead of, the main
system disconnecting means for the legally required standby source, and the maximum
setting of the signal devices shall be for a ground-fault current of 1200 amperes.
Instructions on the course of action to be taken in event of indicated ground fault shall be
located at or near the sensor location.
For systems with multiple emergency sources connected to a paralleling bus, the ground
fault sensor shall be permitted at an alternate location.
Informational Note: For signals for generator sets, see NFPA 110-2013, Standard for
Emergency and Standby Power Systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:26:01 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
First level subdivision 701.6(D) is revised to correlate with the revision made
in section 700.6.
Public Comment No. 257-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 701.6(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
624/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3609-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 701.12(A) ]
(A) Storage Battery.
Storage batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain the total
load for a minimum period of 1 1∕2 hours without the voltage applied to the load falling below
the load equipment manufacturer's minimum operating value 87-1/2 percent of normal .
Automotive-type batteries shall not be used.
An automatic battery charging means shall be provided.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:27:45 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The 87.5% minimum battery retention threshold is reinstated. The minimum voltage
Statement: requirement allows the power source and the load equipment to be independently
certified and then mated in the field without the need for field testing for compatibility.
The related product standard (UL 924) is benchmarked to this 87.5% threshold.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 432-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 701.12(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
625/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3610-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 701.12(G) ]
(G) Unit Equipment.
Individual unit equipment for legally required standby illumination shall consist of the
following:
(1) A rechargeable battery
(2) A battery charging means
(3) Provisions for one or more lamps mounted on the equipment and shall be permitted
to have terminals for remote lamps
(4) A relaying device arranged to energize the lamps automatically upon failure of the
supply to the unit equipment
The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain the total lamp
load associated with the unit for not less than (a) or (b):
1
(a) For a period of 1 ∕
2 hours, without the voltage falling below the
equipment manufacturer’s minimum operating voltage value 87-1/2 percent of normal
voltage
(b) The unit equipment shall supply and maintain not less than 60 percent of the
1
initial emergency illumination for a period of at least 1 ∕
2 hours.
Unit equipment shall be permanently fixed in place (i.e., not portable) and shall have all
wiring to each unit installed in accordance with the requirements of any of the wiring
methods in Chapter 3. Flexible cord-and-plug connection shall be permitted, provided that
the cord does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft) in length. The branch circuit feeding the unit
equipment shall be the same branch circuit as that serving the normal lighting in the area
and connected ahead of any local switches. Legally required standby luminaires that obtain
power from a unit equipment and are not part of the unit equipment shall be wired to the
unit equipment by one of the wiring methods of Chapter 3.
Exception: In a separate and uninterrupted area supplied by a minimum of three normal
lighting circuits, a separate branch circuit for unit equipment shall be permitted if it
originates from the same panelboard as that of the normal lighting circuits and is provided
with a lock-on feature.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 11:29:50 PST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
626/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee The 87.5% minimum battery retention threshold is reinstated. The minimum voltage
Statement: requirement allows the power source and the load equipment to be independently
certified and then mated in the field without the need for field testing for compatibility.
The related product standard (UL 924) is benchmarked to this 87.5% threshold.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 435-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 701.12(G)]
Public Comment No. 436-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 701.12(G)]
Second Revision No. 988-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Intentionally
Islanded System. ]
Intentionally Islanded 705.2, Microgrid System.
A premises wiring system that has generation and/or , energy storage, and load, has (s),
or any combination thereof, that includes the ability to disconnect from and parallel with the
primary source, and is intentionally planned .
Informational Note:
An electrical system that separates from the primary source and can operate individually
or interconnected is sometimes referred to as a microgrid.
The application of Article 705 to microgrid systems is limited by the exclusions in 90.2(B)
(5) related to electric utilities.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 13:59:14 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This new language provides clarity and incorporates the request of the CC to remove
Statement: “and/or”. The informational note was added to clarify that 90.2(B)(5) excludes electric
utilities.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1006-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Intentionally Islanded System.]
Public Comment No. 1638-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Intentionally Islanded System.]
Public Comment No. 1864-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Intentionally Islanded System.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
627/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 989-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Island
Interconnection Device (IID). ]
Island Interconnection 705.2, Microgrid Interconnect Device (IID MID ).
A device that allows an intentionally islanded a microgrid system to separate from and
reconnect to a primary power source.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:07:55 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This new language replaces the term “intentionally islanded” with the current
industry term, “microgrid.”
Public Comment No. 1457-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Island Interconnection Device (IID).]
Public Comment No. 1484-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Island Interconnection Device (IID).]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
628/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 990-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Multimode Inverter.
]
705.2, Multimode Inverter.
Equipment having the capabilities of both the utility- interactive inverter and the standalone inverter.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:11:51 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The panel recognizes the acceptance of this public comment is necessary to
Statement: maintain consistency with action taken in the First Draft in Article 705 to remove
“utility” from “utility- interactive inverter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 919-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Multimode Inverter.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
629/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 991-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Stand-Alone
System. ]
[705.2, MOVE TO ARTICLE 100] Stand-Alone System.
A system that supplies power independently of an electrical production and distribution
network.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:14:55 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: The definition is moved to Article 100, as it is used in multiple articles.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1506-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Stand-Alone System.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
630/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 992-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.3 ]
705.3 Other Articles.
Interconnected electric power production sources shall comply with this article and also
with the applicable requirements of the articles in Table 705.3.
Table 705.3 Other Articles
Equipment/System
Generators
Solar photovoltaic systems
Fuel cell systems
Wind electric systems
Emergency systems
Legally required standby systems
Optional standby systems
Energy storage systems
Article
445
690
692
694
700
701
702
706
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_992_-_Table.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:22:33 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The panel agrees these references are needed in this table. Stand Alone Systems
Article 710 should show track change underline.
Public Comment No. 1865-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.3]
Public Comment No. 1516-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
631/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 993-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.6 ]
705.6 Equipment Approval.
All equipment shall be approved for the intended use. Utility-interactive Interactive
inverters for interconnection to systems interactive equipment intended to operate in
parallel with the electric power system including, but not limited to, interactive inverters,
engine generators, energy storage equipment, and wind turbines shall be listed and labeled
or field labeled , and identified for the intended use of interconnection service.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:27:03 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This panel action provides clarity and consistency with FR 955 by removal of the
Statement: word “utility” and addresses the issue of products being required to be labeled, as well
as listed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 480-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.6]
Public Comment No. 921-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.6]
Public Comment No. 1012-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.6]
Public Comment No. 1866-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.6]
Public Comment No. 674-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.6]
Public Comment No. 1335-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.6]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
632/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 994-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.8 ]
705.8 System Installation.
Installation of one or more electrical power production sources operating in parallel with a
primary source(s) of electricity shall be installed performed only by qualified persons.
Informational Note: See Article 100 for the definition of Qualified Person.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:31:33 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This panel action corrects a grammar issue.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1651-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.8]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
633/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 996-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.12 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
The output of an interconnected electric power source shall be connected as specified in
705.12(A), or (B), (C), or (D) .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 15:59:12 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The paragraph is revised to correlate with the action on SR995, which deleted
existing parts (B) and (C).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
634/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 995-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 705.12(B), 705.12(C) ]
[DELETE Sections 705.12(B), 705.12(C)
(B) Integrated Electrical Systems.
The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the
premises where the system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and incorporates
protective equipment in accordance with all applicable sections of Article 685 .
(C) Greater Than 100 kW.
The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the
premises where all of the following conditions are met:
(1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity has a capacity in excess of 100
kW, or the service is above 1000 volts.
(2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service
and operate the system.
(3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protective equipment are established and
maintained.
(4) If the interconnection occurs in a switchboard or a panelboard that is fed
simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity, and where this distribution
equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders or both, the
interconnecting provisions for the interconnected electric power production source
shall comply with 705.12(D)(1) through (D)(5).
]
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 14:37:45 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The Panel removes 705.12(B) and (C) as they are no longer necessary given the
Statement: changes in the titles of (A) and (D) and the change of the term "utility-interactive
inverter" to "power production source."
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1072-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.12]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
635/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
636/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 997-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.12(D) ]
(D B ) Load Side.
The output of an interconnected electric power production source shall be permitted to be
connected to the load side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at
any distribution equipment on the premises. Where distribution equipment, including
switchgear, switchboards, or panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of
electricity and one or more other power source(s), and where this distribution equipment is
capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the interconnecting
provisions for other power sources shall comply with 705.12(D B )(1) through (D B )(5).
(1) Dedicated Overcurrent and Disconnect.
Each source interconnection of one or more power sources installed in one system shall be
made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible disconnecting means.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
637/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(2) Bus or Conductor Ampere Rating.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
638/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
One hundred twenty-five percent of the power source output circuit current shall be used in
ampacity calculations for the following:
(1) Feeders. Where the power source output connection is made to a feeder at a location
other than the opposite end of the feeder from the primary source overcurrent device,
that portion of the feeder on the load side of the power source output connection shall
be protected by one of the following:
(2) The feeder ampacity shall be not less than the sum of the primary source
overcurrent device and 125 percent of the power source output circuit current. (3) An overcurrent device on the load side of the power source connection shall be
rated not greater than the ampacity of the feeder. (4) Taps. In systems where power source output connections are made at feeders, any
taps shall be sized based on the sum of 125 percent of the power source(s) output
circuit current and the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the feeder
conductors as calculated in 240.21(B). Power source output circuit conductors,
where smaller than the feeder conductors, shall be sized to carry not less than the
larger of 705.60 or 240.21(B) .
(5) Busbars. One of the methods that follows shall be used to determine the ratings of
busbars in panelboards.
(a) The sum of 125 percent of the power source(s) output circuit current and the
rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar shall not exceed the ampacity of the
busbar.
Informational Note: This general rule assumes no limitation in the number of
the loads or sources applied to busbars or their locations.
(b) Where two sources, one a primary power source and the other another power
source, are located at opposite ends of a busbar that contains loads, the sum of 125
percent of the power source(s) output circuit current and the rating of the overcurrent device
protecting the busbar shall not exceed 120 percent of the ampacity of the busbar. The
busbar shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220. A permanent
warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment adjacent to the back-fed breaker
from the power source that displays the following or equivalent wording:
WARNING:
POWER SOURCE OUTPUT CONNECTION —
DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE. The warning sign(s) or label (s) shall comply with 110.21(B).
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
639/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(c) The sum of the ampere ratings of all overcurrent devices on panelboards, both
load and supply devices, excluding the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the
busbar, shall not exceed the ampacity of the busbar. The rating of the overcurrent device
protecting the busbar shall not exceed the rating of the busbar. Permanent warning labels
shall be applied to distribution equipment displaying the following or equivalent wording:
WARNING:
THIS EQUIPMENT FED BY MULTIPLE SOURCES.
TOTAL RATING OF ALL OVERCURRENT DEVICES
EXCLUDING MAIN SUPPLY OVERCURRENT DEVICE
SHALL NOT EXCEED AMPACITY OF BUSBAR. The warning sign(s) or label (s) shall comply with 110.21(B).
(d) A connection at either end, but not both ends, of a center-fed panelboard in
dwellings shall be permitted where the sum of 125 percent of the power source(s) output
circuit current and the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar does not
exceed 120 percent of the current rating of the busbar.
(e) Connections shall be permitted on multiple-ampacity busbars or center-fed
panelboards where designed under engineering supervision that includes available fault
studies current and busbar load calculations.
(3) Marking.
Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or
conductor supplied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of all
sources.
(4) Suitable for Backfeed.
Circuit breakers, if backfed, shall be suitable for such operation.
Informational Note: Fused disconnects, unless otherwise marked, are suitable for
backfeeding.
(5) Fastening.
Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers backfed from interactive inverters or other electric
power sources that are listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted to omit the
additional fastener normally required by 408.36(D) for such applications.
Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_997.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
640/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 16:02:43 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The first paragraph is revised to match the text in 705.12.
The last sentence of the paragraph on Taps is deleted, and the concept moved to
705.60, which is more appropriate.
A new item (2)(3)(d) is added to permit connections to center-fed panels in
dwellings at either end while maintaining the 120 percent rule.
(5) is revised for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1076-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.12(D) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 1079-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.12(D)(5)]
Public Comment No. 1164-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.12(D)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1356-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.12(D)(2)]
Public Comment No. 1162-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.12(D)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
641/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 998-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.22 ]
705.22 Disconnect Device.
The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually manual
or power operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) with the following features:
(1) Located where readily accessible
(2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts and, if
power operable, of a type that could be is opened by hand in the event of a powersupply failure
(3) Plainly indicating indicate whether in the open (off) or closed (on) position
(4) Having ratings
not less than the load to be carried and the fault current to be interrupted. For disconnect
equipment energized from both sides, a marking shall be provided to indicate that all
contacts of the disconnect equipment might be energized. Informational Note to (4): : (5) sufficient for the maximum circuit current, available short-circuit current, and voltage
that is available at the terminals
(6) Where the line and load terminals are capable of being energized in the open
position, marked in accordance with the warning in 690.13(B)
Informational Note: In parallel generation systems, some equipment,
including knife blade switches and fuses, is likely to be energized from both
directions. See 240.40 .
(7) Simultaneous Simultaneously disconnect of all ungrounded conductors of the
circuit
Capable of being locked
(8) Be lockable in the open (off) position in accordance with 110.25 Supplemental Information
File Name
SR_998.docx
Description
STAFF USE ONLY Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 16:45:51 EST 2015
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
642/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The revision makes several editorial corrections.
The sentence related to ratings was revised to correlate with actions in
Article 690.
The reference to 690.13(B) was added to ensure consistent wording of
signs.
The reference to 110.25 was added for the lockable feature.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1867-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.22]
Second Revision No. 999-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.23 ]
705.23 Interactive System Disconnecting Means.
Means A readily accessible means shall be provided to disconnect the interactive system
from all wiring systems including power systems, energy storage systems, and utilization
equipment and its associated premises wiring.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 17:04:04 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This action adds clarity in the requirement to indicate that those required to operate
Statement: the disconnecting means can access it quickly for operation without climbing over, or
removing obstacles or resort to portable ladders, etc. This also correlates with 690.13.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 348-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.23]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
643/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1001-NFPA 70-2015 [ New Section after 705.65(B) ]
(C) Conductor Ampacity.
Power source output circuit conductors that are connected to a feeder, where smaller than
the feeder conductors, shall be sized to carry not less than the larger of the current defined
in 705.60(B) or as calculated in accordance with 240.21(B) based on the over-current device
protecting the feeder.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 18:30:02 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision properly locates the requirements for overcurrent protection of an
inverter output circuit connected to a feeder.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
644/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 1000-NFPA 70-2015 [ Sections 705.150, 705.155,
705.160, 705.165, 705.170 ]
Sections 705.150, 705.155, 705.160, 705.165, 705.170
705.150 System Operation.
Interconnected electric power production sources Microgrid systems shall be permitted to
disconnect from the primary source of power or other interconnected electric power
production sources and operate as a separate intentionally islanded or stand-alone
microgrid system.
705.
155 Disconnecting Means.
Stand-alone power sources shall be provided with a lockable disconnecting means and
overcurrent protection in accordance with 240.21 .
705. 160 Primary Power Source Connection.
Connections to primary power sources that are external to the intentionally islanded or
stand-alone microgrid system shall comply with the requirements of 705.12.
705.165 Reconnection to Primary Power Source.
Operating intentionally islanded or stand-alone Microgrid systems that reconnect to
primary power sources shall be provided with the necessary equipment to establish a
synchronous transition.
705.170 Island Interconnection Devices (IID).
An IID shall be
Microgrid Interconnect Devices.
Microgrid interconnect devices shall comply with the following:
(1) Be required for any connection between an intentionally islanded or stand-alone a
microgrid system and a primary power source.
(2) Interconnection devices shall be listed, Be listed and labeled or field labeled , as
suitable for the intended interconnection application.
(3) Interconnection devices shall have Have sufficient number of overcurrent devices
located so as to provide overcurrent protection from all sources.
Informational Note: MID functionality may be incorporated in an interactive or multimode
inverter, energy storage system, or similar device identified for interactive operation.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
645/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 17:40:11 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
"Intentionally islanded systems" were changed to "microgrid systems" for
consistency.
References to stand-alone systems were eliminated, as they are now addressed
in Article 710.
The disconnecting means section was deleted as it is addressed elsewhere.
An informational note was added to explicitly indicate that MID functionality can
be included in other devices.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1208-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.170]
Public Comment No. 1209-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.170]
Public Comment No. 1227-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.155]
Public Comment No. 1531-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.170]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
646/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 987-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 705.175 ]
705.175 Wiring Systems.
This section relates to stand-alone systems
Article 710 Stand-Alone Systems
710.1 Scope
This Article covers electric power production sources operating in stand-alone mode.
710.6 Equipment Approval
All equipment shall be listed and labeled, or field labeled for the intended use.
710.15 General
Premises wiring systems shall be adequate to meet the requirements of this Code for
similar installations supplied by a feeder or service. The wiring on the supply side of the
building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with the requirements of this Code,
except as modified by 705.175 by (A) through (F).
(A) Supply Output.
Power supply to premises wiring systems shall be permitted to have less capacity than the
calculated load. The capacity of the stand-alone supply shall be equal to or greater than the
load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected to the system. Calculated
general lighting loads shall not be considered as a single load.
(B) Sizing and Protection.
The circuit conductors between a stand-alone source and a building or structure
disconnecting means shall be sized based on the sum of the output ratings of the standalone sources.
(C) Single 120-Volt Supply.
Stand-alone systems shall be permitted to supply 120 volts to single-phase, 3-wire,
120/240-volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no 240-volt outlets
and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In all installations, the sum of the ratings
of the power sources shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service
equipment. This equipment shall be marked with the following words or equivalent:
WARNING:
SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS!
The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B).
(D) Energy Storage or Backup Power System Requirements.
Energy storage or backup power supplies are not required.
(E) Back-Fed Circuit Breakers.
Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to an interconnected supply shall be
secured in accordance with 408.36(D). Circuit breakers marked “line” and “load” shall not
be back-fed.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
647/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
(F) Voltage and Frequency Control.
The stand-alone supply shall be controlled so that voltage and frequency remain within
suitable limits for the connected loads.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Barry Chase
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 04 13:43:54 EST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This panel action addresses the operating parameters for electric power production
Statement: sources in Stand Alone Mode.
The requirements for stand-alone systems do not fit well in 705 (interconnected
systems). For stand-alone systems to remain at the end of 705, the scope and title of
705 would have to be changed to encompass both interconnected and noninterconnected systems. Creating a new article makes sense, and is supported by the
original proposers and the CC.
An NEC Article for stand-alone systems is important as, while these requirements
exist in Articles 690, 692 and 694 of the 2014 Code, they should apply to other power
sources such as engine generators. The hazards of feeding multi-wire branch circuits
with single-phase 120V are the same whether the source is a generator or an inverter.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 349-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.175]
Public Comment No. 1014-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.175 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
Public Comment No. 1015-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.175]
Public Comment No. 1535-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 705.175]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
648/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3643-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.1 ]
706.1 Scope.
This article applies to all permanently installed energy storage systems (ESS), operating at
over 50 volts AC or 60 volts DC, that may be stand-alone or interactive with other electric
power production sources.
Informational Note: The following standards are frequently referenced for the
installation of energy storage systems:
(1) NFPA 111-2013, Standard on Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and
Standby Systems
(2) IEEE 484-2008, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and
Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
(3) IEEE 485-1997, Recommended Practice for Sizing Vented Lead-Acid Storage
Batteries for Stationary Applications
(4) IEEE 1145-2007, Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
(5) IEEE 1187-2002, Recommended Practice for Installation Design, and
Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
(6) IEEE 1578-2007, Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Spill
Containment and Management
(7) IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21-2012, Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal
Management of Stationary Battery Installations
(8) UL 1973, Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail (LER) Applications and
Stationary Applications
(9) UL Subject 2436, Spill Containment For Stationary Lead Acid Battery
Systems
(10) UL 1989, Standby Batteries
(11) UL 810A, Electrochemical Capacitors
(12) UL Subject 9540, Safety of Energy Storage Systems and Equipment
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 12:33:04 PST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
649/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee The scope of Article 706 is modified to specifically limit application to systems over
Statement: 50 volts AC or 60 volts DC to correlate with existing NEC requirements.
Response
Message:
Second Revision No. 3633-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Battery Terminal. ]
Battery 706.2, Terminal.
That part of a cell, container, or battery to which an external connection is made
(commonly identified as post, pillar, pole, or terminal post).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 08:38:01 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Deleting "Battery" from the title aligns this definition with the definition of
"terminal" in Article 480.
Public Comment No. 1712-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Battery Terminal.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
650/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3634-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Electrochemical
Battery. ]
Electrochemical Battery. A battery comprised of one or more rechargeable cells of the lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, or
other rechargeable electrochemical types.
706.2,
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 08:42:09 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Batteries can be electrochemical or other types depending on the
Statement:
technology.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1478-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Electrochemical Battery.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
651/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3635-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Energy Storage
System, Pre-engineered of Matche... ]
706.2, Energy Storage System, Pre-engineered of Matched Components.
Energy storage systems that are not self-contained systems but instead are provided as
separate components of pre-engineered and field-assembled using separate components
supplied as a system by a singular entity that are matched and intended to be assembled
as an energy storage system at the system installation site .
Informational Note: Pre-engineered systems of matched components for field
assembly as a system will generally be designed by a single entity and comprised
of components that are tested and listed separately or as an assembly to safety
standards relevant to the component and readily assembled on site as a system and
connected on site to the electrical system .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 08:45:01 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision eliminates redundant text and provides necessary clarity by
inserting “pre-engineered” and “field-assembled”.
Public Comment No. 1258-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Energy Storage System, Pre-engineered of
Matche...]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
652/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3658-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Energy Storage
System, Self-contained. ]
706.2, Energy Storage System, Self-contained.
Energy storage systems where the energy storage devices components, such as cells,
batteries, or modules, and any necessary controls, ventilation, illumination, fire
suppression, or alarm systems, are assembled, installed, and packaged into a singular
energy storage container or unit.
Informational Note: Self-contained systems will generally be manufactured by a
single entity, tested and listed to safety standards relevant to the system, and
readily connected on site to the electrical system and in the case of multiple
systems to each other.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:34:34 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This action revises multiple definitions to delete the undefined term “energy storage
Statement: device”. For correlation purposes, similar changes were made throughout Article 706.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1116-NFPA 70-2015 [Definitions (706.2): Electrolyte... to Energy Stor...]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
653/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3659-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Flow Battery. ]
706.2, Flow Battery.
An energy storage device component similar to a fuel cell that stores its active materials
in the form of two electrolytes external to the reactor interface. When in use, the
electrolytes are transferred between reactor and storage tanks.
Informational Note: Two commercially available flow battery technologies are zinc
bromine and vanadium redox, sometimes referred to as pumped electrolyte ESS.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:36:20 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This action revises multiple definitions to delete the undefined term “energy storage
Statement: device”. For correlation purposes, similar changes were made throughout Article 706.
Response
Message:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
654/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3636-NFPA 70-2015 [ Definition: Intertier
Connector. ]
706.2, Intertier Connector.
In an electrochemical a battery system, an electrical conductor used to connect two cells
on different tiers of the same rack or different shelves of the same rack.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 08:50:42 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision provides necessary clarity to this definition, which addresses a
“connector” not the battery.
Public Comment No. 1094-NFPA 70-2015 [Definition: Intertier Connector.]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
655/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3639-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.3 ]
706.3 Other Articles.
Wherever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 706 differ, the
requirements of Article 706 shall apply. If the ESS is capable of being operated in parallel
with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in 705.6, 705. 12, 705. 14,
705.16, 705.32, and 705. 143 shall 100, 705.143, and Part IV of Article 705 shall
apply.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 09:08:13 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The references to other articles are editorially revised and supplemented for
Statement: correlation throughout the NEC. The panel notes that action taken by Panel 4 to
revise Part IV of Article 705 may affect the reference added in this revision.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1682-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.3]
Public Comment No. 1480-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.3]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
656/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3640-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.4 ]
706.4 System Classification.
ESS shall be classified as one of the types described as follows:
(1) ESS, Self-contained ESS Informational Note: Some self-contained systems may be listed.
(2) ESS, Pre-engineered of matched components ESS intended for field assembly as a
system
Energy storage system
(3)
(4) ESS , other
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 09:31:15 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision aligns the terms with definitions in 706.2.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1115-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.4]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
657/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3641-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.5 ]
706.5 Equipment.
Monitors and controls, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers, power conversion systems,
inverters and transformers, energy storage devices components , and other components of
the energy storage system, other than lead-acid batteries, shall be listed for the intended
application as a part of an energy storage system and labeled . Alternatively, prepackaged
self-contained systems ESS shall be permitted to be listed for the intended application
listed and labeled as a complete energy storage system. Only inverters listed and
identified as interactive shall be permitted on interactive systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 10:39:50 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision removes listing requirements for “lead-acid batteries” to correlate with
Statement: the Second Revision in Article 480. Multiple editorial revisions are made for clarity and
usability. This revision clarifies that self contained ESS are required to be listed.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1557-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.5]
Public Comment No. 1637-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.5]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
658/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3642-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.7(D) ]
(D) Notification.
The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the The marking
shall be placed in a conspicuous location near the ESS if a disconnecting means is not
provided. The marking shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved
meet the requirements of 110.21(B) and shall include the following:
(1) Nominal ESS voltage
(2) Maximum available fault short circuit current derived from the ESS
(3) Arc flash risk assessment at the disconnecting means and a hazard warning meeting
the requirements of 110.16.
(4) Date the calculation was performed
Informational Note: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information
about short-circuit current on any particular battery model. NFPA 70E provides
requirements for arc flash risk assessment.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 11:15:55 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee The second sentence was deleted as there is no exception in 706.7 (A) to allow the
Statement: disconnect to be omitted. “Fault current” was changed to “short circuit current” for
proper terminology. Arc flash risk assessment was expanded to include marking
requirements in 110.16.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1102-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(D)]
Public Comment No. 1137-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(D)]
Public Comment No. 1184-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(D)]
Public Comment No. 1596-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(D)]
Public Comment No. 1714-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(D)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
659/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3644-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.7(E) ]
[SEE WORD FILE FOR CHANGES]
(E) Partitions and Distance.
Where energy storage device input and output terminals are more than 1.5 m (5 ft) from
connected equipment, or where the circuits from these terminals pass through a wall or
partition, the installation shall comply with the following:
(1) A disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be provided at the energy
storage device end of the circuit. Fused disconnecting means or circuit breakers shall
be permitted to be used.
(2) Where fused disconnecting means are used, the line terminals of the disconnecting
means shall be connected toward the energy storage device terminals.
(3) Overcurrent devices or disconnecting means shall not be installed in energy storage
device enclosures where explosive atmospheres can exist.
(4) A second disconnecting means located at the connected equipment shall be installed
where the disconnecting means required by 706.7(E) (1) is not within sight of the
connected equipment.
(5) Where the energy storage device disconnecting means is not within sight of the ESS
disconnecting means, placards or directories shall be installed at the locations of all
disconnecting means indicating the location of all disconnecting means.
Supplemental Information
File Name
706.7_E_SR_3644_LM.docx
Description
Staff use only Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 13:16:59 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
List items are editorially revised for clarity.
References to overcurrent protection and overcurrent devices are deleted as this
section addresses only disconnecting means.
New list item (4) is modified for clarity to reference hazardous locations.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
660/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
New informational notes are added to aid the Code user.
Additional editorial corrections are made for clarity.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1119-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(E)]
Public Comment No. 1186-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(E)]
Public Comment No. 1117-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.7(E)]
Second Revision No. 3647-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.8(B) ]
(B) Identified Interactive Equipment.
Only inverters and ac modules listed and labeled as, or identified as interactive shall be
permitted on interactive systems.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 14:15:09 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
“Listed and labeled, or identified” is the correct terminology. Stated in this manner
the requirement provides a choice for compliance.
Public Comment No. 1646-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.8(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
661/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3645-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.8(C) ]
(C) Loss of Interactive System Power.
An inverter in an interactive energy storage system shall automatically de-energize its
output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage
in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution
network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive energy storage system shall be
permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have been disconnected
from electrical production and distribution network sources Upon loss of primary source, an
ESS with a utility interactive inverter shall comply with the requirements of 705.40 .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 13:29:02 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision references 705.40 directly instead of rephrasing language.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1273-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.8(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
662/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3646-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.20(A) ]
(A) Maximum Rated Current for a Specific Circuit
The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated in accordance with
706.20(A)(1) through (A)(5).
(1) Nameplate Rated Circuit Current.
The nameplate(s) rated circuit current shall be the rated current indicated on the ESS
nameplate(s) or system listing for pre-engineered or self-contained systems of matched
components intended for field assembly as a system.
(2) Inverter Output Circuit Current.
The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous output current rating.
(3) Inverter Input Circuit Current.
The maximum current shall be the continuous inverter input current rating when the inverter
is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage.
(4) Inverter Utilization Output Circuit Current.
The maximum current shall be the continuous inverter output current rating when the
inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage.
(5) DC to DC Converter Output Current.
The maximum current shall be the dc-to-dc converter continuous output current rating.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 13:53:32 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
A first level subdivision title is added as required by the NEC Style
Statement:
Manual.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1139-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.20(A)]
Public Comment No. 1715-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.20(A)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
663/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3648-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.21 ]
706.21 Overcurrent Protection.
(A) Circuits and Equipment.
Energy storage ESS circuit conductors shall be protected in accordance with the
requirements of Article 240. Protection devices for ESS circuits shall be in accordance
with the requirements of 706.11 21 (B) through (F). Circuits shall be protected at the source
from overcurrent.
(B) Overcurrent Device Ampere Ratings.
Overcurrent protective devices, where required, shall be rated in accordance with Article
240 and the rating provided on systems serving the ESS and shall be not less than 125
percent of the maximum currents calculated in 706.10 20 (A) .
(C) Direct Current Rating.
Overcurrent protective devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any dc portion of an
ESS shall be listed and labeled for dc and shall have the appropriate voltage,
current ampere , and interrupting ratings for the application .
(D) Prime Movers.
Overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from an ESS with a nominal
voltage of 50 volts or less if these conductors provide power for starting, ignition, or control
of prime movers. Section 300.3 shall not apply to these conductors.
(E) Current Limiting.
A listed , and labeled current-limiting , overcurrent protective device shall be installed in
adjacent to the ESS for each dc output circuit adjacent to the ESS .
Exception: Where current-limiting overcurrent protection is provided for the dc output
circuits of a listed and labeled ESS, additional current-limiting overcurrent devices shall not
be required .
(F E ) Fuses.
Means shall be provided to disconnect any fuses associated with ESS equipment and
components when the fuse is energized from both directions and is accessible to other
than qualified persons. Switches, pullouts, or similar devices that are rated for the
application shall be permitted to serve as a means to disconnect fuses from all sources of
supply.
(F) Location.
Where ESS input and output terminals are more than 1.5 m (5 ft) from connected equipment,
or where the circuits from these terminals pass through a wall or partition, overcurrent
protection shall be provided at the ESS.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
664/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 14:38:20 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee This revision editorially revises first level subdivisions (A)(B), and (C). First level
Statement: subdivision (D) is deleted as it is presently covered in Article 480. First level
subdivision (E) (now (D)) is revised for clarity and a new exception is added to
address situations where current limiting overcurrent protection is provided for the dc
output circuits of a listed and labeled ESS. A new first level subdivision (F) is added
to clarify the location of the required OCPD where conductors pass through a wall or
partition.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1112-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(A)]
Public Comment No. 1121-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21]
Public Comment No. 1193-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(A)]
Public Comment No. 1194-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(B)]
Public Comment No. 1196-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(E)]
Public Comment No. 1280-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(E)]
Public Comment No. 1393-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(E)]
Public Comment No. 1605-NFPA 70-2015 [Sections 706.21(A), 706.21(B), 706.21(C)]
Public Comment No. 1629-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.21(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
665/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3649-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.22 ]
706.22 Wiring from and Equipment Supplied by Energy Storage Systems.
Wiring and equipment supplied from ESS(s) and system components shall be subject to
the applicable provisions of this Code applying to wiring and equipment operating at the
same voltage, unless otherwise permitted by this article.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 14:50:09 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Section 706.22 is deleted because it did not contain a requirement, only
references to other areas of the NEC.
Public Comment No. 1281-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.22]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
666/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3650-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.23(C) ]
(C) Charge controllers and DC-DC converters.
When charge controllers and other dc DC-DC power converters that increase or decrease
the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are
installed the requirements shall comply with all of the following:
(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated
continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output
voltage range, and the .
(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output
of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 15:10:29 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
The requirement is split into list items for clarity and “dc power converters” is
changed to “DC-DC power converters”.
Public Comment No. 1140-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.23(C)]
Public Comment No. 1720-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.23(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
667/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3651-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.30 ]
706.30 Installation of Batteries.
Storage batteries associated with an ESS shall be installed in accordance with the
provisions this article.
(A) Dwelling Units.
ESSs An ESS for dwellings shall be configured so as to operate at a voltage of 100 volts
or less dwelling units shall not exceed 100 volts between conductors or to ground .
Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine ESS maintenance, an ESS
voltage greater than exceeding 100 volts shall be permitted.
(B) Storage System Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks.
Flooded, vented lead-acid batteries where operating at more than 100 volts shall not use
conductive cases or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to
support nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within
150 mm (6 in.) of the tops of the nonconductive cases.
Exception: This requirement shall not apply to any type of valve-regulated lead-acid
(VRLA) battery or other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for proper
operation.
Note: Parts VI and VII of Article 250 address exposed metal parts.
(C) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits.
Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where operating at more than 100 volts exceeding
240 volts nominal between conductors or to ground , shall have provisions to disconnect
the series-connected strings into segments of 100 volts or less not exceeding 240 volts
nominal for maintenance by qualified persons. Non–load-break bolted or plug-in
disconnects shall be permitted.
(D C ) Storage System Maintenance Disconnecting Means.
ESS greater than exceeding 100 volts between conductors or to ground shall have a
disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the
ungrounded and grounded circuit conductor(s) in the electrical storage system for
maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit
conductor(s) for the remainder of any other electrical system. A non–load-break-rated
switch shall be permitted to be used as a disconnecting means.
(E D ) Storage Systems of More Than 100 Volts.
On electrochemical ESS operating at more than exceeding 100 volts between the
conductors or to ground , the system battery circuits shall be permitted to operate with
ungrounded conductors, provided a ground-fault detector and indicator is installed to
monitor for ground faults within the storage system.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
668/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 15:47:27 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
The parent text to 706.30 has been removed for clarity.
This revision editorially revises first level subdivision (A) and the associated
exception.
First level subdivision (B) is deleted as this requirement presently exists in
Article 480.
First level subdivisions (C), (D), and (E) (now (B), (C), and (D)) are editorially
revised. The 100 volt threshold in (C) (now (D)) is modified to address current
practice.
Response
Message:
Public Comment No. 1257-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.30(E)]
Public Comment No. 1485-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.30(E)]
Public Comment No. 1507-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.30(B)]
Public Comment No. 1512-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.30(D)]
Public Comment No. 1526-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.30]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
669/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3652-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.34 [Excluding
any Sub-Sections] ]
Electrochemical battery Battery locations shall conform to 706.34(A), (B), and (C).
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 15:56:03 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision deletes electrochemical for clarity and correlation throughout
Article 706.
Public Comment No. 1487-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.34 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
670/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3653-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.34(B) ]
(B) Top Terminal Batteries.
Where top terminal electrochemical energy storage devices batteries are installed on
tiered racks or on shelves of battery cabinets, working space in accordance with the
storage equipment manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided between the highest point
on a storage system component and the row, shelf, or ceiling above that point.
Informational Note No. 1 : The installation instructions of the system component
manufacturer typically define how much top working space is necessary for a
particular system component. Informational Note No. 2: IEEE 1187 provides
guidance for top clearance of VRLA batteries, which are the most commonly used
battery in cabinets.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:03:38 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
Informational Note 1 is removed to correlate with Article 480. The language in
first level subdivision (B) is revised for clarity.
Public Comment No. 1493-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.34(B)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
671/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3654-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.34(C) ]
(C) Gas Piping.
Gas piping shall not be permitted in dedicated battery rooms or spaces dedicated to
electrochemical ESS .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:07:39 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
First level subdivision (C) is editorially revised as 706.34 addresses battery
locations only.
Public Comment No. 1498-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.34(C)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
672/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3655-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.35 ]
706.35 Vents.
(A) Vented Cells.
Each vented cell shall be equipped with a flame arrester.
Informational Note: A flame arrested is designed to prevent destruction of the cell
due to ignition of gases within the cell by an external spark or flame under normal
operating conditions.
(B) Sealed Cells.
Sealed battery or cells shall be permitted to be equipped with a pressure-release vent to
prevent excessive accumulation of gas pressure.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:10:11 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
The material covered by 706.35 is presently covered adequately in Article
Statement:
480.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1539-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.35]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
673/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3656-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.42 ]
706.42 Electrolyte Containment.
Flow battery systems shall be provided with a means for electrolyte containment to prevent
spills of electrolyte from the system. An alarm system is to shall be provided to signal an
electrolyte leaks leak from the system. Electrical wiring and connections shall be located
and routed in a manner that mitigates the potential for exposure to electrolytes.
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:17:12 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee
Statement:
Response
Message:
This revision changes “leaks” to “leak” and modifies the second paragraph for
compliance with the NEC Style Manual.
Public Comment No. 1197-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.42]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
674/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3657-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 706.43 ]
706.43 Flow Controls.
Controls shall be provided to safely shut down the system in the event of electrolyte
blockage such as a malfunctioning electrolyte pump or valve .
Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Wed Nov 11 16:19:12 PST 2015
Committee Statement
Committee Statement: This revision editorially modifies the requirement for clarity.
Response Message:
Public Comment No. 1554-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 706.43]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
675/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3605-NFPA 70-2015 [ Section No. 708.10(C)(2) ]
(2) Fire Protection for Feeders.
Feeders shall be protected for 2 hours using meet one of the following methods
conditions :
(1) The cable or raceway is protected by a listed electrical circuit protective system with
a minimum 2-hour fire rating Informational Note: The listing organization provides information for electrical
circuit protection systems on proper installation requirements to maintain the
fire rating.
(2) Be a listed fire resistive cable system with a minimum 2-hour fire rating Informational Note No. 1: Fire resistive cables are tested to ANSI/UL 2196,
Tests for Fire Resistive Cables .
Informational Note No. 2: The listing organization provides information for fire
resistive cable systems on proper installation requirements to maintain the
fire
?re rating.
(3) Be protected by a listed fire-rated assembly that has a minimum fire rating of 2
hours
(4) The cable or raceway is encased in a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete
Supplemental Information
File Name
708.10_C_2_SR_3605_LM.docx
Description
Staff use only Submitter Information Verification
Submitter Full Name: Laura Montville
Organization:
[ Not Specified ]
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date:
Mon Nov 09 10:56:46 PST 2015
Committee Statement
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
676/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Committee The permission to use 2-inches of concrete was deleted in the first revision stage
Statement: and is added back in this revision. The absence of a dimension for the depth of
concrete would cause serious confusion in practical application.
Listed fire-rated assemblies with a minimum fire rating of 2 hours was deleted in the
first revision stage and is added in this second revision. This means to achieve a 2
hour fire rating for COPS systems is time tested and commonly used.
Editorial revisions were made to the parent text and the list items to clarify the 2-hour
requirement.
Public Comment No. 842-NFPA 70-2015 [Section No. 708.10(C)(2)]
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
677/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
Second Revision No. 3627-NFPA 70-2015 [ Article 712 ]
[SEE ATTACHED WORD FILE FOR REVISIONS]
Article 712 Direct Current Microgrids
Part I. General
712.1 Scope.
This article applies to direct current microgrids.
712.2 Definitions.
Direct Current Microgrid (DC Microgrid).
A direct current microgrid is a power distribution system consisting of one or more
interconnected dc power sources, dc-dc converters, dc loads, and ac loads powered by dcac inverters. A dc microgrid is typically not directly connected to an ac primary source of
electricity, but some dc microgrids interconnect via one or more dc-ac bidirectional
converters or dc–ac inverters.
Informational Note: Direct current power sources include ac-dc converters
(rectifiers), bidirectional dc-ac inverters/converters, photovoltaic systems, wind
generators, energy storage systems (including batteries), and fuel cells.
Grounded Two-Wire DC System
A two-wire dc power system that has a direct connection or reference-ground between one
of the current carrying conductors and the equipment grounding system.
Grounded Three-Wire DC System.
A dc power system with a solid connection or reference-ground between the center point of
a bipolar dc power source and the equipment grounding system.
Nominal Voltage.
A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of conveniently designating
its dc voltage class (e.g., 24 volts dc, 190/380 volts dc, 380 volts dc). The actual voltage
at which a circuit operates can vary from the nominal voltage within a range that permits
satisfactory operation of equipment.
Reference-Grounded DC System.
A microgrid system that is not solidly grounded but has a low-impedance electrical
reference that maintains voltage to ground in normal operation. In the faulted-state, the
system becomes ungrounded or high-impedance grounded in order to limit fault current.
Resistively Grounded.
A dc power system with a high-impedance connection between the current carrying
conductors and the equipment grounding system.
Primary DC Source.
A dc power source that supplies the majority of the dc load in a dc microgrid.
Ungrounded DC System.
A dc power system that has no direct or resistive connection between the current carrying
conductors and the equipment grounding system.
http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28CommentType%3D%22SR%22%29&path=/TerraView/Content/70-2014.…
678/798
11/19/2015
National Fire Protection Association Report
712.3 Other Articles.
Wherever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 712 differ, the
requirements of Article 712 shall apply. DC microgrids interconnected through an inverter
or bi-directional converter with ac electric power production sources shall comply with
Article 705.
712.4 Labeling and Listing.
Any direct-current equipment used in a direct-current micro grid shall be listed or labeled for
dc use.
712.10 Directory.
A permanent directory denoting all dc electric power sources operating to supply the dc
microgrid shall be installed at each source location capab